BMO FINANCIAL GROUP 196TH ANNUAL REPORT 2013
All of us expect
great things.
But it takes a true meeting of minds
to bring big plans to life –
to find opportunities that spark action
and inspire change.
The key is to add, not take away.
To grow the value of what we do
by creating value for others.
And to meet their
great expectations
by expecting as much from ourselves.
Business Review
BMO at a Glance
2
4
Our Strategic Priorities
Chairman s Message
’
6
Chief Executive Officer s
7
Message
Senior Leadership Team
11
12 Great Expectations
20 Corporate Governance
22 Board of Directors
’
Financial Performance and Condition at a Glance
Financial Review
23 CFO’s Foreword to the Financial Review
24
26 Management s Discussion and Analysis
104 Supplemental Information
122 Statement of Management s Responsibility for
’
’
Financial Information
123 Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered
Public Accounting Firm
124 Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
125 Consolidated Financial Statements
130 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Resources and Directories
189 Principal Subsidiaries
190 Glossary of Financial Terms
192 Where to Find More Information
IBC Shareholder Information
Lillian Ishak, Private Banking, Montreal, QC
BMO AT A GLANCE
Delivering on Our
Strategic Priorities
2013 Performance
Net Income
$4.2 billion
Adjusted $4.3 billion
Reported net income rose by 1%. Adjusted
net income increased $0.2 billion or 5%.
The bank achieved record revenue, net income
and earnings per share.
P 35
Revenue
$16.3 billion
Adjusted $15.6 billion
Reported revenue rose by 1%. Adjusted revenue
increased $0.5 billion or 3%. The increase
was primarily due to revenue growth in Wealth
Management, BMO Capital Markets and
Canadian P&C.
P 38
Return on Equity (ROE)
14.9%
Adjusted 15.0%
Reported ROE was 15.9% and adjusted ROE
was 15.5% in 2012. There was an increase in
reported and adjusted earnings available
to common shareholders and higher average
common shareholders’ equity.
P 36
Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio
9.9%
Strong capital position – Our Basel III Common
Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 9.9% is strong and in excess
of regulatory requirements.
P 61
Financial Snapshot
As at or for the year ended October 31
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
2013
2012
2013
2012
Reported
Adjusted 1
Revenue (p 38)
16,263
16,130
15,572
15,067
Provision for credit losses (p 42)
589
765
Non-interest expense (p 43)
Net income (p 35)
10,297
10,238
4,248
4,189
359
9,826
4,276
471
9,513
4,092
Earnings per share – diluted ($) (p 35)
6.26
6.15
6.30
6.00
Return on equity (p 36)
Operating leverage (p 43)
Basel III Common Equity
Tier 1 Ratio2 (p 61)
Net Income by Segment3
Canadian P&C (p 47)
U.S. P&C (p 50)
Wealth Management (p 53)
BMO Capital Markets (p 56)
Corporate Services4 (p 59)
14.9%
15.9%
15.0%
15.5%
0.2%
(1.4)%
0.1%
(2.8)%
9.9%
8.7%
9.9%
8.7%
1,854
1,775
1,864
1,785
596
834
580
524
646
861
644
545
1,094
1,021
1,096
1,022
(130)
289
(191)
96
Net income (p 35)
4,248
4,189
4,276
4,092
1 Adjusted results are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Management assesses performance on a GAAP basis and on an adjusted basis and considers both
to be useful in the assessment of underlying business performance. Presenting results on both bases
provides readers with an enhanced understanding of how management assesses results.
2 Effective in 2013, regulatory capital requirements for BMO are determined on a Basel III basis.
In 2012, BMO’s Basel III capital ratios were calculated on a pro-forma basis.
3 Certain prior-year data has been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
See pages 44 and 45.
4 Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations.
Who We Are
Established in 1817, BMO Financial Group is a highly diversified financial services provider based in North America with
total assets of $537 billion and approximately 45,500 employees. BMO provides a broad range of retail banking, wealth
management and investment banking products and services to more than 12 million customers and conducts business
through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.
YT
NT
BC
AB
WA
OR
CA
UT
AZ
NU
SK
MB
ON
MN
WI
NE
CO
KS
MO
IL
IN
VA
TX
GA
FL
NL
QC
NY MA
NB
PE
NS
Core footprint
Other locations:
U.S. Personal and
Commercial
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Bank of Montreal uses a unified branding approach that links the organization’s member companies
under the brand “BMO Financial Group”. Information about the intercorporate relationships among
Bank of Montreal and its principal subsidiaries is provided on page 189, which page is incorporated
herein by reference. These subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the state, province or
country in which their head or principal office is located with the exception of: BMO Harris Financial
Advisors, Inc., BMO (US) Lending, LLC, BMO Global Capital Solutions, Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp.,
BMO Harris Financing, Inc., BMO Financial Corp., BMO Asset Management Corp., psps Holdings, LLC,
and BMO Capital Markets GKST Inc., each of which is incorporated in Delaware.
Our Strategic Footprint
BMO’s strategic footprint is anchored by our business
in the heartland of the continental economy. Our three
operating groups serve individuals, businesses, governments
and corporate customers right across Canada and in six
U.S. Midwest states – Illinois, Wisconsin, Indiana, Minnesota,
Missouri and Kansas – as well as in other select locations
in the United States.
Our significant presence in North America is bolstered by
operations in select global markets, including Europe and
Asia, allowing us to provide our North American customers
with access to economies and markets around the world,
and our customers from other countries with access to
North America.
2 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 3
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 3
Our Strategic Priorities
1
2
3
4
5
Achieve industry-leading
customer loyalty by delivering
on our brand promise.
Enhance productivity to
drive performance and
shareholder value.
Leverage our consolidated
North American platform to
deliver quality earnings growth.
Expand strategically in
select global markets to
create future growth.
Ensure our strength in risk
management underpins everything
we do for our customers.
4 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
4 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 5
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 5
CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S MESSAGE
Setting High Expectations
The Board of Directors is pleased with BMO’s results and is focused on the year ahead.
Expecting Change
The new climate of heightened expectations is redefining incremental change.
In banking, the impact promises to be dramatic, even disruptive – and, for those
who are ready to take full advantage, highly rewarding.
J. Robert S. Prichard
Chairman of the Board
Your bank has performed well over the past year. All of
us who are privileged to serve on the Board of Directors are
pleased with the results and confident about what can be
accomplished in the year ahead.
BMO achieved record revenue, record net income and
record earnings per share in 2013. There was an attractive
return of capital to common shareholders – over 60% of
earnings – through the combination of dividends and share
buybacks under the Normal Course Issuer Bid. And our
one-year total shareholder return – share price appreciation
and dividends – led the Canadian banks.
The bank’s performance reflects the dedication and
commitment of a talented and motivated team of
employees led by a strong and experienced management
group. In this regard, I want to acknowledge our CEO,
Bill Downe, for his leadership and commitment. His belief
that BMO’s success depends on the success of customers
continues to guide our strategy and is increasingly
embedded in the culture of the bank.
It’s also a pleasure to welcome Frank Techar to his new role
as Chief Operating Officer, assuming overall responsibility
for BMO’s Personal & Commercial and Wealth businesses,
as well as the bank’s retail distribution channels, in both
Canada and the United States. Strengthened operational
capability across all of our businesses is now critical to
future success in our industry as the pace of change
quickens and as regulation continues to intensify. Frank’s
appointment strengthens our capacity to develop industry-
leading, cross-group capabilities that drive customer
experience – at the right pace. Frank brings to his role an
outstanding record of achievement and deep knowledge of
our businesses and the opportunities we have to strengthen
them. Together, Bill and Frank will be a formidable team
leading the bank forward.
We will work closely with Bill and the leadership team in
a shared commitment to redefine and grow the company,
work more efficiently for customers and capitalize on
our scale in Canada, the United States and select markets
worldwide. As we look forward to the year ahead, our
focus will be on execution and performance as we take
advantage of our strong businesses and platforms to
deliver another year of superior returns.
As your representatives, we will continue to strengthen
our board and the way it works, and we will continue
to work with management in a shared effort to enhance
the diversity of the organization at all levels. The board is
performing well, and I thank my fellow directors for their
many valued contributions to our progress.
Thank you for your confidence in our company during the
past year. I hope you will continue to stand with BMO as
we enter a new year of achievement.
J. Robert S. Prichard
In the fiscal year just completed, BMO Financial Group
posted record net income of $4.2 billion and increased
retained earnings by just under $1.7 billion. We paid
common share dividends of $1.9 billion and repurchased
$675 million of common stock, effectively returning over
60% of earnings to shareholders. And we contributed
$1.7 billion in government levies and taxes.
We completed the final, most significant elements of
the conversion and integration of our 2011 acquisition
of Marshall & Ilsley, capturing cumulative annual run-rate
expense savings approaching $400 million. And we
positioned the bank for future growth in our four core
customer segments: personal banking, commercial banking,
capital markets and wealth management.
Most importantly, we made significant changes in the
leadership structure of the bank to reduce layers of
management and increase the proportion of our workforce
in customer-facing roles. On November 1, 2013, most
senior leaders in Canadian Personal and Commercial
Banking assumed new roles designed to erase old
boundaries and build customer loyalty. Our personal,
commercial and wealth businesses throughout North
America are now united under the leadership of Chief
Operating Officer Frank Techar, who is overseeing a
tightening of operating discipline and the acceleration
of key priorities across the bank.
More broadly, we have initiated longer-term measures
to increase our responsiveness to evolving customer
behaviour in a world where digital media and electronic
commerce compel all companies to respond. The ways that
William A. Downe
Chief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Group
customers are purchasing and consuming our products
and services are undergoing profound change. It’s
something all of us at BMO identify with – and we’re
investing in capabilities that recognize this shift.
All four operating businesses are moving into 2014 with
clear momentum and a great deal of confidence in our
continued strong performance. We’re well positioned not
only to meet expectations, but to anticipate and surpass
them – which is why we’ve made this the central theme of
our 196th annual report, a comprehensive review of the
past year’s achievements and the decisive steps we’ve
taken to advance BMO’s long-term strategy.
The world is far different from the one we faced a decade
ago. What people expect from a bank – from any business –
is rapidly changing. As customers increasingly rely on mobile
We work every day to help our customers have confidence in their
financial decisions.
6 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 7
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S MESSAGE
Bill Downe at the BMO Company Meeting, May 2013.
communications and instant access to information,
they assume an immediate response to their transactional
needs is always within reach. And as we in turn work
alongside them to help bring their financial goals within
reach, they want to see regular confirmation of the
value we add.
To deliver on these expectations, we’re asking more of
ourselves – and more of our bank.
There are big things going
on in our industry.
To say the changes underway around us are profound
isn’t an overstatement.
Profit models are changing across our industry, redefining
the drivers of success. Simultaneous shifts in consumer
behaviour and levels of regulatory engagement call for a
broad change agenda that speaks to both the growth of
revenue and the management of expense. There is a
premium on superb execution, on innovation and on agility
in delivering strong, consolidated financial performance.
The pace of change is very rapid for us all.
We take pride in the quality of the products and services
BMO offers to customers – they are the financial building
blocks of peace of mind: the control of spending, the
growth of savings, the prudent use of credit and wise
investment. We also care greatly about the way in which
customers experience our bank: responsiveness and
attention are what build trust and confidence for all customer
segments. But in an era of rapid social, technological and
economic change, we remain intensely focused on the
reason why our customers continue to look for our guidance
and support in controlling their financial futures. This is
something that goes far beyond convenience and product
features. It is why our bankers are so committed to the
work they do.
And we’re all confident it can be done better.
We’re confident in our ability to thrive in this period of
rapid change, because we’ve been steadily deepening our
long-standing focus on customers, building the capabilities
that grow loyalty and advocacy.
The forces of change
Against the broader backdrop of change, our efforts going
forward will be shaped by two significant forces:
• Customers’ growing appetite for personalized service,
in the moment. When someone has an experience that
is simpler or perfectly tailored to their needs in one area
of life, it influences their expectations in all other areas.
In a modern world, customers’ expectations of their bank
are being revised daily.
• An unprecedented level of regulatory engagement.
Around the globe, governments and supervisors are
introducing rigorous reporting requirements against
constantly evolving standards. To continue meeting them,
we must securely analyze highly complex data in real
time while simplifying the work of the bankers who are
responsible for understanding it. As we maintain this
balance, we’re guided by a long-held belief that what
matters more than any one rule is the larger reason
behind it. Effective regulation ensures integrity and
strengthens trust – principles that are vital to our success
as a business and have been ingrained in our values for
nearly 200 years.
In some ways these forces seem to operate in opposition
to one another. But we have confidence in our ability to
respond fully in each of the market segments we serve, and
to resolve the natural tension between simplifying the lives
of our customers and maintaining confidence in a financial
system that thrives in dealing with complex assignments.
Intensifying our efforts
In our four principal business groups we are meeting
the challenge of rising expectations. We know that in
making processes more efficient or services more accessible,
we create more opportunities for our employees to have
meaningful conversations with customers about their
financial goals, delivering the unique value that differentiates
our bank from our competitors.
Personal and Commercial Banking finished the year
with very good momentum, reflecting the competitiveness
of BMO’s position in the markets we serve. In Canada,
where our commercial lending market share is close to
20%, we saw good balance growth: 12% in deposits
and 11% in loans. In personal banking we again led the
market with our emphasis on shorter-amortization,
fixed-rate mortgages.
In the U.S., mid-market commercial lending continued to
gain strength while initiatives targeted toward small business
customers gained traction. In U.S. retail banking we are
accelerating the move to digital fulfillment and sales while
increasing the investment in technology that supports
efficiency and growth.
BMO Capital Markets continued to demonstrate the simple
truth that a quality book of business generates quality
returns. We earned an 18.9% return on equity and were
named Best Investment Bank in Canada by Global Finance
magazine, and our strengthened U.S. business showed good
growth and improving operating leverage.
Wealth Management at BMO is distinguished by a superior
offering across multiple dimensions, from private banking
and asset management to brokerage and insurance. Market
momentum, growth created by changing demographics
and disciplined investment all support the accelerating
expansion of our wealth business.
Over the last decade, the bank has maintained strong
momentum in the compound growth rate of both revenue
and net income – 6% and 9%, respectively. With record
reported results in 2013 and the highest Basel III common
equity tier 1 ratio of the Canadian banks, BMO is well
positioned to capitalize on the opportunities ahead. We are
intensifying our pursuit of BMO’s five strategic priorities
(outlined on page 4) by focusing specifically in these areas:
• Extending the digital experience across all channels.
We’re developing strategies to further integrate the bank’s
digital and physical channels – merging the online and
mobile experience into our retail branch and ATM
network. U.S. households actively using BMO mobile
banking increased 60% in 2013.
• Simplifying and automating for greater efficiency.
By exploring new ways to streamline processes, modernize
platforms and embed cost controls, we’re adding to
the productivity and efficiency gains realized over the past
two years.
• Leveraging data insights to serve customers better.
By enhancing the bank’s analytics capabilities, we’re
sharpening our understanding of what customers
are looking for, how they want to do business with
us and, most importantly, why they need our help.
At BMO’s Meadowvale Customer Contact Centre, we pay close attention
to what’s on customers’ minds.
8 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 9
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S MESSAGE
Deeper insights will make us even more effective in
attracting new customers, assessing risk, and tailoring
and cross-selling products and services.
• Continuing to build a strong, differentiated brand. As we
extend a consistent identity and message throughout our
expanded footprint, we reinforce existing relationships
while fostering new ones. Across North America, millions
of prospective customers are learning what BMO stands
for – and why we stand out.
We’re sharpening our
understanding of what
customers are looking
for, how they want to
do business with us and,
most importantly, why
they need our help.
In embracing a future where constructive change is certain,
we also recognize what’s not certain is how customers will
respond to the contradictions of the coming decade. As people
seek greater transparency and connectivity, their desire for
security and privacy creates an opposite impulse. What we do
know is that individuals and companies bring their business
to our bank because of the trust built by our brand – our
commitment to help them make better decisions with better
information and have confidence in the decisions they make.
The power of expectations
The opportunity before us is to take everything BMO has been
doing well, and do it better than ever. By ensuring the quality
of what we provide, and by simplifying and accelerating how
we deliver it, we can focus on why people choose to make us
their financial partner. This is the next step in the realization of
BMO’s brand promise. As customers see that we’re making their
lives easier and helping them have confidence in their financial
futures, we forge stronger, mutually rewarding relationships –
which grow our customer base and increase market share.
And as the value we deliver to customers continues to rise,
the value we deliver to shareholders grows as well.
The new climate of heightened expectations is redefining
incremental change. In banking, the impact promises to be
dramatic, even disruptive – and, for those who are ready to
take full advantage, highly rewarding. By embracing change,
we can influence its pace and help guide its course. Rather than
wait to see where the market is going, BMO will be ahead of it,
leading through innovation, supported by unrivalled customer
loyalty and grounded in a long history of trust – trust that
we’ve earned by always living up to expectations.
Senior Leadership Team
From left to right:
William A. Downe
Chief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Group
Jean-Michel Arès
Chief Technology & Operations Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Joanna Rotenberg
Chief Marketing Officer and Head of Strategy,
BMO Financial Group
Simon A. Fish
General Counsel,
BMO Financial Group
Strong Momentum in
Revenue Growth
(Canadian $ in billions)
2010 and prior period information based on CGAAP.
Ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2003 and on IFRS in 2013.
10 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
10-year CAGR 6%
16.3
9.3
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
Barbara Muir
Corporate Secretary,
BMO Financial Group
Thomas V. Milroy
Group Head,
BMO Capital Markets
Frank Techar
Chief Operating Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Richard Rudderham
Chief Human Resources Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Mark F. Furlong
Group Head, U.S. Personal and Commercial
Banking and Chief Executive Officer,
BMO Harris Bank N.A.
Thomas E. Flynn
Chief Financial Officer,
BMO Financial Group
William Downe
Chief Executive Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Surjit Rajpal
Chief Risk Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Gilles G. Ouellette
Group Head,
Wealth Management
Carol Neal
Chief Auditor,
BMO Financial Group
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 1111
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
The ideal
home.
A thriving
business.
A comfortable
future.
Dylan Reibling, interactive media innovator and artist-in
residence at Christie Digital, received welcome support for
his vision from BMO bankers at the Communitech Hub for
high-tech entrepreneurs in Waterloo, ON.
Everyone has
great expectations.
And to bring tomorrow’s goals within
reach, people expect a lot today.
Beginning with the confidence they
need to make important choices.
Business mix1
Our diversified strategy once again
drove BMO’s 2013 performance.
Personal and
Commercial
57%
Canadian
P&C
$6,341
U.S. P&C
$2,937
Wealth
$3,454
Wealth Management
22%
BMO CM
$3,428
BMO Capital Markets
21%
(Graph figures in millions)
1 Percentages determined excluding results in Corporate Services.
12 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
12 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
This is what all of our
stakeholders ultimately expect.
And it’s what we’re in
business to deliver.
1
Leader in wealth
BMO’s Canadian and U.S. private banks were both ranked
best in the markets they serve by World Finance magazine
in 2013. Over the past year, our wealth management
businesses were recognized with 20 industry awards,
evenly split between Canada and the United States.
Commercial strength
Private and personal
North American commercial loan balances grew by 11%
year over year as we continued to meet the needs of
businesses across our footprint. Commercial deposits were up
12% in Canada, where we have the second largest market
share in business loans of $5 million and less. In the United
States, core commercial and industrial lending has grown
for eight consecutive quarters.
Meeting customers’ expectations can mean erasing
boundaries. BMO’s personal and private banking teams have
been successfully partnering where their businesses overlap.
By being more responsive and effi cient in serving both
segments, we’re creating more value for shareholders.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 13
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 13
It starts with respecting
people’s intelligence.
Proposing plans that reflect
how they think.
Always looking for ways
to do things better.
Customers expect us to be
as insightful as they are in
deciding what really matters.
It’s about
great minds
thinking alike,
learning from
one another.
Mike Bonner, Regional VP, Commercial Banking and Shaun
Muldoon, co owner of Muldoon s Own Authentic Coffee in
Mississauga, ON, share the belief that successful businesses
are built on strong customer relationships.
-
’
Funds leader
Satisfi ed customers
ASTD BEST Award
Sales of BMO Mutual Funds in Canada increased by a
record 38% in 2013, well above the industry growth rate.
Our deep understanding of customers’ investment goals
has also fuelled BMO’s leadership in exchange traded funds
(ETFs). Since launching our ETF business in 2009, we’ve
achieved a #2 share in Canada, with 20% of the market.
We make it a priority to know how customers feel about us.
This year, BMO ranked second amongst the big fiv e retail banks
in the J.D. Power 2013 Canadian Retail Banking Customer
Satisfaction StudySM. We believe that’s an indicator that we are
doing good work.
In 2013, BMO was one of only three North American banks
honoured with a BEST Award by the American Society for
Training and Development (ASTD) for global leadership in
employee learning. The award underlines our commitment to
developing talent and nurturing great minds who can connect
with customers and help them succeed.
14 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
14 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 15
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 15
Managing our business
responsibly.
There’s a lot more to it
than simply following
the rules and avoiding
missteps.
It means producing
something – a positive impact,
a new direction, a bridge
that didn’t exist before.
In the new economy,
the currency that matters
most is reputation.
And the only way to earn it
is by doing the right thing.
As a bank, we have a
responsibility to contribute.
To respond to today’s needs,
as well as tomorrow’s.
And above all,
to add value.
Donnell Hill, Service Specialist at BMO’s contact centre in
Naperville, IL, knows that delivering value begins with
responding effectively to customers’ calls and online queries.
Community donations
$56 million
(Canadian $ in millions)
16
22
31
6
6
19
Allocations in 2013 (%)
Hospitals and Health Care
Civic and Community Initiatives
Education
Federated Appeals
Arts and Culture
Other
1
Earning our reputation
In the latest annual customer survey conducted by American
Banker and the Reputation Institute, BMO Harris Bank was
ranked number one among 30 major U.S. banks evaluated for
long-term trust, and number fiv e for overall bank reputation.
Confirma
measure of our success as a responsibly run business.
tion that customers believe in our bank is a key
9.9%
National governance award
BMO’s Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 9.9% at
year -end is strong, and in excess of regulatory requirements.
Our consistently strong capital position and prudent
approach to risk management help ensure the bank’s
financial s
on our long-term growth strategy.
trength and fl exibility as we continue to execute
In 2013, BMO was recognized with an Excellence in Governance
Award from the Canadian Society of Corporate Secretaries. Our
commitment to the highest standards of corporate governance
goes far beyond legal and regulatory compliance; we strive to
exceed the expectations of all key stakeholders with regard to
risk, fi nancial performance and sustainable growth.
16 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
16 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 17
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 17
Expectations
look to the future.
But they’re inevitably focused on
what happens right now.
The moment where ideas are
born and plans are made.
Where tomorrow becomes today.
Where can’t turns into can.
People want to see an opportunity
and act upon it.
And as we help them build momentum,
our own opportunities grow.
Fuelled by
great expectations.
Christie Saunders, Commercial Account Manager, BMO and
Niall Fraser, President of the Grizzly Paw Brewing Company,
working together to expand the footprint of Grizzly Paw s
brewpub and microbrewery in Canmore, AB.
’
Right place, right time
Fuelling opportunity
28.8% one-year TSR
20 years of learning
With 1,563 branches, BMO is the second largest Canadian
bank measured by retail network in Canada and the
United States. As a North American enterprise centred in
the heart of the continent, we serve a contiguous market
with about 75 million people, GDP of more than $3.8 trillion
and a diversified ec
drivers of sustainable growth.
onomy that includes all the fundamental
In the high-tech clusters and centres of innovation across
our strategic footprint, BMO helps entrepreneurs launch new
businesses that create jobs, expand sectors and generate
lasting value. In 2013, we became a funding partner of
the C100, a non-profit or
Canadian technology companies in Silicon Valley through
mentorship, partnership and investment.
ganization that supports emerging
BMO’s one -year total shareholder return (TSR) was the
highest among our Canadian peer group in 2013, refl ecting
our success in delivering top -tier shareholder returns. Over
the past fiv e years, BMO shareholders have earned an
average annual TSR of 17.0% on their investment in BMO
common shares, second among our Canadian peer group.
In 2014 we will mark the 20th anniversary of the BMO
Institute for Learning (IFL), which delivers wide-ranging
programs from campuses across North America. The IFL
designs and delivers nearly 300 face -to -face courses, virtual
classroom courses and eLearning programs. Employee
training strengthens our competitive advantage while
helping to bridge the North American skills gap.
18 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
18 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 19
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 19
Corporate Governance
Good corporate governance matters to our shareholders, our customers, our employees,
our communities – and to us. We strive to meet rigorous standards of corporate
governance, following the best practices in our industry and meeting or going beyond
regulatory requirements.
Our board oversees our business
Our Board of Directors supervises how we manage our
business and affairs, so we choose board members
with sophisticated expertise and a range of perspectives.
The board makes decisions based on BMO’s strategies,
core values, and the best information available. Its decisions
emphasize long-term performance over short-term gain,
and the board is accountable to our shareholders.
The board operates independently of management
The Chairman of the Board and our directors, other
than the Chief Executive Officer, operate independently
of management. Board meetings include time for the
independent directors to meet without management
or non-independent directors present.
To reflect our customers and our values,
our board is diverse
The diverse backgrounds of our directors connect
us with our customers, our markets and our employees.
We believe this diversity also means we make better
decisions. Our Board Diversity Policy received a 2013
Diversity in Governance Award presented by the Canadian
Board Diversity Council. We also received the Canadian
General Counsel 2013 Social Responsibility Award for
our work on sustainability and diversity within the bank
and the community.
We compensate our directors and executives
in ways that encourage good decisions
Our model for compensating directors and executives
follows best practices for good governance. We use a
pay-for-performance model that includes clawbacks and
discourages unreasonable risk-taking. Directors and
executives must own shares, to align their interests with
those of other shareholders. We do not allow directors
and employees to hedge their investments in our shares,
securities or related financial instruments.
We are committed to doing business ethically
FirstPrinciples, our code of conduct and ethics, guides
our decision-making at every level. The Audit and Conduct
Review Committee monitors compliance with the code
and approves any exceptions, as appropriate.
Every director and employee commits to FirstPrinciples
each year by signing an acknowledgment that they
have read, understood and complied with FirstPrinciples.
All employees are also required to take an online course
to test their understanding of FirstPrinciples.
Our policy is to:
• encourage employees to raise concerns about
ethical conduct
• allow people to report concerns anonymously
through the Office of the Ombudsman or online,
so they can speak without fear of retaliation
• investigate complaints and act on them, escalating
issues to the board and Audit and Conduct Review
Committee if necessary.
Our board and management stay connected
with our shareholders
We engage our shareholders through the annual
shareholder meeting, annual report, management
proxy circular, quarterly reports, annual information form,
sustainability report, corporate responsibility report,
news releases and industry conferences. Our website
provides extensive information about the board,
its mandate, the board committees and their charters,
and our directors.
20 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 21
Board of Directors1
To promote alignment of our strategic goals across all our businesses, each director sits on at least one board committee and the Chief
Executive Officer is invited to all committee meetings. We review the membership of all committees annually .
www.bmo.com/corporategovernance
Dr. Martha C. Piper, O.C., O.B.C.
Corporate Director, former
President and Vice-Chancellor,
The University of British Columbia
Board/Committees: Audit and
Conduct Review, Governance
and Nominating (Chair)
Other public boards: Shoppers
Drug Mart Corporation, TransAlta
Corporation
Director since: 2006
J. Robert S. Prichard, O.C., O.Ont.
Chairman of the Board,
BMO Financial Group, and
Chair of Torys LLP
Board/Committees: Governance
and Nominating, Human
Resources, Risk Review,
The Pension Fund Society
of the Bank of Montreal
Other public boards: George
Weston Limited, Onex Corporation
Director since: 2000
Don M. Wilson III
Corporate Director
Board/Committees: Governance
and Nominating, Human
Resources, Risk Review (Chair)
Other public boards: Ethan
Allen Interiors Inc.
Director since: 2008
1 As at October 31, 2013.
Robert M. Astley
Former President and Chief
Executive Officer, Clarica
Life Insurance Company, and
former President, Sun Life
Financial Canada
Board/Committees: Governance
and Nominating, Human
Resources (Chair), Risk Review
Director since: 2004
Janice M. Babiak
Corporate Director
Board/Committees: Audit and
Conduct Review, Risk Review
Other public boards: Royal
Mail plc, Walgreens Co.
Director since: 2012
Sophie Brochu
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Gaz Métro
Board/Committees: Audit
and Conduct Review
Other public boards: BCE Inc.
Director since: 2011
George A. Cope
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Bell Canada and BCE Inc.
Board/Committees: Human
Resources
Other public boards: BCE Inc.,
Bell Aliant
Director since: 2006
William A. Downe
Chief Executive Officer,
BMO Financial Group
Board/Committees: Attends
all committee meetings as
an invitee
Other public boards:
ManpowerGroup
Director since: 2007
Christine A. Edwards
Capital Partner, Winston & Strawn
Board/Committees: Human
Resources, Risk Review,
The Pension Fund Society
of the Bank of Montreal
Director since: 2010
Ronald H. Farmer
Managing Director,
Mosaic Capital Partners
Board/Committees: Audit and
Conduct Review, Governance and
Nominating, Human Resources,
The Pension Fund Society of the
Bank of Montreal (Chair)
Other public boards: Valeant
Pharmaceuticals International Inc.
Director since: 2003
Eric R. La Flèche
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Metro Inc.
Board/Committees: Risk Review
Other public boards: Metro Inc.
Director since: 2012
Bruce H. Mitchell
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Permian Industries Limited
Board/Committees: Audit and
Conduct Review, The Pension
Fund Society of the Bank of
Montreal
Director since: 1999
Philip S. Orsino, O.C., F.C.A.
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Jeld-Wen Inc.
Board/Committees: Audit
and Conduct Review (Chair),
Governance and Nominating
Director since: 1999
Honorary Directors
Stephen E. Bachand, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL, USA
Ralph M. Barford, Toronto, ON
Matthew W. Barrett, O.C., LL.D., Oakville, ON
David R. Beatty, O.B.E., Toronto, ON
Peter J.G. Bentley, O.C., LL.D., Vancouver, BC
Robert Chevrier, F.C.A., Montreal, QC
Tony Comper, C.M., LL.D., Toronto, ON
Pierre Côté, C.M., Quebec City, QC
C. William Daniel, O.C., LL.D., Toronto, ON
Louis A. Desrochers, C.M., c.r., A.O.E., Edmonton, AB
A. John Ellis, O.C., LL.D., O.R.S., Vancouver, BC
John F. Fraser, O.C., LL.D., O.R.S., Winnipeg, MB
David A. Galloway, Toronto, ON
Richard M. Ivey, C.C., Q.C., Toronto, ON
Betty Kennedy, O.C., LL.D., Campbellville, ON
Harold N. Kvisle, Calgary, AB
Eva Lee Kwok, Vancouver, BC
J. Blair MacAulay, Oakville, ON
Ronald N. Mannix, O.C., Calgary, AB
Robert H. McKercher, Q.C., Saskatoon, SK
Eric H. Molson, Montreal, QC
Jerry E.A. Nickerson, North Sydney, NS
Jeremy H. Reitman, Montreal, QC
Lucien G. Rolland, O.C., Montreal, QC
Joseph L. Rotman, O.C., LL.D., Toronto, ON
Guylaine Saucier, F.C.P.A., F.C.A., C.M., Montreal, QC
Nancy C. Southern, Calgary, AB
Robert M. Astley
Janice M. Babiak
Sophie Brochu
George A. Cope
William A. Downe
Christine A. Edwards
Ronald H. Farmer
Eric R. La Flèche
Bruce H. Mitchell
Philip S. Orsino
Dr. Martha C. Piper
J. Robert S. Prichard
Don M. Wilson III
22 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
CFO’S FOREWORD TO THE FINANCIAL REVIEW
CFO’s Foreword to the
Financial Review
Thomas E. Flynn
Chief Financial Officer, BMO Financial Group
BMO delivered record net income of $4.2 billion in 2013,
building on our 2012 performance. On an adjusted basis, net
income rose to $4.3 billion and EPS was $6.30, increasing 5%
from last year. We also announced two dividend increases,
bought back over 10 million common shares and strengthened
our capital position.
Our continued good results reflect the success of our strategy
and have translated into attractive returns for BMO’s shareholders.
Our one-year total shareholder return of 29% was the highest
among our Canadian peer group. Over the past five years, our
shareholders have earned an average annual total shareholder
return of 17% on their investment in common shares. We have
achieved these returns while managing risk prudently and
strengthening our balance sheet.
The bank’s financial results are examined in Management’s
Discussion and Analysis (MD&A), where we review our
performance and tell our financial story clearly and thoroughly.
Our long-standing commitment to ensuring that shareholders
receive timely and informative reporting on our financial results
earned us the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada
Award of Excellence in Corporate Reporting for Financial Services
in two of the last three years.
This year, we expanded our disclosures in several areas in
response to recommendations made by the Enhanced
Disclosure Task Force established by the Financial Stability
Board, which is part of a broader effort by industry participants
and regulators to strengthen the resiliency of the financial
services industry globally. We are supportive of this effort and
hope you find the additional disclosures informative.
• Our large North American commercial banking business is a
differentiator in an environment where commercial loan growth
is expected to continue to outpace consumer loan growth.
• Our flagship Canadian Personal and Commercial banking
business is heading into 2014 with good momentum.
• Wealth Management had record results for this year and
has good growth opportunities in North America and select
global markets.
• We expect growth and operating leverage from investments
we have made in our U.S. businesses and from the
improving U.S. economy.
• We are working to improve efficiency with an emphasis
on simplifying processes and pursuing opportunities to
integrate technology and operations infrastructures on a
North American basis.
• Our capital position is the strongest among our Canadian
peer group with a Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 9.9%,
up from the pro-forma estimate of 8.7% at the end of 2012.
As we head into 2014, we remain focused on meeting our
existing customers’ needs and adding new customers across
all our businesses by delivering on our brand promise.
We hope you enjoy reading our MD&A and look forward
to reporting on our continued progress next year.
Looking forward, we are well-positioned for the current
environment:
Thomas E. Flynn
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 23
Financial Performance and Condition at a Glance
Our Performance (Note 1)
Peer Group Performance
Our Performance (Note 1)
Peer Group Performance
Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
• BMO shareholders have earned an average annual return
of 11.5% over the past three years, above the 4.8% return
on the S&P/TSX Composite Index.
• The one-year TSR of 28.8% and the five-year average
annual TSR of 17.0% both outperformed the comparable
Canadian indices.
Graph shows average annual three-year TSR.
P 33
17.4
10.8
11.5
2011
2012
2013
TSR (%)
• The Canadian peer group average annual three-year TSR
was 12.0%. The one-year TSR was 22.4% and the five-year
average annual TSR was 15.6%.
• The North American peer group average annual three-year
TSR was 12.7%, slightly above the Canadian peer group
average. The one-year TSR in 2013 was 21.3% and the
five-year average annual TSR was 6.1%.
P 35
Earnings per Share (EPS) Growth
• Adjusted net income grew $184 million or 5% to
$4,276 million in 2013, and adjusted EPS grew $0.30
or 5% to $6.30. Reported net income grew $59 million
to $4,248 million, and reported EPS grew $0.11 or
2% to $6.26.
• There was revenue growth and lower provisions
for credit losses on an adjusted basis.
27
18
EPS Growth (%)
• The Canadian peer group average EPS increased 3%,
with all but two banks in the peer group reporting
increases in EPS.
• Average EPS growth for the North American peer group was
69%, with significant variability among our U.S. peer banks.
6
2
2
5
All EPS measures are stated on a diluted basis.
2011
2012
2013
North American peer group data is not to scale.
P 36
53
NEP Growth (%)
Net Economic Profit (NEP) Growth
• Adjusted NEP, a measure of added economic value,
was $1,237 million, down $9 million or 1% from 2012.
Reported NEP was $1,298 million, down $141 million
or 10% from 2012.
• The decrease is reflective of higher earnings being more
than offset by a higher charge for capital, as a result of
growth in shareholders’ equity.
P 36
Return on Equity (ROE)
• Adjusted ROE was 15.0% and reported ROE was 14.9%
in 2013, compared with 15.5% and 15.9%, respectively,
in 2012. There was growth in both reported and adjusted
earnings available to common shareholders. There was
also an increase in average common shareholders’ equity
primarily due to internally-generated capital.
• BMO has achieved an ROE of 13% or better in 23 of the
past 24 years, one of only two banks in our North American
peer group to have done so.
28
15
19
2011
2012
(1)
(10)
2013
15.116.0
15.9 15.5
14.9 15.0
2011
2012
2013
NEP data is not available for all banks in the peer group.
ROE (%)
• The Canadian peer group average ROE of 18.3% was
lower than the average return of 20.1% in 2012, as ROE
declined for all but one bank in our Canadian peer group.
• Average ROE for the North American peer group was
12.2%, unchanged from 2012.
Revenue Growth
• Adjusted revenue increased $505 million or 3% in
2013 to $15,572 million. Reported revenue increased
$133 million to $16,263 million. The increase was
primarily due to revenue growth in Wealth Management,
BMO Capital Markets and Canadian P&C.
P 38
14
12
16
10
Revenue Growth (%)
• Revenue growth for the Canadian peer group averaged
4%, less than half the average growth of 9% in 2012.
• Average revenue growth for the North American peer
group was 2%, a decline from 4% in 2012, with three
of our U.S. peers reporting lower revenues.
1
3
Efficiency Ratio
(Expense-to-Revenue Ratio)
• The adjusted efficiency ratio was 63.1%, unchanged
from 2012. The reported efficiency ratio improved
20 basis points to 63.3%, as revenue growth was higher
than expense growth.
2011
2012
2013
P 43
62.7 61.5
63.5 63.1
63.3 63.1
2011
2012
2013
Effi ciency Ratio (%)
• The Canadian peer group average efficiency ratio was
59.1%, up from 58.3% in 2012 as increases in expenses
more than offset revenue growth.
• The average efficiency ratio for the North American peer
group was 62.7%, slightly better than the group’s average
ratio of 63.0% in 2012, and worse than the average of
our Canadian peer group.
Credit Losses
• The adjusted provision for credit losses (PCL) was $359 million,
P 42, 77, 84
down from $471 million in 2012. Reported PCL was $589 million,
down from $765 million. The decline in adjusted PCL reflects
decreases in provisions in all of our operating groups, offset in part
by lower recoveries on the purchased credit impaired loan portfolio.
• Adjusted PCL as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances
improved to 14 basis points from 21 basis points a year ago,
and reported PCL as a percentage of average net loans and
acceptances improved to 22 basis points from 31 basis points.
These positive ratio trends reflect lower provisions across both our
consumer and commercial loan portfolios and all of our operating
groups, compared to 2012.
0.56 0.54
0.31
0.21
0.22
0.14
2011
2012
2013
Provision for Credit Losses as a % of Average
Net Loans and Acceptances
• The Canadian peer group average PCL represented
33 basis points of average net loans and acceptances,
down from 37 basis points in 2012.
• The North American peer group average PCL represented
36 basis points, down from 53 basis points in 2012,
and was slightly higher than the average PCL for the
Canadian peer group.
Impaired Loans
• Gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL), excluding
P 84
purchased credit impaired loans, decreased to $2,544 million
from $2,976 million in 2012, and represented 7.61% of equity
and allowances for credit losses, compared with 9.30% a year ago.
• Formations of new impaired loans and acceptances, a key driver
of provisions for credit losses, were $2,449 million, down from
$3,101 million in 2012, primarily due to a $535 million decrease
in formations in the purchased performing loan portfolio.
Capital Adequacy
• BMO’s Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio exceeds
P 61
regulatory requirements.
• The Basel III CET1 Ratio was 9.9%, up from 8.7% on
a pro-forma basis in 2012, primarily due to an increase
in common equity.
8.98
9.30
7.61
2011
2012
2013
9.9
8.7
Gross Impaired Loans and Acceptances as a %
of Equity and Allowances for Credit Losses
• The Canadian peer group average ratio of GIL as a
percentage of equity and allowances for credit losses
was 5.66% in 2013, down from 6.40% in 2012.
• The average ratio for our North American peer group
improved from 11.32% a year ago to 9.55% in 2013,
but continues to be higher than the average for the
Canadian peer group.
Capital Adequacy
• The Canadian peer group average Basel III CET1 Ratio
was 9.2% in 2013, compared to an average pro-forma
CET1 Ratio of 8.3% a year ago.
• The basis for computing capital adequacy ratios
in Canada and the United States is not comparable.
*2012 Basel III CET1 Ratio is a pro-forma estimate.
2012*
2013
P 94
Credit Rating
• Credit ratings for BMO’s long-term debt, as assessed by the four major
rating agencies, are listed below and all four ratings are considered to
indicate high-grade, high-quality issues. On January 28, 2013, Moody’s
lowered the long-term senior debt ratings of six Canadian banks, including
BMO, by one notch and removed systemic support from the ratings of
all rated Canadian banks’ subordinated debt instruments. Moody’s affirmed
BMO’s short-term rating.
Credit Rating
• Moody’s Canadian peer group median credit rating was lower in 2013 compared
with 2012, as Moody’s downgraded the senior long-term debt ratings for four
of our Canadian peers by one notch.
• S&P’s Canadian peer group median credit rating was also lower in 2013, as
S&P downgraded the long-term debt ratings of one of our Canadian peers
by one notch.
• The credit ratings awarded by the two remaining ratings agencies to the
Canadian peer group were unchanged.
• Moody’s North American peer group median credit rating was lower compared
with 2012, as Moody’s downgraded the ratings for two of our U.S. peers by one
notch and upgraded the rating of one of our U.S. peers by two notches. The
North American peer group median credit ratings remain slightly lower than
the median of the Canadian peer group for two of the ratings.
BMO Financial Group
Canadian peer group median*
North American peer group median*
DBRS
Fitch
Moody’s
S&P
2011
AA
AA–
Aa2
A+
2012
AA
AA–
Aa2
A+
2013
AA
AA–
Aa3
A+
DBRS
Fitch
Moody’s
S&P
2011
AA
AA–
Aa1
AA–
2012
AA
AA–
Aa2
AA–
2013
AA
AA–
Aa3
A+
DBRS
Fitch
Moody’s
S&P
2011
AAL
AA–
Aa3
A+
2012
AAL
AA–
Aa3
A+
2013
AAL
AA–
A1
A+
*Data for all years reflects the peer group composition in the most recent year.
Note 1: NEP and adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP. Please see the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Since November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial results and those of our Canadian peers have been reported in accordance with IFRS. The consolidated fi nancial
statements for comparative periods in fiscal year 2011 have been restated. 2011 growth rates are based on Canadian GAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011, and
may not be meaningful. U.S. peer group data continues to be reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
In 2013, we changed the methodology for the Canadian and North American peer group averages to a simple-average calculation from a weighted-average
calculation, and restated prior periods.
BMO reported
BMO adjusted
Canadian peer group average
North American peer group average
The Canadian peer group averages exclude BMO and are based on the performance of Canada’s five other largest banks: Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce, National Bank of Canada, RBC Financial Group, Scotiabank and TD Bank Financial Group. The North American peer group averages are based on the
performance of 12 of the largest banks in North America. These include the Canadian peer group, except National Bank of Canada, as well as BB&T Corporation,
Bank of New York Mellon, Fifth Third Bancorp, Key Corp., The PNC Financial Services Group Inc., Regions Financial, SunTrust Banks Inc. and U.S. Bancorp.
BMO reported
BMO adjusted
Canadian peer group average
North American peer group average
Results are as at or for the years ended October 31 for Canadian banks and as at or for the years ended September 30 for U.S. banks.
24 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 25
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
BMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer have signed a statement outlining management’s responsibility for financial information in
the annual consolidated financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). The statement, which can be found on page 122,
also explains the roles of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee and Board of Directors in respect of that financial information.
The MD&A comments on BMO’s operations and financial condition for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012. The MD&A should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2013. The MD&A commentary is as of December 3, 2013. Unless
otherwise indicated, all amounts are stated in Canadian dollars and have been derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with Interna
tional Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). References to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) mean IFRS.
Since November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial results have been reported in accordance with IFRS. Results for years prior to 2011 have not been
restated and are presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP). As such, certain growth rates and compound annual
growth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful. Certain other prior year data has also been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation,
including restatements arising from methodology changes and transfers of certain businesses between operating groups. See pages 44 and 45.
A
&
D
M
Index
27 Who We Are provides an overview of BMO Financial Group, explains
the links between our financial objectives and our overall vision, and
outlines “Reasons to Invest in BMO” along with relevant key perform
ance data.
28 Enterprise-Wide Strategy outlines our enterprise-wide strategy and
the context in which it is developed, as well as our progress in relation
to our priorities.
29 Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements advises readers
about the limitations and inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-
looking statements.
30 Factors That May Affect Future Results outlines certain industry and
company-specific factors that investors should consider when assessing
BMO’s earnings prospects.
32 Economic Developments and Outlook includes commentary on the
Canadian, U.S. and international economies in 2013 and our expect
ations for 2014.
33 Value Measures reviews financial performance on the four key
measures that assess or most directly influence shareholder return. It
also includes explanations of non-GAAP measures, a reconciliation to
their GAAP counterparts for the fiscal year, and a summary of adjusting
items that are excluded from results to assist in the review of key
measures and adjusted results.
33 Total Shareholder Return
34 Non-GAAP Measures
35 Earnings per Share Growth
36 Net Economic Profit Growth
36 Return on Equity
37 2013 Financial Performance Review provides a detailed review of
BMO’s consolidated financial performance by major income statement
category. It also includes summaries of the impact of business acquis
itions and changes in foreign exchange rates.
Operating Group Review outlines the strategies and key priorities of
our operating groups and the challenges they face, along with their
strengths and value drivers. It also includes a summary of their
achievements in 2013, their focus for 2014, and a review of their
financial performance for the year and the business environment in
which they operate.
44
46
47
50
53
56
59
Summary
Personal and Commercial Banking
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations
Financial Condition Review comments on our assets and liabilities
by major balance sheet category. It includes a review of our capital
adequacy and our approach to optimizing our capital position to
support our business strategies and maximize returns to our share
holders. It outlines proposed regulatory changes that are expected to
impact capital and liquidity management as well as certain business
operations. It also includes a review of off-balance sheet arrange
ments and certain select financial instruments and European balances.
Summary Balance Sheet
Enterprise-Wide Capital Management
Select Financial Instruments
Select Geographic Exposures
U.S. Regulatory Developments
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Accounting Matters and Disclosure and Internal Control reviews
critical accounting estimates and changes in accounting policies in
2013 and for future periods. It also outlines our evaluation of
disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting, and provides an index of disclosure recommended by the
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Changes in Accounting Policies in 2013
Future Changes in Accounting Policies
Transactions with Related Parties
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over
Financial Reporting
Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management outlines our approach to
managing key financial risks and other related risks we face.
Overview
Top and Emerging Risks
Framework and Risks
Credit and Counterparty Risk
Market Risk
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Operational Risk
Insurance Risk
Legal and Regulatory Risk
Business Risk
Model Risk
Strategic Risk
Reputation Risk
Environmental and Social Risk
60
61
65
67
69
70
70
73
73
73
74
74
75
77
78
78
79
82
87
92
94
95
96
96
96
98
98
99
100 2012 Financial Performance Review, Review of Fourth Quarter
2013 Performance and Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends provide
commentary on results for relevant periods other than fiscal 2013.
104 Supplemental Information presents other useful financial tables and
more historical detail.
Regulatory Filings
Our continuous disclosure materials, including our interim financial statements and interim MD&A, annual audited consolidated financial statements and annual MD&A,
Annual Information Form and Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Management Proxy Circular, are available on our website at www.bmo.com/investorrelations,
on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. BMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its
Chief Financial Officer certify the appropriateness and fairness of BMO’s annual and interim consolidated financial statements, MD&A and Annual Information Form, and the
effectiveness of BMO’s disclosure controls and procedures and material changes in our internal control over financial reporting.
26 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Who We Are
Established in 1817, BMO Financial Group is a highly diversified financial services provider based in North America. With total assets of $537 billion and
approximately 45,500 employees, BMO provides a broad range of retail banking, wealth management and investment banking products and services to
more than 12 million customers. We serve more than seven million customers across Canada through our Canadian retail arm, BMO Bank of Montreal.
We also serve customers through our wealth management businesses: BMO Nesbitt Burns, BMO InvestorLine, BMO Private Banking, BMO Global Asset
Management and BMO Insurance. BMO Capital Markets, our investment and corporate banking and trading products division, provides a full suite of
financial products and services to North American and international clients. In the United States, BMO serves customers through BMO Harris Bank, an
integrated financial services organization based in the U.S. Midwest with more than two million retail, small business and commercial customers. BMO
Financial Group conducts business through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.
Our Financial Objectives
BMO’s medium-term financial objectives for certain important perform
ance measures are set out below. We believe that we will deliver
top-tier total shareholder return and meet our medium-term financial
objectives by aligning our operations with, and executing on, our
strategic priorities, along with our vision and guiding principle, as out
lined on the following page. We consider top-tier returns to be
top-quartile shareholder returns relative to our Canadian and North
American peer group.
BMO’s business planning process is rigorous and considers the
prevailing economic conditions, our risk appetite, our customers’
evolving needs and the opportunities available across our lines of busi
ness. It includes clear and direct accountability for annual performance
that is measured against both internal and external benchmarks and
progress toward our strategic priorities.
Over the medium term, our financial objectives on an adjusted basis
are to achieve average annual earnings per share (adjusted EPS) growth
of 7% to 10%, earn an average annual return on equity (adjusted ROE)
of between 15% and 18%, generate average annual operating leverage
of 2% or more, and maintain strong capital ratios that exceed regulatory
requirements. These objectives are key guideposts as we execute
against our strategic priorities. Our operating philosophy is to increase
revenues at rates higher than general economic growth rates, while
limiting expense growth to achieve average annual adjusted operating
leverage. In managing our operations, we balance current profitability
with the need to both invest in our businesses for future growth and
manage risk.
Reasons to Invest in BMO
‰ Clear opportunities for growth across a diversified North
American footprint
O Large North American commercial banking business with advan
M
D
&
A
taged market share
O Good momentum in our well-established Canadian Personal and
Commercial Banking business
O Award-winning wealth franchise with strong growth oppor
tunities in North America and select global markets
O Operating leverage across our U.S. businesses
‰ Strong capital position and an attractive dividend yield
‰ Focus on efficiency through core operations and technology
integration, particularly for retail businesses across North America
‰ Industry-leading customer loyalty and a focus on customer
experience to increase market share and drive revenue growth
‰ Committed to upholding the highest level of business ethics and
corporate governance
As at or for the periods ended October 31, 2013
(%, except as noted)
Average annual total shareholder return
Compound growth in annual EPS
Compound growth in annual adjusted EPS
Average annual ROE
Average annual adjusted ROE
Compound growth in annual
dividends declared per share
Dividend yield**
Price-to-earnings multiple**
Market value/book value ratio**
Common Equity Ratio (Basel III basis)
1-year
5-year* 10-year*
28.8
1.8
5.0
14.9
15.0
4.3
4.0
11.6
1.66
9.9
17.0
10.7
6.2
14.4
15.1
1.0
4.8
12.5
1.59
na
8.7
6.2
5.8
15.3
16.5
8.2
4.4
12.8
1.84
na
* 5-year and 10-year growth rates reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2008 and 2003,
respectively, and IFRS in 2013.
** 1-year measure as at October 31. 5-year and 10-year measures are the average of
year-end values.
na – not applicable
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures
section on page 34.
The Our Financial Objectives section above and the Enterprise-Wide Strategy and Economic Developments and Outlook sections that follow contain certain forward-looking
statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 29 of this MD&A for a discussion of such risks and uncertainties and the material factors and assumptions related to the
statements set forth in such sections.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 27
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Enterprise-Wide Strategy
Our Vision
To be the bank that defines great customer experience.
Our Guiding Principle
We aim to deliver top-tier total shareholder return and balance our commitments to financial performance, our customers, our employees, the envi
ronment and the communities where we live and work.
Our Strategy in Context
Changes in the economic environment, and their effects on our customers, are ongoing. Our focus on helping our customers succeed and giving them
the confidence that they are making the right financial choices – Making Money Make Sense – serves as a compass for us in all economic environ
ments. It also drives our employees to deliver their best, every day.
Our strategy has proven robust despite continued market uncertainty and global regulatory change. We believe that the strength of our business
model, balance sheet, risk management framework and leadership team, along with the benefits we expect from our North American platform, will
continue to generate sustainable growth and help us deliver on our brand promise of bringing clarity to customers’ financial decisions.
A
&
D
M
Our commitment to our customers and our shareholders is evidenced in our focus on delivering an industry-leading customer experience,
managing our revenue and expenses to achieve our financial goals, and continuing our prudent approach to risk management. We are making good
progress on our enterprise strategic priorities, with select accomplishments outlined below, as well as on our group strategies, detailed in the 2013
Review of Operating Groups Performance, which starts on page 44.
Our Priorities and Progress
1. Achieve industry-leading customer loyalty by delivering on our
‰
brand promise.
‰ Developed innovative new capabilities, with an emphasis on
digital banking and investing, to bring clarity to our customers’
financial decisions:
o Launched the BMO InvestorLine mobile application, which enables
our clients to track their investments, follow market trends and
place trades anytime and anywhere with their smartphones.
o Enhanced our U.S. online banking platform, providing our
customers the ability to view and manage all their bank, credit card
and investment accounts in one place. After initial release in the
market, there were signs of increased total users and average time
per visit.
o Integrated technology and conference delivery to enhance the
experience of our BMO Capital Markets customers, and won 2013
American Business Awards’ Golden Stevie for Business to Business
Marketing Campaign of the Year.
o Launched Western Union e-Transfers through online banking in
Canada, allowing BMO customers to make cash transfers for pickup
at a Western Union location.
o Developed a new online tool to help customers choose the right
investment and wealth management service to meet their needs.
o Introduced online booking of appointments with our Canadian
branch staff. Customers booked nearly 40,000 appointments in
2013 using this capability.
‰ Recognized externally with awards across our groups, including Best
Private Bank in Canada (Global Banking and Finance Review), Top
Bank-Owned Online Brokerage in Canada (Globe and Mail), Model
Bank Award for Canadian online appointment booking tool (Celent),
Best Investment Bank in Canada (Global Finance) and World’s Best
Metals and Mining Investment Bank (Global Finance).
2. Enhance productivity to drive performance and shareholder
value.
‰ Streamlined our divisional sales structure in Canadian P&C to bring
our leadership closer to customers and improve efficiency.
‰ Continued the redesign of our core processes (e.g., Commercial
Lending and Mortgage) to achieve a high-quality customer experi
ence, create capacity for customer-facing employees and
reduce costs.
28 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Increased the client-facing time for our Wealth Management sales
force through the redesign of workforce processes, including client
onboarding and lending processes.
‰ Successfully launched our equity-linked sales and trading platform in
the United States, leading eight deals, including the second largest
convertible bond issued by Canadian issuers in the year.
‰ Reviewed our cost structure to find pathways to greater efficiency:
o Continued to roll out new branch formats offering smaller, more
flexible and more cost-effective points of distribution across
North America.
o Realized real estate synergies from the M&I integration, including
nine branch consolidations and significant reductions in non-branch
office space.
‰ Grew our distribution capacity:
o Built sales capacity in our Canadian branch network with a focus on
attractive growth locations, opening or upgrading 86 branches and
significantly expanding our automated banking machine (ABM)
network, adding more than 300 machines since last year.
o Invested to improve online sales processes, resulting in increased
contributions from our online channel. Online retail banking sales
levels in Canada are now equivalent to sales at 90 branches.
o Began delivering sales leads online in addition to existing branch
and call centre programs.
3. Leverage our consolidated North American platform to deliver
quality earnings growth.
‰ Continued to develop consolidated North American capabilities and
platforms in priority areas:
o Launched our first North American creative platform with the
PayCheck / Paycheque campaign. The advertisements were
aired across Canada and the United States and have increased
brand awareness.
o Established North American leadership mandates for key roles,
including the appointment of Frank Techar as Chief Operating
Officer (effective November 1, 2013). In this role, Frank will
oversee our North American Personal and Commercial Banking and
Wealth Management businesses, further driving collaboration
across borders and businesses.
o Aligned our North-South risk management capabilities, creating
consistency and eliminating duplication.
‰ Continued to expand our businesses and capabilities in the
United States:
o Continued to roll out Premier Services in the United States, a
‰
unique planning-focused wealth management and banking offer
ing. Over the past two years, Premier Services customer holdings
have increased significantly.
o Continued to leverage our robust thought leadership website, The
Resource Center, which provides current and prospective clients
with valuable industry insights from BMO experts, as well as third-
party content via our exclusive partnerships.
o Posted our best-ever investment banking performance in the
United States, with a record year for Equity Capital Markets, Debt
Capital Markets, and Acquisitions & Divestitures.
Introduced compelling offers in Canada to establish and strengthen
client relationships:
o The momentum of our Five-Year Fixed 25-year amortization mort
gage product continued, helping customers become mortgage-free
faster, pay less interest and protect themselves against rising
interest rates. The success of this product is building a foundation
for new and expanded long-term customer relationships.
o Launched seven new exchange traded funds (ETFs) to help
investors build their own portfolios more effectively.
o Furthered our commitment to new Canadians with the launch of
the BMO NewStart Program, a program that addresses
new Canadians’ unique deposit, lending, credit card and advice
needs. This program continues to grow, with over 100,000
customers currently in this priority segment.
o Launched enhanced BMO World Elite MasterCard®, recognized for
the richness of its customer offer, including no blackout periods,
VIP airport lounge access and one of the highest credit card travel
redemption rates in the industry.
4. Expand strategically in select global markets to create
future growth.
‰ Only Canadian bank and one of only three North American banks with
an established subsidiary bank in China.
‰ Expanded our international wealth management platform including
the acquisition of a wealth management business with offices in
Hong Kong and Singapore.
‰ BMO Global Asset Management established a new office in Australia
that focuses on sales and serving Australia’s institutional and
retail investors.
‰ Ranked among the top 20 global investment banks and the
13th largest investment bank in North America based on fees by
Thomson Reuters.
5. Ensure our strength in risk management underpins everything
we do for our customers.
‰ Continued to build out the Risk-IT infrastructure in line with regulatory
expectations for improved risk data aggregation and information
management systems.
‰ Strengthened our stress testing capabilities by advancing our
enterprise-wide stress testing framework and embedding stress
testing in our strategy and business planning processes.
M
D
&
A
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Bank of Montreal’s public communications often include written or oral forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in this document, and may be
included in other filings with Canadian securities regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or in other communications. All such statements are made
pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements may involve, but are not limited to, comments with respect to our objectives and priorities
for 2014 and beyond, our strategies or future actions, our targets, expectations for our financial condition or share price, and the results of or outlook for our operations or
for the Canadian, U.S. and international economies.
By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that
predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct and that actual results may differ materially from
such predictions, forecasts, conclusions or projections. We caution readers of this document not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements as a number of
factors could cause actual future results, conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets, expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-
looking statements.
The future outcomes that relate to forward-looking statements may be influenced by many factors, including but not limited to: general economic and market
conditions in the countries in which we operate; weak, volatile or illiquid capital and/or credit markets; interest rate and currency value fluctuations; changes in monetary,
fiscal or economic policy; the degree of competition in the geographic and business areas in which we operate; changes in laws or in supervisory expectations or
requirements, including capital, interest rate and liquidity requirements and guidance; judicial or regulatory proceedings; the accuracy and completeness of the information
we obtain with respect to our customers and counterparties; our ability to execute our strategic plans and to complete and integrate acquisitions; critical accounting
estimates and the effect of changes to accounting standards, rules and interpretations on these estimates; operational and infrastructure risks; changes to our credit
ratings; general political conditions; global capital markets activities; the possible effects on our business of war or terrorist activities; disease or illness that affects local,
national or international economies; natural disasters and disruptions to public infrastructure, such as transportation, communications, power or water supply; techno
logical changes; and our ability to anticipate and effectively manage risks associated with all of the foregoing factors.
We caution that the foregoing list is not exhaustive of all possible factors. Other factors could adversely affect our results. For more information, please see the
discussion below, which outlines in detail certain key factors that may affect Bank of Montreal’s future results. When relying on forward-looking statements to make
decisions with respect to Bank of Montreal, investors and others should carefully consider these factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the
inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements. Bank of Montreal does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be
made from time to time by the organization or on its behalf, except as required by law. The forward-looking information contained in this document is presented for the
purpose of assisting our shareholders in understanding our financial position as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, as well as our strategic priorities and
objectives, and may not be appropriate for other purposes.
Assumptions about the level of default and losses on default were material factors we considered when establishing our expectations regarding the future perform
ance of the transactions into which our credit protection vehicle has entered. Among the key assumptions were that the level of default and losses on default will be
consistent with historical experience. Material factors that were taken into account when establishing our expectations regarding the future risk of credit losses in our
credit protection vehicle and risk of loss to Bank of Montreal included industry diversification in the portfolio, initial credit quality by portfolio, the first-loss protection
incorporated into the structure and the hedges into which Bank of Montreal has entered.
Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian and U.S. economies, as well as overall market conditions and their combined effect on our business, are
material factors we consider when determining our strategic priorities, objectives and expectations for our business. In determining our expectations for economic growth,
both broadly and in the financial services sector, we primarily consider historical economic data provided by the Canadian and U.S. governments and their agencies. See
the Economic Developments and Outlook section of this document.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 29
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Factors That May Affect Future Results
As noted in the preceding Caution Regarding Forward-Looking State
ments, all forward-looking statements and information, by their nature,
are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific,
which may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations
expressed in any forward-looking statement. The Enterprise-Wide Risk
Management section starting on page 77 describes a number of risks,
including credit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, opera
tional, insurance, legal and regulatory, business, model, strategic, reputa
tion, and environmental and social. That section also highlights top and
emerging risks, including challenges linked to the slow-growth economy,
heightened regulatory requirements, Canadian household debt, Eurozone
challenges, U.S. political gridlock and information and cyber security risk.
Should our risk management framework prove ineffective, there could be
a material adverse impact on our financial position. The sections that
follow outline some additional risks and uncertainties.
General Economic and Market Conditions in the Countries
in which We Conduct Business
We conduct business in Canada, the United States and other countries.
Factors such as the general health of capital and/or credit markets,
including liquidity, level of activity, volatility and stability, could have
a material impact on our business. As well, interest rates, foreign
exchange rates, consumer saving and spending, housing prices,
consumer borrowing and repayment, business investment, government
spending and the rate of inflation affect the business and economic
environments in which we operate. Therefore, the amount of business
we conduct in a specific geographic region and its local economic and
business conditions may have an effect on our revenues and earnings.
For example, a regional economic decline may result in an increase in
credit losses, a decrease in loan growth and reduced capital markets
activity. In addition, the financial services industry is characterized by
interrelations among financial services companies. As a result, defaults
by other financial services companies in Canada, the United States or
other countries could adversely affect our earnings. Given the inter
connectedness of global financial markets and the importance of trade
flows, deterioration of the still-unresolved European sovereign debt
situation could affect the supply and cost of credit and constrain the
pace of economic growth in North America.
Fiscal, Monetary and Interest Rate Policies
Our earnings are affected by fiscal, monetary, interest rate and economic
policies that are adopted by Canadian, U.S. and other regulatory author
ities. Such policies can have the effect of increasing or reducing competi
tion and uncertainty in the markets. Such policies may also adversely
affect our customers and counterparties in the countries in which we
operate, causing a greater risk of default by these customers and
counterparties. As well, expectations in the bond and money markets
about inflation and central bank monetary policy have an impact on the
level of interest rates. Changes in market expectations and monetary
policy are difficult to anticipate and predict. Fluctuations in interest rates
that result from these changes can have an impact on our earnings. The
current prolonged low interest rate policies have had a negative impact
on results and a continuation of such policies would likely continue to
pressure earnings. Refer to the Market Risk section on page 87 for a
more complete discussion of our interest rate risk exposures. As dis
cussed in our Critical Accounting Estimates section, a reduction in income
tax rates could lower the value of our deferred tax asset.
Changes in Laws, Regulations and Approach to Supervision
Regulators in Canada, the United States and elsewhere are very active
on a number of fronts, including consumer protection, capital markets
activities, anti-money laundering, and the oversight and strengthening
of risk management.
Regulations are in place to protect our customers, investors and the
public interest. Considerable changes in laws and regulations that relate
to the financial services industry have been proposed and enacted,
including changes related to capital and liquidity requirements. Changes
in laws and regulations, including their interpretation and application,
and changes in approaches to supervision could adversely affect our
earnings. For example, such changes could limit the products or services
we can provide and the manner in which we provide them and, poten
tially, lower our ability to compete, while also increasing the costs of
compliance. As such, they could have a negative impact on earnings and
return on equity. These changes could also affect the levels of capital
and liquidity we choose to maintain. In particular, the Basel III global
standards for capital and liquidity, which are discussed in the Enterprise-
Wide Capital Management and the Liquidity and Funding Risk sections
that start on pages 61 and 92, respectively, and implementation of the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which is
discussed in the U.S. Regulatory Developments section on page 69, will
have an impact on our results and activities. Other regulatory develop
ments are discussed in the Market Risk section on page 87 and liquidity
and funding risk is discussed starting on page 61. In addition to the
factors outlined here, our failure to comply with laws and regulations
could result in sanctions and financial penalties that could adversely
affect our strategic flexibility, reputation and earnings.
Execution of Strategy
Our financial performance is influenced by our ability to execute
strategic plans developed by management. If these strategic plans do
not meet with success or if there is a change in these strategic plans,
our earnings could grow at a slower pace or decline. In addition, our
ability to execute our strategic plans is dependent to a large extent on
our ability to attract, develop and retain key executives, and there is no
assurance we will continue to do so successfully.
Acquisitions
We conduct thorough due diligence before completing an acquisition.
However, it is possible that we might make an acquisition that sub
sequently does not perform in line with our financial or strategic
objectives. Our ability to successfully complete an acquisition may be
subject to regulatory and shareholder approvals and we may not be able
to determine when or if, or on what terms, the necessary approvals will
be granted. Changes in the competitive and economic environment as
well as other factors may lower revenues, while higher than anticipated
integration costs and failure to realize expected cost savings could also
adversely affect our earnings after an acquisition. Integration costs may
increase as a result of increased regulatory costs related to an acquis
ition, unanticipated costs that were not identified in the due diligence
process or more significant demands on management time than antici
pated, as well as unexpected delays in implementing certain plans that
in turn lead to delays in achieving full integration. Our post-acquisition
performance is also contingent on retaining the clients and key
employees of acquired companies, and there can be no assurance that
we will always succeed in doing so.
30 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
M
D
&
A
Level of Competition
The level of competition among financial services companies is high.
Furthermore, non-financial companies have increasingly been offering
services traditionally provided by banks. Customer loyalty and retention
can be influenced by a number of factors, including service levels, prices
for products or services, our reputation and the actions of our com
petitors. Also, laws and regulations enacted by regulatory authorities in
the United States and other jurisdictions in which we operate may
provide benefits to our international competitors that could affect our
ability to compete. Changes in these factors or any subsequent loss of
market share could adversely affect our earnings.
Currency Rates
The Canadian dollar equivalents of our revenues, expenses, assets and
liabilities denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar are
subject to fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to
those currencies. Changes in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to
the U.S. dollar may also affect the earnings of our small business, corpo
rate and commercial clients in Canada. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar
could increase our risk-weighted assets, lowering our capital ratios.
Refer to the Foreign Exchange section on page 38, the Enterprise-Wide
Capital Management section on page 61 and the Market Risk section on
page 87 for a more complete discussion of our foreign exchange risk
exposures.
Changes to Our Credit Ratings
Credit ratings are important to our ability to raise both capital and
funding to support our business operations. Maintaining strong credit
ratings allows us to access the capital markets at competitive pricing.
Should our credit ratings experience a material downgrade, our costs of
funding would likely increase significantly and our access to funding and
capital through capital markets could be reduced. A material downgrade
of our ratings could also have other consequences, including those set
out in Note 10 on page 147 of the financial statements.
Operational and Infrastructure Risks
We are exposed to many of the operational risks that affect large enter
prises conducting business in multiple jurisdictions. Such risks include the
risk of fraud by employees or others, unauthorized transactions by
employees, and operational or human error. We face the risk of loss due to
cyber attack and also face the risk that computer or telecommunications
systems could fail, despite our efforts to maintain these systems in good
working order. Some of our services (such as online banking) or operations
may face the risk of interruption or other security risks arising from the risks
related to the use of the internet in these services or operations, which
may impact our customers and infrastructure. Given the high volume of
transactions we process on a daily basis, certain errors may be repeated or
compounded before they are discovered and rectified. Shortcomings or
failures of our internal processes, employees or systems, or those provided
by third parties, including any of our financial, accounting or other data
processing systems, could lead to financial loss and damage to our reputa
tion. In addition, despite the contingency plans we have in place, our ability
to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infra
structure that supports both our operations and the communities in which
we do business, including but not limited to disruption caused by public
health emergencies or terrorist acts. Refer to the Information and Cyber
Security Risk section on page 79 for more information.
Judicial or Regulatory Judgments and Legal and
Regulatory Proceedings
We take reasonable measures to comply with the laws and regulations
of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Should these meas
ures prove not to be effective, it is possible that we could be subject
to a judicial or regulatory judgment or decision which results in fines,
damages, other costs or restrictions that would adversely affect our
earnings and reputation. We are also subject to litigation arising in the
ordinary course of our business. The unfavourable resolution of any
litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
Damage to our reputation could also result, harming our future busi
ness prospects. Information about certain legal and regulatory pro
ceedings we currently face is provided in Note 28 on page 177 of the
financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Accounting Standards
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Changes
by the International Accounting Standards Board to international finan
cial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of
our financial statements can be difficult to anticipate and may materially
affect how we record and report our financial results. Significant
accounting policies and future changes in accounting policies are dis
cussed in Note 1 on page 130 of the financial statements.
The application of IFRS requires that management make significant
judgments and estimates that can affect when certain assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses are recorded in our financial statements and
their recorded values. In making these judgments and estimates, we
rely on the best information available at the time. However, it is
possible that circumstances may change or new information may
become available.
Our financial results would be affected in the period in which any
such new information or change in circumstances became apparent, and
the extent of the impact could be significant. More information is
included in the discussion of Critical Accounting Estimates on page 70.
Accuracy and Completeness of Customer and
Counterparty Information
When deciding to extend credit or enter into other transactions with
customers and counterparties, we may rely on information provided by
or on behalf of those customers and counterparties, including audited
financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely
on representations made by customers and counterparties that the
information they provide is accurate and complete. Our financial
results could be adversely affected if the financial statements or other
financial information provided by customers and counterparties is
materially misleading.
Other Factors
Other factors beyond our control that may affect our future results are
noted in the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 29.
We caution that the preceding discussion of factors that may affect
future results is not exhaustive. When relying on forward-looking state
ments to make decisions with respect to BMO, investors and others
should carefully consider these factors, as well as other uncertainties,
potential events and industry and company-specific factors that may
adversely affect future results. We do not undertake to update any
forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made
from time to time by us or on our behalf, except as required by law.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 31
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Economic Developments and Outlook
A
&
D
M
Economic and Financial Services Developments in 2013
After slowing in 2012, the rate of economic growth in Canada remained
modest at approximately 1.7% in 2013, keeping the unemployment rate
around 7%. Sluggish global demand and a strong currency restrained
exports, while lower commodity prices dampened investment in the
resource sector. Elevated debt levels curbed personal loan growth,
despite record numbers of motor vehicle sales. Housing market activity
and residential mortgage growth moderated, but show signs of
stabilizing as most housing markets across the country are well bal
anced. Despite a decline in business investment, loan demand remained
strong in response to low interest rates and attractive financing con
ditions. Demand for non-residential mortgages has been supported by
low commercial real estate vacancy rates. Personal deposit growth
moderated, in part reflecting depositors’ preference for higher-yielding
assets. Despite a decline in corporate profits, business deposit growth
strengthened in response to increased economic uncertainty. The Bank
of Canada held its overnight interest rate target at 1% for a third
consecutive year, while longer-term interest rates rose in anticipation of
less expansionary monetary policies in the United States.
The rate of economic growth in the United States slowed to approx
imately 1.7% in 2013 from 2.8% in 2012, largely in response to restrictive
fiscal policies. Business investment and exports also moderated, while
growth in consumer spending remained modest despite a slight uptick in
consumer loans. Residential construction improved on firmer home sales,
supporting mortgage growth. The Federal Reserve maintained its near-zero
interest rate policy, but expectations that it will reduce the rate of its asset
purchases have put upward pressure on longer-term interest rates. In the
Midwest, where most of our U.S. operations are located, the economy grew
in line with the modest average national growth in 2013, as continued
expansion in the automobile sector and a recovery in housing activity offset
restrictive fiscal policies and slower global demand. While the Eurozone
appears to have emerged from recession, rates of growth remain weak.
China’s economy is stabilizing at a rate of growth that is still strong, but
lower than in the past.
Economic and Financial Services Outlook for 2014
Economic growth in Canada is expected to strengthen to 2.3% in the
coming year, led by growth in exports in response to an improving
U.S. economy and a weaker Canadian dollar. Firmer commodity prices
should support growth in business investment and loans, while bolstering
activity in the resource-producing provinces in Western Canada. However,
high levels of household debt will likely continue to dampen consumer
spending and housing market activity, restraining personal loan and
mortgage growth. Growth in the economy should reduce the unemploy
ment rate to 6.6% by year end, while encouraging the Bank of Canada to
raise interest rates in early 2015. Higher interest rates should eventually
support the Canadian dollar, although a sizeable trade deficit will likely
keep the currency below parity with the U.S. dollar in 2014.
Economic growth in the United States is projected to strengthen to
2.7% in 2014, as fiscal restraint subsides, reducing the unemployment
rate to below 7%. Low interest rates, improved household finances and
pent-up demand, especially for automobiles, should lift consumer
spending and encourage a pickup in personal loans. Residential mort
gage growth should continue to be supported by the ongoing housing
market recovery, which is benefiting from still-healthy levels of afford-
ability despite the recent upturn in mortgage rates. Lower vacancy rates
for commercial and industrial properties should encourage growth in
non-residential construction. Continued low interest rates and easier
credit conditions will likely continue to support growth in business
investment and loans. While the Federal Reserve is expected to keep
overnight interest rates unchanged for a sixth consecutive year in
response to low rates of inflation, it will likely stop purchasing assets in
the second half of the year, resulting in further moderate upward pres
sure on long-term rates. The U.S. Midwest economy is expected to grow
in line with the national economy, supported by increasing automobile
production and firmer global demand.
32 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Real Growth in Gross
Domestic Product (%)
Canadian and U.S.
Unemployment Rates (%)
2.8
2.5
2.7
2.3
8.3
7.5
7.9
7.4
1.8
1.7
1.7 1.7
7.3
6.9
6.6 6.6
2011
2012
2013*
2014*
Canada
United States
Jan
2012
Oct
2012
Canada
United States
*Forecast
Oct Oct
2013 2014*
*Forecast
The Canadian and U.S. economies
are expected to strengthen in 2014.
Unemployment rates in Canada and
the United States are expected to
decline in 2014.
Housing Starts
(in thousands)
Consumer Price Index
Inflation (%)
3.1
2.9
250
200
150
100
1500
1000
500
0
2.1
1.5
1.4
1.5
1.3
0.9
07 08 09 10 11 12 13* 14*
2011
2012
2013*
2014*
Canada
United States
Canada
United States
*Forecast
*Forecast
Housing market activity should
moderate in Canada but strengthen
in the United States in 2014.
Inflation is expected to rise but still
remain low in 2014.
Canadian and U.S.
Interest Rates (%)
Canadian/U.S. Dollar
Exchange Rates
1.00
1.00
1.00 1.00
1.08
1.04
1.01
0.99
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.13
Jan
2012
Oct
2012
Oct Oct
2013 2014*
Jan
2012
Oct
2012
Oct Oct
2013 2014*
Canadian overnight rate
U.S. federal funds rate
*Forecast
*Forecast
Central banks are expected to keep
interest rates very low in 2014.
The Canadian dollar is expected
to remain below parity with the
U.S. dollar in 2014.
Note: Data points are averages for the month or year, as appropriate. References to years are
calendar years.
Value Measures
Total Shareholder Return
The average annual total shareholder return (TSR) is a key measure of
shareholder value, since it assesses our success in achieving our guiding
principle of delivering top-tier shareholder returns. Over the past five
years, shareholders have earned an average annual TSR of 17.0% on
their investment in BMO common shares, second among our Canadian
peer group. Our one-year TSR of 28.8% was the highest among our
Canadian peer group, and our three-year average TSR was 11.5%.
The table below summarizes dividends paid on BMO common
shares over the past five years and the movements in BMO’s share
price. An investment of $1,000 in Bank of Montreal common shares
made at the beginning of fiscal 2009 would have been worth $2,192 at
October 31, 2013, assuming reinvestment of dividends, for a total return
of 119.2%.
On December 3, 2013, BMO announced that the Board of Directors
had declared a quarterly dividend payable to common shareholders of
$0.76 per common share, an increase of $0.02 per share from the
preceding quarter and up $0.04 from a year ago. The dividend is payable
February 26, 2014 to shareholders of record on February 3, 2014. Pre
viously, we had increased our quarterly dividend declared to $0.74 per
common share for the second quarter of 2013. Our quarterly dividend
declared was $0.72 per common share for the fourth quarter of 2012
and the first quarter of 2013. Dividends paid over five-year and ten-year
periods have increased at average annual compound rates of 0.8% and
8.5%, respectively.
M
D
&
A
One-Year Total
Shareholder Return (%)
27.2
28.8
25.4
11.0
Three-Year Average Annual
Total Shareholder Return (%)
Five-Year Average Annual
Total Shareholder Return (%)
16.6
4.8
12.0
11.5
15.2
12.9
9.7
17.0
S&P 500
Index
S&P/TSX
Composite
Index
S&P/TSX
Financial
Services
Index
BMO
common
shares
S&P 500
Index
S&P/TSX
Composite
Index
S&P/TSX
Financial
Services
Index
BMO
common
shares
S&P 500
Index
S&P/TSX
Composite
Index
S&P/TSX
Financial
Services
Index
BMO
common
shares
All returns represent total returns.
All returns represent total returns.
All returns represent total returns.
BMO’s TSR was the highest
among our Canadian peer
group.
Total Shareholder Return
BMO’s three-year average annual
return was strong.
BMO outperformed the
comparable Canadian indices.
The average annual total
shareholder return (TSR)
represents the average
annual total return earned
on an investment in Bank of
Montreal common shares
made at the beginning of a
fixed period. The return
includes the change in share
price and assumes that
dividends received were
reinvested in additional
common shares. The one-
year TSR also assumes that
dividends were reinvested in
shares.
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
CAGR (1)
3-year
Closing market price per common share ($)
Dividends paid ($ per share)
Dividends paid (%) (2)
Increase (decrease) in share price (%)
Total annual shareholder return (%)
72.62
2.92
4.9
23.0
28.8
59.02
2.80
4.8
0.2
5.2
58.89
2.80
4.6
(2.2)
2.4
60.23
2.80
5.6
20.3
26.4
50.06
2.80
6.5
16.4
25.1
Total annual shareholder return assumes reinvestment of quarterly dividends and therefore does not equal the sum of dividend and share price returns in the table.
(1) Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) expressed as a percentage.
(2) As a percentage of the closing market price in the prior year.
5-year
CAGR (1)
11.0%
0.8%
6.4%
1.4%
11.5
17.0
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 33
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Non-GAAP Measures
Results and measures in this MD&A are presented on a GAAP basis. They
are also presented on an adjusted basis that excludes the impact of
certain items as set out in the following table. Management assesses
performance on a reported basis and on an adjusted basis and considers
both to be useful in assessing underlying ongoing business performance.
Presenting results on both bases provides readers with a better under
standing of how management assesses results. It also permits readers
to assess the impact of certain specified items on results for the periods
presented and to better assess results excluding those items if they
consider the items to not be reflective of ongoing results. As such, the
presentation may facilitate readers’ analysis of trends, as well as
comparisons with our competitors. Adjusted results and measures are
non-GAAP and as such do not have standardized meaning under GAAP.
They are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by
other companies and should not be viewed in isolation from or as a
substitute for GAAP results.
Net economic profit represents net income available to common
shareholders, before deduction for the after-tax impact of the amor
tization of acquisition-related intangible assets, less a charge for capital,
and is considered a reasonable measure of added economic value.
A
&
D
M
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Reported Results
Revenue
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
EPS ($)
Adjusting Items (Pre-tax) (1)
Credit-related items on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio (see below*)
M&I integration costs (2)
M&I acquisition-related costs
Hedge of foreign exchange risk on purchase of M&I (3)
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (4)
Decrease (increase) in the collective allowance for credit losses (5)
Run-off structured credit activities (6)
Restructuring charge (7)
Adjusting items included in reported pre-tax income
Adjusting Items (After tax) (1)
Credit-related items on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio (see below*)
M&I integration costs (2)
M&I acquisition-related costs
Hedge of foreign exchange risk on purchase of M&I (3)
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (4)
Decrease (increase) in the collective allowance for credit losses (5)
Run-off structured credit activities (6)
Restructuring charge (7)
Adjusting items included in reported net income after tax
Impact on EPS ($)
Adjusted Results
Revenue
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Adjusted net income
EPS ($)
*Credit-related items on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio are comprised of the following amounts:
Revenue (8)
Provision for credit losses
Specific provisions for credit losses
Decrease (increase) in the collective allowance
Increase in pre-tax income
Provision for income taxes
Increase in reported net income after tax
2013
2012
2011
16,263
(589)
(10,297)
16,130 13,943
(1,212)
(8,741)
(765)
(10,238)
5,377
(1,129)
5,127
(938)
3,990
(876)
4,248
6.26
4,189
6.15
3,114
4.84
406
(251)
–
–
(125)
2
40
(82)
(10)
250
(155)
–
–
(89)
(9)
34
(59)
(28)
(0.04)
407
(402)
–
–
(134)
82
264
(173)
173
(131)
(87)
(20)
(70)
(6)
(50)
–
44
(191)
251
(250)
–
–
(96)
53
261
(122)
97
0.15
107
(84)
(62)
(14)
(54)
(4)
(50)
–
(161)
(0.26)
15,572
(359)
(9,826)
5,387
(1,111)
15,067 13,742
(1,108)
(8,453)
(471)
(9,513)
5,083
(991)
4,181
(906)
4,276
6.30
4,092
6.00
3,275
5.10
638
783
271
(240)
8
406
(156)
250
(291)
(85)
407
(156)
251
(18)
(80)
173
(66)
107
Adjusted results and measures in this table are non-GAAP amounts or non-GAAP measures.
(1) Adjusting items are included in Corporate Services with the exception of the amortization of
acquisition-related intangible assets, which is charged to the operating groups.
(2) Included in non-interest expense, M&I integration costs in 2013 consist of amounts related
to system conversions and post-conversion activities, marketing costs in connection with
customer communications and rebranding activities, real estate costs, including write-
downs, consulting fees and restructuring charges.
(3) Recorded as a charge to net interest income.
(4) These expenses have been designated as adjusting items because the purchase decision
may not consider the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets to be a relevant
expense. They were charged to the non-interest expense of the operating groups as follows:
In fiscal 2013: Canadian P&C $11 million ($10 million after tax); U.S. P&C $76 million
–
($50 million after tax); Wealth Management $36 million ($27 million after tax); and BMO
Capital Markets $2 million before and after tax;
–
–
In fiscal 2012: Canadian P&C $11 million ($10 million after tax); U.S. P&C $93 million
($64 million after tax); Wealth Management $29 million ($21 million after tax); and BMO
Capital Markets $1 million before and after tax;
In fiscal 2011: Canadian P&C $9 million before and after tax; U.S. P&C $48 million
($35 million after tax); Wealth Management $12 million ($10 million after tax); and BMO
Capital Markets $1 million before and after tax.
(5) Changes in the collective allowance for credit losses on loans other than the M&I purchased
performing loan portfolio.
(6) Primarily comprised of valuation changes associated with these activities that are mainly
included in trading revenue in non-interest revenue.
(7) Restructuring charge to align our cost structure with the current and future business
environment as part of a broader effort to improve productivity that is underway.
(8) Recognition in net interest income of a portion of the credit mark on the M&I purchased
performing loan portfolio.
34 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Earnings per Share Growth
The year-over-year percentage change in earnings per share (EPS) and
in adjusted EPS are our key measures for analyzing earnings growth. All
references to EPS are to diluted EPS, unless indicated otherwise.
EPS was $6.26, up $0.11 or 2% from $6.15 in 2012. Adjusted EPS
was $6.30, up $0.30 or 5% from $6.00 in 2012. Our three-year com
pound average annual adjusted EPS growth rate was 9%, in line with
our current medium-term objective of achieving average annual
adjusted EPS growth of 7% to 10%. EPS growth in both 2013 and 2012
reflected increased earnings. Adjusted net income available to common
shareholders was 47% higher over the three-year period from the end
of 2010, while the average number of diluted common shares out
standing increased 15% over the same period, primarily due to the
issuance of common shares on the acquisition of M&I in July 2011.
Net income was $4,248 million in 2013, up $59 million from the
previous year. Adjusted net income was $4,276 million, up $184 million
or 5%.
On an adjusted basis, there was good revenue growth and a
decrease in provisions for credit losses in 2013. Higher revenues
exceeded incremental costs, contributing to growth in net income. There
was a higher effective income tax rate in 2013.
There was significant adjusted net income growth in Wealth
Management, good growth in Canadian P&C and BMO Capital Markets,
with U.S. P&C relatively unchanged and a decline in Corporate Services.
Canadian P&C reported net income increased $79 million or 4% to
$1,854 million, with growth in balances and fees across most products,
lower net interest margin and modest increases in expenses. Expenses
rose due to continued investment in the business, including our dis
tribution network, net of strong expense management. Canadian P&C
results are discussed in the operating group review on page 47.
Wealth Management adjusted net income increased significantly by
$316 million or 58% to $861 million, with net income growth in both
wealth and insurance businesses. Adjusted net income in the wealth
businesses was $600 million, up $213 million or 55%. The significant
increase in net income was driven by a security gain of $121 million and
good growth of 23% in our other wealth businesses. Insurance net
income increased as the prior year was impacted by unfavourable
movements in long-term interest rates, and there was continued growth
in both the underlying creditor and life insurance businesses. Wealth
Management results are discussed in the operating group review on
page 53.
BMO Capital Markets reported net income increased $73 million or
7% to $1,094 million. Improved results were driven by increases in
trading revenues and investment banking fees and higher recoveries of
credit losses, partially offset by an increase in expenses resulting from
M
D
&
A
stronger revenue performance and increased technology and support
costs related to a changing business and regulatory environment. BMO
Capital Markets results are discussed in the operating group review on
page 56.
U.S. P&C adjusted net income was relatively unchanged, with a
decline of $8 million or 1% to $633 million on a U.S. dollar basis. Lower
provisions for credit losses and a reduction in adjusted expenses were
more than offset by lower revenue. Revenue declined as the benefits of
strong core commercial and industrial loan and deposit growth and
higher commercial lending fees were more than offset by the effects of
lower net interest margin, reductions in certain portfolios and lower
deposit and debit card fees. U.S. P&C results are discussed in the
operating group review on page 50.
Corporate Services adjusted loss was $191 million, compared with
adjusted net income of $96 million in 2012, primarily due to lower
revenues and growth in expenses. Adjusted revenues decreased
primarily due to a group teb offset that was higher than the prior year
and a decline in treasury-related items. Adjusted non-interest expense
was higher, primarily due to increases in pension and benefit costs, and
regulatory-related and technology costs. Adjusted recoveries of credit
losses were lower, reflecting lower recoveries on the purchased credit
impaired loan portfolio, offset in part by recoveries on the impaired real
estate loan portfolio in 2013, compared to provisions in 2012. Corporate
Services results are discussed in the operating group review on page 59.
Changes to reported and adjusted net income for each of our operating
groups are discussed in more detail in the 2013 Review of Operating
Groups Performance, which starts on page 44.
EPS ($)
4.84 5.10
6.15 6.00
6.26 6.30
2011
2012
2013
EPS
Adjusted EPS
Increases reflect a continued
focus on the execution of our
strategy and the benefits of
diversification.
Earnings per share (EPS)
is calculated by dividing net
income, after deduction of
preferred dividends, by the
average number of common
shares outstanding. Diluted EPS,
which is our basis for measuring
performance, adjusts for
possible conversions of financial
instruments into common
shares if those conversions
would reduce EPS, and is more
fully explained in Note 25 on
page 174 of the financial
statements. Adjusted EPS is
calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net income.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 35
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Net Economic Profit Growth
Net economic profit (NEP) growth is another of our key value measures.
NEP was $1,298 million in 2013, down $141 million or 10% from 2012.
Adjusted NEP was $1,237 million, down $9 million or 1%. The decrease
in both NEP and adjusted NEP is reflective of higher earnings in the
current year being more than offset by a higher charge for capital, as
a result of an increase in average common shareholders’ equity. NEP
calculations are set out in the table that follows.
A
&
D
M
NEP ($ millions)
1,439
1,246
1,298
1,237
1,048
941
2011
2012
2013
NEP
Adjusted NEP
Higher earnings in 2013 were
more than offset by a higher
charge for capital given higher
capital levels.
Net economic profit (NEP)
represents net income
available to common share
holders before deduction for
the after-tax impact of the
amortization of acquisition-
related intangible assets, less
a charge for capital. Adjusted
NEP is a comparable measure
that is instead computed with
reference to adjusted net
income. NEP is considered a
reasonable measure of added
economic value. NEP and
adjusted NEP are non-GAAP
measures. See page 34.
Net Economic Profit and Adjusted Net Economic Profit ($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
Net income available to common shareholders
After-tax impact of the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets
Net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the amortization of
acquisition-related intangible assets
Charge for capital (1)
Net economic profit
Add back: after-tax impact of adjusting items, excluding after-tax impact of the amortization of
acquisition-related intangible assets
Adjusted net economic profit
2010 and prior are based on CGAAP.
(1) The charge for capital is calculated by applying the cost of capital of 10.5% to average common shareholders’ equity.
NEP and adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
2013
4,063
89
2012
3,979
96
2011
2,895
54
2010
2,674
32
2009
1,667
35
4,152
(2,854)
4,075
(2,636)
2,949
(2,008)
2,706
(1,888)
1,702
(1,770)
1,298
1,439
941
818
(68)
(61)
(193)
107
1,237
1,246
1,048
–
818
474
406
Return on Equity
Return on equity (ROE) is the last of our four key value measures. ROE
was 14.9% in 2013 and adjusted ROE was 15.0%, compared with 15.9%
and 15.5%, respectively, in 2012. There was an increase of $84 million
in earnings ($209 million in adjusted earnings) available to common
shareholders in 2013. Average common shareholders’ equity increased
by $2.1 billion from 2012, primarily due to internally-generated capital.
Adjusted ROE of 15.0% was in line with our medium-term objective of
earning an average annual adjusted ROE of 15% to 18%. BMO has
achieved an ROE of 13% or better in 23 of the past 24 years. Table 3
on page 106 includes ROE statistics for the past 10 years.
ROE (%)
16.0
15.1
15.9 15.5
14.9 15.0
2011
2012
2013
ROE
Adjusted ROE
ROE has been consistently strong.
Return on common
shareholders’ equity (ROE)
is calculated as net income,
less non-controlling interest in
subsidiaries and preferred
dividends, as a percentage of
average common shareholders’
equity. Common shareholders’
equity is comprised of common
share capital, contributed
surplus, accumulated other
comprehensive income
(loss) and retained earnings.
Adjusted ROE is calculated
using adjusted net income
rather than net income.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
36 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
2013 Financial Performance Review
This section provides a review of our enterprise financial performance for 2013 that focuses on the Consolidated Statement of Income included in our
consolidated financial statements, which begin on page 125. A review of our operating groups’ strategies and performance follows the enterprise
review. A summary of the enterprise financial performance for 2012 appears on page 100. This section contains adjusted results, which are non-GAAP
and are disclosed in more detail in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Highlights
‰ Revenue increased $133 million in 2013 to $16,263 million. Adjusted
revenue increased $505 million or 3% to $15,572 million. The
increase was primarily due to revenue growth in Wealth Manage
ment, BMO Capital Markets and Canadian P&C, and continues to
demonstrate the benefits of our diversified business mix and
successful execution against our strategic priorities.
‰ Revenue growth in Canadian P&C reflected growth in balances and
fees across most products, offset in part by lower net interest mar
gin. There was strong revenue growth in wealth businesses, driven
by growth in client assets, a security gain and the benefit of recent
acquisitions. Insurance revenue increased as the prior year was
impacted by unfavourable movements in long-term interest rates,
and there was continued growth in both the underlying creditor and
life insurance businesses. BMO Capital Markets revenues grew,
driven by increases in trading revenues and investment banking
fees, particularly from our U.S. Platform. U.S. P&C revenue declined
as the benefits of strong growth in core commercial and industrial
loans and deposits and higher commercial lending fees were more
than offset by the effects of lower net interest margin, reductions in
certain portfolios and lower deposit and debit card fees.
‰ Provisions for credit losses totalled $589 million in the current year,
down from $765 million in 2012. Adjusted provisions for credit
losses totalled $359 million, down from $471 million in 2012 due
to reduced provisions in all of our operating groups, offset in part
by lower recoveries on the purchased credit impaired loan portfolio.
‰ Adjusted non-interest expense increased modestly, primarily due to
higher employee-related costs, including continued investment in
the business related to increases in front-line roles, higher benefit
costs, including pension, and higher severance and regulatory costs.
‰ The effective income tax rate in 2013 was 21.0%, compared with
18.3% in 2012. The adjusted effective income tax rate(1) was
20.6%, compared with 19.5% in 2012. The higher adjusted effec
tive rate in 2013 was mainly attributable to lower recoveries of
prior periods’ income taxes.
(1) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than net income in the
determination of income subject to tax.
M
D
&
A
Impact of Business Acquisitions
BMO Financial Group has selectively acquired a number of businesses,
as outlined in Note 12 on page 155 of the financial statements. These
acquisitions increase revenues and expenses, affecting year-over-year
comparisons of operating results. The adjacent table outlines the impact
of these acquisitions on BMO’s revenue, non-interest expense and net
income for 2013 and 2012 to assist in analyzing changes in results. The
effect on net income includes the impact of provisions for credit losses
and income taxes, which are not disclosed separately in the table.
For 2013, business acquisitions contributed $46 million of revenues
and $47 million of non-interest expenses, including acquisition and
integration costs, for a net loss of $1 million.
Impact of Business Acquisitions on Operating Results (1)
($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
Total revenue
Non-interest expense (2)
Net loss
2013
2012
46
47
(1)
6
14
(5)
(1) Results for both 2013 and 2012 include the results of the acquired Asia-based wealth
management business, COFCO Trust Co. and CTC Consulting, LLC, which are part of our Wealth
Management reporting segment. Results for 2013 also include the results of Aver Media LP,
which is part of our Canadian P&C reporting segment.
(2) Non-interest expense in 2013 and 2012 includes acquisition and integration costs in respect
of the acquired businesses.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 37
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Foreign Exchange
The U.S. dollar was stronger compared to the Canadian dollar at
October 31, 2013 than at October 31, 2012. BMO’s U.S.-dollar
denominated assets and liabilities are translated at year-end rates. The
average exchange rate over the course of 2013, which is used in the
translation of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated revenues and expenses,
was higher in 2013 than in 2012. Consequently, the Canadian dollar
equivalents of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated net income, revenues,
expenses, recoveries of credit losses and income taxes in 2013 were
increased relative to the preceding year. The table below indicates
average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rates in 2013, 2012 and 2011
and the impact of changes in the average rates. At October 31, 2013,
the Canadian dollar traded at $1.043 per U.S. dollar. It traded at $0.999
per U.S. dollar at October 31, 2012.
Changes in the exchange rate will affect future results measured in
Canadian dollars and the impact on those results is a function of the
periods in which revenues, expenses and provisions for (recoveries of)
credit losses arise. If future results are consistent with results in 2013,
each one cent increase (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange
rate, expressed in terms of how many Canadian dollars one U.S. dollar
buys, would be expected to increase (decrease) the Canadian dollar
equivalent of U.S.-dollar-denominated adjusted net income before
income taxes for the year by $15 million in the absence of hedging
transactions.
BMO may execute transactions to mitigate the impact of foreign
exchange rate movements on net income.
Effects of Changes in Exchange Rates on BMO’s Reported
and Adjusted Results
($ millions, except as noted)
Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate (average)
2013
2012
2011
Effects on reported results
Increased net interest income
Increased non-interest revenue
Increased revenues
Increased expenses
Decreased (increased) provisions for credit losses
Increased income taxes
Increased reported net income before impact of
hedges
Hedging losses
Income taxes thereon
Increased reported net income
Effects on adjusted results
Increased net interest income
Increased non-interest revenue
Increased revenues
Increased expenses
Decreased provisions for credit losses
Increased income taxes
Increased adjusted net income before impact of
hedges
Hedging losses
Income taxes thereon
Increased adjusted net income
2013 vs.
2012 vs.
2012
2011
1.024
1.003
1.003
0.985
66
42
108
(74)
1
(5)
30
(14)
4
20
53
42
95
(66)
4
(4)
29
(14)
4
19
70
30
100
(63)
(4)
(3)
30
(1)
–
29
56
30
86
(56)
3
(3)
30
(1)
–
29
Revenue
Revenue increased $133 million in 2013 to $16,263 million.
Amounts in the rest of this Revenue section are stated on an
adjusted basis.
Adjusted revenue increased $505 million or 3% to $15,572 million
due to growth in Wealth Management, BMO Capital Markets and Cana
dian P&C. The stronger U.S. dollar added $81 million or 1% to adjusted
revenue growth, net of hedging impacts. BMO analyzes revenue at the
consolidated level based on GAAP revenues as reported in the financial
statements, and on an adjusted basis. Consistent with our Canadian peer
group, we analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) at the
operating group level. The teb adjustments for 2013 totalled
$344 million, up from $266 million in 2012.
Adjusted revenue excludes the portion of the credit mark recorded
in net interest income on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio
and income or losses from run-off structured credit activities for 2013,
2012 and 2011; and the hedge of foreign exchange risk on the M&I
purchase in 2011, all of which are recorded in Corporate Services, as
discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Canadian P&C revenue increased $129 million or 2% as the growth
in balances and fees across most products was partially offset by lower
net interest margin. Revenue improved, growing by more than 4% in
the second half of the year. Wealth Management revenue increased
$549 million or 19%. Revenue in wealth businesses increased 16%,
reflecting strong performance driven by growth in client assets, a secu
rity gain and the benefit of recent acquisitions. Insurance revenue
increased 49%, as the prior year was impacted by unfavourable
movements in long-term interest rates, and there was continued growth
in both the underlying creditor and life insurance businesses. BMO
Capital Markets revenue increased $152 million or 5% to $3,428 million,
driven by increases in trading revenues and investment banking fees,
particularly from our U.S. platform. U.S. P&C revenue decreased US$144
million or 5% as the benefits of strong core commercial and industrial
loan and deposit growth and higher commercial lending fees were more
than offset by the effects of lower net interest margin, reductions in
certain portfolios and lower deposit and debit card fees. Corporate Serv
ices adjusted revenues decreased by $238 million or 69%, primarily due
to an increase in the group teb offset and a decline in treasury-related
items.
Revenue and Adjusted Revenue ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011*
2010
2009
Net interest income
Year-over-year growth (%)
Non-interest revenue
Year-over-year growth (%)
8,545
(3)
7,718
5
8,808
18
7,322
13
7,474
20
6,469
8
6,235
12
6,004
9
5,570
10
5,494
7
Total revenue
Year-over-year growth (%)
16,263
1
16,130
16
13,943
14
12,239
11
11,064
8
Adjusted net interest income
Year-over-year growth (%)
Adjusted non-interest revenue
Year-over-year growth (%)
7,888
(2)
7,684
9
8,029
11
7,038
8
7,248
16
6,494
8
6,235
12
6,004
–
5,570
10
6,015
9
Total adjusted revenue
Year-over-year growth (%)
15,572
3
15,067
10
13,742
12
12,239
6
11,585
9
* Growth rates for 2011 reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
Taxable equivalent basis (teb) Revenues of operating groups are
presented in our MD&A on a taxable equivalent basis (teb). The teb
adjustment increases GAAP revenues and the provision for income
taxes by an amount that would increase revenues on certain tax-
exempt items to a level that would incur tax at the statutory rate, to
facilitate comparisons. This adjustment is offset in Corporate Services.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
38 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Net Interest Income
Net interest income for the year was $8,545 million, a decrease of
$263 million or 3% from 2012. Adjusted net interest income of
$7,888 million was down 2% from 2012, due to a decline of 11 basis
points in adjusted net interest margin to 1.63% in the current low
interest rate environment. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar
increased adjusted net interest income by $53 million.
Adjusted net interest income primarily excludes amounts for the
recognition of a portion of the credit mark on the M&I purchased
performing loan portfolio.
BMO’s average earning assets increased $23.9 billion or 5% in
2013, including a $3.8 billion increase as a result of the stronger U.S.
dollar. There was strong growth in Canadian P&C and Wealth Manage
ment, growth in BMO Capital Markets and U.S. P&C, and a reduction in
Corporate Services.
The main drivers of BMO’s overall net interest margin are the
individual group margins, changes in the magnitude of each operating
group’s average earning assets and changes in net interest income in
Corporate Services. Changes are discussed in the 2013 Review of
Operating Groups Performance section on page 44.
Table 9 on page 110 and Table 10 on page 111 provide further
details on net interest income and net interest margin.
Average Earning Assets and
Net Interest Margin
Net Interest Income
and Non-Interest Revenue*
($ billions)
404
1.85
1.79
460
1.91
1.74
484
1.77
1.63
16.1
15.1
16.3 15.6
8.8
8.0
8.5
7.9
13.9 13.7
7.5
7.2
6.5 6.5
7.3
7.0
7.7
7.7
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
Average earning assets ($ billions)
Net interest margin (%)
Adjusted net interest margin (%)
Average earning assets
increased 5% and adjusted net
interest margin decreased in the
low-rate environment.
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Adjusted net interest income
Adjusted non-interest revenue
Revenue increased in the year
with net interest income slightly
lower, due to lower net interest
margin, and higher non-interest
revenue.
*Numbers may not add due to rounding.
M
D
&
A
Net interest income is comprised of earnings on assets, such as
loans and securities, including interest and dividend income and
BMO’s share of income from investments accounted for using the
equity method of accounting, less interest expense paid on liabilities,
such as deposits.
Revenue
($ billions)
13.9
13.7
Revenue
by Country (%)
16.1
15.1
16.3
15.6
72
63
64
Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average
earning assets, expressed as a percentage or in basis points.
34
33
26
2
3
3
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
Revenue
Adjusted revenue
Canada
United States
Other countries
Wealth Management, BMO
Capital Markets and Canadian
P&C drove revenue growth.
Revenue by country was consistent
with the prior year.
Change in Net Interest Income, Average Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin
Net interest income (teb)
Average earning assets
($ millions)
Change
($ millions)
Change
For the year ended October 31
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C)
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations
2013
2012
4,429
2,378
6,807
564
1,238
(721)
4,365
2,456
6,821
561
1,191
(544)
%
1
(3)
–
–
4
(33)
2013
2012
170,847 156,231
55,857
58,369
19,399
229,216 212,088
17,875
202,361 193,889
36,353
33,165
Total BMO adjusted
7,888
8,029
(2)
484,141 460,205
Adjusting items impacting net interest income
657
779
(16)
na
na
Total BMO reported
na – not applicable
nm – not meaningful
8,545
8,808
(3)
484,141 460,205
%
9
4
8
9
4
(9)
5
na
5
Net interest margin
(in basis points)
2013 2012 Change
259 279
407 440
297 322
291 314
61
nm
61
nm
163 174
(20)
(33)
(25)
(23)
–
nm
(11)
nm
nm
nm
177
191
(14)
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 39
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Non-Interest Revenue ($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
Change
from 2012
(%)
2011
Securities commissions and fees
Deposit and payment service charges
Trading revenues
Lending fees
Card fees
Investment management and
custodial fees
Mutual fund revenues
Underwriting and advisory fees
Securities gains, other than trading
Foreign exchange, other than trading
Insurance income
Other
Total BMO reported
Total BMO adjusted
1,182 1,146 1,215
916
834
929
849 1,025
549
715
593
641
724
689
708
3
(1)
(17)
12
2
726
799
488
285
172
445
417
725
647
442
152
153
335
419
496
633
512
189
130
283
346
7,718 7,322 6,469
7,684 7,038 6,434
–
23
10
88
12
33
–
5
9
A
&
D
M
Non-Interest Revenue
Non-interest revenue, which comprises all revenues other than net
interest income, was $7,718 million in 2013, an increase of $396 million
or 5% from 2012. Adjusted non-interest revenue was $7,684 million, up
$646 million or 9%, with the majority of the growth driven by strong
performance in Wealth Management, as well as growth in BMO Capital
Markets and Canadian P&C.
Adjusted non-interest revenue excludes the income or losses
from run-off structured credit activities, which are mainly included in
trading revenues.
Mutual fund revenues increased $152 million or 23% from 2012,
driven by market appreciation and growth in new client assets.
Securities gains increased $133 million or 88% from 2012 due to a
security gain in Wealth Management, partially offset by lower invest
ment security gains across the other operating groups.
Insurance income increased $110 million or 33%, as the prior year
was impacted by unfavourable movements in long-term interest rates,
and there was continued growth in both the underlying creditor and life
insurance businesses.
Trading revenues decreased $176 million and are discussed in the
trading-related revenues section that follows.
Lending fees increased $74 million or 12%, primarily due to strong
growth in North American P&C commercial and industrial loan portfolios
and increased lending activity in BMO Capital Markets, largely in the
United States.
Underwriting and advisory fees increased $46 million or 10% from
2012, resulting from better performance despite a weaker market.
Securities commissions and fees increased $36 million or 3%. These
revenues consist largely of brokerage commissions and fees within
Wealth Management, which account for about three-quarters of the
total, and institutional equity trading commissions within BMO Capital
Markets. In Wealth Management, securities commissions and fees were
up 10% due to growth in client assets and higher transaction volumes,
partially offset by a decline in BMO Capital Markets revenue due to
lower securities lending commissions.
Income from foreign exchange, other than trading, increased
$19 million or 12% from 2012, reflecting growth in Wealth Management
and BMO Capital Markets.
Other non-interest revenue balances were consistent with the
prior year.
Table 7 on page 108 provides further details on revenue and
revenue growth.
40 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Trading-Related Revenues
Trading-related revenues are dependent on, among other things, the
volume of activities undertaken for clients who enter into transactions
with BMO to mitigate their risks or to invest. BMO earns a spread or
profit on the net sum of its client positions by profitably managing,
within prescribed limits, the overall risk of the net positions. On a lim
ited basis, BMO also assumes proprietary positions with the intent of
earning trading profits.
Interest and non-interest trading-related revenues decreased
$204 million or 17% to $1,026 million in 2013. Adjusted trading-related
revenues were $972 million in 2013, up $22 million or 2%. Interest rate
trading-related revenues increased $30 million or 7%, primarily due to
increased client activity in our Canadian fixed income businesses. For
eign exchange trading-related revenues were up $16 million or 6% from
2012, primarily driven by market volatility. Equities trading-related
revenues increased $86 million or 21%, primarily due to increased
activity with corporate and investor clients and an improved market
environment. Commodities trading-related revenues decreased
$23 million, mainly due to lower activity in the crude and natural gas
markets.
Revenues from run-off structured credit activities totalling
$34 million in 2013, compared to $284 million in 2012, are included in
other trading revenues in the adjacent table. The decline was due to
higher mark-to-market gains on the underlying assets in 2012. These
revenues are adjusting items and are excluded from adjusted trading-
related revenues.
The Market Risk section on page 87 provides more information on
trading-related revenues.
Trading-related revenues include net interest income and
non-interest revenue earned from on and off-balance sheet posi
tions undertaken for trading purposes. The management of these
positions typically includes marking them to market on a daily
basis. Trading-related revenues also include income (expense) and
gains (losses) from both on-balance sheet instruments and interest
rate, foreign exchange (including spot positions), equity,
commodity and credit contracts.
Interest and Non-Interest Trading-Related Revenues (1)
($ millions)
(taxable equivalent basis)
For the year ended October 31
Interest rates
Foreign exchange
Equities
Commodities
Other (2)
Total (teb)
Teb offset
Total
Reported as:
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue – trading revenues
Total (teb)
Teb offset
Total
M
D
&
A
2013
2012
Change
from 2012
(%)
2011
479
285
499
43
29
449
269
413
66
267
388
288
322
40
(126)
1,335
309
1,464
234
912
190
7
6
21
(35)
(89)
(9)
32
1,026
1,230
722
(17)
486
849
1,335
309
439
1,025
1,464
234
363
549
912
190
11
(17)
(9)
32
1,026
1,230
722
(17)
Adjusted net interest income net of teb
offset
157
209
199
(25)
Adjusted non-interest revenue – trading
revenues
Adjusted total
815
972
741
573
950
772
10
2
(1) Trading-related revenues are presented on a taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Includes revenues from run-off structured credit activities of $34 million ($284 million in
2012; loss of $25 million in 2011), which are adjusting items included in Corporate Services
results, and hedging exposures in BMO’s structural balance sheet.
Adjusted results in this Revenue section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 41
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses (PCL) was $589 million in the current
year, down from $765 million in 2012. Adjusted PCL was $359 million,
down from $471 million in 2012. The decline in adjusted PCL reflects
decreases in provisions in all of our operating groups, offset in part by
lower recoveries on the purchased credit impaired loan portfolio.
Adjusting items this year included a $240 million specific provision
on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio and a $10 million reduc
tion in the collective allowance, compared to a $291 million specific
provision on the M&I purchased performing loan portfolio and a
$3 million increase in the collective allowance in 2012.
Adjusted PCL in 2013 represents 0.14% of average net loans and
acceptances, down from 0.21% in 2012. PCL as a percentage of average
net loans and acceptances also declined to 0.22% in 2013 from 0.31%
in 2012. This ratio, excluding amounts related to the purchased loan
portfolios, fell to 0.32% in 2013 from 0.42% in 2012. These positive
ratio trends reflect lower provisions across both our consumer and
commercial loan portfolios and all our operating groups, compared
to 2012.
On an operating group basis, most of our provisions relate to
Personal and Commercial Banking. In Canadian P&C, PCL decreased by
$41 million to $574 million in 2013, driven by lower provisions in the
consumer loan portfolio. U.S. P&C PCL was $223 million, down
$51 million from 2012, primarily reflecting better credit quality in the
consumer loan portfolio. Wealth Management PCL was $3 million in
2013, a decrease of $19 million from the previous year, which included
a larger than usual write-down on a single commercial account. BMO
Capital Markets recorded a net recovery of $36 million, an improvement
over the $6 million provision in 2012, as a result of higher recoveries of
previously written-off amounts. Corporate Services adjusted recoveries
of credit losses of $405 million in 2013 were down from $446 million in
2012, reflecting lower recoveries on the purchased credit impaired loan
portfolio of $410 million in 2013, compared to $509 million in the pre
vious year, offset in part by recoveries on the impaired real estate loan
portfolio in 2013, compared to provisions in 2012.
On a geographic basis, the majority of our provisions relate to our
Canadian loan portfolio. Specific PCL in Canada and other countries
(excluding the United States) was $568 million, compared to
$611 million in 2012. Adjusted specific PCL in the United States was a
recovery of $209 million, up from a $140 million recovery in 2012,
reflecting a better credit environment, partially offset by lower recov
eries of credit losses on the purchased credit impaired loans. Note 4 on
page 137 of the financial statements provides PCL information on a
geographic basis. Table 19 on page 118 provides further PCL segmenta
tion information.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section
on page 34.
Provision for Credit Losses
For the year ended October 31
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
2013
2012
2011
New specific provisions
Reversals of previously established allowances
Recoveries of loans previously written off
1,638
(267)
(772)
1,860 1,495
(128)
(252)
(241)
(846)
Specific provision for credit losses
Increase (decrease) in collective allowance
Provision for credit losses (PCL)
Adjusted provision for credit losses (1)
PCL as a % of average net loans and
acceptances (annualized) (2)
PCL as a % of average net loans and
acceptances excluding purchased portfolios
(annualized) (2) (3)
Specific PCL as a % of average net loans and
599
(10)
589
359
762 1,126
86
3
765 1,212
471 1,108
0.22
0.31
0.56
0.32
0.42
0.55
acceptances (annualized) (2)
0.23
0.31
0.52
Adjusted specific PCL as a % of average net
loans and acceptances (annualized) (1) (2)
0.14
0.21
0.54
(1) Adjusted provision for credit losses excludes provisions related to the purchased
performing loan portfolio and changes in the collective allowance.
(2) Certain ratios for 2012 were restated in the first quarter of 2013 to reflect the reclassified
balance sheet presentation.
(3) Ratio is presented excluding purchased loan portfolios, to provide for better historical
comparisons.
This table contains adjusted results and measures, which are non-GAAP. Please refer to the
Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Provision for Credit Losses by Operating Group (1)
For the year ended October 31
(Canadian $ in millions)
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Personal and Commercial Banking
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including T&O
2013
2012
2011
574
223
797
3
(36)
615
274
664
359
889 1,023
10
32
22
6
Impaired real estate loan portfolio
Interest on impaired loans
Purchased credit impaired loan portfolio
(43)
48
(410)
19
44
(509)
28
15
–
Adjusted provision for credit losses
Specific provisions on purchased performing loans (2)
Change in collective allowance
359
240
(10)
471 1,108
18
291
86
3
Provision for credit losses
589
765 1,212
(1) Effective the first quarter of 2013, provisions in the operating groups are reported on an
actual loss basis and interest on impaired loans is allocated to the operating groups.
Results for prior periods have been restated accordingly.
(2) Provisions for the purchased performing loan portfolio are reported in Corporate Services.
This table contains adjusted results and measures, which are non-GAAP. Please refer to the
Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
42 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense increased $59 million or 1% to $10,297 million
in 2013.
Amounts in the rest of this Non-Interest Expense section are stated
on an adjusted basis, unless otherwise noted.
Adjusted non-interest expense excludes costs of the M&I
integration and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets in
2013, 2012 and 2011; restructuring costs in 2013 and 2012 to align our
cost structure with the current and future business environment; and
M&I acquisition-related costs in 2011. The factors contributing to the
cost increases are set out in the adjacent Contribution to Growth in
Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest Expense table.
Adjusted non-interest expense increased $313 million or 3% to
$9,826 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted
non-interest expense increased by only 2%.
The dollar and percentage changes in expense by category are
outlined in the adjacent Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest
Expense table. Table 8 on page 109 provides more detail on expenses
and expense growth.
Performance-based compensation increased 2%, driven by
improved revenue in Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.
Other employee compensation, which includes salaries, benefits and
severance, increased 8% from 2012, due to continued investment in the
business, higher benefit costs, including pension, and higher severance
and regulatory-related costs. The stronger U.S. dollar also contributed to
the increase.
Premises and equipment costs increased $27 million or 2%, with
$16 million related to technology development initiatives.
Other expenses fell by $63 million or 3%, reflecting declines in
most other expense categories, with the exception of an increase in
travel and business development costs.
The efficiency ratio (or expense-to-revenue ratio) is a key
measure of productivity. It is calculated as non-interest expense
divided by total revenues (on a taxable equivalent basis in the
operating groups), expressed as a percentage. The adjusted effi
ciency ratio is another key measure of productivity and is calcu
lated in the same manner, utilizing adjusted revenue and expense.
Contribution to Growth in Adjusted Non-Interest Expense
and Non-Interest Expense (%)
For the year ended October 31
Significant businesses acquired
Canadian/U.S. dollar translation effect,
excluding acquisitions
Other
Total adjusted non-interest expense growth
Impact of adjusting items
Total non-interest expense growth
2013
2012
2011
0.3
10.3
5.8
0.7
2.3
3.3
(2.7)
0.6
0.4
1.8
12.5
4.6
17.1
(1.5)
7.2
11.5
3.2
14.7
M
D
&
A
Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest Expense
($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
Change
from 2012
(%)
2011*
Performance-based compensation
Other employee compensation
Total employee compensation
Premises and equipment
Other
Amortization of intangible assets
Total adjusted non-interest expense
Adjusting items
1,682
4,011
5,693
1,787
2,119
227
9,826
471
1,641 1,560
3,725 3,253
5,366 4,813
1,760 1,557
2,182 1,922
161
205
2
8
6
2
(3)
11
9,513 8,453
288
725
3
(35)
BMO’s reported efficiency ratio improved by 20 basis points to 63.3%
Total non-interest expense
10,297 10,238 8,741
1
in 2013. The adjusted efficiency ratio remained unchanged at 63.1%.
Adjusted non-interest expense
Canadian P&C is BMO’s largest operating segment, and its reported
growth (%)
The efficiency ratio in U.S. P&C of 60.1% was relatively unchanged
Total BMO
efficiency ratio of 51.3% was stable as modest revenue growth was
offset by continued investment in the business, net of savings from
productivity initiatives.
The efficiency ratio in Wealth Management improved by 870 basis
points to 66.7%, reflecting revenue growth across most businesses and
a continued focus on productivity.
BMO Capital Markets reported efficiency ratio of 59.8% was essen
tially unchanged as revenue growth was offset by higher expenses
resulting from stronger revenue performance and increased technology
and support costs related to a changing business and regulatory
environment.
from the prior year as lower revenue was largely offset by decreased
expenses.
The reported operating leverage was 0.2% in 2013 and adjusted
operating leverage was 0.1%. One of our medium-term financial
objectives is to generate average annual adjusted operating leverage of
2% or more, increasing the rate of adjusted revenue growth by an
average of at least two percentage points more than the rate of
adjusted non-interest expense growth. We aim to improve efficiency
and generate operating leverage by driving revenue growth through a
strong customer focus and by continuing our focus on productivity while
making selective investments.
Examples of initiatives to enhance productivity are outlined in the
2013 Review of Operating Groups Performance, which starts on page 44.
Non-interest expense growth (%)
3.3
0.6
12.5
17.1
11.5
14.7
na
na
* Growth rates for 2011 reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
na – not applicable
Efficiency Ratio by Group (teb) (%)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Efficiency Ratio
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Adjusted Efficiency Ratio
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Total BMO
51.3
62.6
67.7
59.8
63.3
51.1
60.1
66.7
59.7
63.1
51.2
62.9
76.4
59.7
63.5
51.1
59.8
75.4
59.7
63.1
50.6
61.6
75.5
57.2
62.7
50.5
59.1
75.0
57.2
61.5
Caution
This Non-Interest Expense section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 43
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes reflected in the Consolidated Statement
of Income is based upon transactions recorded in income, regardless of
when such transactions are subject to taxation by tax authorities, with
the exception of the repatriation of retained earnings from foreign
subsidiaries, as outlined in Note 24 on page 171 of the finan
cial statements.
Management assesses BMO’s consolidated results and associated
provisions for income taxes on a GAAP basis. We assess the perform
ance of the operating groups and associated income taxes on a taxable
equivalent basis and report accordingly.
The provision for income taxes was $1,129 million in 2013, com
pared with $938 million in 2012. The reported effective tax rate in 2013
was 21.0%, compared with 18.3% in 2012. The adjusted provision for
income taxes(1) in 2013 was $1,111 million, compared with $991 million
in 2012. The adjusted effective tax rate in 2013 was 20.6%, compared
with 19.5% in 2012. The higher adjusted effective tax rate was mainly
attributable to lower recoveries of prior periods’ income taxes.
BMO partially hedges the foreign exchange risk arising from
its investments in U.S. operations by funding the investments in U.S.
dollars. Under this program, the gain or loss on hedging and the unreal
A
&
D
M
ized gain or loss on translation of investments in U.S. operations are
charged or credited to shareholders’ equity. For income tax purposes,
the gain or loss on the hedging activities results in an income tax charge
or credit in the current period, which is charged or credited to share
holders’ equity, while the associated unrealized gain or loss on the
investments in U.S. operations does not incur income taxes until the
investments are liquidated. The income tax charge/benefit arising from
a hedging gain/loss is a function of the fluctuations in exchange rates
from period to period. Hedging of the investments in U.S. operations has
given rise to an income tax recovery in shareholders’ equity of $146
million for the year, compared with $13 million in 2012. Refer to the
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 128 of the finan
cial statements for further details.
Table 8 on page 109 details the $1,716 million of total net govern
ment levies and income tax expense incurred by BMO in 2013. The
increase from $1,521 million in 2012 was primarily due to higher
income tax expense, as well as higher harmonized sales tax, GST and
other sales taxes.
(1) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than net income in the
determination of income subject to tax.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
2013 Review of Operating Groups Performance
This section includes an analysis of the financial results of our operating
groups and descriptions of their businesses, strategies, strengths, chal
lenges, key value drivers, achievements and outlooks.
Adjusted Net Income
by Operating Segment*
Adjusted Net Income
by Country
Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C) (pages 46 to 52)
Net income was $2,450 million in 2013, an increase of $95 million or
4% from 2012. Adjusted net income was $2,510 million, an increase of
$81 million or 3%. Personal and Commercial Banking is comprised of
two operating segments: Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
(Canadian P&C) and U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (U.S. P&C).
Wealth Management (pages 53 to 55)
Net income was $834 million in 2013, an increase of $310 million or
59% from 2012. Adjusted net income was $861 million, an increase of
$316 million or 58%.
BMO Capital Markets (BMO CM) (pages 56 to 58)
Net income was $1,094 million in 2013, an increase of $73 million or
7% from 2012. Adjusted net income was $1,096 million, an increase of
$74 million or 7%.
Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations (page 59)
Net loss was $130 million in 2013, compared with net income of
$289 million in 2012. Adjusted net loss was $191 million compared with
net income of $96 million in 2012.
Allocation of Results
The basis for the allocation of results geographically and among
operating groups is outlined in Note 26 on page 174 of the financial
statements. Certain prior year data has been restated, as explained on
the following page, which also provides further information on the
allocation of results.
2013
Canadian P&C
42%
U.S. P&C 14%
Wealth
Management
19%
BMO CM 25%
2012
Canadian P&C
45%
U.S. P&C 16%
Wealth
Management
14%
BMO CM 25%
2013
Canada
71%
U.S. 25%
Other
countries
4%
2012
Canada
69%
U.S. 27%
Other
countries
4%
Results reflect the significant
adjusted net income growth in
Wealth Management in 2013.
Earnings by country were consistent
with the previous year.
*Percentages determined excluding results in Corporate Services.
44 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Contributions to Revenue, Expenses, Net Income and Average Assets by Operating Group and by Location ($ millions, except as noted)
Personal and Commercial
Banking
Wealth
Management
BMO
Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including
Technology and Operations
Total
Consolidated
For the year ended
October 31
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
Operating Groups Relative Contribution to BMO’s Performance (%)
21.2
Revenue
22.7
Expenses
19.6
Net income
20.1
Adjusted net income
4.0
Average assets
57.0
49.4
57.7
58.7
43.6
58.7
49.9
63.4
61.6
41.3
57.3
49.7
56.2
59.4
41.1
18.0
21.7
12.5
13.3
3.7
18.6
22.4
15.4
15.0
3.7
21.1
19.9
25.8
25.6
44.6
20.3
19.1
24.4
25.0
46.2
23.8
21.7
31.3
29.8
46.0
0.7
8.0
(3.1)
(4.4)
7.8
4.4
9.5
6.9
2.3
9.0
(1.1)
6.0
(10.1)
(6.4)
9.0
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Total Revenue
Canada
United States
Other countries
Total Expenses
Canada
United States
Other countries
Net Income
Canada
United States
Other countries
Adjusted Net Income
Canada
United States
Other countries
Average Assets
Canada
United States
Other countries
6,254
3,023
1
6,129
3,107
–
6,065
2,124
–
2,239 1,981 2,010
425
702
157
222
908
307
2,168
1,106
154
2,043
1,031
202
2,088
1,020
207
(181)
278
6
15
616
82
(80) 10,480 10,168 10,083
3,565
295
5,315
468
5,456
506
(4)
(69)
9,278
9,236
8,189
3,454 2,905 2,592
3,428
3,276
3,315
103
713
(153) 16,263 16,130 13,943
3,177
1,913
–
3,098
1,986
–
3,046
1,319
–
1,651 1,609 1,581
344
554
31
56
588
101
1,027
869
153
977
830
149
964
786
146
5,090
5,084
4,365
2,340 2,219 1,956
2,049
1,956
1,896
354
431
33
818
409
539
31
979
242
251
31
6,209
3,801
287
6,093
3,909
236
5,833
2,700
208
524
10,297 10,238
8,741
M
D
&
A
1,853
596
1
1,794
561
–
1,709
265
–
2,450
2,355
1,974
1,858
651
1
1,797
632
–
1,713
305
–
2,510
2,429
2,018
429
207
198
834
430
229
202
861
271
85
168
524
273
101
171
545
307
46
127
480
311
51
128
490
872
217
5
830
146
45
1,094
1,021
872
219
5
830
147
45
1,096
1,022
822
101
52
975
823
101
52
976
(229)
116
(17)
(32)
254
67
(67)
(145)
(103)
2,925
1,136
187
2,863
1,046
280
2,771
267
76
(130)
289
(315)
4,248
4,189
3,114
(144)
(27)
(20)
(73)
214
(45)
(75)
(99)
(35)
3,016
1,072
188
2,827
1,094
171
2,772
358
145
(191)
96
(209)
4,276
4,092
3,275
177,142 161,335 153,052 17,438 15,974 14,191 133,120 139,333 118,954 18,037 16,240 16,548 345,737 332,882 302,745
96,101 94,691 80,287 25,199 30,214 21,674 189,693 190,801 145,630
20,252 20,581 21,559
699 2,341 3,975
18,357 17,538 17,065
64,866 62,218 40,896
–
3,527 3,678 2,773
1,178
519
702
18
–
242,026 223,553 193,948 22,143 20,354 17,483 247,578 251,562 216,306 43,935 48,795 42,197 555,682 544,264 469,934
How BMO Reports Operating Group Results
Periodically, certain business lines or units within business lines are
transferred between operating groups to more closely align BMO’s
organizational structure with its strategic priorities. Results for prior
periods are restated to conform to the current presentation.
In the first quarter of 2013, we changed the way in which we
evaluate our operating segments to reflect the provisions for credit
losses on an actual credit loss basis. The change in allocation method
ology enhances the assessment of performance against our peer group.
Previously, we had charged the operating groups with credit losses
based on an expected loss provisioning methodology whereby Corpo
rate Services was charged (or credited) with differences between the
periodic provisions for credit losses charged to the operating group
segments under our expected loss provisioning methodology and the
periodic provisions required under GAAP. As part of this change, the
interest income resulting from the accretion of the net present value of
impaired loans is also included in operating group net interest income.
Prior period results have been restated accordingly. Provisions for the
purchased performing and purchased credit impaired loan portfolios
continue to be evaluated and reported in Corporate Services.
During 2013, we refined our methodology for the allocation of
certain revenues in Corporate Services by geographic region. As a
consequence, we have reallocated certain revenues reported in prior
periods from Canada to the United States in Corporate Services.
During 2012, Wealth Management and Canadian P&C entered into
an agreement that changes the way they report the financial results
related to retail mutual fund sales. Prior periods have been restated.
During 2011, approximately US$1.0 billion of impaired real estate
secured assets, comprised primarily of commercial real estate loans,
were transferred to Corporate Services from U.S. P&C to allow our busi
nesses to focus on ongoing customer relationships and leverage our risk
management expertise in our special assets management unit. Prior
period loan balances, revenues and expenses were restated to reflect
the transfer. Approximately US$1.5 billion of similar assets acquired in
the M&I transaction were also included in Corporate Services, and had a
carrying value of US$329 million at the end of 2013.
Corporate Services results reflect certain items in respect of the
acquired loan portfolio, including the recognition of a portion of the
related credit mark that is reflected in net interest income over the term
of the purchased loans and provisions for credit losses on the acquired
loan portfolio. Integration and restructuring costs, run-off structured
credit activities and changes in the collective allowance are also
included in Corporate Services.
BMO analyzes revenue at the consolidated level based on GAAP
revenues reflected in the consolidated financial statements rather than
on a taxable equivalent basis (teb), which is consistent with our Cana
dian peer group. Like many banks, we continue to analyze revenue on a
teb basis at the operating group level. This basis includes an adjustment
that increases GAAP revenues and the GAAP provision for income taxes
by an amount that would raise revenues on certain tax-exempt items to
a level equivalent to amounts that would incur tax at the statutory rate.
The offset to the group teb adjustments is reflected in Corporate Serv
ices revenues and income tax provisions.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 45
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Personal and Commercial Banking (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Total P&C
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011*
Change
from
2012
(%)
2013
2012
2011*
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (teb)
A
&
D
M
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
Net economic profit
Adjusted return on equity (%)
Return on equity (%)
Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%)
Operating leverage (teb) (%)
Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Net interest margin on earning assets (teb) (%)
Average common equity
Average earning assets
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
Assets under administration
4,429
1,912
4,365
1,847
4,381
1,807
6,341
6,212
6,188
1
4
2
2,378
2,456
1,653
559
568
348
2,937
3,024
2,001
574
615
664
(7)
223
274
359
3,250
3,183
3,133
2,517
2,414
2,391
663
639
676
1,854
1,775
1,715
1,864
1,785
1,724
2
4
4
4
4
1,840
1,901
1,232
874
278
849
269
410
151
596
580
259
646
644
294
Change
from
2012
(%)
(3)
(1)
(3)
(19)
(3)
3
3
3
–
2013
2012
2011*
6,807
2,471
6,821
2,415
9,278
9,236
797
889
5,090
5,084
6,034
2,155
8,189
1,023
4,365
3,391
3,263
2,801
941
908
827
2,450
2,355
1,974
2,510
2,429
2,018
–
–
51.1
51.3
2.59
(1.1)
(1.2)
51.1
51.2
2.79
0.4
0.3
50.5
50.6
nm
nm
–
0.1
2.94
(0.20)
(0.5)
0.3
60.1
62.6
4.07
(1.6)
(3.2)
59.8
62.9
4.40
15.2
13.2
59.1
61.6
nm
nm
0.3
(0.3)
4.53
(0.33)
990
17.7
17.3
–
0.4
53.9
54.9
2.97
1,026
1,019
22.2
21.7
2.3
1.7
52.6
53.3
18.6
18.1
(2.8)
(3.7)
53.9
55.0
3.22
170,847 156,231 148,835
175,079 159,484 151,331
113,644 106,256 101,784
16,148
15,521
22,421
9
10
7
4
58,369 55,857 36,471
52,421 50,711 32,892
60,645 59,147 36,425
112,732 96,803 77,066
3.26
(0.25)
13,723
12,611
8,692
229,216 212,088 185,306
227,500 210,195 184,223
174,289 165,403 138,209
128,880 112,324
99,487
23,928
24,103
24,287
4
3
3
16
1
9
8
8
5
15
(1)
Change
from
2012
(%)
–
2
–
(10)
–
4
4
4
3
(4)
(0.9)
(0.8)
nm
nm
–
(0.1)
Full-time equivalent employees
15,957
16,197
16,723
(1)
7,971
7,906
7,564
* Leverage measures for 2011 reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
nm – not meaningful
Net economic profit and adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
46 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking serves more than seven million
personal and commercial banking customers, who do business with us through
an integrated national network of BMO Bank of Montreal branches, automated
banking machines, telephone, mobile and online banking, along with the
expertise of our mortgage specialists and financial planners.
Frank Techar
Chief Operating Officer
BMO Financial Group
Lines of Business
Personal Banking provides financial solutions for everyday banking,
financing, investing, credit cards and creditor insurance needs. We serve
approximately one quarter of Canadian households.
Strengths and Value Drivers
‰ Strong competitive position in commercial banking, reflected in our
number two ranking in market share for business loans of $5 million
and less.
‰ Highly experienced team of specialists in mid-market commercial
banking, offering integrated products and services that are driving
high customer loyalty scores.
‰ Strong and consistently applied credit risk management practices that
provide customers with reliable access to appropriate financing sol
utions in all economic conditions.
‰ Large, loyal customer base supported by strong and differentiated
brand.
‰ Largest MasterCard® issuer in Canada as measured by transaction
volumes, and one of the top commercial card issuers in North
America.
Strategy and Key Priorities
We aim to succeed in the Canadian market by delivering a customer
experience differentiated through guidance across all channels and by
leveraging our highly productive distribution network.
Enhance the customer experience to create a differentiated
position in the Canadian market
2013 Achievements
‰ Continued to maintain strong customer loyalty scores as measured by
Net Promoter Score. Implemented an additional measure of in-branch
customer experience that provides detailed and timely feedback to
improve the customer relationship.
‰ For the second consecutive year, BMO received a prestigious Celent
Model Bank Award. BMO received the 2013 Model Bank Impact Award
for BMO Bank by Appointment, and was the first Canadian bank to
offer real-time appointment booking for both online and mobile
customers. Nearly 40,000 appointments were booked in 2013 using
this capability. Current online sales levels are equivalent to sales at
90 branches.
‰ Maintained strong employee engagement and commitment to the
customer experience. In the annual employee survey, employees
indicated that they believe customer experience is a top priority
for them.
M
D
&
A
Commercial Banking provides our small business, medium-sized
enterprise and mid-market banking customers with a broad suite of
integrated commercial and capital markets products, as well as financial
advisory services.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to build capabilities to provide personalized advice to our
customers through the channel of their choice, including enhance
ments to online and mobile banking.
Strengthen relationships with our Personal Banking customers
through innovative product offerings and exceptional service
2013 Achievements
‰ Our investment campaign was a great success. Mutual funds growth
of 15% was our highest since 2010.
‰ Developed segment-specific campaigns and offers targeted at new
Canadians and the military community.
‰ The continued success of our Five-Year Fixed 25-year amortization
mortgage product is building a foundation for new and expanded
long-term customer relationships.
‰ Our leads management engine continues to provide our customers
with relevant and timely offers and services, increasing share of
wallet and positively impacting revenue growth.
2014 Focus
‰ Target personal banking growth in under-penetrated customer
segments and products to grow share of wallet and gain new
customers.
Establish the most productive distribution network in the country
2013 Achievements
‰ Implemented system, organization and process changes that allow
front-line employees to spend more time acquiring new customers
and strengthening existing relationships. Enhancements include a
more efficient personal loan origination system, lean mortgage appli
cation and approval processes and simplified commercial lending
processes.
‰ Opened or upgraded 86 branches and added more than 300 ABMs.
‰ Held efficiency ratio at a stable level in a low revenue growth
environment by tightly managing expenses.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue the redesign of our core processes and implement new
technologies to improve productivity and enhance the customer
experience.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 47
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Reported Net Income
($ millions)
1,715
1,775
1,854
Average Loans and Acceptances
($ billions)
Personal
Commercial
111.9
118.2
129.6
Average Deposits
($ billions)
Personal
Commercial
67.0
69.6
72.4
39.4
41.3
45.5
34.8
36.7
41.2
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
Canadian P&C (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Change
from 2012
(%)
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (teb)
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
Key Performance Metrics and Drivers
Net income growth (%)
Revenue growth (%)
Operating leverage (teb) (%)
Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Net interest margin on earning
assets (teb) (%)
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
Full-time equivalent employees
nm – not meaningful
4,429
1,912
6,341
574
3,250
2,517
663
1,854
1,864
4,365
1,847
6,212
615
3,183
2,414
639
1,775
1,785
4,381
1,807
6,188
664
3,133
2,391
676
1,715
1,724
4
2
–
51.3
4
–
(1.2)
51.2
3
6
0.3
50.6
2.79
2.59
2.94
175,079 159,484 151,331
113,644 106,256 101,784
15,957 16,197 16,723
1
4
2
(7)
2
4
4
4
4
nm
nm
nm
0.1
(0.20)
10
7
(1)
Provisions for credit losses declined $41 million or 7% to
$574 million, driven by lower provisions in the consumer portfolio. We
continue to grow our business while remaining attentive to the credit
quality of our portfolio.
Non-interest expense was $3,250 million, up $67 million or 2%,
primarily due to continued investment in the business, including our
distribution network, net of strong expense management. Our efficiency
ratio was 51.3%, in line with the prior year. Improving the customer
experience and productivity is a focus for Canadian P&C in 2014. We
expect productivity to improve as balance growth continues, margin
compression subsides and the benefits from productivity initiatives are
realized, including mortgage and commercial lending process
improvements.
A
&
D
M
Drive growth in commercial lending and deposits to improve
market share
2013 Achievements
‰ We enhanced our performance management system and continued to
focus our commercial workforce on having more complete con
versations with our customers. This produced strong results with
commercial deposit growth of 12%, our highest since 2007. Commer
cial lending momentum continued with strong balance growth of
11%, our highest since 2008. We maintained our second place posi
tion in commercial lending market share.
‰ BMO was awarded a seven-year contract to provide a corporate cards
program for the Government of Canada.
‰ Tied for first place among the big banks in the Canadian Federation of
Independent Business report Battle of the Banks, based on a 2012
survey of almost 13,000 small and medium-sized enterprise (SME)
owners that assessed how well banks are serving their SME
customers.
2014 Focus
‰ Accelerate financial performance by improving our sales force
productivity.
Financial Review
Canadian P&C reported net income of $1,854 million, up $79 million or
4% from a year ago. Revenue increased $129 million or 2% to $6,341
million. Net interest margin was 2.59%, down 20 basis points from the
prior year, primarily due to changes in mix, including growth in loan
balances that was greater than growth in deposits and lower deposit
spreads in the low-rate environment. We achieved strong loan and
deposit growth throughout the year and reduced net interest margin
compression in the last two quarters, reflected in a significant improve
ment in our financial performance, as net income grew by more than
7% and revenue grew by more than 4% in the second half of the year.
In our personal banking business, revenue increased $74 million or
2%. The increase was due to the effects of growth in balances and fees
across most products, partially offset by lower net interest margin.
In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $55 million
or 2%, as the effects of growth in balances and fees across most prod
ucts were partially offset by lower net interest margin.
48 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Business Environment, Outlook
and Challenges
Canada’s economy is expected to improve in 2014, reflecting moderate
increases in employment and personal income, as well as in response to
a strengthening U.S. economy.
In the Canadian personal banking sector, retail operating deposits
are projected to grow in 2014 by approximately 5%, similar to growth in
2013 and in line with the expected increase in personal income. Credit
card loan balances grew nominally in 2013 and growth is projected to
strengthen gradually next year. Overall residential mortgage growth
moderated in 2013, as tighter mortgage underwriting guidelines
constrained the demand for housing. This was reflected in a moderate
decline in resales, a sharp drop in housing starts and some slowing in
house price increases. Anticipated moderate increases in employment
in fiscal 2014 should keep the demand for housing and house prices
fairly steady.
In the commercial banking sector, growth in commercial operating
deposits (CODs) was strong in 2013. Businesses are continuing to hold
back on strategic investments due to global economic uncertainty.
Industry COD growth is projected to decelerate in 2014, as improving
economic conditions reduce the need for precautionary savings and
encourage business investment.
We expect growth in consumer lending to slow given relatively
high levels of household debt, which we will address through our focus
on targeting growth in under-penetrated customer segments and prod
ucts, as well as by continuing to improve our sales force productivity.
While the industry faces increasingly complex regulatory, information
security and fraud prevention requirements, our strong governance
framework continues to position us well to monitor any such changes
and respond accordingly. With competition for skilled resources
becoming more intense, we continue to monitor employee engagement
to ensure that BMO remains at or above the financial industry average.
The Canadian economic environment in 2013 and outlook for 2014
are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook
section on page 32.
Caution
This Canadian P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section
on page 34.
M
D
&
A
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 49
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking
The promise we make to our more than two million customers is to bring clarity
to their financial decisions. Our retail and small and mid-sized business banking
customers are served through our 621 branches, call centre, online and mobile
banking platforms and more than 1,300 ABMs across eight states. We deliver
financial expertise to our commercial banking customers, offering in-depth,
specific industry knowledge and strategic capital markets solutions.
A
&
D
M
Mark Furlong
Group Head
U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking
and CEO, BMO Harris Bank N.A. Chicago
Lines of Business
Personal Banking offers a broad range of products and services to
individuals, as well as small and mid-sized business customers, including
deposits, mortgages, consumer credit, business lending, credit cards and
other banking services.
Strengths and Value Drivers
‰ Rich heritage of more than 160 years in the U.S. Midwest, with a deep
commitment to the community and to helping our customers succeed.
‰ Strong, experienced leadership team that knows how to compete and
excel in our markets.
‰ Enviable platform for profitable growth provided by our attractive
branch footprint and top-tier deposit market share in key U.S.
Midwest markets.
‰ Large-scale, relationship-based national commercial banking business
based in the U.S. Midwest, with in-depth industry knowledge in
select sectors.
Strategy and Key Priorities
We aim to grow our business and be a leader in our markets by
delivering a customer experience differentiated through guidance on a
wide range of financial topics, and by leveraging our brand reputation,
local presence and high-performance teams.
Deliver a great customer experience to grow a loyal and profitable
customer base
2013 Achievements
‰ Continued to build on our strong commercial lending market share,
ranking second among our peer U.S. commercial banks in our core
Midwest market and first in Wisconsin, with an increase in core
commercial and industrial loans of $3.5 billion or 19% from a
year ago.
‰ Implemented a new customer relationship management system
that enables our employees to deliver a great experience to our
customers by providing them with all customer information in
one channel.
‰ Received the Community Service Leadership Award from The Financial
Services Roundtable in recognition of our dedication and service to
the communities in which we operate.
‰ Ranked number 1 among 30 major U.S. banks in long-term trust in
the annual American Banker/Reputation Institute Survey of Bank
Reputations, demonstrating the high level of confidence customers
have in us.
50 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Commercial Banking provides larger businesses with a broad range
of banking products and services, including lending, deposits, treasury
management and risk management.
2014 Focus
‰ Maintain strong customer loyalty while growing our customer base in
high-opportunity segments, including mass affluent, mid-market and
earlier life stage consumers.
Continue to improve our product and channel capabilities to better
meet our customers’ needs
2013 Achievements
‰ Enhanced our online banking platform with upgrades that improve our
loan processing capabilities and cross-border functionalities. In addi
tion, customers can now view and manage all their bank, credit card
and investment accounts in one place using BMO Harris Total LookSM.
‰ Launched BMO Harris Bank iPad®, iPhone® and AndroidTM mobile apps
to increase convenience for our customers. To date, customer
response has been strong, with nearly 40% of customers accessing
our mobile banking platform, and the iPad® application has a four-star
user rating.
‰ Continued to work in partnership with Wealth Management to imple
ment Premier Services, which offers a unique planning-focused client
experience, with 98 teams of bankers and wealth management
advisors in place at year end. This realignment drives increases in
share of wallet, and ensures our clients are served through the most
cost-effective channel.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to enhance our technology and processes with additional
digital channels and improved mortgage and business lending and
treasury processes.
Improve financial performance by growing revenue and effectively
managing costs
2013 Achievements
‰ Revenue from strong core commercial and industrial loan growth
and increased deposit balances improved, offsetting in part the
negative impact of the low interest rate environment which lowered
overall revenue.
‰ Expenses and adjusted expenses declined by 5% and 4%, respectively
(in U.S. dollars), primarily due to synergy-related savings and cost
reductions resulting from our productivity initiatives, partially offset by
the effects of selective investments in the business and higher
regulatory-related costs.
Adjusted Net Income
(US$ millions)
641
633
Average Current Loans and Acceptances
(US$ billions)
Average Deposits
(US$ billions)
296
Personal
Commercial
19.2
14.1
26.0
24.5
26.8
24.6
Personal
Commercial
41.3
39.6
27.2
9.7
17.7
19.7
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
‰ Maintained our adjusted efficiency ratio of 60.1% at a level
relatively unchanged from the previous year. Our adjusted operating
leverage improved through effective expense management.
2014 Focus
‰ Increase loan and deposit balances while focusing on cost management.
Continue to deploy our unique commercial operating model by
delivering local access and industry expertise to our clients across a
broad geographic footprint
2013 Achievements
‰ Focus on new client acquisition resulted in a 10% increase in the
number of our client relationships.
‰ Strong core commercial and industrial loan growth, with a
year-over-year increase of 19% and eight consecutive quarters of
positive growth.
‰ Expanded into new specialty areas and geographic regions through
targeted talent acquisition. Within the last year, we opened new
commercial banking offices in Atlanta and Omaha and acquired a
team of experienced franchise finance lenders, with additional hires in
the dealership finance and equipment finance specialties in Houston,
Atlanta, Seattle and Washington, D.C.
‰ Continued to leverage our robust thought leadership website, The
Resource Center, which provides current and prospective clients with
valuable industry insights from BMO experts, as well as third-party
content via our exclusive partnerships.
2014 Focus
‰ Keep building on the strength of our commercial banking business
with a focus on new client acquisition, increasing market share and
expanding our corporate payments penetration.
Financial Review
Amounts in this section are expressed in U.S. dollars. U.S. P&C net
income in 2013 was $584 million, an increase of $6 million or 1% from
$578 million a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the
amortization of acquisition-related assets, was $633 million, down
$8 million or 1%.
Revenue of $2,871 million decreased $144 million or 5%, as the
benefits of strong growth in core commercial and industrial loans and
deposits and higher commercial lending fees were more than offset by
the effects of lower net interest margin, reductions in certain portfolios
and lower deposit and debit card fees.
In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $48 million
or 4%, reflecting growth in loan and deposit products and global
treasury management services.
In our personal banking business, revenue decreased by $154 mil
lion or 9%, primarily as a result of the low interest rate environment,
reductions in certain acquired loan portfolios and deposit balances, and
lower deposit and debit card fees. During the year we continued to
U.S. P&C (US$ in millions, except as noted)
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Change
from 2012
(%)
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (teb)
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
2,324 2,449 1,673
352
566
547
2,871 3,015 2,025
273
366
1,797 1,895 1,247
217
857
273
584
633
847
269
578
641
412
152
260
296
(5)
(3)
(5)
(21)
(5)
1
2
1
(1)
M
D
&
A
Key Performance Metrics and Drivers
Adjusted net income growth (%)
Net income growth (%)
Revenue growth (%)
Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%)
Operating leverage (teb) (%)
Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Net interest margin on earning assets
(1) +100
1
+100
(5)
49
(0.4)
0.4
60.1
62.6
31
25
49
(1.5) 16.0
(3.1) 13.9
59.1
59.8
61.6
62.9
(teb) (%)
4.53
Average current loans and acceptances 51,356 50,549 33,286
59,257 58,964 36,866
Average deposits
7,971 7,906 7,564
Full-time equivalent employees
4.07
4.40
nm
nm
nm
nm
nm
0.3
(0.3)
(0.33)
2
–
1
nm – not meaningful
execute our lower-cost funding strategy, and we have reduced the
number of higher-cost time deposits and money market accounts, in
favour of growth in lower-cost chequing and savings accounts.
Net interest margin decreased by 33 basis points, primarily due to
lower loan spreads due to competitive pricing and deposit spread
compression given the low-rate environment.
Provisions for credit losses of $217 million declined by $56 million
or 21% from a year ago, primarily reflecting better credit quality in the
consumer loan portfolio.
Non-interest expense of $1,797 million decreased $98 million or
5%. Adjusted non-interest expense of $1,723 million was $78 million or
4% lower, primarily as a result of synergy-related savings in the current
year and cost reductions resulting from our productivity initiatives,
partially offset by the effects of selective investments in the business
and higher regulatory-related costs.
Average current loans and acceptances increased $0.8 billion year-
over-year to $51.4 billion. The core commercial and industrial loan
portfolio continues to experience good growth, increasing by $3.5 billion
or 19% from a year ago to $22.4 billion. In addition, we have grown our
indirect automobile loan portfolio by $0.9 billion from a year ago. These
increases helped to offset expected decreases in certain commercial
loan portfolios, as well as reductions in home equity and mortgage
loans, due in part to the effects of our continued practice of selling most
mortgage originations in the secondary market and our active loan
portfolio management.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 51
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Average deposits of $59.3 billion increased slightly from the prior
year, as growth in our commercial business and in our personal
chequing and savings accounts more than offset a planned reduction in
higher-cost personal money market and time deposit accounts.
2014 as credit becomes more widely available due to an improving
economy.
Economic growth is expected at a rate of 2.7% in 2014 as fiscal
restraint subsides.
Business Environment, Outlook
and Challenges
U.S. P&C has a significant footprint in eight states, primarily concentrated
in six contiguous states (Illinois, Wisconsin, Indiana, Minnesota, Missouri
and Kansas).
The U.S. Midwest economy grew in line with the national average
in 2013, at a modest pace of approximately 1.6%, as growth was sup
ported by the continued expansion in the automobile sector and a
recovery in housing activity. However, growth was restrained by
restrictive fiscal policies, modest consumer spending and a decline in
global demand. Modest loan and deposit growth in U.S. P&C was con
sistent with the growth in the economy. There was a decline in
consumer loans consistent with our peers and the overall economy.
Consumer loan growth is expected to trend higher in 2014 due to an
improving economy. Residential mortgage growth will likely strengthen
as the housing market recovery continues and is supported by
affordability. Commercial loan growth should continue to improve in
A
&
D
M
The marketplace remains dynamic and highly competitive, as banks
compete aggressively on pricing for both loans and deposits to maintain
and increase market share. We are concentrating on our customer-
focused growth strategy and commercial sector expertise to increase our
loan and deposit balances in order to strengthen our financial perform
ance in this challenging environment, while focusing on cost manage
ment to improve efficiency. This will help alleviate the continued
pressure on margins in the highly competitive low interest rate
environment. Regulatory oversight is growing increasingly complex,
with new regulations and compliance requirements. We will continue to
leverage our strong governance framework to address existing and new
requirements.
The U.S. economic environment in 2013 and outlook for 2014 are
discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlook
section on page 32.
Caution
This U.S. P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section
on page 34.
52 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Wealth Management
BMO’s group of wealth businesses serves a full range of client segments from
mainstream to ultra-high net worth and institutional, with a broad offering of
wealth management products and solutions including insurance products.
Wealth Management operates in both Canada and the United States, as well as
in select global markets including Asia and Europe.
Gilles Ouellette
Group Head
Wealth Management
Lines of Business
BMO Nesbitt Burns, our full-service investing business in Canada, offers
comprehensive and client-focused investment and wealth advisory
services leveraging strong financial planning capabilities.
BMO InvestorLine, our online investing business in Canada, offers self-
directed investors a range of tools to help plan, research and manage
investing decisions their own way, in addition to adviceDirect, the first
service in Canada that provides investing advice to online investors.
BMO’s Private Banking businesses operate in Canada, the United States,
Hong Kong and Singapore. We offer a comprehensive range of financial
services and solutions to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients
and, under BMO Harris Financial Advisors, to mass affluent clients in the
United States.
M
D
&
A
BMO Global Asset Management is a global investment
organization that provides investment management, retirement, and
trust and custody services to institutional, retail and high net worth
investors around the world.
BMO Insurance operates in Canada and internationally. In Canada,
we manufacture life insurance, accident and sickness insurance, and
annuity products that are marketed both to brokers and directly to
individuals. Our creditor insurance division markets group creditor
insurance and internationally, we provide reinsurance solutions.
Strengths and Value Drivers
‰ Planning and advice-based approach that integrates investments,
insurance, specialized wealth management and core banking
solutions.
‰ Team of highly skilled wealth professionals committed to providing an
exceptional client experience.
‰ Brand prestige, recognition and trust.
‰ Strong national presence in Canada, as well as strategic positioning in select
high-growth U.S. and emerging wealth and asset management markets.
‰ Access to BMO’s broad client base and distribution network in Canada
and the United States.
‰ Expanded Net Promoter Score monitoring to all businesses for active
measurement of client loyalty and identification of opportunities for
continued improvement.
‰ Achieved high rankings in external loyalty benchmarking: BMO Nesbitt
Burns’ Net Promoter Score was tied for first place in the latest Ipsos
Reid Full Service Brokerage Report, BMO InvestorLine led its peers in
client satisfaction in the Ipsos Reid Online Brokerage Report, and for
the seventh year in a row, BMO Global Asset Management has gar
nered more client service awards than any other 401(k) platform in
the United States in PLANSPONSOR’s Defined Contribution Survey.
2014 Focus
‰ Attract new clients and focus on delivering a tailored offer for key
Strategy and Key Priorities
client segments.
Our vision is to be the wealth management solutions provider that
defines great client experience. Our strategy is to deliver on our
clients’ wealth management needs now and in the future by enhancing
the client experience, focusing on productivity and investing for
future growth.
Enhance our clients’ experience by delivering on their evolving
wealth management needs
2013 Achievements
‰ Developed new products designed to respond to clients’ emerging
needs, including seven new ETFs that help investors build their
portfolios more effectively. Our ETF line of business has more than
$11 billion in assets under management and is the eighth largest
fixed-income ETF provider in the world.
‰ Launched the BMO InvestorLine mobile application, which enables our
clients to track their investments, follow market trends and place
trades on the go with their smartphones.
Streamline our products and simplify our processes to increase our
productivity
2013 Achievements
‰ Increased client-facing time for our sales force through the redesign
of workforce processes, including client onboarding and lending
processes.
‰ Consolidated sub-advisor asset management mandates to fully
leverage internal capabilities and extend those capabilities globally.
‰ Reduced the number of funds that we offer in our Canadian mutual
fund lineup to provide greater clarity and simplify our client offer.
‰ Redesigned the processes, by which our internal sales teams interact
with our client-facing sales force, providing an efficient, unified view
of wealth products and services to our retail partners.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to improve our productivity by improving the ratio of front-
line sales to support staff to increase revenue per employee.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 53
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Adjusted Net Income
($ millions)
Wealth
Insurance
Assets under Management
and Administration ($ billions)
2013 Revenue by
Line of Business (%)
861
Assets under administration
Assets under management
369.3
292.8
322.2
150.2
164.3
183.6
490
545
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
BMO Nesbitt Burns 33%
BMO Insurance 13%
BMO Global Asset
Management
23%
BMO’s Private
Banking Businesses
25%
BMO InvestorLine 6%
A
&
D
M
Invest in our people, products, technology and footprint to drive
future growth
2013 Achievements
‰ Expanded our geographic footprint and wealth management platform
through the acquisition of a wealth management business based in
Hong Kong and Singapore.
‰ Increased our investment in our sales teams to expand coverage to
new segments and geographic regions and provide the best experi
ence for our clients.
‰ Leveraged our investments in technology to drive sales and improve
efficiency.
‰ Strengthened our brand with an enhanced online presence on
bmo.com, which now offers potential clients a tool to help them
identify the wealth management options that best suit their needs, as
well as information about our full-service investing, private banking,
financial planning and asset management services – all in one place –
resulting in a fivefold increase in site visits.
2014 Focus
‰ Invest in our sales force and enhance technology to drive revenue
growth, with a particular focus on the United States.
Financial Review
Wealth Management net income was $834 million, up $310 million or 59%
from a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization of
acquisition-related intangible assets, was $861 million, up $316 million or
58% from a year ago. Adjusted net income in wealth businesses was
$600 million, up $213 million or 55%. The significant increase in net
income was driven by a security gain of $121 million and good growth of
23% in our other wealth businesses. Adjusted net income in insurance was
$261 million, up $103 million or 65%.
Revenue of $3,454 million increased $549 million or 19%. Revenue
in our wealth businesses increased 16%, reflecting strong performance
driven by growth in client assets, the $191 million security gain and the
benefit of recent acquisitions. Insurance revenue increased 49% as the
prior year was impacted by unfavourable movements in long-term
interest rates, and there was continued growth in both the underlying
creditor and life insurance businesses.
Provisions for credit losses of $3 million decreased $19 million or
84%, primarily due to a loan recovery recorded in the current year,
compared to a larger than usual loan write-down in the prior year
related to a single commercial account.
54 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Wealth Management (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (teb)
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
564
2,890
3,454
3
2,340
1,111
277
834
861
561
2,344
2,905
22
2,219
664
140
524
545
462
2,130
2,592
10
1,956
626
146
480
490
Key Performance Metrics and Drivers
Adjusted net income growth (%)
Net income growth (%)
Revenue growth (%)
Return on equity (%)
Adjusted operating leverage (%)
Operating leverage (%)
Adjusted efficiency ratio (%)
Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Average common equity
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
Assets under administration
Assets under management
Full-time equivalent employees
58
59
19
28.6
13.7
13.4
66.7
67.7
2,884
11,909
23,337
11
11
10
9
15
12
32.9
24.1
(1.6)
(0.6)
(1.9)
(1.3)
75.0
75.4
75.5
76.4
1,436
2,143
9,299
10,833
19,136
21,753
369,277 322,222 292,801
183,625 164,293 150,176
6,518
6,117
6,108
Change
from 2012
(%)
–
23
19
(84)
5
67
96
59
58
nm
nm
nm
4.5
nm
nm
(8.7)
(8.7)
35
10
7
15
12
–
U.S. Business Selected Financial Data (US$ in millions)
Total revenue (teb)
Non-interest expense
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
883
574
200
221
2,510
4,947
699
552
84
99
2,650
4,960
430
349
47
53
2,260
3,199
26
4
+100
+100
(5)
–
nm – not meaningful
Non-interest expense was $2,340 million, up $121 million or 5%.
Adjusted non-interest expense was $2,304 million, up $114 million or
5%. The increase was due to growth in revenue-based costs and the
costs of recent acquisitions, partly offset by the benefits of a continued
focus on productivity.
Assets under management and administration grew by $66.4 billion
to $552.9 billion, driven by market appreciation, growth in new client
assets and the stronger U.S. dollar.
Net income in Wealth Management U.S. businesses was US$200
million, up US$116 million from US$84 million a year ago. Adjusted net
income in Wealth Management U.S. businesses was US$221 million, up
US$122 million from US$99 million a year ago due to the security gain
and growth across most of our lines of business.
Business Environment, Outlook
and Challenges
Economic growth in Canada remained modest in 2013, and equity
markets posted moderate gains. And while U.S. economic growth
slowed, its stock markets recorded double-digit gains. The strong gains
were widespread across sectors, led by the financial, health care and
consumer discretionary sectors.
Investor confidence is returning, as evidenced by an increase in
transaction volumes throughout the year and strong client asset growth,
attributable to market gains and new client acquisition. Historically low
interest rates limited our net interest income growth.
In 2014, we anticipate that a sustained healthy level of activity in
equity markets will continue to positively influence transaction volumes.
Despite modest economic growth and the continued low interest rate
environment expected in North America, we have clear strategic plans
to grow all of our wealth businesses.
Changing demographics, particularly in the retirement, mass
affluent and high net worth sectors, will continue to drive the North
American wealth management industry over the longer term. Tailoring
our offering for key client segments, making sure we service our clients
in the right channels and keeping pace with technology advancements
are ways in which we can continue to meet our clients’ evolving needs.
We have experienced significant growth, both organically and
through strategic acquisitions, over the past few years, and we now
have a robust wealth management platform in the United States and a
growing presence in Asia, while we are also expanding into other coun
tries. This activity supports BMO’s plans to offer truly global services to
its clients across its international footprint.
We are continuing to manage increasingly complex regulatory
requirements, and at the same time we are proactively seeking top
talent to complement our growing sales force.
The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in fiscal 2013 and the
outlook for fiscal 2014 are discussed in more detail in the Economic
Developments and Outlook section on page 32.
Caution
This Wealth Management section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section
on page 34.
M
D
&
A
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 55
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
BMO Capital Markets
BMO Capital Markets provides capital-raising, strategic advisory and risk
management, and integrated sales, trading and research services to corporate,
institutional, and government clients. We have nearly 2,300 employees and
operate in 29 locations around the world, including 16 offices in North America.
Tom Milroy
Group Head
BMO Capital Markets
A
&
D
M
Lines of Business
Investment and Corporate Banking offers clients debt and equity
capital-raising services, as well as a full range of loan and debt prod
ucts, balance sheet management solutions and treasury management
services. We provide strategic advice and execution on mergers and
acquisitions, restructurings and recapitalizations, in addition to valu
ation and fairness opinions. In support of our clients’ international
business activities, we offer trade finance and risk mitigation services,
including banking and other operating services tailored to meet the
needs of North American and international financial institutions.
Strengths and Value Drivers
‰ A unified coverage approach and integrated distribution that creates
an exceptional client experience across our North American platform,
together with a complementary international presence in select
industry sectors.
‰ Innovative ideas and expertise delivered through our top-tier
coverage team, dedicated to understanding and meeting our core
clients’ needs.
‰ Top-ranked equity and fixed income research, sales and trading
capabilities with deep expertise in core sectors.
Strategy and Key Priorities
BMO Capital Markets’ vision is to be the lead investment bank that
enables our clients to achieve their ambitions. Our strategy is to provide
our clients with an integrated platform that is differentiated by leading
ideas and unified coverage.
Continue to earn leading market share in Canada by delivering
leading ideas through our top-tier coverage team
2013 Achievements
‰ Ranked second in Investment Banking Fee Share using Dealogic data.
‰ Named Best Investment Bank in Canada by Global Finance magazine.
‰ 2013 Quality Leader for Canadian Equity Trading and Canadian Equity
Sales – Greenwich Associates.
‰ Ranked #2 as a 2013 Share Leader for Canadian Equity Research/
Advisory Portfolio Managers Vote Share by Greenwich Associates.
‰ Ranked #2 (tied) as a 2013 Share Leader for Overall Canadian Fixed-
Income Market Share by Greenwich Associates.
‰ Named Best Bank in Canadian Dollar Foreign Exchange by FX Week.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to earn leading market share in Canada, particularly in
investment banking fees and trading revenues, without taking
outsized risk.
56 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Trading Products offers institutional, commercial and retail clients
access to global markets through an integrated suite of debt, for
eign exchange, interest rate, credit, equity, securitization and
commodities solutions. Our services include sales, trading, research
and distribution of new issues and secondary offerings to institu
tional investors. We also provide our clients with risk management
(derivatives) advice and services to hedge against price fluctuations
on a variety of key inputs, including interest rates and commod
ities. In addition, we offer efficient funding and liquidity manage
ment to our clients, as well as to BMO Financial Group.
Leverage our North American capabilities in select strategic sectors
in international markets to expand our client offering
2013 Achievements
‰ Named World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank by Global
Finance magazine.
‰ Named Best Trade Bank in Canada for the fourth consecutive year by
Trade Finance magazine.
‰ Selectively expanded our natural resource presence in London with
the addition of energy sector capabilities.
‰ Recognized by Global M&A Network for Americas Deal of the Year
(Small Mid Markets), Canada Deal of the Year (Mid Markets), and
Cross-border Deal of the Year.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to serve global clients with North American interests and
extend our global leadership in select sectors.
Drive performance from our U.S. platform by leveraging our
expanded distribution capabilities and focused research and
coverage in strategic sectors
2013 Achievements
‰ Nearly tripled investment banking market share in our target U.S.
mid-cap segment since 2009.
‰ Increased our lead capital-raising mandates in 2013 by more than
50%, demonstrating our progress with issuer and investor clients for
both our origination and distribution capabilities.
‰ Increased U.S. net income by 47%.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to drive performance from our U.S. client franchise, with an
emphasis on further increasing our investment banking share of fees
in the U.S. mid-cap market segment.
Reported Net Income
($ millions)
Revenue
($ millions)
Revenue by Geography (%)
975
1,021
1,094
3,315
3,276
3,428
Canada and other countries
United States
69%
69%
68%
31%
31%
32%
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
2011
2012
2013
Continue to enhance our risk management and regulatory
compliance practices to be responsive to an evolving regulatory
environment
BMO Capital Markets (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Change
from 2012
(%)
M
D
&
A
2013 Achievements
‰ Invested in processes to meet new regulatory requirements and
maintained a consistent, proactive cross-border approach to both
compliance and risk management.
‰ Implemented expanded clearing arrangements to comply with the Dodd-
Frank Act.
2014 Focus
‰ Continue to monitor and adapt to new regulations as they are enacted.
Financial Review
BMO Capital Markets net income increased $73 million or 7% to
$1,094 million. The increase reflected growth in revenues and higher
recoveries of credit losses, partially offset by an increase in expenses.
Revenue increased $152 million or 5% to $3,428 million, driven by
increases in trading revenues and investment banking fees, particularly
in our U.S. platform. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue by
$30 million.
Net interest income increased $47 million or 4%, reflecting growth
in trading income related to improved market conditions, partially offset
by a decrease in revenues from interest-rate-sensitive businesses. Non-
interest revenue increased $105 million or 5% from the prior year,
reflecting growth in trading revenue related to improved market con
ditions, and an increase in investment and corporate banking revenues
resulting from higher client activity levels.
Trading products revenue increased $69 million or 3% from the
prior year, reflecting growth in trading revenue related to improved
market conditions, partly offset by a decrease in revenues from interest
rate-sensitive businesses and lower securities commissions.
Investment and corporate banking revenue increased $83 million,
reflecting higher activity levels as well as growth in corporate banking
revenue.
We continue to experience very low levels of credit losses across
our businesses. The recovery of credit losses was $36 million in 2013,
compared with a provision of $6 million in 2012.
Non-interest expense increased $93 million or 5% to $2,049 million
resulting from stronger revenue performance and increased technology
and support costs related to a changing business and regulatory
environment. The stronger U.S. dollar increased expenses by $15 million.
The group’s efficiency ratio of 59.8% remained relatively unchanged from
the prior year as revenue growth was offset by higher expenses.
The provision for income taxes was higher than in the prior year, as
the provision in 2012 benefited from higher recoveries of prior years’
income taxes.
Average assets of $247.6 billion were relatively unchanged from the
prior year. Decreases in derivative financial assets, primarily due to
declines in the fair value of interest rate contracts as a result of rising
interest rates, were largely offset by increases in securities borrowed or
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for (recovery of) credit
losses
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes (teb)
Reported net income
Adjusted net income
Key Performance Metrics and Drivers
Trading Products revenue
Investment and Corporate Banking
1,238
2,190
1,191
2,085
1,229
2,086
3,428
3,276
3,315
4
5
5
(36)
2,049
1,415
321
1,094
1,096
6
1,956
1,314
293
1,021
1,022
32
1,896
1,387
412
975
976
(+100)
5
8
10
7
7
2,146
2,077
2,035
3
revenue
Net income growth (%)
Revenue growth (%)
Net economic profit
Return on equity (%)
Operating leverage (%)
Efficiency ratio (teb) (%)
Average common equity
Average assets
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
Debt underwriting participation
(deals)
Equity underwriting participation
(deals)
Full-time equivalent employees
1,199
5
(1)
509
21.7
(4.3)
59.7
4,527
1,282
7
5
471
18.9
(0.1)
59.8
5,582
1,280
20
2
541
25.0
(3.0)
57.2
3,723
247,578 251,562 216,306
24,843 23,441 21,351
121,881 103,836 92,068
677
635
525
292
2,278
307
2,176
293
2,286
U.S. Business Selected Financial Data (US$ in millions)
Total revenue (teb)
Non-interest expense
Reported net income
Average loans and acceptances
Average deposits
nm – not meaningful
1,081
849
213
8,567
1,038
1,028
797
828
104
145
8,089
7,552
60,788 48,776 38,112
7
nm
nm
(7)
(2.8)
nm
0.1
23
(2)
6
17
7
(5)
5
5
3
47
6
25
purchased under resale agreements related to higher levels of client
activity, an increase in net loans and acceptances related to growth in
corporate banking, and higher levels of securities balances.
Net income from U.S. operations increased US$68 million or 47% to
US$213 million. Revenue increased from the prior year, driven by
growth in investment and corporate banking revenue, higher gains on
securities and an increase in commission fees, partially offset by a
decline in trading revenue. Recoveries of credit losses were higher.
Non-interest expense increased from the prior year resulting from
stronger revenue performance and higher technology and support costs.
The provision for income taxes was lower than in the prior year, mainly
due to recoveries of prior years’ income taxes in 2013.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 57
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Business Environment, Outlook
and Challenges
BMO Capital Markets’ strong performance in fiscal 2013 reflects our
balanced, diversified and client-focused business model, as well as our
disciplined approach to risk management in an environment influenced
by market factors that contribute to variability in results. There was
growth in our investment and corporate banking businesses despite a
reduction in mergers and acquisitions in Canada due to lower levels of
activity in the natural resource sector and the impact of the protracted
resolution of the U.S. debt ceiling debate in Congress. Our diversified
business mix in trading products has enabled us to generate good earn
ings growth in 2013. The ROE for BMO Capital Markets was 18.9%.
Looking forward to fiscal 2014, we expect economic growth to
strengthen in both Canada and the United States. A continuation of low
interest rates, a reduction in unemployment and low inflation are all
projected in the United States, as well as stable interest rates in Canada.
Our capital markets outlook is influenced by the performance of financial
markets, business confidence and evolving regulatory requirements.
Despite some areas of weakness and concern in financial markets, we
anticipate continued growth in revenue and earnings.
The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in fiscal 2013 and the
outlook for fiscal 2014 are discussed in more detail in the Economic
Developments and Outlook section on page 32.
Caution
This BMO Capital Markets section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section
on page 34.
A
&
D
M
58 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations
Corporate Services consists of Corporate Units and Technology and
Operations (T&O).
below.
Significant components of the recoveries are detailed in the table
Corporate Units provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance
support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk manage
ment, finance, legal and compliance, marketing, communications and
human resources.
T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information
technology, operations services, real estate and sourcing for BMO Finan
cial Group.
The costs of Corporate Units and T&O services are largely transferred
to the three client operating groups (P&C, Wealth Management and BMO
CM), and only relatively minor amounts are retained in Corporate Serv
ices results. As such, Corporate Services adjusted operating results
largely reflect the impact of certain asset-liability management activ
ities, the elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments, the results from
certain impaired asset portfolios, and the recovery of credit losses on
the M&I purchased credit impaired loan portfolio. Corporate Services
reported results also reflect a number of items and activities that are
excluded from BMO’s adjusted results to help assess BMO’s perform
ance. These adjusting items are not reflective of core operating results.
They are itemized in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34. All
adjusting items are recorded in Corporate Services except the amor
tization of acquisition-related intangible assets, which is recorded in the
client operating groups.
Corporate Services focuses on enterprise-wide priorities that
improve service quality and efficiency to deliver an excellent customer
experience. Notable achievements during the year included:
‰ Advancing the customer experience through: upgrades to our mobile
banking applications to make them compatible with the Apple tablet
and iPhone 5® devices and the launch of BMO InvestorLine’s free
mobile investing app; the launch of cross-border transfer functionality,
which allows online business banking customers to transact between
BMO and BMO Harris Bank U.S. dollar currency accounts in near-real
time; modernization of the retail branch network, which increases our
footprint by equipping smaller branches with upgraded technology;
and improved core banking processes, including mortgage, commer
cial lending and collections processes, to drive productivity and pro
vide an enhanced customer experience;
‰ Continuing to deliver against key performance metrics by exceeding
channel and critical facilities availability targets and increasing
straight-through processing; and
‰ Realizing significant real estate synergies from the M&I integration
and improving our U.S. operations technology capabilities in channels,
products, functions and infrastructure.
Financial Review
Corporate Services net loss for the year was $130 million, compared
with net income of $289 million a year ago.
The adjusted net loss in 2013 was $191 million, compared with
adjusted net income of $96 million in 2012. Adjusted revenue decreased
$238 million, primarily due to a group teb offset that was $78 million
higher than the prior year and a decline in treasury-related items.
Adjusted non-interest expense was $84 million higher, primarily due to
increases in pension and benefit costs, as well as regulatory-related and
technology costs. Adjusted recoveries of credit losses were $41 million
lower, reflecting lower recoveries on the purchased credit impaired loan
portfolio, offset in part by recoveries on the impaired real estate loan
portfolio in 2013, compared to provisions in 2012. The accounting policy
for purchased loans is discussed in the Purchased Loans section in
Note 4 on page 137 of the financial statements. The recoveries of credit
losses on a reported basis were $175 million in 2013.
Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
Change
from 2012
(%)
2011
Net interest income before teb
offset
Group teb offset
Net interest income (teb)
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
Non-interest expense
Loss before income taxes
Recovery of income taxes (teb)
Reported net income (loss)
Adjusted total revenue (teb)
Adjusted provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
Adjusted non-interest expense
Adjusted net income (loss)
Full-time equivalent employees
280
(344)
(64)
167
103
(175)
818
(540)
(410)
(130)
501
(266)
(31)
(220)
(44)
(29)
235
478
713
(152)
979
(114)
(403)
(251) (+100)
(65)
98
(153)
(86)
147
524
(16)
(17)
(824) (+100)
(1)
(509)
289
(315) (+100)
(588)
(350)
(354)
(69)
M
D
&
A
(405)
472
(191)
13,308
(446)
388
96
9
43
21
306
(209) (+100)
(4)
13,885 13,884
U.S. Business Select Financial Data (US$ millions)
Total revenue (teb)
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
Non-interest expense
Recovery of income taxes (teb)
Reported net income (loss)
Adjusted net income (loss)
273
613
(9)
(56)
(256)
423
(6)
112
(29)
(168)
538
(6)
249
210
125
257
(241)
(52)
(21)
–
(56)
(150)
(102) (+100)
Corporate Services Provision for Credit Losses ($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
Impaired real estate loan portfolio
Purchased credit impaired loans
Interest on impaired loans
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses,
adjusted basis
Collective provision
Purchased performing loans
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses,
reported basis
Average loans and acceptances
Year end loans and acceptances
(43)
(410)
48
(405)
(10)
240
19
(509)
44
(446)
3
291
28
–
15
43
86
18
(175)
(152)
147
972
526
1,847 1,267
1,314 1,846
As explained on page 45, BMO analyzes revenues on a teb basis
at the client operating group level, with an offsetting adjustment in
Corporate Services. Results reflect teb reductions in net interest income
and related income taxes. The impact on net interest income is itemized
in the table above.
Loans and acceptances at year end were $526 million, a reduction
of $788 million from a year ago, reflecting run-off in the impaired real
estate secured loan portfolio.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 59
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Financial Condition Review
Summary Balance Sheet ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
A
&
D
M
Assets
Cash and interest bearing
deposits with banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or
purchased under resale
agreements
Net loans and
acceptances
Other assets
32,601 26,282 25,656 20,554 13,295
134,981 128,324 122,115 123,399 110,813
39,799 47,011 37,970 28,102 36,006
279,095 253,835 238,885 176,643 167,829
50,823 69,997 75,949 62,942 60,515
537,299 525,449 500,575 411,640 388,458
Overview
Total assets increased $11.9 billion from the prior year to $537.3 billion.
The increase was comprised of net loans and acceptances of
$25.3 billion, securities of $6.7 billion and cash and interest bearing
deposits with banks of $6.3 billion, partially offset by decreases of
$19.2 billion in other assets and $7.2 billion in securities borrowed or
purchased under resale agreements.
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity increased $11.9 billion. The
increase was comprised of deposits of $43.1 billion and shareholders’
equity of $1.8 billion, partially offset by a decrease of $32.6 billion in
other liabilities and a decrease of $0.4 billion in non-controlling interest
in subsidiaries.
Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks
Cash and interest bearing deposits with banks increased $6.3 billion to
$32.6 billion in 2013, primarily reflecting an increase in balances held
with the U.S. Federal Reserve due to U.S. deposit growth.
Securities ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Trading
Available-for-sale
Held-to-maturity
Other
75,159 70,109 69,925 71,710 59,071
53,067 56,382 51,426 50,543 50,257
–
1,485
6,032
723
–
1,146
–
764
875
958
134,981 128,324 122,115 123,399 110,813
Securities increased $6.7 billion to $135.0 billion, primarily
reflecting increases in held-to-maturity securities and trading securities,
partially offset by a decrease in available-for-sale securities. The
increase in trading securities is primarily related to client-driven activ
ities in BMO Capital Markets. The increase in held-to-maturity securities
reflects higher levels of supplemental liquid assets held to support
contingent liability requirements. Supplemental liquid assets held in
available-for-sale securities have declined from the prior year.
Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale
Agreements
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
decreased $7.2 billion to $39.8 billion, mainly due to lower levels of
client-driven activities.
Loans and Acceptances ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and
other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and
governments
Customers’ liability under
acceptances
Gross loans and
acceptances
Allowance for credit losses
99,328 87,870 81,075 48,715 45,524
63,640 61,436 59,445 51,159 45,824
2,574
8,038
7,870
7,814
3,308
101,450 90,402 84,883 68,338 68,169
8,472
8,019
7,227
7,001
7,640
280,760 255,541 240,668 178,521 169,731
(1,902)
(1,665)
(1,783)
(1,878)
(1,706)
Net loans and acceptances 279,095 253,835 238,885 176,643 167,829
All 2010 and prior data is based on CGAAP in this section.
60 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Liabilities and
Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits
Other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
Shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest in
366,821 323,702 302,373 249,251 236,156
134,538 167,102 164,197 135,933 126,719
4,236
1,150
30,409 28,655 26,353 21,880 20,197
3,996
463
4,093
462
3,776
800
5,348
821
subsidiaries (1)
1,072
1,435
1,483
–
–
537,299 525,449 500,575 411,640 388,458
(1) Included in other liabilities under CGAAP.
Net loans and acceptances increased $25.3 billion to $279.1 billion,
primarily due to an $11.0 billion increase in loans to businesses and
governments across most operating groups and an $11.5 billion increase
in residential mortgages in Canadian P&C. The remaining $2.8 billion
increase includes an increase in consumer instalment and other personal
loans, primarily due to growth in auto loans and home equity loans, and
an increase in acceptances.
Table 11 on page 112 provides a comparative summary of loans by
geographic location and product. Table 13 on page 113 provides a
comparative summary of net loans in Canada by province and industry.
Loan quality is discussed on pages 84 and 85 and further details on
loans are provided in Notes 4, 5 and 8 to the financial statements,
starting on page 137.
Other Assets
Other assets decreased $19.2 billion to $50.8 billion, primarily reflecting
a $17.8 billion decrease in derivative financial instrument assets, largely
due to declines in the fair value of interest rate contracts as a result of
rising interest rates. The balance of other assets, which includes
accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, tax receivable and pension
assets, decreased $1.4 billion. Derivative instruments are detailed in
Note 10 on page 147 of the financial statements.
Deposits ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Banks
Businesses and
governments
Individuals
20,591 18,102 20,877 19,435 22,973
220,798 186,570 159,209
125,432 119,030 122,287
130,773
99,043
113,738
99,445
366,821 323,702 302,373 249,251 236,156
Deposits increased $43.1 billion to $366.8 billion. The increase was
largely driven by a $34.2 billion increase in deposits by businesses and
governments, reflecting higher levels of wholesale and customer depos
its. Deposits by individuals increased $6.4 billion, primarily in Canada,
while deposits by banks increased $2.5 billion, primarily reflecting
higher levels of wholesale deposits. Further details on the composition
of deposits are provided in Note 15 on page 158 of the financial state
ments and in the Liquidity and Funding Risk section on page 92.
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities decreased $32.6 billion to $134.5 billion, primarily driven
by a decrease of $16.8 billion in derivatives, a decrease of $10.9 billion
in securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements related to client-
driven activities, and a decrease of $1.0 billion in securities sold but not
yet purchased. Further details on the composition of other liabilities are
provided in Note 16 on page 159 of the financial statements.
M
D
&
A
Subordinated Debt
Subordinated debt decreased $0.1 billion. Further details on the composi-
tion of subordinated debt are provided in Note 17 on page 160 of the
financial statements.
Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity increased $1.8 billion to $30.4 billion, reflecting
growth in retained earnings. BMO’s Dividend Reinvestment and Share
Purchase Plan is described in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management
section that follows. Our Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on
page 128 provides a summary of items that increase or reduce share-
holders’ equity, while Note 20 on page 163 of the financial statements
provides details on the components of and changes in share capital.
Details of our enterprise-wide capital management practices and strat-
egies can be found below.
All 2010 and prior data is based on CGAAP in this section.
Enterprise-Wide Capital Management
As discussed below, BMO’s Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 9.9%
is strong, and in excess of regulatory requirements.
activities of our operating groups. Capital in excess of what is required
to support our line of business activities is held in Corporate Services.
Objective
BMO is committed to a disciplined approach to capital management that
balances the interests and requirements of shareholders, regulators,
depositors and rating agencies. Our objective is to maintain a strong
capital position in a cost-effective structure that:
‰ is appropriate given our target regulatory capital ratios and internal
assessment of required economic capital;
‰ is consistent with our targeted credit ratings;
‰ underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; and
‰ supports depositor, investor and regulatory confidence while also
building long-term shareholder value.
Capital Management Framework
The principles and key elements of BMO’s capital management frame
work are outlined in our capital management corporate policy and in our
annual capital plan, which includes the results of our Internal Capital
Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).
ICAAP is an integrated process that evaluates capital adequacy on
both a regulatory and an economic capital basis, and is used to establish
capital targets and capital strategies that take into consideration the
strategic direction and risk appetite of the enterprise. The capital plan is
developed considering our ICAAP and in conjunction with our annual
business plan, promoting alignment between our business and risk
strategies, regulatory and economic capital requirements and the avail
ability of capital. Regulatory and economic capital adequacy is assessed
by comparing capital supply (the amount of capital available to support
risks) to capital demand (the capital required to support the risks arising
from our business activities). Enterprise-wide stress testing and scenario
analysis are also used to assess the impact of various stress conditions
on BMO’s risk profile and capital requirements. The framework seeks to
ensure that we are adequately capitalized given the risks we take, and
supports the determination of limits, goals and performance measures
that are used to manage balance sheet positions, risk levels and capital
requirements at both the consolidated entity and line of business levels.
Assessments of actual and forecast capital adequacy are compared to
the capital plan throughout the year, and the capital plan is updated as
required, based on changes in our business activities, risk profile or
operating environment.
BMO uses a combination of regulatory and economic capital to
evaluate business performance and considers capital implications in its
strategic, tactical and transactional decision-making. By allocating our
capital supply to operating units and measuring their performance in
relation to the capital necessary to support the risks in their business,
we seek to optimize our risk-adjusted return to shareholders, while
maintaining a well-capitalized position. This approach aims to protect
our stakeholders from the risks inherent in our various businesses, while
still allowing the flexibility to deploy resources to strategic growth
Capital Demand
Capital required
to support the
risks underlying
our business
activities
Capital adequacy
assessment of capital
demand and supply
Capital Supply
Capital available
to support risks
Management
Actions
For further discussion of the risks that arise from our business activities, refer to the Enterprise-Wide
Risk Management section on page 77.
Governance
The Board of Directors, either directly or in conjunction with its Risk
Review Committee, provides ultimate oversight and approval of capital
management, including our capital management corporate policy
framework, capital plan and capital adequacy assessments. The board
regularly reviews BMO’s capital position, key capital management activ
ities and, with the Risk Review Committee, the ICAAP-determined
capital adequacy assessment results. The Balance Sheet and Capital
Management Committee provides senior management oversight,
including the review and discussion of significant capital management
policies, issues and activities and, along with the Risk Management
Committee, the capital required to support the execution of our
enterprise-wide strategy. Finance and Risk Management are responsible
for the design and implementation of the corporate policies and frame
work related to capital, risk management and the ICAAP.
Risk-Weighted Asset Approaches
BMO primarily uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB)
Approach to determine credit risk-weighted assets (RWA) in our portfo
lio, and the Standardized Approach to determine operational risk RWA.
Credit RWA arising from certain U.S. portfolios are determined using the
Standardized Approach. BMO’s market risk RWA are primarily
determined using the Internal Models Approach, but the Standardized
Approach is used for some exposures.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 61
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The AIRB Approach is the most advanced of the approaches for
determining credit risk capital requirements. It utilizes sophisticated
techniques to measure RWA at the exposure level based on sound risk
management principles, including consideration of estimates of the
probability of default, the likely loss given default and exposure at
default, term to maturity and the type of Basel Asset Class exposure.
These risk parameters are determined using historical portfolio data
supplemented by benchmarking, and are updated periodically. Vali
dation procedures related to these parameters are in place and are
enhanced periodically in order to appropriately quantify and differ
entiate risks so they reflect changes in economic and credit conditions.
Under the Standardized Approach, operational risk capital require
ments are based on the size and type of our lines of business. As
defined under Basel rules adopted by the Office of the Superintendent of
Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI), gross income serves as a proxy for
the size of the line of business and as an indicator of operational risk.
Gross income is segmented into eight regulatory business lines by
business type, and each segment amount is multiplied by a
corresponding factor prescribed by the Basel framework to determine its
operational risk capital requirement. The table that follows provides a
breakdown of our RWA by risk type.
Risk-Weighted Assets ($ millions)
As at October 31
Credit risk
Market risk
Operational risk
Total RWA
2013
(Basel III)
2012
(Basel II)
179,289
9,154
26,651
171,955
7,598
25,677
215,094
205,230
2013 Regulatory Capital Review
Effective the first quarter of 2013, regulatory capital requirements for
BMO are determined on a Basel III basis. In 2013, the minimum Basel III
capital ratios proposed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
(BCBS) were a 3.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio, 4.5% Tier 1
Capital Ratio and 8% Total Capital Ratio, such ratios being calculated
using a five-year transitional phase-in of regulatory adjustments and a
nine-year transitional phase-out of instruments that no longer qualify as
regulatory capital under the Basel III rules. However, guidance issued by
OSFI (also referred to as the “all-in” requirements) required Canadian
deposit-taking institutions to meet the 2019 Basel III capital require
ments in 2013, other than the phase-out of non-qualifying capital
instruments, and expected them to attain a target Basel III CET1 Ratio of
at least 7% (4.5% minimum plus 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer) by
January 31, 2013.
BCBS has released a framework for the determination of additional
capital requirements for domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs).
In March 2013, OSFI issued guidance designating the six largest Cana
dian banks, including BMO, as D-SIBs. The D-SIBs will be subject to
continued enhanced supervision and disclosure and, commencing on
January 1, 2016, will be required to hold an additional 1% CET1 capital
buffer as part of an increased Capital Conservation Buffer. No Canadian
banks are currently considered to be globally systemically important.
The fully implemented Basel III requirements and the OSFI “all-in”
Basel III requirements are summarized in the following table.
62 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Regulatory Requirements (% of Risk-Weighted Assets)
Basel III – Stated 2019 minimum
requirements
Plus: Capital Conservation Buffer (2)
(effective January 1, 2013)
Common
Equity
Tier 1
Ratio (1)
Tier 1
Capital
Ratio
Total
Capital
Ratio
Leverage
Ratio (3)
4.5
6.0
8.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
na
Plus: D-SIB Common Equity capital buffer
(effective January 1, 2016)
OSFI Basel III effective requirements (4)
1.0
8.0
1.0
1.0
9.5
11.5
na
3.0
(1) The minimum 4.5% CET1 Ratio requirement is augmented by the 2.5% Capital Conservation
Buffer that can absorb losses during periods of stress. The Capital Conservation Buffer for
BMO will increase to 3.5% CET1 due to the addition of the D-SIB buffer. If a bank’s capital
ratios fall within the range of this buffer, restrictions on discretionary distributions of
earnings (such as dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary compensation) would
ensue, with the degree of such restrictions varying according to the position of the bank’s
ratios within the buffer range.
(2) The Capital Conservation Buffer does not include the counter-cyclical capital buffer of up to
2.5% of CET1, which may be required on a national basis by supervisors if they perceive
credit growth resulting in systemic risk. If imposed, this additional buffer is effectively
combined with the Capital Conservation Buffer.
(3) A 3% minimum Leverage Ratio has been proposed by the BCBS. It will be subject to
monitoring and analysis during a four-year parallel run test period, which began on
January 1, 2013. Depending upon the results of the parallel run testing, there could be
subsequent adjustments, which are targeted to be finalized in 2017, with the final Leverage
Ratio requirement effective January 1, 2018. OSFI currently monitors bank leverage using the
Assets-to-Capital Multiple, which is based on total capital. The proposed Basel III Leverage
Ratio is based on Tier 1 capital.
(4) OSFI’s Basel III “effective requirements” are the capital requirements systemically important
Canadian banks must meet in 2016 to avoid being subject to restrictions on discretionary
distributions of earnings.
na – not applicable
Common equity is the most permanent form of capital. Under Basel III,
CET1 is comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for
goodwill, intangible assets, pension assets, certain deferred tax assets
and certain other items. Additional Tier 1 capital primarily consists of
preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, less certain regu
latory deductions. Tier 1 capital is comprised of CET1 and Additional
Tier 1 capital.
Our Basel III CET1 and Tier 1 capital were $21.2 billion and
$24.6 billion, respectively, at October 31, 2013, up from the pro-forma
estimates of $19.3 billion and $23.2 billion, respectively, at October 31,
2012. Basel III CET1 capital increased due to retained earnings growth,
increases to accumulated other comprehensive income, the issuance of
common shares through the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and
Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and the exercise of stock options, partially
offset by the purchase and cancellation of shares under BMO’s share
repurchase program and payment of dividends. Pro-forma estimates of
Basel III capital amounts and ratios have not been updated to reflect the
Basel III rules set out in OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline
released in December 2012. The increase in Tier 1 capital from the
October 31, 2012 pro-forma estimate, was attributable to the growth in
CET1 capital, partially offset by the redemption of preferred shares, as
outlined below in the Capital Management Activities section.
Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is
primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and a portion of the
collective allowance for credit losses, less certain regulatory deductions.
Basel III Total capital was $29.5 billion at October 31, 2013, up from the
pro-forma estimate of $28.5 billion at October 31, 2012, attributable to
the growth in Tier 1 capital mentioned above, partially offset by the
phase-out of Tier 2 instruments that no longer qualify as capital under
Basel III, as mentioned above and further explained below.
The Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflects Basel III CET1
capital divided by RWA.
The Basel III Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Basel III Tier 1 capital
divided by RWA.
The Basel III Total Capital Ratio reflects Basel III Total capital divided
by RWA.
The Assets-to-Capital Multiple reflects total assets, including speci
fied off-balance sheet items net of other specified deductions, div
ided by Total capital, calculated on a transitional basis.
The Leverage Ratio is defined as Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by
the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet
items, net of specified deductions. The BCBS has proposed that it be
disclosed in 2015 and that it should be in effect in 2018.
Basel III Regulatory Capital ($ millions)
As at October 31
Gross Common Equity (3)
Regulatory adjustments applied to Common
Equity
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)
Additional Tier 1 eligible capital (4)
Regulatory adjustments applied to Tier 1
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
Tier 2 eligible capital (5)
Regulatory adjustments applied to Tier 2
Tier 2 capital (T2)
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)
All-in
2013 (1)
Transitional
2013 (2)
28,144
28,144
(6,917)
9
21,227
28,153
3,781
(409)
3,372
3,781
(3,781)
–
24,599
28,153
4,951
(50)
4,901
4,951
(13)
4,938
29,500
33,091
(1) “All-in” regulatory capital assumes that all Basel III regulatory adjustments are applied
effective January 1, 2013, and that the capital value of instruments that no longer qualify as
regulatory capital under Basel III rules will be phased out at a rate of 10% per year from
January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2022.
(2) Transitional regulatory capital assumes that all Basel III regulatory capital adjustments are
phased in from January 1, 2014, to January 1, 2018, and that the capital value of instruments
that no longer qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III rules will be phased out at a rate
of 10% per year from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2022.
(3) Gross Common Equity includes issued qualifying common shares, retained earnings,
accumulated other comprehensive income and eligible common share capital issued by
subsidiaries.
(4) Additional Tier 1 eligible capital includes directly and indirectly issued qualifying Additional
Tier 1 instruments and directly and indirectly issued capital instruments, to the extent
eligible, that are subject to phase-out under Basel III.
(5) Tier 2 eligible capital includes directly and indirectly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments and
directly and indirectly issued capital instruments, to the extent eligible, that are subject to
phase-out under Basel III.
BMO’s Basel III capital ratios are strong and exceed OSFI’s requirements
for large Canadian banks, including the 1% D-SIB CET1 capital buffer to
be implemented in 2016, positioning us well as we continue to execute
our growth strategy. Our Basel III CET1 Ratio was 9.9% at October 31,
2013, compared to a pro-forma estimate of 8.7% at October 31, 2012.
The pro-forma estimate of our CET1 Ratio at October 31, 2012 reflected
an estimate of the full Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk capital
charge, implementation of which was subsequently delayed during
2013, and which is being phased in commencing in 2014 as explained
below. The Basel III CET1 Ratio increased 120 basis points from the pro
forma estimate at the end of fiscal 2012 primarily due to higher CET1, as
described above, but the delayed implementation of the CVA risk capital
charge has increased our October 31, 2013 CET1 Ratio by approximately
30 basis points.
Our Basel III Tier 1 Capital Ratio and Total Capital Ratio were 11.4%
and 13.7%, respectively, at October 31, 2013, compared to 10.5% and
12.9%, respectively, on a pro-forma basis at October 31, 2012. The
Basel III Tier 1 Capital Ratio increased 90 basis points from the pro-forma
estimate at the end of fiscal 2012 and the Basel III Total Capital Ratio
was up 80 basis points, in both cases due primarily to higher CET1.
BMO’s Assets-to-Capital Multiple, a leverage ratio monitored by
OSFI, was 15.6 at October 31, 2013, up from 15.2 at October 31, 2012,
on a pro-forma Basel III basis, primarily due to adjusted asset growth,
partly offset by higher CET1. The multiple remains well below the
maximum permitted by OSFI. OSFI has indicated that it intends to adopt
the Basel III Leverage Ratio, which is scheduled for ongoing disclosure in
2015 and to become a required minimum ratio (currently proposed to
be a 3% minimum requirement) in 2018. If the Basel III Leverage Ratio
was in force at the end of Q4 2013, BMO expects that it would have a
Leverage Ratio comfortably in excess of the 3% minimum requirement.
As such, BMO plans to comply with the Basel III Leverage Ratio by con
tinuing to manage its leverage in keeping with past practices.
BMO’s investments in foreign operations are primarily denominated
in U.S. dollars. As discussed in the Provision for Income Taxes section,
foreign exchange gains or losses on the translation of the investments
in foreign operations to Canadian dollars are reported in shareholders’
equity, although they do not attract tax until realized. The combination
of these foreign exchange gains and losses, along with the impact of
foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S.-dollar-denominated RWA and on
U.S.-dollar-denominated regulatory capital deductions, creates potential
volatility in BMO’s capital ratios. BMO may, as discussed in the Provision
for Income Taxes section, partially hedge this foreign exchange risk by
funding its foreign investments in U.S. dollars. Alternatively, to reduce
the impact of foreign exchange rate changes on BMO’s capital ratios,
BMO may enter into derivatives that create an offset to such foreign
exchange-driven volatility or elect to fund those U.S. dollar investments
in Canadian dollars.
M
D
&
A
Capital Measures
14.5x
15.9
13.5
10.3
13.7x
14.9
12.0
9.6
15.2x
14.9
12.6
10.5
15.6x
13.7
11.4
9.9
2010
2011
2012
2013*
Common Equity Ratio (%)
Tier 1 Capital Ratio (%)
Total Capital Ratio (%)
Assets-to-Capital Multiple (times)
*
2013 based on Basel III; 2012 and prior based on Basel II.
BMO conducts business through a variety of corporate structures,
including subsidiaries and joint ventures. All of our subsidiaries must
meet the regulatory and legislative requirements of the jurisdictions in
which they operate. A framework is in place to provide subsidiaries and
their parent entities with access to capital and funding to support their
ongoing operations under both normal and stressed conditions.
OSFI’s Basel III capital rules include rules to implement the BCBS
guidance on non-viability contingent capital (NVCC). The guidance stip
ulates that in order to qualify as regulatory capital, a bank’s non-
common share capital instruments must provide that they can be
converted into CET1 in the event OSFI determines that it is non-viable
and that either its rescue is in the public interest (in which case NVCC
investors will bear losses before taxpayers) or conversion is reasonably
likely to restore the bank to viability. All non-common instruments
issued after December 31, 2012, must meet these NVCC requirements to
qualify as regulatory capital.
OSFI’s Basel III rules provide guidance on the treatment of non-
common share capital instruments that do not meet Basel III require
ments, including NVCC requirements. Instruments that do not meet
Basel III requirements are subject to grandfathering provisions, requiring
that they be phased out over a nine-year period that began on
January 1, 2013, at which point their recognition as regulatory capital
was capped at 90% of their total value as at that date. The cap reduces
by one-tenth in each subsequent year. Under Basel III, BMO’s existing
preferred shares, innovative Tier 1 capital (BMO Capital Trust Securities
and BMO Tier 1 Notes) and Tier 2 subordinated debt instruments do not
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 63
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
qualify as regulatory capital and are being phased out as discussed
above. OSFI’s guidance also outlines the requirements for redemption of
these regulatory capital instruments due to a regulatory capital event.
BMO currently does not expect to redeem any outstanding regulatory
capital instruments through a regulatory capital event.
A number of other potential regulatory changes are still pending.
For example, OSFI may implement a “solo” capital framework that
would assess a bank’s stand-alone capital adequacy by reducing such
bank’s capital by the portion of its investments in subsidiaries that are
not considered available to protect the parent bank creditors under
exceptional circumstances. These changes could affect the amount of
capital that we hold or are required to hold, or the attractiveness of
certain investments in subsidiaries. We cannot forecast the timing or the
consequences of such potential changes.
In addition, in 2014, certain other changes will impact our regu
latory capital. In a letter dated August 21, 2013, OSFI advised banks that
it will begin phasing in the CVA risk capital charge for Canadian banks in
the first quarter of 2014. The CVA risk capital charge applicable to BMO’s
CET1 during fiscal 2014 will be 57% of the fully implemented charge,
and this will increase each year until it reaches 100% by 2019. BMO
estimates that its Basel III CET1 Ratio at October 31, 2013, would have
been reduced by approximately 20 basis points if the CVA risk capital
charge (at 57% of the fully implemented charge) for 2014 was in effect
on such date.
As discussed in Note 1 on page 130 of the financial statements,
effective November 1, 2013, BMO adopted International Accounting
Standard 19R Employee Benefits. If we had adopted this standard for
October 31, 2013, our Basel III CET1 Ratio at October 31, 2013, would
have been reduced by less than 5 basis points.
Economic Capital Review
Economic capital is a measure of our internal assessment of the risks
underlying BMO’s business activities. It represents management’s
estimation of the likely magnitude of economic losses that could occur
should adverse situations arise, and allows returns to be measured on a
basis that considers the risks taken. Economic capital is calculated for
various types of risk – credit, market (trading and non-trading),
operational and business – based on a one-year time horizon. Economic
capital is a key element of our risk-based capital management and
ICAAP framework.
A
&
D
M
Economic Capital and RWA by Operating Group and Risk Type
As at October 31, 2013
BMO
Operating groups:
P&C
Banking
Wealth
Management
BMO Capital
Markets
Corporate
Services
Economic Capital by Risk Type
Credit
Market
Operational/Other
80%
3%
17%
RWA by Risk Type
(Canadian $ in millions)
Credit
Market
Operational
$116,285
$15,441
27%
33%
40%
$7,856
$593
$4,018
50%
22%
28%
$39,125
$8,527
$7,192
92%
3%
5%
$16,023
$34
Capital Management Activities
On December 4, 2012, we announced our intention, and subsequently
obtained the approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), to
initiate a normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to purchase up to 15 million of
BMO’s common shares on the TSX for the purpose of cancellation. During
fiscal 2013, we purchased 10.7 million shares under BMO’s NCIB share
repurchase program. The current NCIB is set to expire on January 31, 2014.
On December 3, 2013, BMO announced its intention, subject to the
approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), to initiate a new
NCIB for up to 15 million of its common shares, commencing on or about
February 1, 2014, after the expiry of the current NCIB. Once approvals are
obtained, the share repurchase program will permit BMO to purchase its
common shares on the TSX for the purpose of cancellation. Maintaining a
NCIB is part of BMO’s capital management strategy. The timing and
amount of any purchases under the program are subject to regulatory
approvals and to management discretion based on factors such as market
conditions and capital adequacy.
BMO issued 4.1 million shares during 2013 through the DRIP and
the exercise of stock options. On February 25, 2013, we redeemed all of
our $200 million Non-cumulative Class B Preferred shares, Series 5. On
April 30, 2013, we redeemed all of the US$250 million Non-cumulative
perpetual exchangeable Preferred shares, Series A issued by Harris
Preferred Capital Corporation.
On July 22, 2013, we announced that we did not intend to exercise
our right to redeem our $300 million Non-cumulative 5-Year rate reset
Class B Preferred shares, Series 16 (Series 16 Preferred shares). As a
result, the holders of the Series 16 Preferred shares had the right, at their
option, to convert all or part of their Series 16 Preferred shares on a one-
for-one basis into Non-cumulative Floating Rate Class B Preferred shares,
Series 17 (Series 17 Preferred shares). As a result, approximately 6.3
million Series 16 Preferred shares and approximately 5.7 million Series 17
Preferred shares will be outstanding for the five-year period commencing
on August 26, 2013.
Further details are provided in Notes 17, 18 and 20 on pages 160,
161 and 163 of the financial statements.
64 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Outstanding Shares and Securities Convertible into
Common Shares
As at November 27, 2013
Number of shares
or dollar amount
(in millions)
Dividends declared per share
2013
2012
Common shares
Class B Preferred shares
644
$2.94
$2.82
Series 5 (1)
Series 13
Series 14
Series 15
Series 16 (2)
Series 17 (2)
Series 18
Series 21
Series 23
Series 25
–
$350
$250
$250
$157
$143
$150
$275
$400
$290
–
$1.13
$1.31
$1.45
$1.19
$0.17
$1.63
$1.63
$1.35
$0.98
$1.33
$1.13
$1.31
$1.45
$1.30
–
$1.63
$1.63
$1.35
$0.98
2011
$2.80
$1.33
$1.13
$1.31
$1.45
$1.30
–
$1.63
$1.63
$1.35
$0.69
Convertible into common shares:
Class B Preferred shares
Series 10 (3)
Stock options
– vested
– non-vested
–
7.1
7.7
– US$0.37
US$1.49
(1) Redeemed in February 2013.
(2) In August 2013, approximately 5.7 million Series 16 Preferred shares were converted into
Series 17 Preferred shares on a one-for-one basis.
(3) Redeemed in February 2012.
Note 20 on page 163 of the financial statements includes details on share capital.
Dividends
Dividends declared per common share in fiscal 2013 totalled $2.94.
Annual dividends declared represented 47% of net income and adjusted
net income available to common shareholders on a last twelve months
basis. Over the long term, BMO’s dividends are generally increased in
line with trends in earnings per share growth.
Our target dividend payout range (common share dividends as a
percentage of net income available to shareholders, less preferred share
Select Financial Instruments
The Financial Stability Board (FSB) issued a report encouraging enhanced
disclosure related to financial instruments that market participants had
come to regard as carrying higher risk. An index of where the disclosures
recommended by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force of the FSB are
located is provided on page 75.
Caution
Given continued uncertainty in the capital markets environment, our
capital markets instruments could experience valuation gains and losses
due to changes in market value. This section, Select Financial Instru
ments, contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 29.
Consumer Loans
In the United States, mortgage loans and home equity products are
underwritten to conservative standards relative to credit scores and loan
to value ratios and capacity assessment is generally based upon docu
mented and verifiable income. Non-traditional mortgage programs such
as interest-only mortgages were discontinued at the onset of the recent
economic downturn and account for less than 1% of the U.S. mortgage
portfolio. Indirect lending (primarily auto loans) is also predicated upon
strong underwriting criteria and leverages a well-managed dealer
network across a diverse geographic footprint.
dividends, based on adjusted earnings over the last twelve months) is
40-50%, which is consistent with our objective of maintaining flexibility
to execute on our growth strategies and takes into consideration the
higher capital expectations resulting from the Basel III rules. BMO’s
target dividend payout range seeks to provide shareholders with stable
income, while ensuring sufficient earnings are retained to support
anticipated business growth, fund strategic investments and provide
continued support for depositors.
At year end, BMO’s common shares provided a 4.0% annual divi
dend yield based on the year-end closing share price and dividends
declared in the last four quarters. On December 3, 2013, BMO
announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend
on common shares of $0.76 per share, up $0.02 from the prior quarter
and up $0.04 from a year ago. The dividend is payable on February 26,
2014 to shareholders of record on February 3, 2014.
Common shareholders may elect to have their cash dividends
reinvested in common shares of BMO in accordance with the DRIP. In
the first three quarters of 2013, common shareholders who elected to
reinvest dividends in common shares of BMO were issued shares from
treasury. Commencing with the dividend paid in the fourth quarter of
2013, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open
market. BMO may elect to revert to treasury issuances at its discretion
by providing notice to shareholders before the dividends are paid.
Eligible Dividends Designation
For the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any similar provin
cial and territorial legislation, BMO designates all dividends paid or
deemed to be paid on both its common and preferred shares as
“eligible dividends”, unless indicated otherwise.
Caution
This Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section contains forward-looking statements.
Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
M
D
&
A
In Canada, BMO does not have any subprime mortgage programs,
nor do we purchase subprime mortgage loans from third-party lenders.
Leveraged Finance
Leveraged finance loans are defined by BMO as loans to private equity
businesses and mezzanine financings where our assessment indicates a
higher level of credit risk. BMO has exposure to leveraged finance loans,
which represent 1.2% of our total assets, with $6.5 billion outstanding
at October 31, 2013, up approximately $0.7 billion from a year ago. Of
this amount, $82 million or 1.3% of leveraged finance loans were classi
fied as impaired ($152 million or 2.6% in 2012).
Monoline Insurers and Credit Derivative Product
Companies
At October 31, 2013, BMO’s direct exposure to companies that specialize
in providing default protection was winding down and amounted to
$10 million of the mark-to-market value of counterparty derivatives
($25 million in 2012). The cumulative adjustment for counterparty credit
risk recorded against these exposures was $nil ($6 million in 2012).
Certain credit derivative product counterparty exposures are discussed
further in the Exposure to Other Select Financial Instruments section.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 65
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
BMO-Sponsored Securitization Vehicles
BMO sponsors various vehicles that fund assets originated by either
BMO (through a bank securitization vehicle) or its customers (several
Canadian customer securitization vehicles and one U.S. customer
securitization vehicle). We earn fees for providing services related to the
securitizations in the customer securitization vehicles, including liquidity,
distribution and financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing
operations of the vehicles. These fees totalled approximately $53 million
in 2013 and $38 million in 2012.
Canadian Customer Securitization Vehicles
The customer securitization vehicles we sponsor in Canada provide our
customers with access to financing either directly from BMO or in the asset-
backed commercial paper (ABCP) markets. Customers sell their assets into
these vehicles, which then issue ABCP to either investors or BMO to fund
the purchases. In all cases, the sellers continue to service the transferred
assets and are first to absorb any losses realized on the assets.
Our exposure to potential losses relates to our investment in ABCP
issued by the vehicles, derivative contracts we have entered into with
the vehicles and the liquidity support we provide to ABCP purchased by
investors. We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to
enter into these agreements just as we do when extending credit in the
form of a loan.
Two of these customer securitization vehicles are funded in the
market, while a third is funded directly by BMO. BMO consolidates the
assets of the customer securitization vehicles that BMO is deemed to
control. Further information on the consolidation of customer securitiza
tion vehicles is provided in Note 9 on page 145 of the financial state
ments. There were no mortgage loans with subprime or Alt-A
characteristics held in any of the customer securitization vehicles at
year end. No losses have been recorded on any of BMO’s exposures to
these vehicles.
BMO’s investment in the ABCP of the market-funded vehicles
totalled $13 million at October 31, 2013 ($20 million in 2012).
BMO provided liquidity support facilities to the market-funded
vehicles totalling $3.9 billion at October 31, 2013 ($3.7 billion in 2012).
This amount comprised part of other credit instruments outlined in
Note 5 on page 141 of the financial statements. All of these facilities
remain undrawn. The assets of each of these market-funded customer
securitization vehicles consist primarily of diversified pools of Canadian
automobile-related receivables and Canadian insured residential mort
gages. These two asset classes represent 77% (83% in 2012) of the
aggregate assets of these vehicles.
U.S. Customer Securitization Vehicle
We sponsor a U.S. ABCP multi-seller vehicle that we consolidate under
IFRS. This customer securitization vehicle assists our customers with the
securitization of their assets to provide them with alternative sources of
funding. The vehicle provides funding to diversified pools of portfolios
through 47 (57 in 2012) individual securitization transactions with an
average facility size of US$94 million (US$73 million in 2012). The size
of the pools ranged from US$2 million to US$500 million at October 31,
2013. There were no residential mortgages classified as subprime or
Alt-A held in this ABCP multi-seller vehicle.
Approximately 49% of the vehicle’s commitments have been rated
by Moody’s or S&P, and 52% of those are rated A or higher. The vehicle
holds exposures secured by a variety of asset classes, including mid-
market corporate loans, commercial real estate and auto loans.
The vehicle had US$3.4 billion of commercial paper outstanding at
October 31, 2013 (US$3.1 billion in 2012). The ABCP of the vehicle is
rated A1 by S&P and P1 by Moody’s. BMO has not invested in the vehi
cle’s ABCP. BMO provides committed liquidity support facilities to the
vehicle, with the undrawn amount totalling US$4.5 billion at October 31,
2013 (US$4.1 billion in 2012).
Credit Protection Vehicle
We also sponsor Apex Trust (Apex), a Canadian special purpose vehicle
that has exposure to tranches of diversified corporate credits, each of
which has the benefit of first-loss protection. We consolidate Apex under
IFRS. Seven tranches matured in 2013 without loss. The two remaining
tranches have notional amounts totalling $7.8 billion and significant
first-loss protection, ranging from 12% to 28% of the notional
exposures, with a weighted average of 25%. The longest-dated tranche
matures in 2016 and has first-loss protection of 28%. Approximately
65% of the corporate credits are rated investment grade. Apex has
$1.4 billion of notes outstanding (Apex Notes), with $1.05 billion having
an expected maturity date in the first quarter of 2014 and the remainder
in 2016. BMO has hedged its exposure to its holdings of Apex Notes.
BMO has entered into credit default swap contracts on the net notional
positions in the structure with the swap counterparties and into off
setting swaps with Apex.
Given the level of first-loss protection supporting the tranches, the
hedges in place on BMO’s Apex Note holdings and the protection pro
vided by third-party noteholders, BMO is extremely well protected from
losses in relation to Apex.
Structured Investment Vehicle
In 2013, we provided senior funding through a loan facility to a London-
managed BMO structured investment vehicle (SIV), Links Finance Corpo
ration (Links). We consolidated the SIV under IFRS. Our exposure to
potential losses in the SIV related to the loan facility that was put in
place in order to fund the repayment of its senior notes and to allow for
the orderly sale of its assets. In the third quarter of 2013, our loan
facility was repaid in full. In the fourth quarter, all of the remaining
assets of the SIV were sold. Links is currently in the process of being
wound up.
Exposure to Other Select Financial Instruments, including
Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs) and Collateralized
Loan Obligations (CLOs)
BMO’s trading and available-for-sale portfolios contain CLOs, all of which
are in run-off mode. The underlying securities consist of a wide range of
corporate assets. Unhedged exposures to CLOs totalled $278 million and
had credit ratings of AA- to AAA at year end. Hedged CLO exposures of
$571 million had a carrying value of $560 million at year end, with
$11 million recoverable on associated hedges with a monoline insurer
that is rated A3 by Moody’s.
The portfolio also contains a credit default swap (CDS) transaction
referencing CDO instruments where we do not hold the underlying
derivative asset. The CDS protection outstanding is on a notional amount
of $500 million, and had a carrying value of ($2) million at year end.
66 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
M
D
&
A
Select Geographic Exposures
BMO’s geographic exposure is subject to a country risk management
framework that incorporates economic and political assessments, and
management of exposure within limits based on product, entity and the
country of ultimate risk. We closely monitor our European exposure, and
our risk management processes incorporate stress tests where appro
priate to assess our potential risk. Our exposure to select countries of
interest, as at October 31, 2013, is set out in the tables that follow,
which summarize our exposure to Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and
Spain (GIIPS) along with a broader group of countries of interest in
Europe where our gross exposure is greater than $500 million.
The first table outlines total gross and net portfolio exposures for
lending, securities (inclusive of credit default swap (CDS) activity), repo
style transactions and derivatives. These totals are further broken down
by counterparty type in Tables 20 to 22 on pages 119 and 120.
For greater clarity, BMO’s CDS exposures in Europe are outlined
separately in the second table that follows. As part of our credit risk
management framework, purchased CDS risk is controlled through a
regularly reviewed list of approved counterparties. The majority of CDS
exposures are offsetting in nature, typically contain matched contractual
terms and are attributable to legacy credit trading strategies that have
been in run-off mode since 2008.
European Exposure by Country and Counterparty (9) (Canadian $ in millions)
As at October 31, 2013
Lending (1)
Securities (2)
Repo-style transactions (3)
Derivatives (4)
Total
Country
GIIPS
Greece
Ireland (5)
Italy
Portugal
Spain
Total – GIIPS (6)
Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
France
Germany
Netherlands
Other (7)
Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS) (8)
Rest of Europe
Denmark
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Other (7)
Total – Rest of Europe (8)
Total – All of Europe
As at October 31, 2012
Country
Total – GIIPS
Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
Total – Rest of Europe
Total – All of Europe
Commitments
Funded
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
Gross
Net
–
–
2
–
77
79
22
21
338
421
802
15
16
121
546
485
476
–
–
2
–
77
79
–
26
196
130
125
477
–
–
–
–
–
–
22
21
163
256
634
1,660
811
340
494
1,347
737
201
462
3,445
2,779
15
16
64
163
222
476
1,126
1,250
280
48
365
341
1,124
1,250
276
–
122
–
1,659
956
3,410
2,772
2,540
1,497
7,332
5,551
–
27
54
–
–
81
2,966
1,098
1,112
23
5,199
69
–
111
330
3,534
–
4,044
9,324
–
1
–
–
–
1
9
2
4
2
17
–
–
–
7
50
–
57
75
–
33
5
–
7
45
190
54
52
62
358
7
–
1
3
251
–
262
665
–
4
1
–
1
6
45
30
15
13
–
86
257
130
209
682
–
5
3
–
78
86
3,812
2,833
2,313
846
570
1,400
919
472
103
9,804
3,361
7
–
–
19
89
–
1,217
1,266
513
927
4,635
817
1,146
1,266
340
189
483
476
115
9,375
3,900
224
19,861
7,347
Lending (1)
Securities (2)
Repo-style transactions (3)
Derivatives (4)
Total
Commitments
Funded
Gross
116
934
1,167
69
608
916
Net
–
500
4,074
3,711
3,306
2,771
2,217
1,593
8,285
6,077
Gross
242
3,746
3,986
7,974
Net
8
10
15
33
Gross
69
600
468
Net
6
76
126
Gross
927
Net
83
9,354
9,332
4,000
3,828
1,137
208
19,613
7,911
Note: Further breakdown by country and counterparty is provided in Tables 20 to 22 on
pages 119 to 120.
(1) Lending includes loans and trade finance. Amounts are net of write-offs and gross of specific
(9) Other exposures (including indirect exposures) not included in the tables as at
October 31, 2013:
‰ BMO also has exposure to entities in a number of European countries through our credit
allowances, both of which are not considered material.
(2) Securities includes cash products, insurance investments and traded credit. Gross traded
credit includes only the long positions and excludes offsetting short positions.
(3) Repo-style transactions are all with bank counterparties.
(4) Derivatives amounts are marked-to-market, incorporating transaction netting and, for
counterparties where a Credit Support Annex is in effect, collateral offsets. Derivative
replacement risk net of collateral for all of Europe is approximately $3.0 billion as at
October 31, 2013.
(5) Does not include Irish subsidiary reserves we are required to maintain with the Irish Central
Bank of $86 million as at October 31, 2013.
(6) BMO’s direct exposures to GIIPS are primarily to banks for trade finance and trading
products. Net exposures remain modest at $86 million, with no unfunded commitments as
at October 31, 2013.
(7) Includes countries with less than $500 million in gross exposure. Other Eurozone includes
exposures to Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Finland, Luxembourg, Slovakia and Slovenia. Other
Rest of Europe includes exposures to Croatia, Czech Republic, Hungary, Iceland, Poland and
Russian Federation.
(8) BMO’s net direct exposure to the other Eurozone countries (the other 12 countries that share
the common euro currency) as at October 31, 2013, totalled approximately $3.4 billion, of
which 79% was to counterparties in countries with a rating of Aaa/AAA by both Moody’s and
S&P, with approximately 83% rated Aaa/AAA by one of the two rating agencies. Our net direct
exposure to the rest of Europe totalled approximately $3.9 billion, of which 64% was to
counterparties in countries with a Moody’s/S&P rating of Aaa/AAA. A significant majority of
our sovereign exposure consists of tradeable cash products, while exposure related to banks
was comprised of trading instruments, short-term debt, derivative positions and letters of
credit and guarantees.
–
protection vehicle and U.S customer securitization vehicle. These exposures are not included
in the tables due to the credit protection incorporated in their structures.
– BMO has direct exposure to those credit structures, which in turn have exposures to loans
or securities originated by entities in Europe. As noted on page 66 in the Credit Protection
Vehicle section, this structure has first-loss protection and hedges are in place.
The notional exposure held in the credit protection vehicle to issuers in Greece, Italy and
Spain represented 3.9%, of its total notional exposure. The credit protection vehicle had
notional exposure to five of the other 12 countries that share the euro currency. This
exposure represented 12% of total notional exposure, of which 87% was rated
investment grade by both S&P and Moody’s. The notional exposure to the rest of Europe
was 14% of total notional exposure, with 77% rated investment grade by S&P (68% by
Moody’s). The vehicle benefits from significant risk loss protection and as a result
residual credit risk is very low.
– BMO has exposure to GIIPS and other European countries through our U.S. customer
securitization vehicle, which has commitments that involve reliance on collateral of
which 0.29% represents loans or securities originated by entities in Europe. At year end,
exposure to Luxembourg was the largest component at 0.10%. Exposure to Spain was
approximately 0.06%, and there was no exposure to Italy, Ireland, Greece or Portugal.
‰ BMO has exposure to European supranational institutions totalling $0.4 billion,
predominantly in the form of tradeable cash products.
‰ BMO’s indirect exposure to Europe in the form of euro-denominated collateral to support
trading activity was €413 million in securities issued by entities in European countries, of
which €3.5 million was held in securities related to GIIPS and €288 million was in French
securities. In addition, €323 million of cash collateral was also held at October 31, 2013.
Indirect exposure by way of guarantees from entities in European countries totalled
$558.6 million, of which $5 million was exposure to GIIPS, $250.8 million to the other
Eurozone countries and $302.8 million to the rest of Europe.
‰
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 67
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Credit Default Swaps by Country and Credit Quality (Canadian $ in millions)
As at October 31, 2013
Fair value
Notional
Purchased
Written
Purchased
Written
Investment Non-Investment
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade Total
grade
Total
grade Total exposure
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade
Total
Total exposure
Total
A
&
D
M
Country
GIIPS
Greece
Ireland (5)
Italy
Portugal
Spain
Total – GIIPS
Eurozone
(excluding
GIIPS)
France
Germany
Netherlands
Other (7)
Total – Eurozone
(excluding
GIIPS)
Rest of Europe
Denmark
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Other (7)
Total – Rest of
Europe
Total – All of
Europe
–
1
2
8
1
12
(2)
(3)
–
(1)
(6)
–
–
–
(3)
–
–
(3)
3
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
8
1
–
(1)
(2)
(8)
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1)
(2)
(8)
(1)
– 12
(12)
– (12)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(24)
(188)
(120)
(132)
(464)
–
–
–
–
1
2
–
1
(1)
(1)
–
–
(169)
(358)
(78)
(130)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(24)
(188)
(120)
(132)
(464)
(169)
(358)
(78)
(130)
–
24
188
120
132
464
140
332
59
130
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
24
188
120
132
464
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
14
–
140
332
73
130
(29)
(26)
(5)
–
–
4
(2)
(735)
–
(735)
661
14
675
(60)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
(1)
–
–
–
(2)
2
(1)
(2)
–
(4)
(286)
(273)
(330)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(2)
–
(4)
(286)
(273)
(330)
2
–
4
61
245
322
–
–
–
–
14
7
2
–
4
61
259
329
–
–
–
(225)
(14)
(1)
–
–
–
–
(2)
(3)
–
(1)
–
(6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(3)
–
–
1
2
–
1
4
–
–
–
1
2
(1)
–
(3)
2
–
2
(1)
(895)
–
(895)
634
21
655
(240)
–
3
(6)
–
(6)
(3)
(2,094)
– (2,094)
1,759
35 1,794
(300)
As at October 31, 2012
Fair value
Notional
Purchased
Written
Purchased
Written
Investment Non-Investment
Total
grade exposure
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade
Total
Total exposure
Total
–
–
–
–
(1)
(517)
–
(517)
511
5
516
(1)
–
1
–
(1,041)
(1,273)
(2,831)
– (1,041)
998
13 1,011
(30)
(25) (1,298)
1,053
20 1,073
(225)
(25) (2,856)
2,562
38 2,600
(256)
– 72% of purchased and 63% of written CDS exposure is subject to modified-modified
restructuring trigger events. Under the terms of these contracts, restructuring agreements
count as a credit event; however, the deliverable obligation against the contract is limited to
maturities of up to 60 months for restructured obligations and 30 months for all other
obligations.
Table excludes $28 million of iTraxx CDS Index purchased protection. The index is comprised
equally of 25 constituent names in the following regions: GIIPS (20%), Eurozone (excluding
GIIPS) (44%) and rest of Europe (36%).
–
Country
Total – GIIPS
Total – Eurozone
(excluding GIIPS)
Total – Rest of Europe
Total – All of Europe
Investment Non-Investment
grade
grade
30
(1)
2
31
–
–
–
–
grade
(31)
1
(1)
(31)
Refer to footnotes in the table above.
– All purchased and written exposures are with bank counterparties.
– 28% of purchased and 37% of written CDS exposure is subject to complete restructuring
trigger events (full restructuring). Under the terms of these contracts, any restructuring
event qualifies as a credit event and any bond with a maturity of up to 30 years is
deliverable against the contract.
68 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
U.S. Regulatory Developments
On July 21, 2010, U.S. President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act).
The Dodd-Frank Act is broad in scope and the reforms include height
ened consumer protection, regulation of the over-the-counter
derivatives markets, restrictions on proprietary trading and sponsorship
of private investment funds by banks (referred to as the Volcker Rule),
imposition of heightened prudential standards and broader application
of leverage and risk-based capital requirements. The reforms also
include greater supervision of systemically significant payment, clearing
or settlement systems, restrictions on interchange fees, and the creation
of a new financial stability oversight council of regulators with the
objective of increasing stability by monitoring systemic risks posed by
financial services companies and their activities. Many provisions of the
Dodd-Frank Act continue to be subject to rulemaking and will take effect
over several years, making it difficult to anticipate at this time the
overall impact on BMO or the financial services industry as a whole. As
rulemaking evolves, we are continually monitoring developments to
ensure we are well-positioned to respond to and implement any
required changes. We anticipate an increase in regulatory compliance
costs, and will be focused on managing the complexity and breadth of
the regulatory changes.
The Volcker Rule, which prohibits banking entities and their affili
ates from certain proprietary trading and specified relationships with
hedge funds and private equity funds, is currently in proposed form. The
U.S. federal banking agencies, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission have confirmed that
banking entities have two years from July 21, 2012, to conform all of
their activities and investments, or longer if the period is extended.
Banking entities are expected to engage in good-faith planning efforts
and work toward compliance during this period.
In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, most over-the-counter
derivatives are now subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime.
Certain derivatives are now required to be centrally cleared, traded on
an exchange and are subject to reporting and business conduct
requirements. Capital and margin requirements relating to derivatives
are currently being considered by U.S. and international regulators.
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which enforces U.S.
federal consumer finance laws, has stated that it will closely scrutinize
indirect auto lenders to focus on compliance, including with fair
lending laws.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) has
issued for comment a proposed rulemaking (the Proposed Rule) that
would implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards
and early remediation requirements for the U.S. operations of non-U.S.
banks, such as BMO. The Proposed Rule would establish new require
ments relating to risk-based capital, leverage limits, liquidity standards,
risk-management frameworks, concentration and credit exposure limits,
resolution planning and credit exposure reporting.
The U.S. federal banking agencies have issued a proposal that
would implement in the U.S. the Basel III liquidity coverage ratio (LCR).
The LCR requires banking organizations to maintain high-quality liquid
assets in an amount sufficient to withstand a standardized liquidity
stress scenario. The proposed effective date is January 1, 2015, when a
M
D
&
A
two-year phase-in period would commence. The proposal is subject to a
public comment period that is scheduled to close January 31, 2014.
BMO is currently assessing and preparing for the impact of these
proposed rules on its operations.
As a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of
US$50 billion or more, our U.S. subsidiary BMO Financial Corp. (BFC) was
subject to the Capital Plan Review (CapPR) rules and processes in
fiscal 2013, under which BFC participated in an annual stress testing and
capital planning exercise conducted by the FRB. BFC was required to
demonstrate an ability to maintain a Tier 1 Common Ratio(1) of 5% or
more and meet or exceed minimum required capital ratios, after consid
ering its planned capital actions under a company-developed adverse
scenario and a supervisory-prescribed severely adverse scenario. Pur
suant to these requirements, BFC submitted a two-year capital plan to
the FRB in January 2013. The FRB informed BFC in March 2013 that it did
not object to the capital actions contained within BFC’s 2013 capital
plan. BFC’s wholly owned principal banking subsidiary, BMO Harris Bank
N.A. (BHB), was subject to similar capital planning requirements by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC).
In fiscal 2014, BFC will be subject to the FRB’s annual Compre
hensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and mid-year Dodd-Frank
Act (DFAST) stress testing rules and processes, while BHB will be subject
to the OCC’s DFAST annual and mid-year stress testing requirements.
CCAR requirements are expected to be more stringent than CapPR, and
will continue to require BFC to demonstrate an ability to meet the appli
cable minimum capital requirements, including a Basel I Tier 1 Common
Ratio of 5% and the transitional U.S. Basel III Capital Ratio requirements
in effect in 2015, including a 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio1. Similar
to the CapPR process, the capital plan BFC submits in January 2014 will
be subject to supervisory review, and a decision on whether the
planned capital actions contained in its 2014 capital plan are approved is
expected by March 31, 2014; however, unlike the results of the CapPR
process, the FRB will disclose its own CCAR stress test results for BFC
under its supervisory adverse and severely adverse scenarios. In addi
tion, BFC and BHB are also required to disclose the results of their
testing under the supervisory scenarios in March 2014. Under the DFAST
rules, BFC and BHB are required to execute mid-year company-run stress
tests commencing in 2014. BFC and BHB are expected to develop base
line, adverse and severely adverse scenarios, submit the stress test
results to the FRB and the OCC in July 2014, and disclose them in
September 2014.
In July 2013, U.S. regulators finalized comprehensive changes to
U.S. capital requirements by adopting the Basel III risk-based capital
standards. The U.S. Basel III rules will be effective for BFC and BHB on
January 1, 2015. BFC and BHB will be subject to the rules on U.S. Basel III
capital and the standardized approach to risk-weighting assets, and
have initiated activities to implement these rules. BFC and BHB are well-
capitalized – they expect that their 2014 capital plan will meet the CCAR
and DFAST requirements and are well-positioned to transition to the
new U.S. Basel III capital requirements by January 2015.
(1) Tier 1 Common Ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier 1 Common Capital to total risk-weighted
assets under U.S. Basel I rules, while the Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio is the equivalent ratio
under U.S. Basel III rules.
Caution
This U.S. Regulatory Developments section contains forward-looking statements.
Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 69
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
A
&
D
M
BMO enters into a number of off-balance sheet arrangements in the
normal course of operations.
Credit Instruments
In order to meet the financial needs of our clients, we use a variety of off-
balance sheet credit instruments. These include guarantees and standby
letters of credit, which represent our obligation to make payments to
third parties on behalf of a customer if the customer is unable to make
the required payments or meet other contractual requirements. We also
write documentary and commercial letters of credit, which represent our
agreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon completion
of specified activities. Commitments to extend credit are off-balance
sheet arrangements that represent our commitment to customers to
grant them credit in the form of loans or other financings for specific
amounts and maturities, subject to meeting certain conditions.
There are a large number of credit instruments outstanding at any
time. Our customers are broadly diversified and we do not anticipate
events or conditions that would cause a significant number of our
customers to fail to perform in accordance with the terms of the con
tracts. We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to
enter into these arrangements, just as we do when extending credit in
the form of a loan. We monitor off-balance sheet instruments to avoid
undue concentrations in any geographic region or industry.
The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these credit
instruments was approximately $90 billion at October 31, 2013
($74 billion in 2012). However, this amount is not representative of our
likely credit exposure or liquidity requirements for these instruments, as
it does not take into account customer behaviour, which suggests that
only a portion will utilize the facilities related to these instruments. It
also does not take into account any amounts that could be recovered
under recourse and collateralization provisions. Further information on
these instruments can be found in Note 5 on page 141 of the
financial statements.
For the credit commitments outlined in the preceding paragraphs,
in the absence of an event that triggers a default, early termination by
BMO may result in a breach of contract.
Special Purpose Entities (SPEs)
Our interests in SPEs are discussed primarily on page 66 in the BMO-
Sponsored Securitization Vehicles and Structured Investment Vehicle
sections and in Note 9 on page 145 of the financial statements. Under
IFRS, we consolidate all of our SPEs and capital and funding trusts,
except for certain Canadian customer securitization and structured
finance vehicles.
Guarantees
Guarantees include contracts under which we may be required to make
payments to a counterparty based on changes in the value of an asset,
liability or equity security that the counterparty holds. Contracts under
which we may be required to make payments if a third party does not
perform according to the terms of a contract and contracts under which
we provide indirect guarantees of indebtedness are also considered
guarantees. In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of
guarantees, including standby letters of credit, backstop and other
liquidity facilities and derivatives contracts or instruments (including, but
not limited to, credit default swaps, as well as indemnification
agreements).
The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these guaran
tees was $31 billion at October 31, 2013 ($40 billion in 2012). However,
this amount is not representative of our likely exposure, as it does not
take into account customer behaviour, which suggests that only a por
tion of the guarantees will require payment. It also does not take into
account any amounts that could be recovered through recourse and
collateral provisions.
For a more detailed discussion of these agreements, please see
Note 7 on page 144 of the financial statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make
estimates include: allowance for credit losses; purchased loans; acquired
deposits; financial instruments measured at fair value; consolidation of
special purpose entities (SPEs); pension and other employee future
benefits; impairment of securities; income taxes; goodwill and
intangible assets; insurance-related liabilities; and contingent liabilities.
We make judgments in assessing whether substantially all risks and
rewards have been transferred in respect of transfers of financial assets
and whether we control SPEs. These judgments are discussed in Notes 8
and 9, respectively, on page 145 of the financial statements. Note 29 on
page 178 of the financial statements discusses the judgments made in
determining the fair value of financial instruments. If actual results differ
from the estimates, the impact would be recorded in future periods. We
have established detailed policies and control procedures that are
intended to ensure the judgments we make in determining the esti
mates are well controlled, independently reviewed and consistently
applied from period to period. We believe that our estimates of the
value of BMO’s assets and liabilities are appropriate.
For a more detailed discussion of the use of estimates, please see
Note 1 on page 130 of the financial statements.
Allowance for Credit Losses
One of our key performance measures is the provision for credit losses
as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances. Over the past
10 years, for our Canadian peer group, the average annual ratio has
ranged from a high of 0.90% in 2009 to a low of 0.10% in 2004.
This ratio varies with changes in the economy and credit conditions.
If we were to apply these high and low ratios to average net loans and
acceptances in 2013, our provision for credit losses would range from
$2,395 million to $266 million. Our provision for credit losses in 2013
was $589 million.
Additional information on the process and methodology for
determining the allowance for credit losses can be found in the dis
cussion of Credit and Counterparty Risk on page 82 as well as in Note 4
on page 137 of the financial statements.
Purchased Loans
Significant judgment and assumptions were applied to determine the
fair value of the Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I) loan portfolio. Loans
were identified as either purchased performing loans or purchased credit
impaired loans (PCI loans), both of which were recorded at fair value at
the time of acquisition. The determination of fair value involved
estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the
70 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
discount rate to be applied to the cash flows from the loan portfolio. In
determining the possible discount rates, we considered various factors,
including our cost to raise funds in the current market, the risk premium
associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios. PCI loans
are those where the timely collection of principal and interest was no
longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. We regularly
evaluate what we expect to collect on PCI loans. Changes in expected
cash flows could result in the recognition of impairment or a recovery
through the provision for credit losses. Assessing the timing and amount
of cash flows requires significant management judgment regarding key
assumptions, including the probability of default, severity of loss, timing
of payment receipts and valuation of collateral. All of these factors are
inherently subjective and can result in significant changes in the cash
flow estimates over the term of a loan.
The purchased performing loans are subject to the credit review
processes applied to loans we originate.
Acquired Deposits
M&I deposit liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquis
ition. The determination of fair value involved estimating the expected
cash flows to be paid and determining the discount rate to be applied to
the cash flows. Estimating the timing and amount of cash flows requires
significant management judgment regarding the likelihood of early
redemption by us and the timing of withdrawal by the client. Discount
rates were based on the prevailing rates we were paying on similar
deposits at the date of acquisition.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
BMO records certain securities and derivatives at their fair value, and
certain liabilities are designated at fair value. Fair value represents our
estimate of the amount we would receive, or would have to pay in the
case of a liability, in a current transaction between willing parties. We
employ a fair value hierarchy to categorize the inputs we use in valu
ation techniques to measure fair value. The extent of our use of quoted
market prices (Level 1), internal models using observable market
information (Level 2) and internal models without observable market
information (Level 3) in the valuation of securities, derivative assets and
derivative liabilities as at October 31, 2013, as well as a sensitivity
analysis of our Level 3 financial instruments, is disclosed in Note 29 on
page 178 of the financial statements.
Valuation models use general assumptions and market data, and
therefore do not reflect the specific risks and other factors that would
affect a particular instrument’s fair value. As a result, we incorporate
certain adjustments when using internal models to establish fair values.
These fair value adjustments take into account the estimated impact of
credit risk, liquidity risk, administrative costs and other items including
closeout costs. For example, the credit risk adjustment for derivative
financial instruments incorporates credit risk into our determination of
fair values by taking into account factors such as the counterparty’s credit
rating, the duration of the instrument and changes in credit spreads.
Valuation Product Control (VPC), a group independent of the trading
lines of business, verifies the fair values at which financial instruments
are recorded. For instruments that are valued using models, VPC identi
fies situations where valuation adjustments must be made to the model
estimates to arrive at fair value.
The methodologies used for calculating these adjustments are
reviewed on an ongoing basis to ensure that they remain appropriate.
Significant changes in methodologies are made only when we believe
that the change will result in better estimates of fair value.
M
D
&
A
Valuation Adjustments ($ millions)
As at October 31
Credit risk
Liquidity risk
Administrative costs
Other
2013
2012
49
48
11
3
110
28
11
3
111
152
Valuation adjustments made to model estimates to arrive at fair value
were lower in 2013 than in 2012. The decrease in the adjustment for
credit risk was primarily due to significantly higher swap rates in Canada
and the United States, coupled with narrower relative credit spreads
between our counterparties and BMO. The increase in liquidity risk was
due to larger independent valuation adjustments from VPC.
Consolidation of Special Purpose Entities
In the normal course of business, BMO enters into arrangements with
SPEs. We are required to consolidate SPEs if we determine that we
control the SPEs.
We control the vehicle and therefore we consolidate its results
when the activities of the SPE are being conducted on our behalf and we
receive the benefits, when we have the decision-making power or we
retain the residual or ownership risks related to the SPE or its assets.
Additional information concerning BMO’s involvement with SPEs is
included on page 66 as well as in Note 9 on page 145 of the financial
statements.
Pension and Other Employee Future Benefits
Our pension and other employee future benefits expense is calculated
by our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by
management. If actual experience differs from the assumptions used,
pension and other employee future benefits expense could increase or
decrease in future years. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a
management estimate that significantly affects the calculation of pen
sion expense. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is determined
using the plan’s target asset allocation and estimated rates of return for
each asset class. Estimated rates of return are based on expected
returns from fixed-income securities, which take into consideration bond
yields. An equity risk premium is then applied to estimate equity
returns. Expected returns from other asset classes are established to
reflect the risks of these asset classes relative to fixed-income and
equity assets. The impact of changes in expected rates of return on plan
assets is not significant for our other employee future benefits expense
since only small amounts of assets are held in these plans.
Pension and other employee future benefits expense and obliga
tions are also sensitive to changes in discount rates. We determine
discount rates at each year end for our Canadian and U.S. plans using
high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ specific
cash flows.
Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and
other employee future benefits, including a sensitivity analysis for
key assumptions, is included in Note 23 on page 167 of the
financial statements.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 71
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Impairment of Securities
We have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian,
U.S. and other governments, corporate debt and equity securities,
mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations,
which are classified as either available-for-sale securities, held-to
maturity or other securities. We review held-to-maturity, available-for
sale and other securities at each quarter-end reporting period to identify
and evaluate investments that show indications of possible impairment.
An investment is considered impaired if there is objective evidence that
the estimated future cash flows will be reduced and the impact can be
reliably measured. We consider evidence such as delinquency or default,
bankruptcy, restructuring or the absence of an active market. The deci
sion to record a write-down, its amount and the period in which it is
recorded could change if management’s assessment of those factors
were different. We do not record impairment write-downs on debt
securities when impairment is due to changes in market rates, if future
contractual cash flows associated with the debt security are still
expected to be recovered.
At the end of 2013, there were total unrealized losses of
$96 million on securities for which cost exceeded fair value and an
impairment write-down had not been recorded. Of this amount,
$5 million related to securities for which cost had exceeded fair value
for 12 months or more. These unrealized losses resulted from increases
in market interest rates and not from deterioration in the creditworthi
ness of the issuer.
Additional information regarding our accounting for available-for
sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and other securities and the
determination of fair value is included in Note 3 on page 134 of the
financial statements.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax
treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of
Income or Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income
taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make
assumptions about the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax
assets and liabilities. If our interpretations differ from those of tax author
ities or if the timing of reversals is not as expected, our provision for
income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The amount of
any such increase or decrease cannot be reasonably estimated.
Public discussions concerning U.S. legislation suggest that it is
possible that corporate income tax rates may be reduced during BMO’s
fiscal year ending October 31, 2014. If corporate tax rates were to be
reduced, this would result in a reduction of the deferred tax asset and a
charge to the provision for income taxes. A 1% reduction in the U.S.
federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 34% would result in a decrease
in our deferred tax asset of approximately $60 million and a
corresponding reduction in net income. As deferred tax assets are
deducted from BMO’s CET1 ratio or capitalized as a risk-weighted asset,
any such decrease in deferred tax assets will wholly or partly offset the
deterioration in our CET1 ratio which would otherwise result from such
reduced net income. Any reduction in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate
would be expected to increase net income from our U.S. operations in
future periods.
Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is
included in Note 24 on page 171 of the financial statements.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. This assessment
includes a comparison of the carrying value and the recoverable amount
72 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
of each business unit to verify that the recoverable amount of the
business unit is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value
were to exceed the recoverable amount of the business unit, a more
detailed goodwill impairment assessment would have to be undertaken.
The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less
costs to sell and its value in use.
Fair value less costs to sell was used to perform the impairment
test in 2013 and 2012. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we
employ a discounted cash flow model, consistent with that used when
we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related
to revenue growth, discount rates, synergies achieved on acquisition
and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in each of
these assumptions would affect the determination of fair value for each
of the business units in a different manner. Management must exercise
judgment and make assumptions in determining fair value, and differ
ences in judgments and assumptions could affect the determination of
fair value and any resulting impairment write-down. At October 31,
2013, the estimated fair value of each of our business units was greater
than its carrying value.
Intangible assets are amortized to income on either a straight-line
or an accelerated basis over a period not exceeding 15 years, depending
on the nature of the asset. There are no intangible assets with indefinite
lives. We test intangible assets for impairment when circumstances
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. No such impairment
was identified for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
Additional information regarding the composition of goodwill and
intangible assets is included in Note 13 on page 156 of the financial
statements.
Insurance-Related Liabilities
Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims
and estimates for future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life
insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability
Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality,
morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy
dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These
assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual
experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the
valuation of a liability results from a change in the assumption for future
investment yields. Future investment yields may be sensitive to varia
tions in reinvestment interest rates and accordingly may affect the
valuation of policy benefit liabilities. If the assumed yield were to
increase by one percentage point, net income would increase by
approximately $81 million. A reduction of one percentage point would
lower net income by approximately $66 million.
Contingent Liabilities
BMO and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the
ordinary course of business.
Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amount required
to settle the obligation related to these legal actions as at the balance
sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding
the obligation. Management and internal and external experts are
involved in estimating any amounts required. The actual costs of
resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the
amount of the provisions.
Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 28
on page 177 of the financial statements.
Caution
This Critical Accounting Estimates section contains forward-looking statements.
Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Changes in Accounting Policies in 2013
There were no changes in accounting policies in 2013.
Future Changes in Accounting Policies
BMO monitors the potential changes to IFRS proposed by the Interna-
tional Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and analyzes the effect that
any such changes to the standards may have on BMO’s financial
Transactions with Related Parties
In the ordinary course of business, we provide banking services to our
key management personnel and their affiliated entities, joint ventures
and equity-accounted investees on the same terms that we offer to our
customers for those services. Key management personnel are defined as
those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing
and/or controlling the activities of an entity, being the directors and
most senior executives of the bank.
reporting and accounting policies. New standards and amendments to
existing standards that will be effective for BMO in the future are
described in Note 1 on page 130 of the financial statements.
Details of our investments in joint ventures and associates and the
compensation of key management personnel are disclosed in Note 27
on page 177 of the financial statements. A select suite of customer loan
and mortgage products is offered to our employees at rates normally
made available to our preferred customers. We also offer employees a
subsidy on annual credit card fees.
M
D
&
A
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 73
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable
assurance that all relevant information is gathered and reported to
senior management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the
Chief Financial Officer (CFO), on a timely basis so that appropriate deci
sions can be made regarding public disclosure.
and unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Bank of Montreal’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements are
prevented or detected in a timely manner.
A
&
D
M
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our disclosure controls and procedures was conducted as at
October 31, 2013, by Bank of Montreal’s management under the super
vision of the CEO and the CFO. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and the
CFO have concluded that, as at October 31, 2013, our disclosure controls
and procedures, as defined in Canada by National Instrument 52-109,
Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, and in
the United States by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (the Exchange Act), are effective.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reason
able assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS and the
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the
United States, as applicable. Management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for
Bank of Montreal.
Bank of Montreal’s internal control over financial reporting
includes policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assur
ance that: records are maintained in reasonable detail to accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Bank of
Montreal; transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS and the require
ments of the SEC in the United States, as applicable; receipts and
expenditures of Bank of Montreal are being made only in accordance
with authorizations by management and directors of Bank of Montreal;
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Furthermore, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Bank of Montreal’s management, under the supervision of the CEO
and the CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting using the framework and criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992), issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internal
control over financial reporting was effective as at October 31, 2013.
The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission recently released its updated Internal Control – Integrated
Framework (2013 Framework). Bank of Montreal’s management must
apply the 2013 Framework to evaluate the effectiveness of the internal
control over financial reporting in fiscal 2015. Management will evaluate
the transition to the 2013 Framework in fiscal 2014.
Bank of Montreal’s auditors, KPMG LLP (Shareholders’ Auditors), an
independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit
report on our internal control over financial reporting. This audit report
appears on page 123.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in
fiscal 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting.
Shareholders’ Auditors’ Fees
Aggregate fees paid to the Shareholders’ Auditors during the fiscal years
ended October 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
2013
2012
14.9
1.5
–
1.0
17.4
15.8
1.7
–
1.2
18.7
Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
As part of BMO Financial Group’s corporate governance practices, the
Board of Directors oversees the strict application of BMO’s corporate
policy limiting the services provided by the Shareholders’ Auditors that
are not related to their role as auditors. All services provided by the
Shareholders’ Auditors are pre-approved by the Audit and Conduct
Review Committee as they arise, or through an annual pre-approval of
amounts for specific types of services. All services comply with our
Auditor Independence Policy, as well as professional standards and
securities regulations governing auditor independence.
Total
Fees ($ millions) (1)
Audit fees
Audit-related fees (2)
Tax fees
All other fees (3)
(1) The classification of fees is based on applicable Canadian securities laws and U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission definitions.
(2) Audit-related fees for 2013 and 2012 relate to fees paid for accounting advice, specified
procedures on our Proxy Circular and other specified procedures.
(3) All other fees for 2013 and 2012 relate primarily to fees paid for reviews of compliance with
regulatory requirements for financial information and reports on internal controls over
services provided by various BMO Financial Group businesses. They also include costs of
translation services.
74 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force
On October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) of the Financial Stability Board published its first report, Enhancing the
Risk Disclosures of Banks. We support the recommendations issued by EDTF for the provision of high-quality, transparent risk disclosures.
Our 2012 Annual Report included certain of these disclosures required by the EDTF. We have enhanced our disclosures in the 2013 Annual
Report and Q4 2013 Supplementary Financial Information in light of these recommendations, and we expect to make further enhance
ments to our disclosures in the future.
Disclosures related to EDTF recommendations are detailed below.
General
1
Present all risk-related information in the Annual Report,
Supplementary Financial Information and Supplementary
Regulatory Capital Disclosure, and provide an index for
easy navigation.
Annual Report: Risk-related information is presented in the Enterprise-
Wide Risk Management section on pages 77 to 99.
An index for the MD&A is provided on page 26. An index for the notes
to the financial statements is provided on page 130.
Supplementary Financial Information: An index is provided in
Supplementary Financial Information.
2
Define the bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and
present key parameters used.
Annual Report: Specific risk definitions and key parameters
underpinning BMO’s risk reporting are provided on pages 82 to 99.
A glossary of financial terms (including risk terminology) can be found
on pages 190 to 191.
Discuss top and emerging risks for the bank.
Annual Report: BMO’s top and emerging risks are discussed on
pages 78 to 79.
3
4
Capital Adequacy and Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA)
9
Provide minimum Pillar 1 capital requirements.
Annual Report: Basel III Pillar 1 capital requirements are described on
page 62.
Supplementary Financial Information: Basel III regulatory capital is
disclosed on page 35.
10 Summarize information contained in the composition of
capital templates adopted by the Basel Committee.
M
D
&
A
Annual Report: An abridged version of the Basel III Regulatory Capital
template is provided on page 63.
Supplementary Financial Information: Basel III Pillar 3 disclosure is
provided on pages 35 to 37. A Main Features template can be found on
BMO’s website at www.bmo.com under Investor Relations and
Regulatory Filings.
11 Present a flow statement of movements in regulatory
capital, including changes in Common Equity Tier 1,
Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 capital.
Supplementary Financial Information: Regulatory capital flow
statement is provided on page 39.
12 Discuss capital planning within a more general discussion
of management’s strategic planning.
Outline plans to meet new key regulatory ratios once the
applicable rules are finalized.
Annual Report: BMO’s capital planning process is discussed under
Capital Management Framework on page 61.
Annual Report: We outline BMO’s plans to meet new regulatory ratios
on pages 63 (Leverage Ratio) and 94 (Net Stable Funding Ratio and
Liquidity Coverage Ratio).
Risk Governance
5
6
7
8
Summarize the bank’s risk management organization,
processes, and key functions.
Annual Report: BMO’s risk management organization, processes and
key functions are summarized on pages 79 to 82.
Describe the bank’s risk culture.
Annual Report: BMO’s risk culture is described on pages 80 to 81.
Describe key risks that arise from the bank’s business
model and activities.
Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure by operating
segment is provided on page 64.
Describe the use of stress testing within the bank’s risk
governance and capital frameworks.
Annual Report: BMO’s stress testing process is described on page 82.
13 Provide granular information to explain how RWA relate
to business activities.
Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure, including RWA by
operating segment, is provided on page 64.
14 Present a table showing the capital requirements for each
method used for calculating RWA.
Annual Report: Regulatory capital requirement, as a percentage of
RWA, is outlined on page 62.
Information about significant models used to determine RWA is
provided on pages 97 to 98.
Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing RWA by
model approaches and by risk type is provided on page 37.
15 Tabulate credit risk in the banking book for Basel
asset classes.
Supplementary Financial Information: Wholesale and retail credit
exposures by internal rating grades are provided on page 46.
16 Present a flow statement that reconciles movements in
RWA by credit risk and market risk.
Supplementary Financial Information: RWA flow statements are
provided on page 40.
17 Describe the bank’s Basel validation and back-testing
process.
Annual Report: BMO’s Basel validation and back-testing process is
described on pages 97 to 98 for credit risk and page 89 for market risk.
Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing Exposure at
Default and RWA by model approaches and asset class is provided on
page 37. A table showing estimated and actual loss parameters is
provided on page 48.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 75
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Liquidity
Credit Risk
18
Describe how the bank manages its potential liquidity
needs and the liquidity reserve held to meet those needs.
26
Annual Report: BMO’s potential liquidity needs and the liquidity
reserve held to meet those needs are described on pages 93 to 94.
The composition of BMO’s liquidity reserve is reflected in the
unencumbered liquid asset positions in the Asset Encumbrance table on
page 107.
Funding
19 Summarize encumbered and unencumbered assets in a
table by balance sheet category.
Annual Report: An Asset Encumbrance table is provided on page 107.
Additional collateral requirement in the event of downgrades by rating
agencies is disclosed in Note 10 on page 150 of the financial
statements.
Supplementary Financial Information: The Asset Encumbrance table
by currency is provided on page 34.
20 Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities and
off-balance sheet commitments by remaining contractual
maturity.
Annual Report: A Contractual Maturity table is presented in Note 30 on
pages 185 to 188 of the financial statements.
A
&
D
M
Provide information about the bank’s credit risk profile.
Annual Report: Information about BMO’s credit risk profile is provided
on pages 84 to 85 and in Notes 4 and 6 on pages 137 to 141 and
142 to 144 of the financial statements, respectively.
27
Describe the bank’s policies related to impaired loans and
renegotiated loans.
Annual Report: Impaired and renegotiated loan policies are described
in Note 4 on pages 138 and 140 of the financial statements.
28
Provide reconciliations of impaired loans and the
allowance for credit losses.
Annual Report: Continuity schedules for gross impaired loans and
allowance for credit losses are provided on page 85.
29
Provide a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the
bank’s counterparty credit risk that arises from its
derivative transactions.
Annual Report: Qualitative and quantitative disclosures on
collateralization agreements for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives are
provided on page 86.
30
Provide a discussion of credit risk mitigation.
Annual Report: A discussion of BMO’s collateral management is
provided on page 84.
21 Discuss the bank’s sources of funding and describe the
bank’s funding strategy.
Other Risks
Annual Report: BMO’s sources of funding and funding strategy are
described on pages 92 to 93.
A table showing the composition and maturity of wholesale funding is
provided on page 93.
Market Risk
31
Describe other risks and discuss how each is identified,
governed, measured and managed.
Annual Report: A diagram illustrating the risk governance process that
supports BMO’s risk culture is provided on page 79.
Other risks are discussed on pages 94 to 99.
22
Provide a breakdown of balance sheet positions into
trading and non-trading market risk measures.
Annual Report: A table linking balance sheet items to market risk
measures is provided on page 88.
32
Discuss publicly known risk events related to other
risks, where material or potentially material loss events
have occurred.
Annual Report: Other risks are discussed on pages 94 to 99.
23
Provide qualitative and quantitative breakdowns of
significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.
Annual Report: Trading market risk exposures are described and
quantified on pages 87 to 90.
Structural market risk exposures are described and quantified on
page 91.
24
Describe significant market risk measurement model
validation procedures and back-testing and how these are
used to enhance the parameters of the model.
Annual Report: Market risk measurement model validation procedures
and back-testing are described on page 89 for trading market risk, and
page 91 for structural market risk.
25
Describe the primary risk management techniques
employed by the bank to measure and assess the risk of
loss beyond reported risk measures.
Annual Report: The use of stress testing, scenario analysis and
stressed VaR for market risk management is described on
pages 87 to 91.
76 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management
As a diversified financial services company active in banking, investment, insurance and
wealth management services, we are exposed to a variety of risks that are inherent in carrying
out our business activities. As such, having a disciplined and integrated approach to managing
risk is fundamental to the success of our operations. Our risk management framework seeks to
provide appropriate and independent risk oversight across the enterprise and is essential to
building competitive advantage and stability.
Surjit Rajpal
Chief Risk Officer
BMO Financial Group
Strengths and Value Drivers
‰ Comprehensive and consistent risk frameworks that encompass all
risks within the enterprise.
‰ Risk appetite statement and metrics that shape business strategies
across the organization.
‰ Sustained cultural mindset of continuous improvement that drives
greater consistency and efficiency in managing risk.
Challenges
‰ Heightened pace, volume and complexity of regulatory requirements
and expectations.
‰ Prolonged low growth economic environment, coupled with low
interest rates and marketplace uncertainty, requires greater vigilance
in balancing risk and return.
Priorities
‰ Continue to invest in key risk areas of stress testing and market risk.
‰ Streamline and simplify risk processes to drive greater effectiveness
and efficiency.
2013 Accomplishments
‰ Significantly reduced the level of our impaired assets by 15% year
over year.
‰ Augmented our stress testing capabilities and integrated them into
our strategic and business planning processes.
‰ Enhanced our operational risk capabilities in line with the Basel II
Advanced Measurement Approach expectations.
‰ Continued to build out our Risk-IT infrastructure in line with regu
latory expectations for improved risk data aggregation and
reporting capabilities.
M
D
&
A
Gross Impaired
Loan Formations
($ millions)
Gross Impaired
Loan Balances* ($ millions)
Provision for
Credit Losses ($ millions)
Total Allowance for
Credit Losses* ($ millions)
3,101
2,449
2,894
2,685
2,976
2,544
2,330
1,992
1,888
1,680
1,563
2,581
2,098
1,762
1,126
1,108
1,049
762
3
599
471
359
86
1,297
1,269
1,259
1,221
581
514
447
444
2010
2011
2012
2013
2010
2011
2012
2013
2010
2011
2012
(10)
2013
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total bank (excluding M&I purchased
performing loans)
M&I purchased performing loan portfolio
Total bank (excluding M&I purchased
performing loans)
M&I purchased performing loan portfolio
Collective provision
Specific provisions
Adjusted specific provisions
Collective allowance
Specific allowances
Level of new impaired formations
was 21% lower year over year,
reflecting decreases in both our
consumer and commercial
portfolios.
Gross impaired loans were 15%
lower year over year, reflecting
lower levels in both Canada and
the United States.
*Excludes purchased credit impaired loans.
The total provision for credit losses
was lower year over year, reflect
ing lower provisions across our
consumer and commercial loan port
folios and all our operating groups.
The total allowance for credit
losses was stable year over
year and remains adequate.
*Excludes allowances related
to Other Credit Instruments.
Adjusted results in this Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of the MD&A form an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated finan
cial statements. They present required disclosures as set out by the International Accounting Standards Board in IFRS 7, Financial Instruments – Disclosures, which permits
cross-referencing between the notes to the financial statements and the MD&A. See Note 1 on page 130 and Note 6 on page 142 of the financial statements.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 77
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Overview
At BMO, we believe that risk management is every employee’s responsi
bility. We are guided by five core principles that drive our entire
approach to managing risk.
Approach to Risk Management
‰ Understand and manage.
‰ Protect our reputation.
‰ Diversify. Limit tail risk.
‰ Maintain strong capital and liquidity.
‰ Optimize risk return.
A
&
D
M
Our integrated and disciplined approach to risk management is funda
mental to the success of our business. All elements of our risk
management framework work together in facilitating prudent and
measured risk-taking, while striking an appropriate balance between
risk and return. Our Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM)
group develops our risk appetite, risk policies and limits, and provides
independent review and oversight across the enterprise on risk-related
issues to achieve prudent and measured risk-taking that aligns with our
business strategy.
Top and Emerging Risks
We are exposed to a variety of continually changing risks that have the
potential to impact our business and financial condition. Therefore, an
integral component of our risk management process is to proactively
identify, assess, monitor and manage a broad spectrum of top and
emerging risks. Our top and emerging risk identification process consists
of a regular forum of discussion with senior risk leaders and from time
to time with subject matter guest speakers, which is then followed by
discussion with BMO’s Risk Management Committee (RMC) and the Risk
Review Committee of the Board of Directors (RRC). Our assessment of
top and emerging risks then informs the monitoring, action plans and
stress tests performed within BMO. This allows us to focus on current
risks and also maintain a forward-looking view of potential risks.
In 2013, particular attention was given to the following top and
emerging risks:
Challenges Linked to the Slow-Growth Economy
The prolonged slow-growth economic environment, combined with low
interest rates and intense competition, including the continued growth
of the shadow banking sector, creates obstacles to the achievement of
our strategic objectives. Quantitative easing has suppressed interest
rates and raised liquidity, leading to large flows of money into debt
instruments, resulting in greater leverage, covenant-light structures and
lower yields. This places pressure on our ability to generate an adequate
return on equity while still operating within the parameters of our
risk appetite.
We are actively focused on managing and mitigating this risk so
that we are able to strike the appropriate balance between risk-taking
and rewards in this slow-growth economic environment. The parame
ters of our enterprise-wide Risk Appetite Statement have been clearly
articulated across our lines of business and are monitored on an ongoing
basis. We continue to maintain prudent risk management practices,
including close monitoring of all portfolios and underwriting commit
ments and we apply stringent approval processes for new products
and services.
Further details can be found in our Risk Appetite and Risk Review
and Approval sections on page 81.
78 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Heightened Regulatory Requirements
Regulatory requirements have been increasing in intensity and may
materially shift the prevailing business paradigm. Significant changes in
laws and regulations relating to the financial services industry have
been enacted. These regulatory reforms can impact our operations when
they pose financial costs and strategic challenges and increase reputa
tional risk. Financial costs result from increasing capital and liquidity
requirements and through the cost of compliance in terms of infra
structure. Strategic challenges can arise in cases where non
compliance can hinder our ability to pursue strategic initiatives or
prevent our involvement in certain business activities.
To minimize any potential business or financial impact of this risk,
we continually stay abreast of evolving regulatory changes and monitor
regulatory requirements to ensure that resources are prioritized
appropriately and our views are expressed to regulators. We perform an
impact analysis of capital and liquidity requirements on our business.
Additionally, we are in the process of enhancing our compliance frame
work to better prepare our organization to handle ongoing and future
compliance requirements.
Regulations and developments specific to the United States are
discussed in the U.S. Regulatory Developments section on page 69.
Canadian Household Debt
High levels of household debt have left Canadians vulnerable to neg
ative financial shocks, which can emanate from inside and outside the
country. Changes to mortgage practices are slowing activity in the
mortgage market and borrowers are increasingly opting for fixed-rate
contracts.
We closely monitor and review this portfolio, applying prudent and
consistent credit underwriting practices. We have also performed stress
tests under various scenarios ranging from moderate to extreme. In an
extreme scenario, with high unemployment rates, a significant decline
in housing prices and a rapid increase in interest rates, BMO would have
the ability to absorb and manage the related losses.
Further details of our Canadian residential mortgage portfolio can
be found in the Real Estate Secured Lending section on page 84.
Eurozone Challenges
Despite the length of time that the Eurozone has been in the spotlight
and the numerous interventions by various authorities to attempt to
resolve the debt crisis and economic stagnation, there continues to be a
potential risk of economic instability that could spread from peripheral
to core Eurozone countries in the near future.
We are closely monitoring the geopolitical situation in Europe,
including regular review of our direct and indirect European exposures.
Our risk management processes incorporate stress tests to assess our
potential risk, where appropriate. Our total net European exposure was
$7.3 billion as at October 31, 2013 ($7.9 billion in 2012), of which the
majority is to counterparties in countries that are well rated.
Further information on our direct and indirect European exposures is
provided in the Select Geographic Exposures section on page 67.
U.S. Political Gridlock
The U.S. economy is continuing along its path of moderate growth, but
the recovery has not yet fully taken hold and is vulnerable to stalling.
The possibility of renewed political gridlock over the debt ceiling and
budget has the potential to weaken the economy. These ongoing chal
lenges have a negative effect on consumer, investor and business con
fidence, which contributes to slower growth and has broader impacts on
other countries, such as Canada, that rely on the United States to play a
leading role in the global recovery.
In light of the potential impact on our business, we continue to
proactively monitor political developments in the United States. We
continually assess our portfolio and business strategies, and
contingency-plan for possible adverse developments.
Information and Cyber Security Risk
Information security is integral to BMO’s information management,
brand and reputation. In recent years, information security risks for
financial institutions like BMO have been increasing. Our operations
include online and mobile financial services that feature the secure
processing, transmission and storage of confidential information. Given
our use of the internet and reliance on digital technologies, we face
cyber security risks, which could include information security risk such as
the threat of hacking, identity theft and corporate espionage, and denial
of service risk such as threats targeted at causing system failure and
service disruption. BMO maintains systems and procedures to prevent,
monitor, react to and manage cyber security threats. It is possible that
we, or those with whom we do business, may not anticipate or imple
ment effective measures against all such security threats, because the
techniques used change frequently and threats can originate from a
wide variety of source that have also become increasingly sophisticated.
In the event of such an occurrence, BMO may experience losses or
reputational damage.
We exercise continued vigilance and proactive planning to detect
and contain possible threats. We also have action plans in place to
enhance the overall security of our infrastructure and capabilities to
mitigate losses from these risks.
Further information on information security is provided in the
Operational Risk section on page 94.
Framework and Risks
Risk Culture
M
D
&
A
Risk
Governance
Risk
Principles
Risk Appetite
Risk Review
and Approval
Risk
Monitoring
Credit and
Counterparty
Market
Liquidity and
Funding
Operational
Insurance
Legal and
Regulatory
Business
Model
Strategic Reputation Environmental
and Social
Our enterprise-wide risk management framework consists of our
operating model and our risk governance structure, both of which are
underpinned by our strong risk culture. Our robust framework provides
for the management of each individual risk type: credit and counter-
party, market, liquidity and funding, and operational. Other risk catego
ries are also recognized within the framework, including insurance,
legal and regulatory, business, model, strategic, reputation, and
environmental and social.
Our framework is anchored in the three-lines-of-defence approach to
managing risk, which is fundamental to our operating model, as follows:
‰ The first line of defence is the operating groups who own the risk in
their operations. They are responsible for pursuing suitable business
opportunities within our risk appetite. Each operating group must
ensure that it is acting within its delegated risk-taking authority, as
set out in our corporate risk policies and limits. Each of the groups has
established effective processes and controls to ensure that they
comply with and operate within these limits.
‰ The second line of defence is provided by ERPM along with other
Corporate Support areas. These groups provide independent oversight
and establish corporate risk management policies, infrastructure,
processes and practices that address all significant risks across the
enterprise; and
‰ The third line of defence is our Corporate Audit Division, which
monitors the efficiency and effectiveness of controls across various
functions within our operations, including control, risk management
and governance processes that support the enterprise.
Risk Governance
The foundation of our enterprise-wide risk management framework is a
governance structure that includes a robust committee structure and a
comprehensive set of corporate policies, which are approved by the
Board of Directors or its committees, as well as supporting corporate
standards and operating guidelines. This enterprise-wide risk manage
ment framework is governed through a hierarchy of committees and
individual responsibilities as outlined in the diagram below.
Our risk management framework is reviewed on a regular basis by
the RRC to provide guidance for the governance of our risk-taking activ
ities. In each of our operating groups, management monitors gover
nance activities, controls, and management processes and procedures.
Management also oversees their effective operation within our overall
risk management framework. Individual governance committees estab
lish and monitor further risk management limits, consistent with and
subordinate to the board-approved limits.
Limits and Authorities
Our risk limits are shaped by our risk principles and risk appetite, which
also help to shape our business strategies and decisions. These limits
are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and/or manage
ment committees and include:
‰ Credit and Counterparty Risk – limits on country, industry, portfolio/
product segments, and group and single-name exposures;
‰ Market Risk – limits on economic value and earnings exposures to
stress scenarios;
‰ Liquidity and Funding Risk – limits on minimum levels of liquid assets
and maximum levels of asset pledging and wholesale funding, as well
as guidelines approved by senior management related to liability
diversification, financial condition, and credit and liquidity exposure
appetite; and
‰ Insurance Risk – limits on policy exposure and reinsurance arrangements.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 79
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework
Board of Directors
Board Risk Review Committee
Board Audit and Conduct Review
Committee
Risk Management Committee
Chief Executive Officer
Balance Sheet and
Capital Management
Reputation Risk
Management
Operational Risk
A
&
D
M
Operating Groups
Enterprise Risk and
Portfolio Management
Corporate Support Areas
Corporate Audit Division
First Line of Defence
Second Line of Defence
Third Line of Defence
Board of Directors is responsible for the stewardship of BMO and
protecting the interest of BMO’s shareholders. The board, either
directly or through its committees, is responsible for oversight in the
following areas: strategic planning, defining risk appetite, identi
fication and management of risk, capital management, promoting a
culture of integrity, governance, internal controls, succession planning
and evaluation of senior management, communication, public dis
closure and corporate governance.
Risk Review Committee of the Board of Directors (RRC) assists the
board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation to BMO’s
identification and management of risk, adherence to risk manage
ment corporate policies and procedures, compliance with risk-related
regulatory requirements and evaluation of the Chief Risk Officer.
Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board of Directors
assists the board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the
integrity of BMO’s financial reporting, effectiveness of BMO’s internal
controls and performance of its internal and external audit functions.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is directly accountable to the board for
all of BMO’s risk-taking activities. The CEO is supported by the Risk
Management Committee and its sub-committees, as well as ERPM.
Chief Risk Officer (CRO) reports directly to the CEO and is head of
ERPM. The CRO is responsible for providing independent review and
oversight of enterprise-wide risks and leadership on risk issues,
developing and maintaining a risk management framework and
fostering a strong risk culture across the enterprise.
Risk Management Committee (RMC) is BMO’s senior risk committee.
RMC reviews and discusses significant risk issues and action plans that
arise in executing the enterprise-wide strategy. RMC provides risk
oversight and governance at the highest levels of management. This
committee is chaired by the CRO.
RMC Sub-committees have oversight responsibility for the risk and
balance sheet impacts of management strategies, governance, risk
measurement and contingency planning. RMC and its sub-committees
provide oversight over the processes whereby the risks assumed
across the enterprise are identified, measured, monitored and
reported in accordance with policy guidelines and are held within
delegated limits.
Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM) provides
independent oversight of the credit and counterparty, operational and
market risk functions. It promotes consistency of risk management
practices and standards across the enterprise. ERPM facilitates a dis
ciplined approach to risk-taking through the execution of independent
transactional approval and portfolio management, policy formulation,
risk reporting, stress testing, modelling, vetting and risk education
responsibilities. This approach seeks to meet enterprise objectives and
to ensure that risks assumed are consistent with BMO’s risk appetite.
Operating Groups are responsible for managing risk within their
respective areas. They exercise business judgment and seek to ensure
that policies, processes and internal controls are in place and that
significant risk issues are appropriately escalated to ERPM.
The Board of Directors, based on recommendations from the RRC and
the RMC, delegates risk limits to the CEO. The CEO then delegates more
specific authorities to the CRO, who in turn delegates them to the
Operating Group CROs or the Treasurer in the case of structural market
risk limits. These delegated authorities allow the officers to set risk
tolerances, approve geographic and industry sector exposure limits
within defined parameters, and establish underwriting and inventory
limits for trading and investment banking activities. The authorities are
reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors based on the
recommendation of the RRC. The criteria whereby these authorities may
be further delegated throughout the organization, as well as the
requirements relating to documentation, communication and monitoring
of delegated authorities, are set out in corporate policies and standards.
80 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Risk Culture
At BMO, we believe that risk management is the responsibility of every
employee within the organization. This key tenet shapes and influences
our risk culture and is evident in the actions and behaviours of our
employees and leaders as they identify, interpret, discuss and make
choices and decisions between risk and opportunities. Our risk culture is
deeply rooted and is evident in every aspect of how we run our enter
prise, including within our policies, risk management frameworks, risk
appetite and tolerances, capital management and compensation.
Our risk culture is built around a risk management system that
encourages openness and builds confidence in how we engage stake
holders in key decisions and strategy discussions, thereby bringing
rigour and discipline to decision-making. This not only leads to the
timely identification, escalation and resolution of issues, but also
encourages communication and understanding of the key risks faced by
our organization, so that our employees are equipped to take action and
make decisions in a coordinated and consistent manner. Also, our
governance and leadership forums, committee structures and learning
curriculums reinforce and inspire our risk culture.
Certain elements of our risk culture that are embedded across our
organization include:
‰ Risk appetite – promotes an understanding of the most prevalent
risks that our businesses face and facilitates alignment of business
strategies within the limits of our risk appetite, leading to sound
business decision-making.
‰ Communication and escalation channels – encourages information
sharing and engagement between ERPM and the operating groups,
leading to enhanced risk transparency and open and effective
communication. We also foster and encourage a culture where con
cerns regarding potential or emerging risks are escalated to senior
management so that they can be evaluated and appropriately
addressed.
‰ Compensation philosophy – pay is aligned with prudent risk-taking
to ensure that compensation does not encourage excessive risk-taking
and rewards the appropriate use of capital.
‰ Training and education – programs are designed to foster a deep
understanding of BMO’s capital and risk management frameworks
across the enterprise, providing employees and management with the
tools and awareness required to fulfill their responsibilities for
independent oversight regardless of their position in the organization.
Our education strategy has been developed in partnership with BMO’s
Institute for Learning, our risk management professionals, external
risk experts and teaching professionals.
‰ Rotation programs – two-way rotation system allows employees to
transfer between ERPM and the operating groups, thereby effectively
embedding our strong risk culture across the enterprise.
Risk Principles
Risk-taking and risk management activities across the enterprise are
guided by the following principles:
‰ ERPM provides independent oversight of risk-taking activities across
the organization;
‰ management of risk is a responsibility at all levels of the organization,
employing the three-lines-of-defence approach;
‰ ERPM monitors our risk management framework to ensure that our
risk profile is maintained within our established risk appetite and
supported with adequate capital;
‰ all material risks to which the enterprise is exposed are identified,
measured, managed, monitored and reported;
‰ decision-making is based on a clear understanding of risk, accom
panied by robust metrics and analysis; and
‰ Economic Capital is used to measure and aggregate risk across all risk
types and business activities to facilitate the incorporation of risk into
the measurement of business returns.
Risk Appetite
Our Risk Appetite Framework consists of our Risk Appetite Statement, as
well as supporting key risk metrics and corporate policies and standards,
including limits. Our risk appetite defines the amount of risk that BMO is
willing to assume in all risk types, given our guiding principles and capital
capacity, thereby supporting sound business initiatives and growth. Our
risk appetite is integrated into our strategic and capital planning
M
D
&
A
processes and our lines of business. On an annual basis, senior manage
ment recommends our Risk Appetite Statement and key risk metrics for
approval by the RMC and the RRC. Our Risk Appetite Statement is articu
lated and applied consistently across the enterprise. Among other things,
our risk appetite requires:
‰ that everything we do is guided by principles of honesty, integrity and
respect, as well as high ethical standards;
‰ only taking risks that are transparent, understood, measured, moni
tored and managed;
‰ maintaining strong capital and liquidity and funding positions that
meet or exceed regulatory requirements and the expectations of the
market;
‰ subjecting new products and initiatives to a rigorous review and
approval process to ensure all key risks and returns are understood
and can be managed with appropriate controls;
‰ maintaining a robust recovery and resolution framework that enables
an effective and efficient response in an extreme crisis;
‰ targeting an investment grade credit rating at a level that allows
competitive access to funding;
‰ limiting exposure to low-frequency, high-severity events that could
jeopardize BMO’s credit ratings, capital position or reputation;
‰ incorporating risk measures into our performance management
system;
‰ maintaining effective policies, procedures, guidelines, compliance
standards and controls, training and management that guide the
business practices and risk-taking activities of all employees to protect
BMO’s reputation and adhere to all regulatory and legal obligations;
and
‰ protecting the assets of BMO and BMO’s clients by maintaining a
system of strong operational risk controls.
Risk Review and Approval
Risk review and approval processes are established based on the nature,
size and complexity of the risks involved. Generally, this involves a
formal review and approval of various categories by either an individual
or a committee, independent of the originator. Delegated authorities
and approvals by category are outlined below.
Portfolio transactions – Transactions are approved through risk
assessment processes for all types of transactions, which include
operating group recommendations and ERPM approval of credit risk and
transactional and position limits for market risk.
Structured transactions – New structured products and transactions
with significant reputation, legal, accounting, regulatory or tax risk are
reviewed by the Reputation Risk Management Committee or the Trading
Products Risk Committee, as appropriate.
Investment initiatives – Documentation of risk assessments is for
malized through our investment spending approval process, which is
reviewed and approved by Corporate Support areas.
New products and services – Policies and procedures for the approval of
new or modified products and services offered to our customers are
reviewed and approved by Corporate Support areas, as well as other
senior management committees, including the Operational Risk
Committee and Reputation Risk Management Committee, as appropriate.
Risk Monitoring
Enterprise-level risk transparency and monitoring and the associated
reporting are critical components of our framework and operating cul
ture that help senior management, committees and the Board of Direc
tors to effectively exercise their business management, risk
management and oversight responsibilities. Internal reporting includes a
synthesis of key risks and associated metrics that the organization
currently faces. This reporting highlights our most significant risks,
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 81
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
including assessments of our top and emerging risks, to provide senior
management and the Board of Directors with timely, actionable and
forward-looking risk reporting. This reporting includes material to facili
tate assessments of these risks relative to our risk appetite and the
relevant limits established within our Risk Appetite Framework.
On a regular basis, reporting on risk is also provided to stake
holders, including regulators, external rating agencies and our share
holders, as well as to others in the investment community.
Risk-Based Capital Assessment
Two measures of risk-based capital are used by BMO: Economic Capital
and Regulatory Capital. Both are aggregate measures of the risk that we
undertake in pursuit of our financial targets. Our operating model pro
vides for the direct management of each type of risk, as well as the
management of risks on an integrated basis. Economic Capital is our
integrated internal measure of the risk underlying BMO’s business activ
ities. It represents management’s estimate of the magnitude of
economic losses that could occur should adverse situations arise, and
allows returns to be measured on a basis that considers the risks taken.
Economic Capital is calculated for various types of risk – credit, market
(trading and non-trading), operational and other – where measures are
based on a time horizon of one year. Measuring the economic profit
ability of transactions or portfolios incorporates a combination of both
expected and unexpected losses to assess the extent and correlation of
risk before authorizing new exposures. Economic Capital methods and
model inputs are reviewed and/or re-calibrated on an annual basis, as
applicable. Our Economic Capital models provide a forward-looking
estimate of the difference between our maximum potential loss in
economic (or market) value and our expected loss, measured over a
specified time interval and using a defined confidence level. Both
expected and unexpected loss measures for either a transaction or
portfolio reflect current market conditions and credit quality. As the
recovery continues these measures decrease, reflecting portfolio quality
improvements, offset somewhat by increases due to growth.
Stress Testing
Stress testing is a key element of our risk and capital management frame
works. It is inherently linked to our risk appetite and informs our strategy,
business planning and decision-making processes. We conduct stress
Credit and Counterparty Risk
Credit and counterparty risk is the potential for loss due to the
failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay
a loan or honour another predetermined financial obligation. This is
the most significant measurable risk that BMO faces.
Credit and counterparty risk exists in every lending activity that BMO
enters into, as well as in the sale of treasury and other capital markets
products, the holding of investment securities and securitization activ
ities. BMO’s robust credit risk management framework is aligned with
the three-lines-of-defence approach to managing risk. As the first line of
defence, operating groups are accountable for recommending credit
decisions based on the completion of appropriate due diligence, and
they assume ownership of the risk. As the second line of defence, ERPM
approves credit decisions and is accountable for providing independent
oversight of the risks assumed by the operating groups. All of these
experienced and skilled individuals are subject to a rigorous lending
qualification process and operate in a disciplined environment with clear
delegation of decision-making authority, including individually dele
gated lending limits. Credit decision-making is conducted at the
management level appropriate to the size and risk of each transaction in
accordance with comprehensive corporate policies, standards and
procedures governing the conduct of credit risk activities.
82 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
testing to evaluate the potential effects of low-frequency, high-severity
events on our balance sheet, earnings, and liquidity and capital positions.
Governance
Governance over the stress testing framework resides with senior
management, including the Stress Testing Steering Committee. This
committee is comprised of business, risk and finance executives and is
accountable to RMC for the oversight of BMO’s stress testing framework
and for reviewing and challenging stress test results. As a part of the
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process, enterprise-wide
scenarios and stress testing results are presented to senior management
and the board, together with recommended actions that BMO could take
to manage the impact of the stress event.
Enterprise Stress Testing
Enterprise stress testing supports our internal capital adequacy assess
ment and target-setting through the analysis of macroeconomic
scenarios that are consistently executed by business, risk and finance
groups. Scenario selection is a multi-step process that considers the
macroeconomic environment, prevailing risk concerns, the potential
impact of new or emerging risks on our risk profile, historical credit
losses and areas of potential enterprise-specific vulnerability. Scenarios
may be defined by senior management, the board or regulators. The
Economics group then translates the scenario into macroeconomic and
market variables, including but not limited to GDP growth, yield curve
estimates, unemployment rates, housing starts, real estate prices, stock
index growth and changes in corporate profits.
Our stress testing process employs a bottom-up approach. We
model the impact of a forward-looking scenario on our material risks,
income statement and balance sheet over a forecast horizon to test the
resilience of our capital. Stress test results, including mitigating actions,
are benchmarked and challenged by relevant business units and senior
management, including the Stress Testing Steering Committee.
Ad Hoc Stress Testing
Through our stress testing framework, we embed stress testing in strat
egy, business planning and decision-making. Ad hoc stress testing is
conducted regularly by our operating and risk groups to support risk
identification, business analysis and strategic decision-making.
Credit risk is assessed and measured using risk-based parameters:
Exposure at Default (EAD) represents an estimate of the outstanding
amount of a credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For
off-balance sheet amounts and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an esti
mate of any further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.
Loss Given Default (LGD) is the amount that may not be recovered in
the event of a default, presented as a proportion of the exposure at
default. LGD takes into consideration the amount and quality of any
collateral held.
Probability of Default (PD) represents the likelihood that a credit
obligation (loan) will not be repaid and will go into default. A PD is
assigned to each account, based on the type of facility, the product type
and customer characteristics. The credit history of the counterparty/
portfolio and the nature of the exposure are taken into account in the
determination of a PD.
Expected Loss (EL) is a measure representing the loss that is expected
to occur in the normal course of business in a given period of time. EL is
calculated as a function of EAD, LGD and PD.
Under Basel II, there are three approaches available for the measurement
of credit risk: Standardized, Foundation Internal Ratings Based and
Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB). Subject to a transitional floor
based on the Standardized Approach, we apply the AIRB Approach for
calculations of credit risk in our portfolios, including portfolios of our
subsidiary BMO Bankcorp, Inc. (now part of BMO Financial Corp.). The
Standardized Approach is currently being used in the acquired M&I portfo
lio, but activities to transition to the AIRB Approach are well underway.
Risk Rating Systems
BMO’s risk rating systems are designed to assess and measure the risk
of any exposure. The rating systems differ for the consumer and small
business portfolios and the commercial and corporate portfolios.
Consumer and Small Business
The consumer and small business portfolios are made up of a diversified
group of individual customer accounts and include residential mort
gages, personal loans, and credit card and small business loans. These
loans are managed in pools of homogeneous risk exposures. For these
pools, credit risk models and decision support systems are developed
using established statistical techniques and expert systems for under
writing and monitoring purposes. Adjudication models, behavioural
scorecards, decision trees and expert knowledge are combined to
produce optimal credit decisions in a centralized and automated
environment. The characteristics of both the borrower and the credit
obligation, along with past portfolio experience, are used to predict the
credit performance of new accounts. These metrics are used to define
the overall credit risk profile of the portfolio, predict future performance
of existing accounts for ongoing credit risk management and determine
both Economic Capital and Basel II and Basel III regulatory capital. In
addition, our consumer and small business ratings framework is utilized
in the collective allowance process to quantify losses incurred but not
identified for the performing loan portfolio. Exposures are segmented
into homogeneous pools based on account characteristics such as credit
bureau score, delinquency history, loan-to-value (LTV) ratio and loan
balance. PDs and other credit risk parameters are then assigned to each
pool based on the characteristics of the pool and historical loss experi
ence, and the incurred loss is quantified. In the specific allowance proc
ess, certain significant consumer loans are individually assessed for
impairment and individually immaterial consumer loans are collectively
assessed for impairment on a pooled basis, taking into account historical
loss experience, PDs, delinquency status, bankruptcy status, product
category and type of collateral pledged. The exposure of each pool is
assigned risk parameters (PD, LGD and EAD) based on the performance
of the pool, and these assignments are reviewed and updated monthly
for changes. The PD risk profile of the AIRB Retail portfolio can be found
on page 46 of the Supplementary Financial Information.
Commercial and Corporate
Within the commercial and corporate portfolios, we utilize an enterprise-
wide risk rating framework that is applied to all of our sovereign, bank,
corporate and commercial counterparties. This framework is consistent
with the principles of Basel II and Basel III, under which minimum regu
latory capital requirements for credit risk are determined. One key
element of this framework is the assignment of appropriate borrower
risk ratings to help quantify potential credit risk. BMO’s risk rating
framework establishes counterparty risk ratings using methodologies
and rating criteria based on the specific risk characteristics of each
counterparty. The resulting rating is then mapped to a PD over a
one-year time horizon. As counterparties migrate between risk ratings,
the PD associated with the counterparty changes. The commercial and
corporate risk rating framework is utilized in the collective allowance
process to quantify losses incurred but not identified for the performing
loan portfolio. For performing commercial and corporate accounts, risk
ratings are mapped to PDs based on historical long-run default experi
ence for a given portfolio. Borrower risk ratings are assigned within this
framework using methodologies and rating criteria based on the specific
risk characteristics of each counterparty. As counterparties migrate
between risk ratings, the associated PDs also change, which is reflected
in the incurred loss calculation. In the specific allowance process, risk
ratings are assigned to impaired exposures in the commercial and
corporate portfolios; however, these risk ratings reflect whether or not a
loan has been classified as impaired and not the PD, since objective
evidence of impairment already exists. Specific allowances and the
related provisions for credit losses are determined at the individual
account level based on the expected recoverable amount.
As demonstrated in the table below, our internal risk rating system
corresponds in a logical manner to those of the external rating agencies.
Borrower Risk Rating Scale
BMO
rating
Description of risk
Moody’s Investors
Service implied
equivalent
Standard & Poor’s
implied equivalent
M
D
&
A
Investment grade
I-1 to I-3
I-4 to I-5
I-6 to I-7
Undoubted to minimal Aaa to Aa3
A1 to Baa1
Modest
Baa2 to Baa3
Average
AAA to AA
A+ to BBB+
BBB to BBB
Non-investment grade
S-1 to S-2
S-3 to S-4
Acceptable
Marginal
Ba1 to Ba2
Ba3 to B1
BB+ to BB
BB- to B+
Watchlist
P-1
P-2 to P-3
Deteriorating
Watchlist
B2
B3 to Ca
B
B- to CC
Default and impaired
D-1 to D-4
Default/default and
impaired
C
D
Policies and Standards
BMO’s credit risk management framework is built on governing princi
ples defined in a series of corporate policies and standards, which flow
through to more specific guidelines and procedures. These are reviewed
on a regular basis to keep them current and consistent with BMO’s risk
appetite. The structure, limits, collateral requirements, ongoing
management, monitoring and reporting of our credit exposures are all
governed by these credit risk management principles.
Credit Risk Governance
The RRC has oversight of the management of all risks faced by the
enterprise, including credit risk. Operating practices include the ongoing
monitoring of credit risk exposures and regular portfolio and sector
reporting to the board and to senior management committees.
Performing accounts are reviewed on a regular basis, with most
commercial and corporate accounts reviewed at least annually. The
frequency of review is increased in accordance with the likelihood and
size of potential credit losses, with deteriorating higher-risk situations
referred to specialized account management groups for closer attention,
when appropriate. Corporate Audit Division reviews and tests manage
ment processes and controls and samples credit transactions for adher
ence to credit terms and conditions, as well as to governing policies,
standards and procedures. In addition, regular portfolio and sector
reviews are carried out, including stress testing and scenario analysis
based on current, emerging or prospective risks.
Portfolio Management
BMO’s credit risk governance policies provide for an acceptable level of
diversification. Limits are in place for several portfolio dimensions,
including industry, country, product and single-name concentrations, as
well as transaction-specific limits. At year end, our credit assets con
sisted of a well-diversified portfolio comprised of millions of clients, the
majority of them consumers and small to medium-sized businesses.
BMO employs a number of measures to mitigate and manage credit
risk. These measures include, but are not limited to, strong underwriting
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 83
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
standards, qualified professional risk managers, a robust monitoring and
review process, the redistribution of exposures, and the purchase or sale
of insurance through guarantees or credit default swaps.
Collateral Management
Collateral is used for credit risk mitigation purposes and minimizes
losses that would otherwise be incurred. Depending on the type of
borrower, the assets available and the structure and term of the credit
obligations, collateral can take various forms. Investment grade liquid
securities are regularly pledged in support of treasury counterparty
facilities. For corporate and commercial borrowers, collateral can take
the form of pledges of the assets of a business, such as accounts receiv
able, inventory, machinery and real estate, or personal assets pledged in
support of guarantees. On an ongoing basis, collateral is subject to
regular revaluation specific to asset type.
For loans, collateral values are initially established at the time of
origination, and the frequency of revaluation is dependent on the type
of collateral. For investor-owned commercial real estate, a full external
appraisal of the property is obtained at the time of loan origination,
except where the loan is below a specified threshold amount, in which
case an internal evaluation and a site inspection are completed. Internal
evaluation methods may consider tax assessments, purchase price, real
estate listing or realtor opinion. The case for an updated appraisal is
reviewed annually, with consideration given to the borrower risk rating,
existing tenants and lease contracts, as well as current market con
ditions. In the event a loan is classified as impaired, depending on its
size, a current external appraisal, evaluation or restricted use appraisal is
obtained and updated every twelve months while the loan is classified
as impaired. For residential real estate, an external property appraisal is
routinely obtained at the time of loan origination. For high LTV ratio
insured mortgages, BMO relies on acceptance by the insurer to confirm
the property’s value. In limited low LTV ratio circumstances, BMO may
use an external service provided by Canada Mortgage and Housing
Corporation to assist in determining if a full property appraisal is
required. Full external appraisals are obtained for all loans held for sale
in the secondary market (i.e., through securitization vehicles) regardless
of the LTV ratio.
Credit Quality Information
Portfolio Review
Total enterprise-wide outstanding credit exposures were $508 billion at
October 31, 2013, comprised of $323 billion in Canada, $156 billion in
the United States and $29 billion in other jurisdictions. This represents
an increase of $12 billion or 2% from the prior year.
BMO’s loan book continues to be well diversified by industry and
geographic region and, consistent with the prior year, the consumer
portfolio represented the majority of loans. Gross loans and acceptances
increased by $25 billion or 10% from the prior year to $281 billion at
October 31, 2013. The geographic mix of our Canadian and U.S. portfo
lios was relatively unchanged from the prior year, and represented
72.9% and 24.5% of total loans, respectively, compared with 73.1% and
25.0% in 2012. The consumer loan portfolio represented 59.8% of the
total portfolio, relatively unchanged from 60.0% in 2012, with approx
imately 88% of the portfolio secured in Canada and 97% in the
United States. Corporate and commercial loans represented 40.2% of the
total portfolio, relatively unchanged from 40.0% in 2012. The chart
below provides a breakdown of our loan book by product and industry.
Our loan portfolio is well-diversified by industry and we continue to
proactively monitor industry sectors that we consider warrant closer
attention, including Canadian consumer loans and U.S. real estate.
Further details on our loan book, including detailed breakdowns
by industry and geographic region, can be found in Tables 11 to 19
on pages 112 to 118 and in Note 6 on page 142 of the financial
statements.
Gross Loans and Acceptances by Product and Industry
As at October 31, 2013
Other
Government
Financial institutions
Service industries
Forest products
Utilities
Transportation
Oil and gas
Mining
Manufacturing
Communications
Agriculture
Wholesale trade
Retail trade
Residential mortgages
– Canada
Residential mortgages
– U.S.
Credit cards
Personal loans – Canada
Personal loans – U.S.
Commercial mortgages
Commercial real estate
Construction
Details related to our credit exposures are discussed in Note 4, on
page 137 of the financial statements. Our European exposure by country
and counterparty is also summarized in the Select Geographic Exposures
section on page 67 and in Tables 20 to 22 on pages 119 and 120.
Real Estate Secured Lending
Residential mortgage and home equity line of credit (HELOC) exposures
are areas of interest in the current environment. BMO regularly performs
stress testing on its residential mortgage and HELOC portfolios to eval
uate the potential impact of high-impact events. These stress tests
incorporate moderate to severe adverse scenarios. The credit losses
forecast in these tests vary depending on the severity of the scenario
and are considered to be manageable.
In 2012, new residential real estate lending rules were introduced
for federally regulated lenders in Canada, including restrictions on LTV
ratios for revolving HELOCs, on the waiver of confirmation of income and
on debt service ratio maximums, as well as a maximum amortization of
25 years and a maximum home value of $1 million for high LTV ratio
insured mortgages (LTV greater than 80%). The regulatory changes
resulted in some adjustments to loan underwriting practices, including
reducing the maximum LTV ratio on revolving HELOCs to 65% from the
previous maximum of 80%.
Provision for Credit Losses (PCL)
Total PCL was $589 million in the current year, down 23% from
$765 million in 2012. Detailed discussion of our PCL, including historical
trends in PCL, is provided on page 42, on Table 19 on page 118 and in
Note 4 on page 139 of the financial statements.
Gross Impaired Loans (GIL)
Total GIL, which excludes purchased credit impaired loans, decreased by
$432 million or 15% from 2012 to $2,544 million in 2013 reflecting
decreases in both Canada and the United States. This amount includes
$928 million of GIL related to the purchased performing loan portfolio,
of which $146 million is subject to a loss-sharing agreement with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that expires in 2015 for commer
cial loans and 2020 for retail loans. GIL as a percentage of gross loans
and acceptances also decreased over the prior year from 1.17% in 2012
to 0.91% in 2013.
Factors contributing to the change in GIL are outlined in the table
below. Loans classified as impaired during the year, excluding the
purchased performing loan portfolio, decreased from $1,680 million in
2012 to $1,563 million in 2013. Impaired loan formations related to the
purchased performing loan portfolio were $886 million in 2013, down
from $1,421 million in 2012. On a geographic basis, the United States
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
84 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
accounted for the majority of impaired loan formations, comprising
64.0% of total formations in 2013, compared with 70.3% in 2012.
Further details on the breakdown of impaired loans by geographic
region and industry can be found on Table 15 on page 114 and in Note 4
on page 137 of the financial statements.
Changes in Gross Impaired Loans (GIL) and Acceptances (1)
($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
GIL, beginning of year
Classified as impaired during the year
Transferred to not impaired during the year
Net repayments
Write-offs
Disposals of loans
Foreign exchange and other
GIL, end of year
Condition Ratios
GIL as a % of gross loans and acceptances
GIL as a % of gross loans and acceptances, excluding
purchased portfolios (2)
2013
2012
2,976
2,449
(728)
(1,058)
(939)
(343)
187
2,685
3,101
(968)
(517)
(1,179)
(197)
51
2,544
2,976
0.91
1.17
BMO maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level that we
consider adequate to absorb credit-related losses. As at October 31,
2013, ACL was $1,970 million, comprised of $485 million of specific
allowance and $1,485 million of collective allowance. This includes
$41 million of specific allowance and $264 million of collective allow
ance related to undrawn commitments and letters of credit that
are considered other credit instruments and recorded in other liabilities.
Total ACL remained relatively stable year over year, increasing by
$34 million or 2%. Our coverage ratios are trending positively with ACL
as a percentage of GIL, including and excluding purchased portfolios,
increasing year over year.
The collective allowance increased by $25 million from 2012 to
$1,485 million in 2013. The collective allowance remains adequate and
at year end represented 0.83% of credit risk-weighted assets, compared
with 0.85% at the end of 2012.
Factors contributing to the change in ACL are outlined in the table
below. Further details on changes in ACL by country and portfolio can
be found in Tables 16 and 17 on page 116 and in Note 4 on page 137 of
the financial statements.
M
D
&
A
0.61
0.84
Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses (1)
($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
Specific ACL, beginning of year
Specific PCL (charge to income statement)
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years
Write-offs
Foreign exchange and other
Specific ACL, end of year
Collective ACL, beginning of year
Collective PCL (charge to income statement)
Foreign exchange and other
Collective ACL, end of year
Total ACL
Comprised of: Loans
Specific allowance for other credit instruments
Collective allowance for other credit instruments
Coverage Ratios
ACL as a % of GIL
ACL as a % of GIL, excluding purchased portfolios (2)
2013
2012
476
599
772
(1,299)
(63)
559
762
846
(1,594)
(97)
485
476
1,460
(10)
35
1,452
3
5
1,485
1,460
1,970
1,936
1,665
41
264
1,706
29
201
75.8
108.2
64.1
83.7
(1) Includes allowances related to other credit instruments that are included in other liabilities.
(2) Ratio is presented excluding purchased portfolios, to provide for better historical
comparisons.
(1) GIL excludes purchased credit impaired loans.
(2) Ratio is presented excluding purchased portfolios, to provide for better historical
comparisons.
Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)
Across all loan portfolios, BMO employs a disciplined approach to provi
sioning and loan loss evaluation, with the prompt identification of
problem loans being a key risk management objective. BMO maintains
both specific and collective allowances for credit losses. Specific allow
ances reduce the aggregate carrying value of credit assets for which
there is evidence of deterioration in credit quality. We also maintain a
collective allowance in order to cover any impairment in the existing
portfolio that cannot yet be associated with individually identified
impaired loans. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the collec
tive allowance is based on guidelines issued by our regulator, OSFI. For
the purposes of calculating the collective allowance, we group loans on
the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Our methodology
incorporates both quantitative and qualitative components to determine
an appropriate level for the collective allowance. The quantitative
component measures long-run expected losses based on PD and LGD
risk parameters. For commercial and corporate loans, key factors that
determine the incurred but not identified losses include the underlying
risk rating of the borrower, industry sector, credit product and amount
and quality of collateral held. For consumer and small business loans,
exposures are pooled based on similar risk characteristics and the
incurred loss parameters are determined from the long-run default and
historical loss experience of each pool. The collective allowance is
adjusted to reflect qualitative factors such as management’s credit
judgment with respect to current and near term macroeconomic and
business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations, credit quality
trends, changes in lending practices, model factors and the level of
non-performing balances (impaired loans) for which a specific allowance
has not yet been assessed. We review the collective allowance on a
quarterly basis.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 85
party exceeds an agreed amount (Threshold). The purpose of
collateralization is to mitigate counterparty credit risk. Collateral can be
exchanged as initial margin and/or variation margin. CSAs outline,
among other things, provisions setting out acceptable collateral types
(e.g., government treasuries and cash) and how they will be valued
(discounts are often applied to the market values), as well as Thresh
olds, whether or not the collateral can be re-pledged by the recipient
and how interest is calculated.
The following table represents the notional amounts of our OTC
derivative contracts, comprised of those which are centrally cleared and
settled through a designated clearing house and those which are non-
centrally cleared. The notional amounts of our derivatives represent the
amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the
amount of cash that must be exchanged under the contract. Notional
amounts do not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not
recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair values of OTC
derivative contracts are recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Non-centrally cleared
Centrally cleared
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
1,084,369
52,137
18,283
23,020
1,563,766 1,140,417
347,614
–
–
223,482
24,015
31,364
401,410 2,224,786
399,751
346,266
18,283
–
23,020
–
1,965,176
569,748
24,015
31,364
1,177,809
1,842,627 1,488,031
747,676 2,665,840
2,590,303
44,834
255,337
263,607
10,923
13,530
30,485
238,675
217,345
8,682
10,588
588,231
505,775
15,122
8,081
4,285
15,034
9,002
5,164
27,488
29,200
39,360
30,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
8,541
13,072
11,682
24,126
21,613
35,808
294
216
510
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
44,834
255,337
263,607
10,923
13,530
30,485
238,675
217,345
8,682
10,588
588,231
505,775
15,122
8,081
4,285
15,034
9,002
5,164
27,488
29,200
39,360
30,000
8,835
13,288
11,682
24,126
22,123
35,808
1,854,501
2,443,410 1,488,541
747,676 3,343,042
3,191,086
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Derivative Transactions
With limited exceptions, we utilize the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement to document our
contractual trading relationships with our counterparties for over-the
counter (OTC) derivatives. ISDA Master Agreements set out the legal
framework and standard terms that apply to all derivative transactions
entered into bilaterally between the parties. In addition to providing
Events of Default and Termination Events, which can lead to the early
termination of transactions prior to their maturity date, ISDA Master
Agreements also contain rules for the calculation and netting of termi
nation values (also known as Close-out Amounts) for transactions
between counterparties to identify a single net aggregate amount
payable by one party to the other.
Credit Support Annexes (CSAs) are commonly included with ISDA
Master Agreements to provide for the exchange of collateral between
the parties where one party’s OTC derivatives exposure to the other
Over-the-Counter Derivatives (Notional amounts)
A
&
D
M
(Canadian $ in millions)
As at October 31
Interest Rate Contracts
Swaps
Forward rate agreements
Purchased options
Written options
Total interest rate contracts
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Cross-currency swaps
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Purchased options
Written options
Total foreign exchange contracts
Commodity Contracts
Swaps
Purchased options
Written options
Total commodity contracts
Equity Contracts
Credit Default Swaps
Purchased
Written
Total credit default swaps
Total
86 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Market Risk
Market risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of
BMO’s assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market varia
bles such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and
commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads,
as well as the risk of credit migration and default.
‰ all individuals authorized to execute trading and underwriting activ
ities on behalf of BMO are appropriately informed of BMO’s risk-taking
governance, authority structure and procedures and processes, and
are given access to and guidance on the relevant corporate policies
and standards.
BMO incurs market risk in its trading and underwriting activities and
structural banking activities.
As part of our enterprise-wide risk management framework, we
apply extensive governance and management processes to our market
risk-taking activities. These include:
‰ oversight by senior governance committees, including the Balance
Sheet and Capital Management Committee, RMC and RRC;
‰ an Economic Capital process that incorporates market risk measures;
‰ independent valuation of trading positions and measurement of
market risk;
‰ a broad set of policies and corporate standards;
‰ monitoring an extensive range of risk metrics as appropriate for the
respective portfolios, including VaR, Stressed VaR, stress and scenario
tests, risk sensitivities and operational metrics;
‰ a well-developed set of limits with appropriate monitoring, reporting
and escalation of limit breaches; and
‰ a model risk management framework to control for model risk.
BMO’s Market Risk group provides independent oversight of trading and
underwriting portfolios with the goal of ensuring:
‰ market risk of our trading and underwriting activities is measured and
modelled in compliance with corporate policies and standards;
‰ risk profiles of our trading and underwriting activities are maintained
within our risk appetite, and are monitored and reported to traders,
management, senior executives and board committees;
‰ proactive identification and reporting to management, senior execu
tives and board committees of specific exposures or other factors that
expose BMO to unusual, unexpected, inappropriate or otherwise not
fully identified or quantified risks associated with market or traded
credit exposures; and
M
D
&
A
BMO’s Market Risk group also provides oversight of structural market
risk, which is managed by BMO’s Corporate Treasury group and
described on page 91.
Key Trading and underwriting market risk measures include Value
at Risk and Stressed Value at Risk, and key structural market risk meas
ures include Earnings Sensitivity and Economic Value Sensitivity, as
noted below.
Value at Risk (VaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in
BMO’s trading and underwriting activities: interest rate, foreign
exchange rate, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and
their implied volatilities. This measure calculates the maximum loss
likely to be experienced in the portfolios, measured at a 99% con
fidence level over a specified holding period.
Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) is measured for specific classes of
risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities: interest rate,
foreign exchange rate, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices
and their implied volatilities, where model inputs are calibrated to
historical data from a period of significant financial stress. This
measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in
the portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified
holding period.
Earnings Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential
changes in interest rates on the projected 12-month after-tax net
income of a portfolio of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate
movements.
Economic Value Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential
changes in interest rates on the market value of a portfolio of
assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions, in response to
prescribed parallel interest rate movements.
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 87
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Linkages between Balance Sheet Items and Market Risk Disclosures ($ millions)
Below are parts of our consolidated balance sheet that are subject to market risk, showing balances that are mainly subject to traded risk and non-
traded risk measurement techniques.
As at October 31
Assets Subject to Market Risk
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities
Trading (3)(4)
Available for sale
Held to maturity
Other
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans and acceptances (net of allowance for credit losses)
A
&
D
M
Market risk measure
2013
2012
Total
Traded
risk (1)
Non-traded
risk (2)
Total
Traded
risk (1)
Non-traded
risk (2)
Main risk factors for
non-traded risk
balances
6,518
1,511
5,007
6,341
2,226
4,115
Interest rate
75,159 69,393
53,067 27,817
–
–
39,799 39,799
–
6,032
723
279,095
5,766
25,250
6,032
723
–
279,095
70,109 62,599
56,382 31,029
–
–
47,011 47,011
–
875
958
253,835
7,510
25,353
875
958
–
253,835
Derivative instruments
Other assets (4)
Liabilities Subject to Market Risk
Deposits
30,259 29,484
775
48,071 46,575
1,496
8,971
828
8,143
10,338
1,525
8,813
366,821
5,928
360,893
323,702
4,301
319,401
Derivative instruments
31,974 31,184
790
48,736 48,163
573
Acceptances
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Other liabilities (4)
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
8,472
–
22,446 22,446
28,884 28,884
2,176
42,212
–
3,996
–
463
8,472
–
–
40,036
3,996
463
8,019
–
23,439 23,439
39,737 39,737
3,981
46,596
–
4,093
–
462
8,019
–
–
42,615
4,093
462
(1) Includes BMO’s balance sheet items subject to the trading and underwriting risk management framework.
(2) Includes BMO’s balance sheet items subject to the structural balance sheet and insurance risk management framework.
(3) Includes securities designated at fair value through profit or loss.
(4) Includes balances relating to our insurance business.
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate
Equity
Interest rate
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Interest rate
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate
Trading and Underwriting Market Risk
To capture the multi-dimensional aspects of market risk effectively, a
number of metrics are used, including VaR, SVaR, stress testing, sensitiv
ities, position concentrations, market and notional values and revenue
losses.
VaR and stress testing are estimates of portfolio risk, but have
limitations. Among the limitations of VaR is the assumption that all
positions can be liquidated within the assigned one-day holding period
(ten-day holding period for regulatory calculations), which may not be
the case in illiquid market conditions, and that historical data can be
used as a proxy to predict future market events. Generally, market
liquidity horizons are reviewed for suitability and updated where appro
priate for relevant risk metrics. Scenario analysis and probabilistic stress
testing are performed daily to determine the impact of unusual and/or
unexpected market changes on our portfolios. As well, historical and
event stresses are tested on a weekly basis, including tests of scenarios
such as the stock market crash of 1987 and the collapse of Lehman
Brothers in 2008. Ad hoc analyses are run to examine our sensitivity to
low-frequency, high-severity hypothetical scenarios. Scenarios are
amended, added or deleted to better reflect changes in underlying
market conditions. The results are reported to the lines of business, RMC
and RRC on a regular basis. Stress testing is limited by the number of
scenarios that can be run, and by the fact that not all downside
scenarios can be predicted and effectively modelled. Neither VaR nor
stress testing is viewed as a definitive predictor of the maximum
amount of losses that could occur in any one day, because both meas
ures are computed at prescribed confidence levels and their results
could be exceeded in highly volatile market conditions. On a daily basis,
exposures are aggregated by lines of business and risk type and moni
tored against delegated limit levels, and the results are reported to the
appropriate stakeholders. BMO has a robust governance process in place
to ensure adherence to delegated market risk limits. Amounts exceeding
established limits are communicated to senior management on a timely
basis for resolution and appropriate action.
Within the Market Risk group, the Valuation Product Control (VPC)
group is responsible for independent valuation of all trading and
available-for-sale portfolios within Capital Markets Trading Products and
Corporate Treasury, to ensure that they are materially accurate by:
‰ developing and maintaining valuation adjustment policies and proce
dures in accordance with regulatory requirements and IFRS;
‰ establishing official rate sources for valuation of all portfolios; and
‰ providing an independent review of portfolios where trader prices are
used for valuation. This would include instruments accounted for on a
trading and AFS basis.
VPC processes include all OTC and exchange-traded instruments that are
booked, including both trading and AFS securities.
Trader valuations are reviewed to determine whether they align
with an independent assessment of the market value of the portfolio. If
the valuation difference exceeds the prescribed tolerance threshold, a
valuation adjustment is recorded in accordance with our accounting
policy and regulatory requirements. Prior to the final month-end general
ledger close, meetings are held between key stakeholders from the
lines of business, Market Risk, Capital Markets Finance and the Chief
Accountant’s Group to review all valuation adjustments that are estab
lished by the Market Risk group.
The Valuation Steering Committee is BMO’s senior management
valuation committee. It meets at least quarterly to address the more
challenging material valuation issues in BMO’s portfolios and acts as a
key forum for discussing positions categorized as Level 3 for financial
reporting purposes and their inherent uncertainty.
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
88 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
At a minimum, the following are considered when determining
appropriate valuation adjustments: credit valuation adjustments,
closeout costs, uncertainty, administrative costs, and liquidity and model
risk. Also, a fair value hierarchy is used to categorize the inputs used in
the valuation of securities, liabilities, derivative assets and derivative
liabilities. Level 1 inputs consist of quoted market prices, Level 2 inputs
consist of models that use observable market information and Level 3
inputs consist of models without observable market information. Details
of Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements can be found in
Note 29 on page 178 of the financial statements.
Our models are used to determine market risk Economic Capital for
each of our lines of business and to determine regulatory capital. For
capital calculation purposes, longer holding periods and/or higher con
fidence levels are used than are employed in day-to-day risk manage
ment. Prior to use, models are subject to review under the Model Risk
Corporate Standard by our Model Risk and Vetting group. The Model Risk
Corporate Standard outlines minimum requirements for the identi
fication, assessment, monitoring and management of models and model
risk throughout the enterprise and is described on page 96.
We measure the market risk for trading and underwriting portfolios
that meet regulatory criteria for trading book capital treatment using the
Internal Models Approach. We also apply this approach in measuring the
market risk for money market portfolios that are subject to AFS
accounting rules under IFRS and are accorded banking book regulatory
capital treatment. For trading and underwriting portfolios covered by the
Internal Models Approach, VaR is computed using BMO’s Trading Book
VaR model. This is a Monte Carlo scenario simulation model, and its
results are used for market risk management and reporting of
exposures. The model computes one-day VaR results using a 99% con
fidence level and reflects the correlations between the different classes
of market risk factors.
We use a variety of methods to verify the integrity of our risk
models, including the application of back-testing against hypothetical
losses. This process assumes there are no changes in the previous day’s
closing positions and then isolates the effects of each day’s price
movements against those closing positions. Models are validated by
assessing how often the calculated hypothetical losses exceed the VaR
measure over a defined period. This testing result is in line with
regulatory-defined expectations and confirms the reliability of our
models. The correlations and volatility data that underpin our models
are updated monthly, so that VaR measures reflect current levels
of volatility.
The total trading VaR decreased over the year due to reduced
exposure in equity and credit risk factors, coupled with increased
diversification. The total AFS VaR increase was the result of enhanced
risk capture at the beginning of the year, additional assets and the
impact of higher interest rates. Total trading SVaR increased modestly
despite the benefit of increased diversification between risk factors.
Model inputs for SVaR are calibrated to historical data from a period of
significant financial stress, whereas model inputs for VaR are calibrated
to data from a trailing one-year period.
Total Trading Value at Risk (VaR) Summary ($ millions)*
For the year ended October 31, 2013
(pre-tax Canadian equivalent)
Year-end Average
High
Low
As at
Oct. 31,
2012
Commodity VaR
Equity VaR
Foreign exchange VaR
Interest rate VaR
Credit VaR
Diversification
Total trading VaR
Total AFS VaR
M
D
&
A
(0.4)
(6.1)
(0.5)
(4.6)
(5.0)
7.5
(1.0)
(0.6)
(8.5)
(6.3)
(1.6)
(4.4)
(4.9) (10.6)
(5.4)
(9.4)
9.3
nm
(0.2)
(4.4)
(0.1)
(2.3)
(4.1)
nm
(0.6)
(6.6)
(0.2)
(4.5)
(5.5)
6.7
(9.1)
(9.5) (15.8)
(6.7) (10.7)
(10.1) (11.0) (14.5)
(7.2)
(8.9)
Total Trading Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) Summary
($ millions)* **
For the year ended October 31, 2013
(pre-tax Canadian equivalent)
Year-end Average
High
Low
As at
Oct. 31,
2012
Commodity SVaR
Equity SVaR
Foreign exchange SVaR
Interest rate SVaR
Credit SVaR
Diversification
(3.0)
(6.3)
(4.7)
(9.4) (16.0)
(9.8)
(0.8)
(7.0)
(3.2)
(9.5) (10.0) (15.3)
(11.0) (10.8) (14.2)
21.3
19.9
nm
(1.1)
(2.1)
(6.2) (10.5)
(0.4)
(0.3)
(4.9) (11.4)
(7.7)
(9.3)
18.9
nm
Total trading SVaR
(15.9) (15.1) (24.1) (10.6) (14.7)
The tables reflect updated first quarter 2013 metrics.
*
** Stressed VaR is produced weekly.
nm – not meaningful
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 89
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Trading Net Revenue versus Value at Risk
November 1, 2012 to October 31, 2013 ($ millions)
50
30
10
N
o
v
0
1
(1 0 )
(3 0 )
A
&
D
M
(3)
(5)
(4)
A
p
r
2
6
J
u
l
2
3
O
c
t
1
8
(6)
(1)
(2)
J
a
n
3
0
D aily r e v enues
T ot al t r adi ng V a R
Total A F S VaR
(1) March 13 – $23.5 million which primarily reflects normal trading activity.
(2) March 18 – $(8.9) million which primarily reflects credit valuation adjustments.
(3) May 31 – $38.3 million which primarily reflects normal trading activity and underwriting.
(4) June 12 – $28.3 million which primarily reflects normal trading activity.
(5) June 26 – $33.5 million which primarily reflects normal trading activity.
(6) September 24 – $(6.8) million which reflects normal trading activity and valuation adjustments.
VaR Risk Factors
November 1, 2012 to October 31, 2013 ($ millions)
0
(4)
(8)
(12)
(16)
1 Nov’12
30 Nov’12
31 Dec’12
31 Jan’13
28 Feb’13
31 Mar’13
30 Apr’13
31 May’13
30 Jun’13
31 Jul’13
31 Aug’13
30 Sep’13
31 Oct’13
Interest rate
Commodity
Credit
Total trading
Equity
Total AFS
Foreign exchange
90 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Frequency Distribution of Daily Net Revenues
November 1, 2012 to October 31, 2013 ($ millions)
s
y
a
d
f
o
r
e
b
m
u
n
n
i
y
c
n
e
u
q
e
r
F
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
(9) (7) (5) (3) (1)
1 3 5 7 9
11 13 15 17 19
Daily net revenues (pre-tax)
21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37
Structural Market Risk
Structural market risk is comprised of interest rate risk arising from our
banking activities (loans and deposits) and foreign exchange risk arising
from our foreign currency operations. Structural market risk is managed
in support of high-quality earnings and maximization of sustainable
product spreads. The RRC approves the market risk policy limits
governing structural market risk and regularly reviews structural market
risk positions. The Balance Sheet and Capital Management Committee
and the RMC provide senior management oversight. BMO’s Corporate
Treasury group is responsible for the ongoing management of structural
market risk across the enterprise, with independent oversight provided
by the Market Risk group.
Structural interest rate risk arises primarily from interest rate
mismatches and product embedded options. Interest rate mismatch risk
results from differences in the scheduled maturity, repricing dates or
reference rates of assets, liabilities and derivatives. Product embedded
option risk results from product features that allow customers to alter
scheduled maturity or repricing dates. Product embedded options
include loan prepayment and deposit redemption privileges and
committed rates on unadvanced mortgages. The net interest rate
mismatch, representing residual assets funded by common share
holders’ equity, is managed to a target duration, while product
embedded options are managed to low risk levels. The net interest rate
mismatch risk is primarily managed with interest rate swaps and secu
rities. Product embedded option risk exposures are primarily managed
through a dynamic hedging process or with purchased options.
Structural foreign exchange risk arises primarily from translation
risk related to the net investment in our U.S. operations and from trans
action risk associated with our U.S.-dollar-denominated net income.
Translation risk represents the impact changes in foreign exchange
rates can have on BMO’s reported shareholders’ equity and capital
ratios. When the Canadian dollar appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar,
unrealized translation losses on our net investment in foreign oper
ations, net of related hedging activities, are reported in other compre
hensive income in shareholders’ equity. In addition, the Canadian dollar
equivalent of U.S.-dollar-denominated RWA decreases. The reverse is
true when the Canadian dollar depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar.
Consequently, we may hedge our net investment in foreign operations
to ensure translation risk does not materially impact our capital ratios.
Transaction risk represents the impact on the Canadian dollar
equivalent of BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated results that fluctuations in
the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate may have. Exchange rate
fluctuations will affect future results measured in Canadian dollars and
the impact on those results is a function of the periods in which rev
enues, expenses and provisions for credit losses arise. Hedging trans
actions may be executed to partially offset the pre-tax effects of
Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations. If future results are
consistent with results in 2013, each one cent increase (decrease) in
the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate would be expected to increase
(decrease) adjusted net income before income taxes for the year by
$15 million in the absence of hedging transactions.
We use a variety of metrics to measure and manage interest rate
risk. These include simulations, sensitivity analysis, stress testing and gap
analysis in addition to other traditional risk metrics. The interest rate gap
position is disclosed in Note 19 on page 161 of the financial statements.
Structural interest rate sensitivity to an immediate parallel increase
or decrease of 100 and 200 basis points in the yield curve is disclosed in
the table below. This interest rate sensitivity analysis is performed and
disclosed by many financial institutions and facilitates comparison with
our peer group. Economic value interest rate sensitivity declined and
earnings interest rate sensitivity increased from the prior year primarily
due to higher short-term asset sensitivity. The asset-liability profile at
the end of the year results in a structural earnings benefit from interest
rate increases and structural earnings exposure to interest rate
decreases.
Structural Balance Sheet Interest Rate Sensitivity (1) ($ millions)*
As at October 31, 2013
Canadian equivalent
As at October 31, 2012
M
D
&
A
Economic value 12-month earnings Economic value 12-month earnings
sensitivity
after tax
sensitivity
after tax
sensitivity
pre-tax
sensitivity
pre-tax
100 basis point increase
100 basis point decrease
200 basis point increase
200 basis point decrease
(503.1)
340.1
(1,078.8)
442.7
95.4
(90.8)
158.1
(113.7)
(537.6)
402.9
(1,223.1)
783.6
20.1
(74.6)
27.2
(75.1)
Exposures are in brackets and benefits are represented by positive amounts.
*
(1) Interest rate sensitivities associated with BMO’s insurance businesses are not reflected in the
table above. For our insurance businesses, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates results in
an increase in earnings after tax of $81 million and an increase in economic value before tax
of $335 million ($94 million and $560 million, respectively, at October 31, 2012). A 100 basis
point decrease in interest rates results in a decrease in earnings after tax of $66 million and a
decrease in economic value before tax of $399 million ($74 million and $634 million,
respectively, at October 31, 2012). The change in interest rate sensitivities from the prior
year reflects the growth in the insurance business, lower interest rates and changes in
investment mix.
Models used to measure structural market risk project changes in
interest rates and predict how customers would likely react to the
changes. For customer loans and deposits with scheduled maturity and
repricing dates (such as mortgages and term deposits), our models
measure how customers are likely to use embedded options to alter
those scheduled terms. For customer loans and deposits without sched
uled maturity and repricing dates (such as credit card loans and
chequing accounts), our models assume a maturity profile that considers
historical and forecasted trends in changes in the balances due. These
models have been developed using statistical analysis and are validated
through regular model vetting, back-testing processes and ongoing
dialogue with staff in the lines of business. Models used to predict
customer behaviour are also used in support of product pricing and
performance measurement. Stress testing is performed regularly to
quantify the sensitivity of the structural market risk position to these
behavioural assumptions.
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 91
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if BMO is unable
to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable
prices as they fall due. Financial commitments include liabilities to
depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging
commitments.
Management Framework Overview
Managing liquidity and funding risk is essential to maintaining the safety
and soundness of the organization, depositor confidence and stability in
earnings. It is BMO’s policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and
funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, even in
times of stress.
BMO’s Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework is
defined and managed under Board-approved corporate policies and
management-approved standards. These policies and standards outline
key management principles, liquidity and funding management metrics
and related limits and guidelines, as well as roles and responsibilities for
the management of liquidity and funding risk across the enterprise. BMO
has robust limits and guidelines in place to manage liquidity and funding
risk. These limits and guidelines establish the secured and unsecured
funding appetite for both trading and structural activities, maturity
concentration tolerances, counterparty liability diversification require
ments and pledging activity. Guidelines are also established for the size
and type of uncommitted and committed credit and liquidity facilities
that may be outstanding to ensure liquidity and funding risk is appropri
ately managed. An enterprise-wide contingency plan that will facilitate
effective management through a disruption is also in place. Early
warning indicators identified in the contingency plan are regularly
monitored to identify early signs of liquidity risk in the market or
specific to BMO.
The RRC oversees liquidity and funding risk and annually approves
applicable policies, limits and the contingency plan, and regularly
reviews liquidity and funding positions. The RMC and Balance Sheet and
Capital Management Committee provide senior management oversight
and also review and discuss significant liquidity and funding policies,
issues and action items that arise in the execution of our strategy. The
Corporate Treasury group recommends the framework, risk appetite,
limits and guidelines, monitors compliance with policy requirements and
assesses the impact of market events on liquidity requirements on an
ongoing basis.
BMO subsidiaries include regulated and foreign legal entities and
branches, and therefore movements of funds between companies in the
corporate group are subject to the liquidity, funding and capital
adequacy considerations of the subsidiaries, as well as tax and regu
latory considerations. As such, liquidity and funding positions are
managed on both a consolidated and key legal entity basis. Liquidity
and funding risk management policies and limits are in place for key
legal entities that are informed by legal and regulatory requirements for
each entity, and positions are regularly reviewed at the legal entity level
to ensure compliance with applicable requirements.
BMO employs fund transfer pricing and liquidity transfer pricing
practices to ensure the appropriate economic signals are provided to the
lines of business on the pricing of products for customers and to assess
the performance of each business. These practices capture both the cost
of funding assets and the value of deposits under normal operating
conditions, as well as the cost of supplemental liquid assets held to
support contingent liquidity requirements.
Funding Strategy
Our funding philosophy requires that secured and unsecured wholesale
funding used to support loans and less liquid assets is longer term
(typically maturing in two to ten years) to better match the term to
maturity of these assets. Wholesale secured and unsecured funding for
liquid trading assets is generally shorter term (maturing in one year or
less) and is aligned with the liquidity of the assets being funded, subject
to haircuts in order to reflect the potential for lower market values and
liquidity during times of market stress, and subject to limits on
aggregate maturities permitted across different time periods. Supple
mental liquidity pools are funded with a mix of wholesale term funding.
BMO maintains a large and stable base of customer deposits that,
along with our strong capital base, is a source of strength. It supports
the maintenance of a sound liquidity position and reduces our reliance
on wholesale funding. Customer deposits include core deposits and
larger retail and commercial fixed-rate customer deposits. Customer
deposits totalled $220.3 billion at the end of the year, up from
$203.5 billion in 2012. BMO also receives deposits to facilitate certain
trading activities, receives non-marketable deposits from corporate and
institutional customers and issues structured notes primarily to retail
investors. These deposits totalled $43.3 billion as at October 31, 2013.
Customer Deposits-and
Capital-to-Total-Loans
Ratio (%)
106.6 104.1
96.5
94.6
91.9
Customer Deposits ($ billions)
15.4
204.9
12.8
190.7
17.1
177.3
17.5
135.3
22.5
125.3
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Our large customer base and
strong capital position reduce our
reliance on wholesale funding.
2010 and prior based on CGAAP.
Larger fixed-dated deposits*
Core deposits
Customer deposits provide a
strong funding base.
*Excluding wholesale customer deposits.
Total wholesale funding outstanding, consisting of negotiable
marketable securities, was $128.4 billion at October 31, 2013, with
$32.7 billion sourced as secured funding and $95.7 billion sourced as
unsecured funding. The mix and maturities of BMO’s wholesale term
funding are outlined in the table below. Additional information on
deposit maturities can be found in Note 30 on page 185.
BMO maintains a sizeable portfolio of unencumbered liquid assets
of $160.6 billion as of October 31, 2013, that can be monetized to
meet potential funding requirements, as described in the Liquid Assets
section below.
Diversification of our wholesale funding sources is an important part
of our overall liquidity management strategy. BMO’s wholesale funding
activities are well diversified by jurisdiction, currency, investor segment,
instrument and maturity profile. BMO maintains ready access to long
term wholesale funding through various borrowing programs, including
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
92 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
M
D
&
A
a European Note Issuance Program, Canadian and U.S. Medium-Term
Note Programs, Canadian and U.S. mortgage securitizations, Canadian
credit card securitizations, covered bonds and Canadian and U.S. senior
(unsecured) deposits.
BMO’s wholesale funding plan ensures sufficient funding capacity is
available to execute business strategies. The funding plan incorporates
Wholesale Funding Maturities (1) ($ millions)
expected maturities and stress testing results, asset and liability growth
projected from our businesses through our forecasting and planning
process, and assesses funding needs against available potential sources.
The funding plan is regularly updated throughout the year to incorporate
actual results and updated forecast information.
As at October 31, 2013
Unsecured (original term under 2 years)
Unsecured (original term 2 years or greater)
Less
than
1 month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
Subtotal
Less
than
1 year
1 to
2 years
2 to
5 years
Over
5 years
Total
12,093 24,435
845
215
8,998
1,816
8,725 54,251
3,625
749
394
–
9,304 22,416
–
5,694
54,645
41,039
Total Unsecured (2)
12,308 25,280 10,814
9,474 57,876
9,698 22,416
5,694
95,684
Secured (original term 2 years or greater)
Mortgage securitizations
Covered bonds
Credit card securitizations
FHLB* advances
Total Secured
Total
712
–
500
–
1,409
–
–
–
1,212
1,409
945
–
–
–
945
318
2,086
–
–
3,384
2,086
500
–
2,445
2,085
–
–
7,552
3,649
3,763
2,477
4,754
–
–
–
18,135
7,820
4,263
2,477
2,404
5,970
4,530 17,441
4,754
32,695
13,520 26,689 11,759 11,878 63,846
14,228 39,857 10,448 128,379
Federal Home Loan Banks.
*
(1) Wholesale funding excludes repo transactions and bankers acceptances, which are disclosed in the contractual maturity table in Note 30 of the financial statements, and capital transactions, which are
disclosed in Notes 17, 18 and 20 of the financial statements.
(2) Unsecured funding refers to funding through issuance of marketable, negotiable securities. Structured notes, which are predominantly retail in nature, are not included.
(3) Total wholesale funding consists of Canadian-dollar-denominated funds of $51.9 billion and $76.4 billion of funds denominated in U.S. dollars and other foreign currencies as at October 31, 2013.
Liquidity Risk Management
A key component of the liquidity risk framework is the measurement of
liquidity and liquidity risk under stress. BMO uses the Net Liquidity Posi
tion (NLP) as a key measure of liquidity risk. The NLP represents the
amount by which liquid assets exceed potential funding needs under a
severe combined enterprise-specific and systemic stress scenario. Poten
tial funding needs may arise from obligations to repay retail, commercial
and wholesale deposits that are withdrawn or not renewed, fund
drawdowns on available credit and liquidity lines, purchase collateral for
pledging due to ratings downgrades or as a result of market volatility, as
well as fund asset growth and strategic investments. Potential funding
needs are quantified by applying factors to various business activities
based on management’s view of the relative liquidity risk of each activ
ity. These factors vary depending on depositor classification (e.g., retail,
small business, non-financial corporate and wholesale counterparties)
and deposit type (e.g., insured, uninsured, operational and non
operational deposits) and by commitment type (e.g., uncommitted and
committed credit or liquidity facilities by counterparty type). These
funding needs are assessed under severely stressed systemic and
enterprise-specific scenarios and a combination thereof. BMO targets to
maintain a net liquidity position sufficient to withstand each scenario.
Stress testing results are compared against BMO’s stated risk tolerance,
considered in management decisions on limit or guideline setting and
internal liquidity transfer pricing, and help to shape the design of
management plans and contingency plans. The liquidity and funding risk
framework is also linked with enterprise-wide stress testing, including
the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process.
Liquid Assets
Liquid assets include unencumbered, high-quality assets that are market
able, can be pledged as security for borrowings, and can be converted to
cash in a time frame that meets our liquidity and funding requirements.
Liquid assets are primarily held in our trading businesses, and in
supplemental liquidity pools that are maintained for contingent liquidity
risk management purposes. The amount of liquidity recognized for
different asset classes under our management framework is subject to
reductions reflecting management’s view of the liquidity value of those
assets in a stress scenario. Liquid assets in the trading business include
cash on deposit with central banks and short-term deposits with other
financial institutions, highly-rated debt and equity securities and short-
term reverse repurchase agreements. With the exception of certain
equities, a large majority of trading assets qualify as liquid assets under
Basel III. These equity holdings are largely hedged and can be liquidated
in a crisis or if otherwise desired. Supplemental liquidity pool assets are
predominantly comprised of cash on deposit with central banks and
securities and short-term reverse repurchase agreements of highly rated
Canadian federal and provincial and U.S. federal government and agency
debt. Substantially all supplemental liquidity pool assets meet the defi
nition of liquid assets under Basel III. Trading liquid assets are held in
the parent bank, BMO Harris Bank and BMO’s broker/dealer operations
in Canada and internationally. Approximately 75% of the supplemental
liquidity pool is held at the parent bank level in Canadian- and U.S.
dollar-denominated assets, with the residual supplemental liquidity pool
contained in BMO Harris Bank in U.S.-dollar-denominated assets that
may be subject to regulatory up-streaming restrictions. The size of the
supplemental liquidity pool is calibrated to meet the potential funding
needs outside of our trading businesses in each of the parent bank and
BMO Harris Bank and achieve BMO’s target NLP in each entity. To meet
local regulatory requirements, certain of our legal entities maintain their
own minimum liquidity positions that meet overall regulatory require
ments. There may be legal and regulatory restrictions on our ability to
use liquid assets in one legal entity to support liquidity requirements in
another legal entity.
In the ordinary course of day-to-day activities, BMO may encumber
a portion of cash and securities holdings as collateral to support trading
activities and participation in clearing and payment systems in Canada
and abroad. In addition, BMO may receive liquid assets as collateral and
may re-pledge these assets in exchange for cash or as collateral for
trading activities. Net unencumbered liquid assets, defined as
on-balance sheet assets such as BMO-owned cash and securities and
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 93
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements plus other
off-balance sheet eligible collateral received less collateral encumbered,
totalled $160.6 billion at October 31, 2013. BMO may also pledge other
assets, including mortgages and loans, to raise long-term secured fund
ing. As part of the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework, a
Pledging of Assets corporate policy is in place that sets out the frame
work and pledging limits for financial and non-financial assets.
See Table 5 on page 107 for more information on BMO’s liquid
assets, encumbered assets and net unencumbered assets. See Note 28
on page 177 of the financial statements for further information on
pledged assets. BMO’s cash and securities as a percentage of total
assets were 31.2% at October 31, 2013, compared with 29.4% at
October 31, 2012.
Regulatory Developments
In January 2012, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)
published final guidance on the LCR. The LCR is the ratio of the stock of
high-quality liquid assets to stressed net cash outflows over a 30-day
time period under a specified regulatory scenario. In addition to the LCR,
the final guidance also sets out a suite of liquidity monitoring metrics
(e.g., contractual maturity mismatch, concentration of funding, available
unencumbered assets, LCR by significant currency and market-related
monitoring tools) to aid supervisors in the assessment of the liquidity
risk of an institution. Our expectation is that OSFI will provide guidance
on the domestic implementation of these measures in 2014.
The Basel committee also has announced that they are working on
finalizing the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). The NSFR is the ratio of
the available amount of stable funding (one-year or greater) to the
required amount of stable funding. Additional guidance on the measure
is expected to be provided in 2014. BMO believes it is well positioned to
meet these regulatory requirements.
Credit Ratings
The credit ratings assigned to BMO’s short-term and senior long-term
debt securities by external rating agencies are important in the raising
of both capital and funding to support our business operations.
Maintaining strong credit ratings allows us to access the capital markets
at competitive pricing levels. BMO’s ratings are indicative of high-grade,
high-quality issues. Should our credit ratings experience a material
downgrade, our cost of funds would likely increase significantly and our
access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced.
A material downgrade of our ratings could have additional con
sequences, including those set out in Note 10 on page 147 of the finan
cial statements.
As at October 31, 2013
Rating agency
Short-term debt
Senior long-
term debt
Subordinated
debt
Moody’s
S&P
Fitch
DBRS
P-1
A-1
F1+
R-1 (high)
Aa3
A+
AA
AA
A3
BBB+
A+
AA (low)
Outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
Stable
A
&
D
M
Operational Risk
Operational risk is the potential for loss resulting from inadequate
or failed internal processes or systems, human interactions or
external events, but excludes business risk.
BMO is exposed to potential losses arising from a variety of operational
risks, including process failure, theft and fraud, regulatory non
compliance, business disruption, information security breaches and
exposure related to outsourcing, as well as damage to physical assets.
Operational risk is inherent in all our business activities, including the
processes and controls used to manage credit risk, market risk and all
other risks we face. While operational risk can never be fully eliminated,
it can be managed to reduce exposure to financial loss, reputational
harm or regulatory sanctions.
The three-lines-of-defence operating model establishes appropriate
accountability for operational risk management. The operating groups
are responsible for the day-to-day management of operational risk in a
manner consistent with our enterprise-wide principles. Independent risk
management oversight is provided by operating group CROs, group
Operational Risk Officers, Corporate Support areas and Enterprise Opera
tional Risk Management. Operating group CROs and Operational Risk
Officers independently assess group operational risk profiles, identify
material exposures and potential weaknesses in controls, and recom
mend appropriate mitigation strategies and actions. Corporate Support
areas develop the tools and processes to directly manage specialized
operational risks across the organization. Enterprise Operational Risk
Management establishes the Operational Risk Management Framework
and the necessary governance framework.
Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF)
The ORMF defines the processes we use to identify, measure, manage,
mitigate, monitor and report key operational risk exposures. A primary
objective of the ORMF is to ensure that our operational risk profile is
consistent with our risk appetite and supported by adequate capital.
Executing our ORMF strategy also requires us to focus on change
management and working to achieve a cultural shift toward greater
awareness and understanding of operational risk through training,
recruitment and retention of the best talent and through communica
tion. The key programs, methodologies and processes we have devel
oped to support the framework are highlighted below.
Governance
Operational risk management is governed by a robust committee struc
ture supported by a comprehensive set of policies, standards and
operating guidelines. The Operational Risk Committee (ORC), a sub
committee of the RMC, is the main decision-making committee for all
operational risk management matters and has responsibility for the
oversight of operational risk strategy, management and governance.
ORC provides advice and guidance to the lines of business on opera
tional risk assessments, measurement and mitigation, and related
monitoring of change initiatives. ORC also oversees the development of
policies, standards and operating guidelines that give effect to the
governing principles of the ORMF. These governance documents
incorporate industry best practices and are reviewed on a regular basis
to ensure they are current and consistent with our risk appetite. We
continue to enhance governance by increasing the number of Corporate
Support areas that can provide additional oversight for specific opera
tional sub-risks.
Risk and Control Assessment (RCA)
RCA is an established process used by our operating groups to identify
the key risks associated with their businesses and the controls required
for risk mitigation. The RCA process provides a forward-looking view of
the impact of the business environment and internal controls on
operating group risk profiles, enabling the proactive management,
mitigation and prevention of risk. On an aggregate basis, RCA results
also provide an enterprise-level view of operational risks relative to risk
appetite, to ensure all key risks are adequately managed and mitigated.
Material in blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 77).
94 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
M
D
&
A
Process Risk Assessment (PRA)
The PRA provides a deeper focus on identifying key risks and controls in
specific business processes. The PRA enables a greater understanding of
our key processes to facilitate more effective oversight and to ensure
risks are appropriately mitigated.
Key Risk Indicators (KRIs)
KRIs provide an early indication of any adverse changes in risk exposure.
Operating groups and Corporate Support areas identify metrics related to
their material risks. These KRIs are used to monitor operational risk
profiles and their overall relation to our risk appetite and are linked to
thresholds that trigger management action.
Event Data Collection and Analysis
Internal loss data serves as an important means of assessing our opera
tional risk exposure and identifying opportunities for future risk pre
vention measures. Under this process, internal loss data is analyzed and
benchmarked against external data. Material trends are regularly
reported to the ORC, RMC and board RRC committees to ensure pre
ventative and corrective action can be taken where appropriate. BMO is
a member of the Operational Riskdata eXchange Association and the
American Bankers Association, international and national associations of
banks, respectively, that share loss data information anonymously to
assist in risk identification, assessment and modelling.
Capital Quantification
BMO uses The Standardized Approach (TSA) to determine Basel II regulatory
capital requirements for operational risk. We have implemented TSA proc
esses and capital measures at both the consolidated enterprise and appli
cable legal entity levels. BMO has also developed a risk-sensitive capital
model that is compliant with the Basel II Advanced Measurement Approach
(AMA) requirements and can calculate AMA capital in parallel with TSA
capital. BMO is currently moving ahead with its AMA application, consistent
with regulatory guidelines and expectations.
Insurance Risk
Insurance risk is the risk of loss due to actual experience being
different from that assumed when an insurance product was
designed and priced. It generally entails inherent unpredictability
that can arise from assuming long-term policy liabilities or from the
uncertainty of future events. Insurance risk exists in all our insurance
products, including annuities and life, accident and sickness, and
creditor insurance, as well as in our reinsurance business.
Insurance risk consists of:
‰ Claims risk – The risk that the actual magnitude or frequency of claims
will differ from the levels assumed in the pricing or underwriting
process, including risks such as mortality risk, morbidity risk, longevity
risk and catastrophe risk;
‰ Policyholder behaviour risk – The risk that the behaviour of policy
holders relating to premium payments, withdrawals or loans, policy
lapses and surrenders and other voluntary terminations will differ
from the behaviour assumed in the pricing calculations; and
‰ Expense risk – The risk that actual expenses associated with acquiring
and administering policies and claims processing will exceed the
expenses assumed in the pricing calculations.
Insurance risk approval authority is delegated by BMO’s Board of Direc
tors to senior management. A robust product approval process is a
cornerstone for identifying, assessing and mitigating risks associated
with new insurance products or changes to existing products. This proc
ess, combined with guidelines and practices for underwriting and claims
management, promotes the effective identification, measurement and
Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis
Stress testing measures the potential impact of plausible operational,
economic, market and credit events on our operations and capital.
Scenario analysis provides management with a better understanding of
low-frequency, high-severity events and assesses enterprise prepared
ness for events that could create risks that exceed our risk appetite.
Under the AMA, we use scenario analysis for stress testing, to manage
tail risk exposure to such events and to validate operational risk
capital adequacy.
Reporting
Regular analysis and reporting of our enterprise operational risk profile
to the ORC, RMC and RRC committees are important elements of our
ORMF. A critical aspect of this reporting is the quality of our underlying
sources and systems. Timely and comprehensive operational risk
reporting enhances risk transparency and facilitates the proactive
management of material and emerging operational risk exposures.
Training
BMO’s operational risk management training program ensures
employees are qualified and equipped to execute the ORMF strategy
consistently, effectively and efficiently.
Business Continuity Management
Effective business continuity management ensures that we have the
capability to sustain, manage and recover critical operations and proc
esses in the event of a business disruption, thereby minimizing any
adverse effects on our customers and other stakeholders.
Corporate Insurance Program
BMO’s Corporate Risk & Insurance team provides a second level of
mitigation for certain operational risk exposures. We purchase insurance
in amounts that are expected to provide adequate protection against
unexpected material loss and where insurance is required by law, regu
lation or contractual agreement.
management of insurance risk. Reinsurance, which involves transactions
that transfer insurance risk to independent reinsurance companies, is
also used to manage our exposure to insurance risk by diversifying risk
and limiting claims.
Insurance risk is monitored on a regular basis. Actuarial liabilities are
estimates of the amounts required to meet insurance obligations. Liabilities
are established in accordance with the standards of practice of the Canadian
Institute of Actuaries and the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
The liabilities are validated through extensive internal and external reviews
and audits. Assumptions underlying actuarial liabilities are regularly
updated to reflect emerging actual experience. The Appointed Actuaries of
our insurance subsidiaries are appointed by those subsidiaries’ boards of
directors and have statutory responsibility for providing opinions on the
adequacy of provisions for the policyholder liabilities, the solvency of the
insurance companies and fairness of treatment of participating policy
holders. In addition, the work of each Appointed Actuary is subject to an
external, independent review by a qualified actuary every three years, in
accordance with OSFI Guideline E-15.
BMO’s Board of Directors establishes approval authorities and limits
and delegates these to the management teams of the insurance sub
sidiaries. The boards of directors of our insurance subsidiaries are
responsible for the stewardship of their respective insurance companies.
Through oversight and monitoring, the boards are responsible for
determining that the insurance companies are managed and function in
accordance with established insurance strategies and policies. ERPM is
responsible for providing risk management direction and independent
oversight to these insurance companies. This group also has the
authority to approve activities that exceed the authorities and limits
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 95
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
delegated to the boards of the insurance subsidiaries, or that expose
BMO to significant risk.
Our insurance subsidiaries provide independent evaluation and
reporting of risk exposures to their boards of directors and at the enter-
prise level, including reporting to both management of Wealth
Management and the RRC. Reporting involves an assessment of all
risks facing the insurance subsidiaries, which include top-line and
emerging risks, as well as key risk indicators. A comprehensive risk
review process is in place to identify the key risks associated with
insurance operations and products, as well as the controls required for
risk mitigation.
A
&
D
M
Legal and Regulatory Risk
Legal and regulatory risk is the risk of not complying with laws,
contractual undertakings or other legal requirements, as well as
regulatory requirements and regulators’ expectations. Failure to
properly manage legal and regulatory risk may result in litigation,
financial losses, regulatory sanctions, an inability to execute our
business strategies and harm to our reputation.
BMO’s success also relies on our ability to manage prudently our
exposure to judgments, fines or losses arising from the risk of not
complying with laws, contractual undertakings, or meeting regulatory
requirements or regulator expectations. Fiduciary risk relating to BMO’s
businesses providing products or services that give rise to fiduciary
duties to clients is another area of focus for legal and compliance
management and operating groups’ risk committees. Of particular
importance are the policies and practices that address a business’
responsibilities to a client, including service requirements and expect
ations, client suitability determinations, and disclosure obligations and
communications. Failure to properly manage these risks may result in
harm to our reputation, cause a decline in investor confidence, and
affect our ability to execute our business strategies.
Under the direction of the General Counsel, Legal and Compliance
Group (LCG) maintains enterprise-wide frameworks to identify, measure,
manage, monitor and report on legal (including fiduciary) and regulatory
risk. These frameworks reflect the three lines-of-defence operating
model described previously. The operating groups and Corporate Support
areas must manage day-to-day risks in compliance with policies while
LCG teams specifically aligned to designated operating groups provide
advice and independent legal and regulatory risk management oversight.
Business Risk
Business risk arises from the specific business activities of a
company and the effects these could have on its earnings.
Business risk encompasses the potential causes of earnings volatility
that are distinct from credit, market or operational risk factors. The
management of business risk identifies and addresses factors related
to the risk that volumes will decrease or margins will shrink without
the company having the ability to compensate for this decline by
cutting costs.
Model Risk
LCG also works with operating groups and Corporate Support areas to
identify legal and regulatory requirements and potential risks, recom
mend mitigation strategies and actions, and oversee litigation
involving BMO.
The General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) regularly
report to the Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the board and to
senior management on the effectiveness of our Enterprise Compliance
Program (ECP) which, using a risk-based approach, identifies, assesses
and manages legal and regulatory requirements. The ECP requires that
operating groups and Corporate Support areas maintain compliance
policies, procedures and controls to meet these requirements. Under the
direction of the CCO, LCG identifies gaps and deficiencies and tracks
remedial action plans.
BMO’s code of conduct, FirstPrinciples, outlines our commitment to
high standards of ethics and integrity, and requires that each employee
take responsibility to follow both the letter and the spirit of the law. All
directors and employees annually acknowledge their commitment to
FirstPrinciples, and take required training that tests their knowledge and
understanding of the code. This annual training also includes other
important legal and regulatory subjects, including anti-money launder
ing, privacy and anti-corruption practices.
The financial services industry is highly regulated and continues to
receive heightened attention under worldwide regulatory reform ini
tiatives. BMO has experienced a significant increase in regulation and
supervision, and such changes could have a significant impact on how
we conduct business. LCG continues to work diligently in assessing and
understanding the implications of these regulatory changes, and devotes
substantial resources to implementing new regulations while helping the
operating groups meet the needs and demands of BMO’s clients.
BMO faces many risks that are similar to those faced by non-
financial firms, principally that our profitability, and hence value, may be
eroded by changes in the business environment or by failures of
strategy or execution. Sources of these risks include, but are not limited
to, changing client expectations, adverse business developments and
relatively ineffective responses to industry changes.
Within BMO, each operating group is responsible for controlling its
respective business risk by assessing, managing and mitigating the risks
arising from changes in business volumes and cost structures, among
other factors.
Model risk is the potential for loss due to the risk that a model may
not perform or capture risk as designed. It also arises from the
possibility of the use of an inappropriate model or the inappropriate
use of a model.
BMO uses models that range from the very simple to those that value
complex transactions or involve sophisticated portfolio and capital
management methodologies. These models are used to inform strategic
decision-making and to assist in making daily lending, trading, under
writing, funding, investment and operational decisions. Models have also
been developed to measure exposure to specific risks and to measure total
risk on an integrated basis, using Economic Capital. We have strong controls
over the development, implementation and application of these models.
BMO uses a variety of models, which can be grouped within
six categories:
‰ valuation models for the valuation of assets, liabilities or reserves;
‰ risk exposure models for measuring credit risk, market risk, liquidity
risk and operational risk, which also address expected loss and
its applications;
96 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
‰ capital and stress testing models for measuring capital, allocating
capital and managing regulatory capital and Economic Capital;
‰ fiduciary models for asset allocation, asset optimization and portfolio
management;
‰ major business strategy models to forecast the possible outcomes of
new strategies in support of our business decision-making process; and
‰ models driven by regulatory and other stakeholder requirements.
Model Risk is governed by the enterprise-wide Model Risk Manage
ment Framework, which sets out end-to-end risk governance across the
model activity cycle and ensures consistency between model risk and
enterprise-wide risk appetite. The framework outlines explicit principles
for managing model risk, describes processes and clearly defines roles
and responsibilities. The Model Risk Corporate Standard, outlines the
requirements for the oversight, identification, development,
independent validation, implementation, use, monitoring and reporting
of models and model risk throughout the enterprise. Prior to use, all
models must receive approval and an assessment of their model risk by
the Model Risk and Vetting (MRV) group. All models are assigned a risk
rating as part of the vetting process, which determines the frequency of
ongoing review. In addition to regularly scheduled model validation and
vetting, model risk monitoring and oversight activities are in place to
confirm that models perform and are managed and used as expected,
thereby increasing the likelihood of early detection of emerging issues.
The Model Risk Management Forum, a cross-functional group repre
senting all key stakeholders (model users, model owners and the MRV
group), meets regularly to provide input into the development,
implementation and maintenance of the Model Risk Management
Framework and the requirements governing all models that are used
across the enterprise.
BMO’S Risk Rating System Framework
The Risk Rating System framework utilized by BMO encompasses
various methods, processes, controls, data collection and technology to
support the assessment of credit risk of exposures. This framework also
includes the assignment of the following credit risk parameters: Proba
bility of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default
(EAD), which are used for Regulatory Capital and Economic Capital
estimation. The principles underlying the Risk Rating System are gov
erned by internal policies and standards.
The design and quantification of models and methodologies to
establish credit risk measures is a centralized function. An independent
validation group reviews, validates and approves these models and
methodologies prior to their implementation.
Ongoing monitoring of model performance, targeted model
reviews, annual validations and related reporting processes ensure that
the models and methodologies continue to perform as intended, and
that any material changes in operating environment, business strategy
that leads to portfolio shifts, or economic environment trigger appro
priate and timely action. These processes are key to ensuring that BMO’s
risk rating systems continue to assign risk parameters that accurately
reflect credit risks in our various portfolios.
We employ risk rating systems for our retail portfolios (consumer
and small business) and wholesale portfolios (corporate, commercial,
bank and sovereign).
Retail Risk Rating System
Retail Risk Rating System uses an approach that rates the borrower’s
risk on a narrow range of likely expected conditions, primarily more
recent in nature (e.g. delinquency, loan to value ratio, utilization rate,
etc.). Product lines within each of the three retail risk categories
— mortgage, qualifying revolving, and other retail exposures — are
separately modelled so the risk drivers capture the distinct nature of
each product. The final segmentation scheme categorizes each exposure
within a product line into homogeneous pools of retail risk that reflect
common borrower risk drivers. Accordingly, each risk segment is then
assigned a unique combination of PD, LGD and EAD parameters,
capturing the segment-specific credit risk.
The retail risk rating system is designed to estimate values of credit
risk parameters as precisely and accurately as possible. However, the
risk parameter estimates are subject to uncertainty. In order to embed a
level of conservatism to portfolio performance projections, adjustments
are added to each parameter estimate at the segment level during the
calibration process. Additionally, the retail parameters are calibrated on
an annual basis to incorporate additional data points in the parameter
estimation process. This ensures that the most recent experience is
incorporated into the parameter assessment process.
Parameter Modelling Details (all are expressed as percentages,
between 0% and 100%)
PD: assigned to each borrower and reflects default risk over a one-year
time horizon. The PD parameter is calibrated based on BMO’s internal
default data from the period 2003 to 2012 and is meant to reflect long-
run average default rates.
M
D
&
A
LGD: assigned to each credit exposure extended to a borrower and
measures the potential economic loss at default during downturn con
ditions. The LGD parameter is calibrated based on internal loss data from
2003 to 2011, including a specific “downturn” buffer that incorporates
the potential impact of PD and LGD correlation, and floored to the
maximum realized loss given default rate.
EAD: assigned to each exposure extended to a borrower and measures
the amount of a credit exposure that is likely to be drawn in the event
the borrower defaults. This EAD amount is derived from the EAD ratio (or
utilization given default) parameter and is based on BMO’s internal
realized loss data from 2003 to 2012. The EAD ratio parameter is cali
brated with a long-run view, based on the average of historical realized
utilization given default rates, with a margin of conservatism added for
sources of uncertainty and to ensure the predicted EAD amount is
greater than the maximum historical realized EAD amount.
Wholesale Risk Rating System
Wholesale Risk Rating system covers the assessment of credit risk of
borrowers in non-retail asset classes (corporate, bank, and sovereign).
Relative to Retail portfolio, Wholesale portfolio is characterized by a
smaller number of larger exposures that cover a range of industries. Risk
characteristics of these borrowers are captured by developing industry-
specific risk rating models, and LGD and EAD modelling focuses on
capturing the key risk drivers of individual facility types extended to
these borrowers. Further details on each are provided below.
Parameter Modelling Details (all are expressed as percentages,
between 0% and 100%)
PD: assigned to each borrower based on its risk rating and the asset
class and reflects default risk over a one-year time horizon.
Risk ratings are assigned using the appropriate internal model. A
suite of general and sector-specific risk rating models have been devel
oped within each asset class to capture the key quantitative and qual
itative risk factors associated with borrowers in different industries and
portfolios. Borrower risk rating grades (BRRs) are assessed and assigned
at loan inception and reviewed at least annually. More frequent reviews
are performed for higher risk-rated borrowers, accounts that trigger a
review through a rating change or that experience covenant breaches,
and accounts requiring or requesting changes to facilities.
BMO employs a Master Scale with 14 BRRs, and for each grade
within each asset class, grade PDs are assigned to reflect the long-run
average of one-year default rates. PD estimates are based on internal
default experience over a period of more than five years that covers at
least one full economic cycle, supplemented by external benchmarking,
as applicable.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 97
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
LGD: assigned to each credit facility extended to a borrower and meas
ures the potential economic loss at default during downturn conditions.
LGD models are based on realized losses and calibrated to account for
potential downturn conditions (with an added margin-of-conservatism
adjustment for data uncertainty where necessary). LGD models have
been developed for each asset class using internal data that covers a
period of more than seven years (2000 to 2011), captures a full
economic cycle and is supplemented by external data, as needed.
EAD: assigned to each facility extended to a borrower and measures the
amount of a credit facility that is likely to be drawn in the event the
borrower defaults within the next 12 months assuming downturn con
ditions. EAD is modelled using internal data that covers a period of more
than seven years (2000 to 2010) and captures a full economic cycle. The
EAD models are then calibrated to reflect downturn conditions based on
the average of historical realized drawn-down amounts over downturn
periods with a margin-of-conservatism adjustment for data uncertainty
where necessary.
Model Back-testing
Back-testing requirements are governed under comprehensive Vali
dation Guidelines. For probability of default, back-testing entails
comparing the rating system’s mapped probabilities of default against
actual or realized default rates for each of the obligor ratings, and
testing for statistical evidence that the realized default rates represent
sampling variability and not different populations of default data. Back-
testing the effectiveness of a risk rating system can be measured
through the evaluation of calibration and discriminatory power with
support from migration analysis. A comprehensive validation includes
various prescribed tests and analyses that measure discriminatory
power, calibration and dynamic properties. Additional tests or analyses
may be used to validate BRR/PDs. As with any analysis, judgment can
be applied in determining potentially limiting factors, such as data limi
tations, which may impact the overall relevance of validation
approaches and/or interpretation of statistical analysis. For loss given
default, back-testing follows similar testing requirements. Annual vali
dations are performed independently by the Model Risk Vetting group.
A
&
D
M
Strategic Risk
Strategic risk is the potential for loss due to fluctuations in the
external business environment and/or failure to properly respond to
these fluctuations due to inaction, ineffective strategies or poor
implementation of strategies.
Strategic risk arises from external risks inherent in the business environ
ment within which BMO operates, as well as the risk of potential loss if
BMO is unable to address those external risks effectively. While external
strategic risks – including economic, political, regulatory, technological,
social and competitive risks – cannot be controlled, the likelihood and
magnitude of their impact can be mitigated through an effective
strategic risk management process.
BMO’s Strategy Group oversees our strategic planning processes
and works with the lines of business, along with risk, finance and other
corporate areas, to identify, monitor and mitigate strategic risk across
the enterprise. A rigorous strategic management process encourages a
consistent approach to the development of strategies and incorporates
financial information linked to financial commitments.
Reputation Risk
Reputation risk is the risk of a negative impact to BMO that results
from the deterioration of BMO’s reputation. Potential negative
impacts include revenue loss, decline in client loyalty, litigation, regu
latory sanction or additional oversight or decline in BMO’s share price.
BMO’s reputation is one of its most valuable assets. By protecting and
maintaining our reputation, we can increase shareholder value, reduce
our cost of capital and improve employee engagement.
Fostering a business culture in which integrity and ethical conduct
are core values is key to effectively protecting and maintaining
BMO’s reputation.
The Strategy Group works with the lines of business and key corpo
rate stakeholders during the strategy development process to promote
consistency and adherence to strategic management standards. The
potential impacts of the changing business environment, such as broad
industry trends and the actions of competitors, are considered as part of
this process and inform strategic decisions within each of our lines of
business. Enterprise and group strategies are reviewed with the
Management Committee and the Board of Directors annually in inter
active sessions designed to challenge assumptions and strategies in the
context of current and potential future business environments.
Performance objectives established through the strategic manage
ment process are regularly monitored and are reported upon quarterly,
using both leading and lagging indicators of performance, so that strat
egies can be reviewed and adjusted where necessary. Regular strategic
and financial updates are also monitored closely to identify any sig
nificant issues.
We believe that active, ongoing and effective management of
reputation risk is best achieved by considering reputation risk issues in
the course of strategy development, strategic and operational
implementation, and transactional or initiative decision-making. Reputa
tion risk is also managed through our corporate governance practices,
code of conduct and risk management framework.
All employees are responsible for conducting themselves in accord
ance with FirstPrinciples, BMO’s code of conduct, thus building and
maintaining BMO’s reputation. The Reputation Risk Management
Committee reviews significant or heightened issues of reputation risk to
BMO, including those that may arise from complex credit or structured-
finance transactions.
98 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Environmental and Social Risk
Environmental and social risk is the risk of loss or damage to
BMO’s reputation resulting from environmental and social concerns
related to BMO or its customers. Environmental and social risk is
often associated with credit, operational and reputation risk.
Environmental and social risk is addressed in our board-approved corpo
rate responsibility and sustainability policy. Environmental and social risk
management activities are overseen by the Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) group and the Environmental Sustainability group,
with support from our lines of business and other Corporate Support
areas. BMO’s Sustainability Council, which is comprised of executives
representing the various areas of the organization, provides insight and
guidance for our environmental and social initiatives.
As part of our enterprise risk management framework, we evaluate
the environmental and social impact of our clients’ operations, as well as
their industry sectors. Environmental and social risk covers a broad spec
trum of issues, such as climate change, biodiversity and ecosystem health,
pollution, waste and the unsustainable use of water and resources, as
well as risks to the livelihoods, health and rights of communities and their
cultural heritage. We work with external stakeholders to understand the
impact of our operations and financing decisions in the context of these
issues, and we use this understanding to determine the consequences for
our businesses. BMO has developed and implemented specific financing
guidelines on environmental and social risk for specific lines of business.
Environmental and social risks associated with lending transactions are
managed within BMO’s credit and counterparty risk framework. Enhanced
due diligence is applied to transactions with clients operating in environ
mentally sensitive industry sectors.
BMO is a signatory to the Equator Principles, a voluntary credit risk
management framework for determining, assessing and managing
environmental and social risk in project finance transactions. These
principles have been integrated into our credit risk framework. We are
also a signatory to and participate in the Carbon Disclosure Project,
which provides corporate disclosure on greenhouse gas emissions and
climate change management.
In 2013, BMO implemented ESG training for BMO Capital Markets
employees to ensure that there is consistency in the understanding of
environmental and social risks across the enterprise. The training
includes identification of emerging issues, an overview of BMO’s due
diligence procedures and tools to assist employees in identifying and
managing environmental, social and governance risks. We review our
environmental and social risk policies and procedures on a periodic basis.
To ensure that we are informed of emerging issues, we participate in
global forums with our peers, maintain an open dialogue with our stake
holders and continuously monitor and evaluate policy and legislative
changes in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our environmental and
social policies and practices are outlined in detail in our annual Environ
mental, Social and Governance Report and Public Accountability State
ment, and on our Corporate Responsibility website. Our Environmental,
Social and Governance Report also reports on our environmental and
social performance according to the Global Reporting Initiative.
M
D
&
A
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 99
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
2012 Financial Performance Review
The preceding discussions in the MD&A focused on our performance in
2013. This section summarizes our performance in fiscal 2012 relative
to fiscal 2011. As noted on page 26, certain prior year data has been
reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2013, including restate
ments arising from transfers between operating groups, as well as
restatements to report provisions for credit loss in the operating groups
on an actual credit loss basis rather than on an expected loss basis.
Further information on restatements is provided on page 45.
Net income increased $1,075 million or 35% to $4,189 million in
fiscal 2012 and earnings per share (EPS) increased $1.31 or 27% to
$6.15. Adjusted net income increased $817 million or 25% to
$4,092 million and adjusted EPS increased $0.90 or 18% to $6.00,
primarily due to the inclusion of eight additional months of M&I results
compared to 2011.
Adjusting items are detailed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on
page 34.
Return on equity and adjusted return on equity were 15.9% and
15.5%, respectively, compared to 15.1% and 16.0%, respectively, in
2011. There was an increase of $1,084 million in earnings ($826 million
in adjusted earnings) available to common shareholders. Average
common shareholders’ equity increased by almost $6.0 billion from
2011, primarily due to the issuance of common shares to M&I share
holders in July 2011 as consideration for the acquisition, as well as
internally generated capital.
Revenue increased $2,187 million or 16% in 2012 to
$16,130 million. Adjusted revenue increased $1,325 million or 10% to
$15,067 million. The inclusion of eight additional months of M&I results
in 2012 increased adjusted revenue by $1,161 million or 8% relative to
the prior year. The stronger U.S. dollar added $51 million to adjusted
revenue growth, on a basis that excludes the impact of the acquired
business. Excluding these two items, revenue increased $113 million or
1%, primarily due to growth in U.S. P&C and Wealth Management. For
the fifth consecutive year, there was solid growth in both consolidated
net interest income and non-interest revenue on a reported basis, with
both growing at double-digit rates in 2012.
BMO recorded $765 million of provisions for credit losses in 2012,
compared with $1,212 million in 2011. Adjusted provisions for credit
losses were $471 million in 2012, compared with $1,108 million in
2011. The improvement was due to recoveries on the M&I purchased
credit impaired loan portfolio and an improved credit environment.
Non-interest expense increased $1,497 million or 17% to
$10,238 million in 2012. Adjusted non-interest expense increased
$1,060 million or 13% to $9,513 million. The inclusion of eight addi
tional months of M&I results in 2012 increased adjusted expense by
$856 million or 10%. The stronger U.S. dollar increased costs in 2012 by
$34 million, excluding the impact related to acquisitions. Excluding these
two factors, expenses increased $170 million or 2%, primarily due to
continued investment in our businesses, including technology develop
ment initiatives.
The provision for income taxes was $938 million in 2012, compared
with $876 million in 2011. The adjusted provision for income taxes in
2012 was $991 million, compared with $906 million in 2011. The effec
tive tax rate in 2012 was 18.3%, compared with 22.0% in 2011. The
adjusted effective tax rate in 2012 was 19.5%, compared with 21.7%
in 2011. The lower adjusted effective tax rate in 2012 was mainly
attributable to a reduction of 1.6 percentage points in the statutory
Canadian income tax rate in 2012 and higher recoveries of prior years’
income taxes.
Net income in Canadian P&C in 2012 rose $60 million or 4% from
2011 to $1,775 million. Revenue increased $24 million to
$6,212 million, as the effects of growth in balances and fees across
100 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
most of the business were largely offset by lower net interest margin.
Non-interest expense increased $50 million or 2% to $3,183 million,
primarily due to investments in the business, including our distribution
network, net of strong expense management.
Both net income and adjusted net income in U.S. P&C more than
doubled in 2012, with net income increasing $321 million to
$580 million and adjusted net income increasing $350 million to
$644 million. On a U.S. dollar basis, net income increased $318 million
and adjusted net income increased $345 million. Revenue increased
$1,023 million or 51% to $3,024 million, and increased $990 million or
49% on a U.S. dollar basis, of which $939 million was attributable to the
inclusion of eight additional months of M&I results in 2012. The
remaining $51 million increase was primarily due to growth in both
gains on the sale of newly originated mortgages and commercial
lending fees. Adjusted non-interest expense increased $624 million or
53% to $1,807 million, and increased $603 million or 50% on a
U.S. dollar basis, with $552 million of the increase due to the inclusion
of eight additional months of M&I results in 2012. The remaining
$51 million increase was largely attributable to increases in regulatory
and other support costs and litigation accruals.
Net income in Wealth Management was $524 million, up $44 mil
lion or 9% from 2011. Adjusted net income was $545 million, up
$55 million or 11%. Adjusted net income in wealth businesses was
$387 million, up $28 million or 8%. Adjusted net income in insurance
was $158 million, up $27 million or 21%. Revenue of $2,905 million in
2012 increased $313 million or 12%. Revenue in wealth businesses
increased by 12%, as a result of acquisitions, including the incremental
impact of M&I and LGM, earnings from a strategic investment and
growth in revenues across most businesses. Insurance revenue
increased 9% from the prior year. Insurance revenue was reduced in
both 2012 and 2011 by the unfavourable impact of movements in long
term interest rates. In 2011, insurance revenue was also reduced by an
unusually high $55 million charge in respect of reinsurance claims
related to the earthquakes in Japan and New Zealand. Non-interest
expense of $2,219 million increased $263 million or 13%. Adjusted non-
interest expense of $2,190 million increased $246 million or 13%,
primarily due to an increase in spending on our strategic priorities.
Net income in BMO Capital Markets increased $46 million to
$1,021 million in 2012. The increase was driven by lower income taxes
and a reduction in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by an
increase in expenses. Revenue decreased by a modest $39 million to
$3,276 million in a challenging market environment for some areas in
our investment banking business. Net interest income decreased
$38 million or 3% from the prior year. Non-interest revenue was con
sistent with the prior year. A significant increase in trading revenue was
offset by a reduction in mergers and acquisitions and equity under
writing fees, reflecting lower activity levels, and reductions in both
securities commissions and investment securities gains. The stronger
U.S. dollar increased revenue by $21 million. Provisions for credit losses
were $26 million lower in 2012. Non-interest expense increased
$60 million or 3% to $1,956 million, primarily due to increases in
employee costs and technology investments.
Corporate Services net income for the year was $289 million,
compared with a net loss of $315 million in 2011. Adjusted net income
was $96 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $209 million in
2011. Adjusted revenue was essentially unchanged, while adjusted
expense increased by $82 million, primarily due to the impact of the
acquired businesses. Adjusted provisions for credit losses were
$489 million lower, primarily due to a $509 million ($315 million after
tax) recovery of provisions for credit losses on the M&I purchased credit
impaired loan portfolio.
Review of Fourth Quarter 2013 Performance
Reported net income for the fourth quarter of 2013 was $1,088 million,
up 1% or $6 million from a year ago. Adjusted net income for the fourth
quarter was $1,102 million, down $23 million or 2% from a year ago.
Adjusted results for the quarter exclude: $30 million after-tax net benefit
for credit-related items in respect of the purchased performing loan
portfolio; $60 million pre-tax ($37 million after tax) for integration costs
of the acquired business; $26 million pre-tax ($20 million after tax)
benefit from run-off structured credit activities; $5 million for income
taxes related to the collective allowance on loans other than the
purchased loan portfolio; and $31 million pre-tax ($22 million after tax)
of amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. Summary
income statements and data for the quarter and comparative quarters
are outlined on page 103. Adjusting items are included in Corporate
Services except the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets,
which is included across the operating groups.
Amounts in the rest of this Review of Fourth Quarter 2013 Perform
ance section are stated on an adjusted basis.
There was particularly strong growth in Wealth Management,
including higher securities gains, and good growth in Canadian P&C,
offset by lower income in BMO Capital Markets and higher provisions for
credit losses in the P&C businesses. Canadian P&C had good results,
driven by strong volume growth across most products, partially offset by
lower net interest margin, higher provisions for credit losses and mod
estly higher expenses. Wealth Management net income was up sig
nificantly, driven by a security gain and strong performance in the other
wealth and insurance underlying businesses. BMO Capital Markets net
income declined from strong results a year ago, primarily due to lower
trading revenues reflecting market uncertainty. The prior year included
strong trading revenues and a recovery of prior periods’ income taxes.
U.S. P&C results declined primarily due to an increase in the provisions
for credit losses, which were above trend in the current quarter, and
lower revenues. Corporate Services results declined, primarily due to
lower revenues.
Revenue increased $140 million or 4% to $4,060 million. Revenue
significantly increased in Wealth Management, reflecting a $191 million
security gain and a 12% increase in the other wealth businesses, and
there were good results in Canadian P&C, with declines in the other
operating groups. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue growth by
$60 million, net of hedging impacts.
Net interest income increased $12 million or 1% to $1,968 million.
BMO’s overall net interest margin decreased by 9 basis points from a
year ago to 1.58%. Average earning assets increased $29.6 billion or 6%
relative to a year ago, including a $9.5 billion increase as a result of the
stronger U.S. dollar. There was strong growth in Canadian P&C and
Wealth Management, growth in BMO Capital Markets and U.S. P&C, and
a reduction in Corporate Services.
Non-interest revenue increased $128 million or 6% to $2,092 mil
lion, mainly due to a large security gain in Wealth Management and
higher mutual fund revenues, partially offset by lower trading revenues
in BMO Capital Markets. Most other types of non-interest revenue were
also up, with the exception of insurance income, card fees and other.
The stronger U.S. dollar increased non-interest revenue growth by $27
million, net of hedging impacts.
Non-interest expense increased $66 million or 3% to $2,502
million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, non-interest
expense increased by a modest $22 million or 1%, primarily due to
higher employee-related costs, including pension, and higher
regulatory-related costs.
The provision for credit losses (PCL) was $140 million, compared
with $113 million in the fourth quarter of 2012. The increase in PCL was
mainly due to above trend provisions in Canadian P&C and U.S. P&C,
coupled with lower recoveries of credit losses on the purchased credit
impaired loan portfolio in Corporate Services.
The provision for income taxes of $316 million increased
$70 million from the fourth quarter of 2012. The effective tax rate for
the quarter was 22.3%, compared with 17.9% a year ago, primarily due
to lower recoveries of prior periods’ income taxes and an increased
proportion of income from higher tax-rate jurisdictions.
M
D
&
A
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 101
A
&
D
M
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends
BMO’s results and performance measures for the past eight quarters are
outlined on page 103. Periodically, certain business lines and units
within the business lines are transferred between client operating
groups to more closely align BMO’s organizational structure with its
strategic priorities. Comparative figures have been restated to conform
to the current presentation. During the first quarter of 2013, we
commenced charging provisions for credit losses to BMO’s operating
groups based on actual credit losses incurred. Previously we had
charged the groups with credit losses based on an expected loss provi
sioning methodology. See the 2013 Review of Operating Groups Per
formance on page 44.
We have remained focused on embracing a culture that places the
customer at the centre of everything we do. Economic conditions were
at times challenging for some of our businesses in 2012 and 2013, but
conditions have improved overall and adjusted quarterly results have
generally trended higher over the past two years.
BMO’s quarterly earnings, revenue and expense are modestly
affected by seasonal factors. Since our second fiscal quarter has 89 days
(90 in a leap year) and other quarters have 92 days, second-quarter
results are lower relative to other quarters because there are fewer
calendar days, and thus fewer business days. The months of July
(third quarter) and August (fourth quarter) are typically characterized by
lower levels of capital markets activity, which has an effect on results in
Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets. The December holiday
season also contributes to a slowdown in some activities.
Canadian P&C produced good fourth-quarter results to close out a
strong second half of 2013. Strong volume growth in both the personal
and commercial segments generated improved revenue growth in the
third and fourth quarters compared to the first half of 2013. Net interest
margin year-over-year declines have been abating. Expense growth
continues to be modest as continued investment in the business is
mitigated by strong expense management.
U.S. P&C results have benefited from the M&I acquisition, as well as
increases in commercial loan balances. U.S. P&C had strong results in the
first quarter of 2013, and results were relatively stable in the second
and third quarters due to core commercial and industrial loan growth
and lower expenses compared to the prior year’s results offsetting
lower margins and balances in certain portfolios. Results in the fourth
quarter were negatively impacted by higher provisions for credit losses.
Net interest margin has been declining, primarily due to lower deposit
spreads in the low-rate environment, as well as lower loan spreads due
to competitive pricing.
Wealth Management operating results were strong in 2013,
continuing the improving trend from 2012. Quarterly results in our
wealth businesses have grown on a relatively consistent basis, reflecting
growth in client assets and a continued focus on productivity. The fourth
quarter of the current year includes a large security gain. Quarterly
results in insurance have been subject to variability, resulting primarily
from changes in long-term interest rates.
BMO Capital Markets operating results in the first three quarters of
2012 were good, with significantly stronger results reported in the fourth
quarter, driven by a recovery of prior periods’ income taxes and an
increase in revenue due to an improved market environment. This trend
continued in 2013 with good performance in the first three quarters of
the year. Performance in the fourth quarter was impacted by market
uncertainty resulting in lower revenues.
BMO’s PCL measured as a percentage of loans and acceptances
have been trending lower in recent quarters relative to 2012, but
increased in the fourth quarter of 2013. Adjusted PCL, which excludes
provisions on the M&I purchased loan portfolio and changes in the
collective allowance, was relatively consistent throughout 2012 and into
the first half of 2013, and decreased significantly in the third quarter of
2013 mainly due to lower provisions in Canadian P&C and U.S. P&C, and
higher recoveries of credit losses on the purchased credit impaired loan
portfolio. Adjusted PCL increased in the fourth quarter of 2013, mainly
due to above trend provisions in Canadian P&C and U.S. P&C, coupled
with lower recoveries of credit losses on the purchased credit impaired
loan portfolio.
Corporate Services quarterly net income can vary, in large part due
to the inclusion of the adjusting items, which are largely recorded in
Corporate Services. Adjusted results in Corporate Services were relatively
steady in 2012, primarily due to significant recoveries of provisions on
the purchased credit impaired loan portfolio. These recoveries can vary,
and a decrease in recoveries in the first quarter of 2013, together with a
reduction in revenues and an increase in expenses, lowered Corporate
Services results that quarter. These recoveries increased in the last three
quarters of 2013, increasing net income.
Fluctuations in exchange rates in 2012 and 2013 have been sub
dued. A stronger U.S. dollar increases the translated value of U.S.-dollar
denominated revenues, expenses, provisions for credit losses, income
taxes and net income.
The effective income tax rate can vary, as it depends on the timing
of resolution of certain tax matters, recoveries of prior periods’ income
taxes and the relative proportion of earnings attributable to the different
jurisdictions in which we operate.
Caution
This Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends section contains forward-looking statements.
Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
102 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Summarized Statement of Income and Quarterly Financial Measures
($ millions)
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue
Provision for credit losses – specific
Provision for credit losses – general
Non-interest expense
Oct. 31
2013
July 31 April 30
2013
2013
Jan. 31 Oct. 31
2012
2013
July 31 April 30
2012
2012
Jan. 31
2012
2013
2012
2011
2,085 2,146 2,098 2,216 2,145 2,225 2,120 2,318
2,103 1,904 1,846 1,865 2,031 1,653 1,839 1,799
8,545
7,718
8,808
7,322
7,474
6,469
4,188 4,050 3,944 4,081 4,176 3,878 3,959 4,117
122
19
2,554
175
(30)
2,568
216
(24)
2,701
178
–
2,590
189
–
2,597
57
20
2,542
229
8
2,484
195
–
2,499
16,263 16,130 13,943
1,126
86
8,741
599
(10)
10,297
762
3
10,238
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
1,402
314
1,431
294
1,231
256
1,313
265
1,283
201
1,157
187
1,265
237
1,422
313
5,377
1,129
5,127
938
3,990
876
Net income
Adjusted net income
Provision for credit losses – specific
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Personal and Commercial Banking
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including T&O
BMO Financial Group provision for credit losses – specific
Operating group reported net income:
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Personal and Commercial Banking
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including T&O
1,088 1,137
975 1,048 1,082
970 1,028 1,109
4,248
4,189
3,114
1,102 1,136
997 1,041 1,125 1,013
982
972
4,276
4,092
3,275
166
96
262
1
(17)
(57)
189
469
106
575
312
229
(28)
126
40
166
(1)
2
(110)
154
55
209
1
(6)
(29)
128
32
160
2
(15)
31
146
75
221
11
(4)
(12)
57
175
178
216
497
153
650
218
280
(11)
430
155
585
141
275
(26)
458
182
640
163
310
(65)
442
140
582
164
314
22
147
76
223
5
–
1
229
459
139
598
109
250
13
167
60
227
1
19
(52)
155
63
218
5
(9)
(92)
574
223
797
3
(36)
(165)
615
274
889
22
6
(155)
664
359
1,023
10
32
61
195
122
599
762
1,126
M
D
&
A
433
142
575
147
233
73
441
159
600
104
224
181
1,854
596
2,450
834
1,094
(130)
1,775
580
2,355
524
1,021
289
1,715
259
1,974
480
975
(315)
BMO Financial Group reported net income
1,088 1,137
975 1,048 1,082
970 1,028 1,109
4,248
4,189
3,114
Operating group adjusted net income:
Canadian P&C
U.S. P&C
Personal and Commercial Banking
Wealth Management
BMO Capital Markets
Corporate Services, including T&O
472
118
590
319
229
(36)
500
165
665
225
281
(35)
431
168
599
148
276
(26)
461
195
656
169
310
(94)
444
156
600
169
315
41
462
155
617
114
250
32
BMO Financial Group adjusted net income
1,102 1,136
997 1,041 1,125 1,013
436
157
593
153
233
3
982
443
176
619
109
224
20
972
1,864
646
2,510
861
1,096
(191)
1,785
644
2,429
545
1,022
96
1,724
294
2,018
490
976
(209)
4,276
4,092
3,275
Information per Common Share ($)
Dividends declared
Earnings
Basic
Diluted
Adjusted earnings
Basic
Diluted
Book value
Market price
High
Low
Close
0.74
0.74
0.74
0.72
0.72
0.70
0.70
0.70
2.94
2.82
2.80
1.62
1.62
1.69
1.68
1.43
1.42
1.53
1.53
1.59
1.59
1.42
1.42
1.52
1.51
1.65
1.63
6.27
6.26
6.18
6.15
4.90
4.84
1.65
1.64
1.43
1.42
43.69 42.38 41.73 40.87 40.25 39.43 38.06 37.85
1.52
1.52
1.46
1.46
1.69
1.68
1.45
1.44
1.49
1.49
1.65
1.65
73.90
61.29
63.21
54.38
72.62 63.87 63.19 62.99 59.02 57.44 58.67 58.29
64.70
56.74
65.99
58.68
64.50
61.51
58.73
53.15
59.96
56.72
59.91
56.54
6.31
6.30
43.69
73.90
56.74
72.62
6.02
6.00
40.25
61.29
53.15
59.02
5.17
5.10
36.76
63.94
55.02
58.89
Financial Measures (%)
Dividend yield
Return on equity
Adjusted return on equity
Net interest margin on earning assets
Adjusted net interest margin on earning assets
Efficiency ratio
Adjusted efficiency ratio
Operating leverage*
Adjusted operating leverage*
Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and
acceptances
Effective tax rate
Adjusted effective tax rate
Canadian/U.S. dollar average exchange rate ($)
Gross impaired loans and acceptances as a % of equity and
allowance for credit losses
Cash and securities-to-total assets
Capital Ratios (%)
Common Equity Ratio
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
Total Capital Ratio
4.1
15.0
15.2
1.67
1.58
62.0
61.6
4.2
0.9
4.6
15.6
15.6
1.75
1.63
62.8
63.2
2.2
0.9
4.7
14.2
14.5
1.79
1.64
65.1
63.9
(3.2)
(1.0)
4.6
14.9
14.8
1.85
1.67
63.5
63.8
(2.3)
(0.4)
4.9
15.6
16.3
1.83
1.67
64.7
62.2
(1.7)
2.7
4.9
14.5
15.2
1.88
1.70
64.1
63.7
4.9
(4.4)
4.8
16.2
15.4
1.89
1.76
63.1
63.2
(4.4)
(3.3)
4.8
17.2
15.0
2.05
1.85
62.0
63.5
(5.4)
(7.6)
4.0
14.9
15.0
1.77
1.63
63.3
63.1
0.2
0.1
4.8
15.9
15.5
1.91
1.74
63.5
63.1
(1.4)
(2.8)
4.8
15.1
16.0
1.85
1.79
62.7
61.5
(0.8)
0.8
0.27
22.4
22.3
1.042
0.11
20.6
20.1
1.038
0.22
20.8
20.0
1.018
0.28
20.2
19.9
0.995
0.31
15.7
17.9
0.989
0.38
16.2
16.9
1.018
0.32
18.7
19.5
0.992
0.23
22.0
23.7
1.013
0.22
21.0
20.6
1.024
0.31
18.3
19.5
1.003
0.56
22.0
21.7
0.985
7.61
31.2
8.14
30.8
8.80
30.1
8.98
30.6
9.30
29.4
9.15
31.3
9.34
32.0
8.74
32.2
7.61
31.2
9.30
29.4
8.98
29.5
Basel III
9.6
11.2
13.5
9.7
11.3
13.7
9.9
11.4
13.7
Basel II
9.4
11.1
13.4
10.5
12.6
14.9
10.3
12.4
14.8
9.9
12.0
14.9
9.7
11.7
14.6
Basel III
9.9
11.4
13.7
Basel II
10.5
12.6
14.9
9.6
12.0
14.9
* Leverage ratios for 2011 reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
In the opinion of Bank of Montreal management, information that is derived from unaudited financial information, including information as at and for the interim periods, includes all
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Financial ratios for interim periods are stated on an annualized
basis where appropriate, and the ratios, as well as interim operating results, are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the full fiscal year.
Adjusted results in this table are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 103
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Supplemental Information
As of November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial results have been reported in accordance with IFRS. The consolidated financial statements for comparative
periods in fiscal year 2011 have been restated. Results for years prior to 2011 have not been restated and are presented in accordance with Canadian
GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP). As such, certain growth rates and compound annual growth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful.
Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the non-GAAP Measures section on page 34.
Table 1: Shareholder Value
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Market Price per Common Share ($)
High
Low
Close
Common Share Dividends
Dividends declared per share ($)
Dividends paid per share ($)
Dividend payout ratio (%)
Dividend yield (%)
Dividends declared ($ millions)
Total Shareholder Return (%)
Five-year average annual return
Three-year average annual return
One-year return
Common Share Information
Number outstanding (in thousands)
End of year
Average basic
Average diluted
Number of shareholder accounts
Book value per share ($)
Total market value of shares ($ billions)
Price-to-earnings multiple
Price-to-adjusted earnings multiple
Market-to-book value multiple
2010 and prior based on CGAAP.
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
73.90
56.74
72.62
2.94
2.92
46.9
4.0
1,904
17.0
11.5
28.8
61.29
53.15
59.02
2.82
2.80
45.6
4.8
1,820
4.2
10.8
5.2
63.94
55.02
58.89
2.80
2.80
57.1
4.8
1,690
1.9
17.4
2.4
65.71
49.78
60.23
2.80
2.80
58.6
4.6
1,571
5.9
4.5
26.4
54.75
24.05
50.06
2.80
2.80
90.6
5.6
1,530
63.44
35.65
43.02
2.80
2.80
73.9
6.5
1,409
72.75
60.21
63.00
2.71
2.63
64.8
4.3
1,354
1.8
(5.3)
25.1
0.9
(5.6)
(27.9)
14.2
6.6
(5.8)
70.24
56.86
69.45
2.26
2.13
43.0
3.3
1,133
19.1
15.6
24.1
62.44
53.05
57.81
59.65
49.28
57.55
1.85
1.80
39.1
3.2
925
13.8
18.4
3.7
1.59
1.50
35.2
2.8
796
18.9
23.0
20.0
644,130
648,476
649,806
56,241
43.69
46.8
11.6
11.5
1.66
650,730
644,407
648,615
59,238
40.25
38.4
9.6
9.8
1.47
639,000
591,403
607,068
58,769
36.76
37.6
12.2
11.5
1.49
566,468
559,822
563,125
36,612
34.09
34.1
12.7
12.5
1.77
551,716
540,294
542,313
37,061
31.95
27.6
16.3
12.5
1.57
504,575
502,062
506,697
37,250
32.02
21.7
11.4
9.2
1.34
498,563
499,950
508,614
37,165
28.29
31.4
15.3
11.6
2.23
500,726
501,257
511,173
38,360
28.89
34.8
13.5
13.4
2.40
500,219
500,060
510,845
40,104
26.48
28.9
12.5
12.9
2.18
500,897
501,656
515,045
41,438
24.20
28.8
13.1
13.4
2.38
104 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Table 2: Summary Income Statement and Growth Statistics ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
Income Statement – Reported Results
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (1)
Net income
Attributable to bank shareholders
Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (1)
Net income
Income Statement – Adjusted Results
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total revenue
Provision for credit losses
Non-interest expense
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (1)
Adjusted net income
Attributable to bank shareholders
Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (1)
Adjusted net income
Earnings per Share (EPS) ($)
Basic
Diluted
Adjusted diluted
Year-over-Year Growth-Based Statistical Information (%)
Net income growth
Adjusted net income growth
Diluted EPS growth
Adjusted diluted EPS growth
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
5-year
CAGR
10-year
CAGR
8,545
7,718
16,263
589
10,297
5,377
1,129
na
4,248
4,183
65
4,248
7,888
7,684
15,572
359
9,826
5,387
1,111
na
4,276
4,211
65
4,276
6.27
6.26
6.30
1.4
4.5
1.8
5.0
8,808
7,322
16,130
765
10,238
5,127
938
na
4,189
4,115
74
4,189
8,029
7,038
15,067
471
9,513
5,083
991
na
4,092
4,018
74
4,092
6.18
6.15
6.00
34.5
24.9
27.1
17.6
7,474
6,469
13,943
1,212
8,741
3,990
876
na
3,114
3,041
73
3,114
7,248
6,494
13,742
1,108
8,453
4,181
906
na
3,275
3,202
73
3,275
4.90
4.84
5.10
8.0
12.3
1.9
6.0
6,235
6,004
12,239
1,049
7,619
3,571
687
74
2,810
2,810
na
2,810
6,235
6,004
12,239
1,049
7,583
3,607
691
74
2,916
2,916
na
2,916
4.78
4.75
4.81
54.8
22.9
54.2
19.7
5,570
5,494
11,064
1,603
7,381
2,080
217
76
1,787
1,787
na
1,787
5,570
6,015
11,585
1,543
7,220
2,822
450
76
2,372
2,372
na
2,372
3.09
3.08
4.02
(9.2)
(5.6)
(18.1)
(13.9)
11.0
8.5
9.8
nm
8.4
22.1
nm
nm
15.7
16.2
nm
15.7
9.2
6.8
8.0
nm
7.5
15.1
47.5
nm
11.2
10.9
nm
11.2
10.6
10.7
6.2
na
na
na
na
6.0
6.2
6.1
nm
5.4
8.2
5.6
nm
9.0
8.9
nm
9.0
5.1
6.2
5.6
nm
5.1
7.7
5.0
nm
8.6
8.4
nm
8.6
6.0
6.2
5.8
na
na
na
na
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
2010 and prior based on CGAAP. Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2008 and 2003, respectively, and on IFRS in 2013. 2011 growth rates based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
(1) Prior to 2011, under CGAAP, non-controlling interest in subsidiaries was deducted in the determination of net income.
nm – not meaningful
na – not applicable
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 105
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 3: Returns on Equity and Assets ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Reported net income
Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (1)
Preferred dividends
4,248
65
120
4,189
74
136
Reported net income available to common shareholders
Average common shareholders’ equity
Return on equity (%)
Return on average assets (%)
Return on average risk-weighted assets (%) (2)
Return on average assets available to
common shareholders (%)
Average equity to average total assets (%)
Adjusted net income
Adjusted net income available to common shareholders
Adjusted return on equity (%)
Adjusted return on average assets (%)
Adjusted return on average risk-weighted assets (%) (2)
Adjusted return on average assets available to common
shareholders (%)
2010 and prior based on CGAAP.
3,114
73
146
2,895
19,145
15.1
0.65
1.70
0.62
0.04
3,275
3,056
16.0
0.68
1.79
2,810
na
136
2,674
17,980
14.9
0.71
1.74
0.67
0.05
2,916
2,780
15.0
0.71
1.76
1,787
na
120
1,667
16,865
9.9
0.41
0.97
0.38
0.04
2,372
2,252
12.9
0.52
1.25
1,978
na
73
1,905
14,612
13.0
0.50
1.07
0.48
0.04
2,513
2,440
16.2
0.61
1.32
2,131
na
43
2,088
14,506
14.4
0.59
1.20
0.58
0.04
2,881
2,838
19.0
0.78
1.58
2,663
na
30
2,633
13,703
19.2
0.86
1.71
0.85
0.04
2,752
2,722
19.3
0.87
1.71
2,396
na
30
2,366
12,577
18.8
0.81
1.63
0.80
0.04
2,386
2,356
18.3
0.78
1.58
2,295
na
31
2,264
11,696
19.4
0.87
1.67
0.86
0.04
2,260
2,229
18.9
0.85
1.65
4,063
3,979
27,197 25,106
15.9
0.76
1.98
14.9
0.75
1.95
0.73
0.05
4,276
4,091
15.0
0.76
1.97
0.73
0.05
4,092
3,882
15.5
0.74
1.93
0.74
0.71
0.65
0.68
0.50
0.59
0.77
0.86
0.77
0.84
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
(1) Prior to 2011, under CGAAP, non-controlling interest in subsidiaries was deducted in the determination of net income.
(2) Beginning in 2008, return on average risk-weighted assets has been calculated under the Basel II guidelines; for all prior periods, return on average risk-weighted assets has been calculated using the
Basel I methodology.
na – not applicable
Table 4: Summary Balance Sheet ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements (1)
Net loans and acceptances
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits
Other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
Share capital
Preferred
Common
Contributed surplus
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Average Daily Balances
Net loans and acceptances
Assets
2010 and prior based on CGAAP.
(1) Certain securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements have been reclassified to loans and acceptances in 2012.
26,083
6,518
134,981
39,799
279,095
50,823
19,941
6,341
128,324
47,011
253,835
69,997
19,676
5,980
122,115
37,970
238,885
75,949
17,368
3,186
123,399
28,102
176,643
62,942
9,955
3,340
110,813
36,006
167,829
60,515
537,299
525,449
500,575
411,640
388,458
366,821
134,538
3,996
463
323,702
167,102
4,093
462
302,373
164,197
5,348
821
249,251
135,933
3,776
800
236,156
126,719
4,236
1,150
2,265
12,003
315
15,224
602
1,072
2,465
11,957
213
13,540
480
1,435
2,861
11,332
113
11,381
666
1,483
2,571
6,927
92
12,848
(558)
–
2,571
6,198
79
11,748
(399)
–
537,299
525,449
500,575
411,640
388,458
266,064
555,682
246,119
544,264
215,414
469,934
171,554
398,474
182,097
438,548
106 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Table 5: Asset Encumbrance ($ millions)
As at October 31, 2013
On-balance
sheet assets
Other cash and
securities
received
Encumbered (1)
Net unencumbered
Pledged as
collateral
Other
encumbered
Other
unencumbered (3)
Available as
collateral
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Government debt
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
26,083
6,518
86,715
10,891
20,874
56,300
–
–
–
–
1,211
–
11,955
1,199
868
14,231
33,237
1,547
2,178
26,387
14,184
–
556
7,124
1,461
–
1,226
168
3,976
1,445
23,411
6,518
50,023
10,375
15,032
35,575
Total securities and securities borrowed or purchased under
resale agreements
NHA mortgage-backed securities (reported as loans at amortized cost) (2)
Total liquid assets
Loans
Other assets
Total loans and other assets
Total
174,780
11,425
28,253
–
63,349
–
21,864
–
6,815
–
111,005
11,425
218,806
28,253
63,349
23,075
8,276
152,359
267,670
50,823
318,493
–
–
–
37,868
–
37,868
1,956
–
1,956
227,846
50,823
278,669
–
–
–
537,299
28,253
101,217
25,031
286,945
152,359
(1) Pledged as collateral refers to the portion of BMO-owned assets and cash and securities received that is pledged through repurchase agreements, securities lent, derivative contracts, minimum
required deposits at central banks, and requirements associated with participation in clearing houses and payment systems. Other encumbered includes assets that are not available for use for legal
or other reasons such as restricted cash, restricted OTC derivatives and short sales.
(2) Under IFRS, NHA mortgage-backed securities (MBS) that include BMO’s originated mortgages as the underlying collateral are classified as loans. Unencumbered NHA MBS securities have liquidity
value and are included as liquid assets under BMO’s liquidity and funding management framework. This amount is shown as a separate line item, NHA mortgage-backed securities.
(3) Other unencumbered assets include select holdings management believes are not readily available to support BMO’s liquidity requirements. These include cash and securities of $8.3 billion as at
October 31, 2013, which include securities held in BMO’s insurance subsidiary, structured investment vehicle, credit protection vehicle, significant equity investments, and certain investments held in
our merchant banking business. Other unencumbered assets also include loans and other assets. A portion of these loans may be used as collateral to access central bank facilities under normal
operations or securitized to access secured funding.
Table 6: Other Statistical Information
As at or for the year ended October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Other Information
Employees (1)
Canada
United States
Other
Total
Bank branches
Canada
United States
Other
Total
Automated banking machines
Canada
United States
Total
Rates
Average Canadian prime rate (%)
Average U.S. prime rate (%)
Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rates ($)
High
Low
Average
End of year
30,301
14,696
634
30,797
14,963
512
31,351
15,184
440
29,821
7,445
363
29,118
6,732
323
29,529
7,256
288
28,944
6,595
288
27,922
6,785
234
26,684
6,901
200
26,494
6,900
199
45,631
46,272
46,975
37,629
36,173
37,073
35,827
34,941
33,785
33,593
933
626
4
930
638
3
920
688
3
910
321
3
900
290
5
983
292
5
977
243
4
963
215
4
968
208
4
988
182
4
1,563
1,571
1,611
1,234
1,195
1,280
1,224
1,182
1,180
1,174
2,900
1,325
4,225
2,596
1,375
3,971
2,235
1,366
3,601
2,076
905
2,981
2,030
636
2,666
2,026
640
2,666
1,978
583
2,561
1,936
547
2,483
1,952
539
2,491
1,993
479
2,472
3.00
3.25
1.06
0.98
1.02
1.04
3.00
3.25
1.05
0.97
1.00
1.00
3.00
3.25
1.06
0.94
0.99
1.00
2.46
3.25
1.08
1.00
1.04
1.02
2.70
3.34
1.30
1.03
1.16
1.08
5.21
5.69
1.29
0.92
1.03
1.20
6.08
8.19
1.19
0.95
1.09
0.94
5.57
7.76
1.20
1.10
1.13
1.12
4.30
5.85
1.27
1.16
1.21
1.18
4.05
4.17
1.40
1.22
1.31
1.22
(1) Reflects full-time equivalent number of employees, comprising full-time and part-time employees and adjustments for overtime hours.
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 107
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 7: Revenue and Revenue Growth ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
Net Interest Income
Year-over-year growth (%)
Adjusted Net Interest Income
Year-over-year growth (%)
Net Interest Margin (1)
Average earning assets
Net interest margin (%)
Adjusted net interest margin (%)
Canadian dollar net interest margin (%)
U.S. dollar and other currencies net interest margin (%)
Non-Interest Revenue
Securities commissions and fees
Deposit and payment service charges
Trading revenues
Lending fees
Card fees
Investment management and custodial fees
Mutual fund revenues
Securitization revenues
Underwriting and advisory fees
Securities gains (losses), other than trading
Foreign exchange, other than trading
Insurance income
Other revenues
Total non-interest revenue
Year-over-year growth (%)
Non-interest revenue as a % of revenue
Adjusted non-interest revenue
Year-over-year adjusted non-interest revenue growth (%)
Adjusted non-interest revenue as a % of adjusted revenue
Total Revenue
Year-over-year total revenue growth (%)
Total Adjusted Revenue
Year-over-year total adjusted revenue growth (%)
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
2013
8,545
(3.0)
7,888
(1.8)
2012
8,808
17.8
8,029
10.8
2011
7,474
19.9
7,248
16.2
2010
6,235
11.9
6,235
11.9
2009
5,570
9.8
5,570
9.8
484,141
1.77
1.63
1.78
1.74
460,205
1.91
1.74
1.85
2.01
404,195
1.85
1.79
1.99
1.61
332,468
1.88
1.88
2.12
1.47
341,848
1.63
1.63
1.78
1.43
1,182
916
849
715
724
726
799
–
488
285
172
445
417
7,718
5.4
47.5
7,684
9.2
49.3
1,146
929
1,025
641
708
725
647
–
442
152
153
335
419
7,322
13.2
45.4
7,038
8.4
46.7
1,215
834
549
593
689
496
633
–
512
189
130
283
346
6,469
7.7
46.4
6,494
8.1
47.3
16,263
0.8
15,572
3.4
16,130
15.7
15,067
9.7
13,943
13.9
13,742
12.3
1,077
802
504
572
233
355
550
678
445
150
93
321
224
6,004
9.3
49.1
6,004
(0.2)
49.1
12,239
10.6
12,239
5.7
973
820
723
556
121
344
467
929
397
(354)
53
295
170
5,494
7.0
49.7
6,015
8.9
51.9
11,064
8.4
11,585
9.4
5-year
CAGR
11.0
na
9.2
na
8.2
na
na
na
na
1.3
3.9
9.2
10.7
20.0
16.4
6.3
(87.4)
6.7
nm
16.4
13.4
14.7
8.5
na
na
6.8
na
na
9.8
na
8.0
na
10-year
CAGR
6.0
na
5.1
na
8.5
na
na
na
na
2.8
1.9
11.9
9.3
9.6
9.1
9.6
(61.7)
6.2
nm
0.7
13.6
2.3
6.2
na
na
6.2
na
na
6.1
na
5.6
na
2010 and prior based on CGAAP. Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2008 and 2003, respectively, and on IFRS in 2013. 2011 growth rates based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.
(1) Net interest margin is calculated based on average earning assets.
na – not applicable
nm – not meaningful
108 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Table 8: Non-Interest Expense and Expense-to-Revenue Ratio ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
Non-Interest Expense
Employee compensation
Salaries
Performance-based compensation
Employee benefits
Total employee compensation
Premises and equipment
Rental of real estate
Premises, furniture and fixtures
Property taxes
Computers and equipment (1)
Total premises and equipment (1)
Other expenses
Amortization of intangible assets (1)
Communications
Business and capital taxes
Professional fees
Travel and business development
Other
Total other expenses
Total Non-Interest Expense
Year-over-year total non-interest expense growth (%)
Total Adjusted Non-Interest Expense
Year-over-year total adjusted non-interest expense growth (%)
Non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Efficiency ratio) (%)
Adjusted non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Efficiency ratio) (%)
Government Levies and Taxes (2)
Government levies other than income taxes
Payroll levies
Property taxes
Provincial capital taxes
Business taxes
Harmonized sales tax, GST and other sales taxes
Sundry taxes
Total government levies other than income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Total Government Levies and Taxes
Total government levies and taxes as a % of income available to pay government
levies and taxes
Effective income tax rate (%)
Adjusted effective income tax rate (%)
2010 and prior based on CGAAP. Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2008 and
2003, respectively, and on IFRS in 2012. 2011 growth rates based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in
2011.
(1) In 2009, we adopted new accounting requirements for intangible assets and reclassified
certain computer equipment from premises and equipment to intangible assets. Computer
and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets were restated, but not for
years prior to 2007. As such, ten-year growth rates for these expense categories are not
meaningful. Together, computer and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible
assets increased at a compound annual growth rate of 8.0% over ten years. Together, total
premises and equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets increased at a
compound annual growth rate of 6.9% over ten years.
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
5-year
CAGR
10-year
CAGR
3,318
1,686
823
5,827
416
377
37
1,047
1,877
352
291
39
527
514
870
3,208
1,657
763
2,646
1,560
621
2,285
1,455
624
2,395
1,338
652
5,628
4,827
4,364
4,385
400
368
36
1,112
360
310
30
878
319
269
28
727
306
272
30
673
1,916
1,578
1,343
1,281
9.1
5.4
9.2
7.9
8.3
8.2
5.2
6.4
7.1
339
301
46
593
491
924
231
259
51
624
382
789
203
229
52
401
343
684
203
221
44
362
309
576
30.2
7.6
(1.8)
6.5
9.4
9.5
2,593
2,694
2,336
1,912
1,715
10.1
10,297
0.6
10,238
17.1
8,741
14.7
8,453
11.5
62.7
61.5
7,619
3.2
7,583
5.0
62.2
62.0
7,381
7.1
7,220
5.4
66.7
62.3
9,513
12.5
63.5
63.1
250
36
37
9
249
2
583
938
9,826
3.3
63.3
63.1
249
37
31
7
262
1
587
1,129
1,716
28.7
21.0
20.6
203
30
44
7
235
1
520
876
175
28
45
7
146
1
402
687
1,521
1,396
1,089
26.6
18.3
19.5
31.0
22.0
21.7
27.4
19.2
19.2
171
30
35
9
116
3
364
217
581
23.8
10.5
15.9
8.4
na
7.5
na
na
na
8.7
5.2
(1.0)
(4.7)
13.0
nm
19.7
nm
54.1
na
na
na
5.3
4.8
4.3
5.0
9.1
3.3
(3.4)
5.3
6.0
(9.8)
7.5
8.6
8.3
8.3
5.4
na
5.1
na
na
na
4.8
(3.4)
(11.2)
1.7
5.2
nm
2.2
5.6
2.6
na
na
na
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
(2) Government levies are included in various non-interest expense categories.
na – not applicable
nm – not meaningful
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 109
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 9: Average Assets, Liabilities and Interest Rates ($ millions, except as noted)
For the year ended October 31
Assets
Canadian Dollar
Deposits with other banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans
Residential mortgages
Non-residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Total loans
Average
balances
Average
interest
rate (%)
2013
Interest
income/
expense
Average
balances
Average
interest
rate (%)
2012
Interest
income/
expense
Average
balances
Average
interest
rate (%)
2011
Interest
income/
expense
2,466
82,592
22,309
1.28
1.82
0.54
32
1,503
121
2,418
80,683
20,898
1.22
1.84
1.11
30
1,486
232
2,650
73,622
14,409
83,625
4,354
47,840
7,004
37,337
180,160
3.18
4.33
4.00
11.64
4.68
4.06
2,656
73,538
189
4,026
1,913
46,113
815
7,104
1,749
34,055
7,322 164,836
3.41
4.72
4.05
11.58
5.19
4.34
70,144
2,509
3,992
190
42,858
1,868
7,109
823
1,766
31,968
7,156 156,071
0.84
1.90
1.08
4.15
5.05
4.18
11.72
5.85
4.87
22
1,393
156
2,912
202
1,793
833
1,870
7,610
Total Canadian dollar
287,527
3.12
8,978 268,835
3.31
8,904 246,752
3.72
9,181
U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies
Deposits with other banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
Residential mortgages
Non-residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Total loans
Total U.S. dollar and other currencies
Other non-interest bearing assets
Total All Currencies
Total assets and interest income
Liabilities
Canadian Dollar
Deposits
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (1)
Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities
Total Canadian dollar
U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies
Deposits
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (1)
Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities
Total U.S. dollar and other currencies
Other non-interest bearing liabilities
Total All Currencies
Total liabilities and interest expense
Shareholders’ equity
35,093
48,488
32,578
8,762
5,142
14,286
575
48,372
77,137
193,296
74,859
0.61
1.32
0.17
4.37
3.23
3.43
7.55
4.47
4.21
2.15
213
640
57
383
167
490
43
2,162
3,245
38,666
47,840
27,907
9,739
4,782
13,800
570
44,710
73,601
4,155 188,014
87,415
0.54
1.63
0.32
4.66
8.88
4.59
7.25
4.72
4.98
2.52
209
779
89
454
425
633
41
2,111
3,664
29,993
44,969
22,890
5,833
4,249
11,056
411
30,632
52,181
4,741 150,033
73,149
0.41
1.74
0.54
6.22
6.27
4.15
4.65
3.94
4.43
2.23
123
783
124
363
267
458
19
1,206
2,313
3,343
555,682
2.36 13,133 544,264
2.51 13,645 469,934
2.67 12,524
5,921
87,071
82,258
175,250
20,106
15,971
29,270
240,597
17,135
123,139
40,684
180,958
5,490
27,996
4,325
218,769
66,790
0.34
1.44
0.96
1.18
2.43
1.37
3.43
1.57
0.33
0.32
0.29
0.31
1.31
0.10
3.32
0.37
20
1,257
789
4,233
76,139
81,031
2,066 161,403
489
20,203
219
24,011
1,004
35,635
3,778 241,252
56
17,131
392 102,380
119
40,503
567 160,014
72
6,063
27
27,272
144
3,830
810 197,179
78,134
0.34
1.51
1.00
1.22
2.19
1.02
3.37
1.60
0.34
0.37
0.41
0.38
2.18
0.14
5.26
0.50
14
1,147
808
3,137
70,096
78,357
1,969 151,590
16,309
442
20,181
244
1,202
38,664
3,857 226,744
18,144
58
74,842
384
27,183
167
609 120,169
4,891
132
26,596
38
201
3,323
980 154,979
66,467
0.34
1.79
1.13
1.42
2.61
1.22
3.44
1.83
0.48
0.42
0.54
0.45
2.76
0.11
5.80
0.58
11
1,251
885
2,147
425
246
1,329
4,147
87
311
148
546
135
29
193
903
526,156
29,526
0.87
4,588 516,565
27,699
0.94
4,837 448,190
21,744
1.13
5,050
Total Liabilities, Interest Expense and Shareholders’ Equity
555,682
0.83
4,588 544,264
0.89
4,837 469,934
1.07
5,050
Net interest margin
– based on earning assets
– based on total assets
Net interest income based on total assets
Adjusted net interest margin
– based on earning assets
– based on total assets
8,545
1.77
1.54
1.63
1.42
8,808
1.91
1.62
1.74
1.48
7,474
1.85
1.59
1.79
1.54
Adjusted net interest income based on total assets
7,888
8,029
7,248
(1) For the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the maximum amount of securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements at any month end amounted to $53,898 million, $62,038 million
and $51,109 million, respectively.
(2) Comparative periods have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
110 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Table 10: Volume/Rate Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income ($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
Assets
Canadian Dollar
Deposits with other banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans
Residential mortgages
Non-residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Total loans
Change in Canadian dollar interest income
U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies
Deposits with other banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans
Residential mortgages
Non-residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Total loans
Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest income
Total All Currencies
Change in total interest income (a)
Liabilities
Canadian Dollar
Deposits
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Subordinated debt and other interest-bearing liabilities
Change in Canadian dollar interest expense
U.S. Dollar and Other Currencies
Deposits
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Subordinated debt and other interest-bearing liabilities
Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest expense
Total All Currencies
Change in total interest expense (b)
Change in total net interest income (a – b)
2013/2012
2012/2011
Increase (decrease) due to change in
Increase (decrease) due to change in
Average
balance
Average
rate
Total
Average
balance
Average
rate
Total
1
35
16
344
16
70
(12)
170
588
640
(19)
11
15
(46)
32
22
–
173
181
188
1
(19)
(127)
(197)
(17)
(25)
4
(187)
(422)
(567)
23
(149)
(47)
(25)
(291)
(166)
2
(121)
(601)
(774)
2
16
(111)
147
(1)
45
(8)
(17)
166
73
4
(138)
(32)
(71)
(259)
(144)
2
52
(420)
(586)
(2)
134
70
141
2
134
–
122
399
601
35
50
27
243
33
114
7
554
951
1,063
9
(43)
7
(543)
(13)
(59)
(10)
(226)
(851)
(878)
51
(54)
(62)
(152)
125
61
15
351
400
335
7
91
77
(402)
(11)
75
(10)
(104)
(452)
(277)
86
(4)
(35)
91
158
175
22
905
1,351
1,398
828
(1,341)
(513)
1,664
(543)
1,121
6
165
12
183
(2)
(82)
(214)
(115)
–
78
1
79
(12)
1
26
94
–
(55)
(32)
(87)
49
57
16
35
(2)
(70)
(48)
(120)
(48)
(12)
(84)
(264)
(21)
(229)
849
(1,112)
6
110
(20)
96
47
(25)
(198)
(80)
(2)
8
(47)
(41)
(60)
(11)
(58)
(170)
(250)
(263)
4
107
30
141
101
47
(104)
185
(5)
114
73
182
32
1
29
244
–
(211)
(107)
(318)
(84)
(49)
(24)
(475)
(24)
(41)
(54)
(119)
(35)
8
(21)
(167)
4
(104)
(77)
(177)
17
(2)
(128)
(290)
(29)
73
19
63
(3)
9
8
77
429
(642)
(213)
1,235
99
1,334
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 111
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
As at October 31
Consumer
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and
other personal loans
Total consumer
Businesses and governments
Total impaired loans and
acceptances, net of
specific allowances
Collective allowance
Total net impaired loans and
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 11: Net Loans and Acceptances –
Segmented Information ($ millions) (6)
As at October 31
Consumer
Residential mortgages
Credit cards
Consumer instalment and
other personal loans
Total consumer
Total businesses and
governments
Total loans and acceptances,
Canada
United States
Other countries
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
88,612 76,649
7,381
7,413
68,190
7,564
40,730
3,056
36,916
2,574
7,636
457
7,416
433
7,945
474
4,982
252
6,160
–
49,195 47,955
45,584
41,112
35,296 14,374 13,419 13,802 10,000 10,477
145,220 131,985 121,338
84,898
74,786 22,467 21,268 22,221 15,234 16,637
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
59,242 54,582
50,737
49,414
46,062 46,039 42,535 41,209 19,148 21,560 7,348 4,724 4,649 9,246 10,090
net of specific allowances 204,462 186,567 172,075 134,312 120,848 68,506 63,803 63,430 34,382 38,197 7,348 4,724 4,649 9,246 10,090
–
Collective allowance
(694)
(791)
(705)
(595)
(687)
(765)
(717)
(702)
(755)
(589)
–
–
–
–
Total net loans and
acceptances
203,671 185,862 171,388 133,717 120,259 67,812 63,048 62,665 33,680 37,480 7,348 4,724 4,649 9,246 10,090
Table 12: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances –
Segmented Information ($ millions, except as noted)
Canada
United States
Other countries
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
157
182
178
227
236
359
335
221
220
121
100
257
253
64
246
377
101
279
433
96
323
372
97
333
376
284
643
944
275
128
79
73
610
1,271
349
1,108
299
1,279
194
1,673
510
(791)
623
(705)
712
(687)
695
(595)
709
(589)
1,587
(694)
1,881
(755)
1,457
(765)
1,578
(702)
1,867
(717)
–
–
–
3
3
–
3
–
–
–
25
25
–
25
–
–
–
2
2
–
2
–
–
–
40
–
–
–
125
40
–
125
–
40
125
acceptances (NIL)
(281)
(82)
25
100
120
893
1,126
692
876
1,150
Condition Ratios (6)
NIL as a % of net loans and
acceptances (1) (2)
(0.14)
(0.04)
0.01
0.07
0.10
1.33
1.83
1.15
2.62
3.07
0.04
0.53
0.04
0.43
1.24
NIL as a % of net loans and
acceptances (1) (2)
Consumer
Businesses and
governments
NIL as a % of net loans and
acceptances excluding
purchased portfolios (1) (2)
0.18
0.19
0.23
0.38
0.45
2.87
2.87
1.57
1.96
1.17
–
–
–
–
–
0.43
0.66
0.85
0.76
0.82
2.08
2.99
2.69
6.78
7.76
0.04
0.53
0.04
0.43
1.24
(0.14)
(0.04)
0.01
0.07
0.10
0.29
1.03
1.86
2.66
3.07
0.04
0.53
0.04
0.43
1.24
2010 and prior in Tables 11 – 19 based on CGAAP.
(1) Aggregate balances are net of specific and collective allowances; the consumer and
businesses and governments categories are stated net of specific allowances only.
(2) Ratio is presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated. The
ratios are presented excluding purchased portfolios, to provide for better historical
comparisons.
(3) Includes amounts returning to performing status, sales, repayments, the impact of foreign
exchange, and offsets for consumer write-offs that are not recognized as formations.
(4) Results for years prior to 2011 have not been restated and are presented in accordance with
Canadian GAAP as defined at the time. For 2011, the allowance for credit losses at the
beginning of year has been restated to comply with the requirements of IFRS.
(5) Effective in 2011, total equity includes non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. In addition,
geographic allocations are not available, as equity is not allocated on a country of risk basis.
(6) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were
restated in the first quarter of 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(7) Amounts for 2013 exclude specific allowances of $41 million related to Other Credit
Instruments (2012 $29 million, 2011 $45 million, 2010 $9 million, 2009 nil) included in
Other Liabilities.
(8) Adjusted provision for credit losses excludes provisions related to the M&I purchased
performing loans portfolio and changes to the collective allowance.
un – unavailable
112 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Table 13: Net Loans and Acceptances –
Segmented Information ($ millions) (6)
Total
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
96,248 84,065 76,135 45,712 43,076
2,574
8,038
7,870
3,308
7,814
63,569 61,374 59,386 51,112 45,773
167,687 153,253 143,559 100,132 91,423
112,629 101,841 96,595 77,808 77,712
280,316 255,094 240,154 177,940 169,135
(1,306)
(1,452)
(1,485) (1,460)
(1,297)
278,831 253,634 238,702 176,643 167,829
Total
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
516
517
399
447
357
384
339
229
175
170
900
1,200
856
1,673
628
1,543
622
1,691
527
2,174
2,100
2,529
(1,485) (1,460)
2,171
(1,452)
2,313
(1,297)
2,701
(1,306)
615
1,069
719
1,016
1,395
0.22
0.42
0.30
0.57
0.83
0.54
0.56
0.44
0.62
0.58
1.07
1.67
1.63
2.18
2.80
(0.05)
0.14
0.30
0.57
0.83
Net Loans and Acceptances by Province
Atlantic provinces
Quebec
Ontario
Prairie provinces
British Columbia and territories
13,072 11,938
38,344 36,064
77,050 69,813
38,715 34,830
37,281 33,922
10,681
28,603
68,831
32,291
31,669
8,476
22,194
54,056
25,159
24,427
7,227
19,396
50,079
22,877
21,269
Total net loans and acceptances in Canada
204,462 186,567 172,075 134,312 120,848
Net Businesses and Governments Loans by Industry
Commercial mortgages
Commercial real estate
Construction (non-real estate)
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Agriculture
Communications
Manufacturing
Mining
Oil and gas
Transportation
Utilities
Forest products
Service industries
Financial institutions
Government
Other
15,152 15,934
10,422
8,790
2,804
2,400
9,774
8,495
7,035
6,406
6,030
5,078
721
505
10,810
9,346
931
623
3,898
3,456
2,046
1,998
1,303
1,165
616
574
16,824 13,452
18,771 15,039
1,272
7,308
1,662
3,830
18,851
8,519
2,298
7,129
5,330
4,488
556
8,601
640
3,466
1,865
838
498
11,982
14,632
782
6,120
11,004
6,796
1,802
5,751
3,174
3,839
932
6,220
266
3,678
1,286
1,101
405
8,605
17,318
580
5,051
9,284
6,648
1,795
4,864
2,854
3,505
1,041
7,006
1,049
4,280
1,386
1,197
696
8,879
17,867
601
4,760
112,629 101,841
96,595
77,808
77,712
Table 14: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances –
Segmented Information ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Net Impaired Businesses and Governments Loans
Commercial mortgages
Commercial real estate
Construction (non-real estate)
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Agriculture
Communications
Manufacturing
Mining
Oil and gas
Transportation
Utilities
Forest products
Service industries
Financial institutions
Government
Other
483
146
21
40
50
80
–
57
5
30
17
–
19
161
58
–
33
715
318
38
41
37
98
5
110
5
1
30
2
23
164
66
–
20
523
310
28
68
17
96
7
95
2
2
33
2
35
82
179
–
64
436
453
66
56
27
41
1
115
–
10
26
2
71
115
217
2
53
510
542
9
40
48
100
–
252
–
44
42
–
63
142
363
–
19
1,200
1,673
1,543
1,691
2,174
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 113
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 15: Changes in Gross Impaired Loans –
Segmented Information ($ millions)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Canada
United States
Other countries
Gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL),
beginning of year
Consumer
Businesses and governments
338
548
371
586
412
540
417
533
315
488
646
309
388
1,401 1,326 1,551
194
1,967
91
1,403
Total GIL, beginning of year
886
957
952
950
803
2,047 1,714 1,860
2,161
1,494
Additions to impaired loans and acceptances
Consumer
Businesses and governments
584
294
533
352
573
424
567
410
6
417
637
764
931 1,416
333
661
374
978
110
2,035
Total additions
878
885
997
977
423
1,568 2,180
994
1,352
2,145
–
43
43
–
3
3
–
14
14
–
36
36
–
82
82
–
1
1
–
186
186
–
90
90
–
1
1
–
122
122
Reductions to impaired loans and
acceptances (3)
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total reductions due to net repayments
and other
Write-offs
(416) (386) (413) (352) 479
(274) (314) (242) (287) (304)
(243)
(973)
(45)
(880)
7
44
(597) (1,052)
294
(731)
–
(36)
–
(6)
–
–
(40) (103)
–
(26)
(690) (700) (655) (639) 175
(1,216)
(925)
(590) (1,008)
(437)
(36)
(6)
(40) (103)
(26)
Consumer
Businesses and governments
(158) (180) (201) (220) (383)
(162)
(68)
(76) (136) (116)
(338)
(278)
(461)
(461)
(261)
(289)
(303)
(342)
(301)
(740)
Total write-offs
(320) (256) (337) (336) (451)
(616)
(922)
(550)
(645) (1,041)
–
(3)
(3)
–
(1)
–
(29)
(1)
(29)
–
(2)
(2)
–
–
–
Gross impaired loans and acceptances, end
of year
Consumer
Businesses and governments
348
406
338
548
371
586
412
540
417
533
702
388
646
1,081 1,401 1,326
309
1,551
194
1,967
Total GIL, end of year
754
886
957
952
950
1,783 2,047 1,714
1,860
2,161
–
7
7
–
43
43
–
14
14
–
82
82
–
186
186
Condition Ratios
GIL as a % of Gross Loans (6)
Consumer
Businesses and governments
0.24 0.26 0.31 0.48 0.56
0.68 1.00 1.15 1.11 1.15
3.12
2.34
3.03
3.28
1.74
3.20
Total Loans and Acceptances
0.37 0.47 0.56 0.71 0.78
2.60
3.20
2.69
2.03
7.99
5.37
1.17
–
9.00 0.10 0.91 0.30 0.88 1.83
–
–
–
–
5.61 0.10 0.91 0.30 0.88 1.83
GIL as a % of equity and allowance for credit
losses (2) (5)
GIL as a % of equity and allowance for credit
losses excluding purchased
portfolios (2) (5)
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
114 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Total
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
984
1,992
759
1,926
721
2,173
611
2,686
406
1,981
2,976
2,685
2,894
3,297
2,387
1,221
1,228
1,297
1,804
906
1,086
941
1,389
116
2,574
2,449
3,101
1,992
2,330
2,690
(659)
(431)
(1,283) (1,200)
773
(308)
(406)
(879) (1,442) (1,061)
(1,942) (1,631) (1,285) (1,750)
(288)
(496)
(443)
(641)
(538)
(462)
(454)
(523)
(460)
(684)
(808)
(939) (1,179)
(916)
(983) (1,492)
1,050
1,494
984
1,992
759
1,926
721
2,173
611
2,686
2,544
2,976
2,685
2,894
3,297
0.63
1.32
0.91
0.64
1.95
1.17
0.53
1.99
1.12
0.71
2.80
1.62
0.67
3.43
1.94
7.61
9.30
8.98
12.18
14.92
4.86
6.18
8.36
12.18
14.92
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 115
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 16: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information ($ millions, except as noted)
As at October 31
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Canada
United States
Other Countries
Allowance for credit losses (ACL),
beginning of year
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total ACL, beginning of year
Provision for credit losses
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total provision for credit losses
Recoveries
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total recoveries
Write-offs
518
450
968
523
133
656
81
(1)
80
464
468
932
544
90
634
91
4
95
454
473
927
527
152
679
80
1
81
327
503
830
359
126
485
76
(3)
73
245
463
708
408
109
517
57
1
58
291
659
270
797
145
859
41
970
950
1,067
1,004
1,011
262
(327)
401
(267)
(65)
134
95
597
692
125
626
751
350
184
534
61
99
324
249
573
61
49
160
110
20
978
998
276
789
1,065
47
40
87
Consumer
Businesses and governments
(509)
(160)
(564)
(76)
(587)
(136)
(430)
(114)
(383)
(68)
(347)
(280)
(492)
(461)
(289)
(289)
(322)
(348)
(302)
(739)
Total write-offs
(669)
(640)
(723)
(544)
(451) (627)
(953)
(578)
(670)
(1,041)
–
18
18
–
(2)
(2)
–
–
–
–
(3)
(3)
–
12
12
–
(3)
(3)
–
–
–
–
42
42
–
(1)
(1)
–
–
–
–
(1)
(1)
–
(29)
(29)
–
61
61
–
(9)
(9)
–
–
–
–
(2)
(2)
–
41
41
–
21
21
–
–
–
–
–
–
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
Other, including foreign exchange rate
changes
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total Other, including foreign
exchange rate changes
ACL, end of year (4)
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Total ACL, end of year
Allocation of Write-offs by Market
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Allocation of Recoveries by Market
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Net write-offs as a % of average loans
and acceptances (2) (6)
Net write-offs as a % of average loans
and acceptances excluding purchased
portfolios (2) (6)
(11)
11
(17)
(36)
(10)
(22)
(14)
22
–
(2)
(23)
4
(13)
(36)
3
(56)
39
(70)
–
(98)
–
(9)
–
10
–
(53)
(32)
8
(2)
(19)
(49)
(53)
(31)
(98)
(9)
10
602
433
1,035
518
450
968
464
468
932
318
534
852
327
503
830
278
653
931
291
659
270
797
950
1,067
143
850
993
41
970
1,011
–
4
4
–
18
18
–
–
–
–
12
12
(509)
(160)
(564)
(76)
(587)
(136)
(430)
(114)
(383)
(68)
(347)
(280)
(492)
(461)
(289)
(289)
(322)
(348)
(302)
(739)
–
(3)
–
(1)
–
(29)
81
(1)
91
4
80
1
76
(3)
57
1
95
597
125
626
61
99
61
49
47
40
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(8)
–
(1)
(8)
(1)
–
42
42
–
(2)
–
–
–
61
61
–
–
–
–
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
un
Table 17: Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information ($ millions, except as noted)
As at October 31
Consumer
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other
personal loans
Total consumer
Businesses and government
Off-balance sheet
Total specific allowances
Collective allowance
Allowance for credit losses
1,035
Canada
United States
Other countries
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
27
64
91
153
–
244
791
36
55
91
172
–
263
705
968
38
54
92
153
–
245
687
932
42
47
89
168
–
257
595
852
33
51
84
157
–
241
589
830
52
7
59
137
41
237
694
931
30
7
37
129
29
195
755
34
5
39
218
45
302
765
950
1,067
10
–
10
272
9
291
702
993
–
–
–
294
–
294
717
1,011
–
–
–
4
–
4
–
4
–
–
–
18
–
18
–
18
–
–
–
12
–
12
–
12
–
–
–
42
–
42
–
42
–
–
–
61
–
61
–
61
Coverage Ratios
Allowance for credit losses as a % of
gross impaired loans and
acceptances (GIL) (2)
Total
Consumer
Businesses and government
Allowance for credit losses as a % of
GIL excluding purchased portfolios (2)
137.3
26.2
37.7
109.3
27.0
31.3
97.4
24.8
26.1
89.5
21.6
31.1
87.4
20.1
29.5
49.9
8.4
12.7
45.0
5.7
9.2
59.6
10.1
16.4
52.9
3.2
17.5
46.8 57.1
–
14.9 57.1
–
41.9
–
41.9
85.7
–
85.7
51.2
–
51.2
32.8
–
32.8
Total
137.3
109.3
97.4
89.5
87.4
82.9
63.6
60.1
52.9
46.8 57.1
41.9
85.7
51.2
32.8
116 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Total
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
809
265
599
1,127 1,277 1,374 1,534 1,482
368
734
1,936 2,011 1,973 1,902 1,747
785
(196)
945
(180)
877
335
683
366
684
919
589
765 1,212 1,049 1,603
176
596
772
216
630
846
141
100
241
137
46
183
104
41
145
(856) (1,056)
(443)
(538)
(876)
(454)
(752)
(464)
(685)
(807)
(1,299) (1,594) (1,330) (1,216) (1,492)
(34)
6
(30)
(62)
(7)
(78)
25
(56)
–
(101)
(28)
(92)
(85)
(31)
(101)
880
368
734
1,090 1,127 1,277 1,426 1,534
809
461
1,970 1,936 2,011 1,887 1,902
(856) (1,056)
(443)
(538)
(876)
(454)
(752)
(464)
(685)
(807)
176
596
216
630
141
100
137
46
104
41
0.20
0.30
0.51
0.60
0.70
0.30
0.43
0.52
0.60
0.70
Total
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
79
71
150
294
41
66
62
128
319
29
72
59
131
383
45
52
47
99
482
9
33
51
84
512
–
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
485
596
559
1,485 1,460 1,452 1,297 1,306
590
476
1,970 1,936 2,011 1,887 1,902
75.8
14.3
19.7
64.1
13.1
16.0
73.2
17.3
19.9
64.9
13.7
22.2
57.7
13.7
19.1
108.2
83.7
74.5
64.9
57.7
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 117
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 18: Specific Allowances for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information ($ millions)
As at October 31
Business and Governments Specific
Allowances by Industry
Commercial mortgages
Commercial real estate
Construction (non-real estate)
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Agriculture
Communications
Manufacturing
Mining
Oil and gas
Transportation
Utilities
Forest products
Service industries
Financial institutions
Government
Other
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
36
32
25
12
23
9
–
28
3
1
4
–
11
50
29
1
30
53
55
21
13
6
8
1
59
–
2
1
1
15
65
8
1
10
45
102
16
13
8
8
–
37
–
3
9
–
14
45
63
2
18
383
55
65
40
12
23
17
1
85
–
2
9
–
15
51
101
2
4
482
29
76
7
8
28
19
–
129
–
6
21
–
22
43
113
2
9
512
Total specific allowances for credit losses on businesses and governments loans (7)
294
319
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
Table 19: Provision for Credit Losses –
Segmented Information ($ millions)
For the year ended October 31
Consumer
Residential mortgages
Cards
Consumer instalment and other personal loans
Total consumer
Businesses and Governments
Commercial mortgages
Commercial real estate
Construction (non-real estate)
Retail trade
Wholesale trade
Agriculture
Communications
Manufacturing
Mining
Oil and gas
Transportation
Utilities
Forest products
Service industries
Financial institutions
Government
Other
Total businesses and governments
Total specific provisions
Collective provision for credit losses
Total provision for credit losses
Adjusted provision for credit losses (8)
Performance Ratios (%)
PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances (2) (6)
PCL-to-segmented average net loans and acceptances (6)
Consumer
Businesses and governments
Specific PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances
PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances excluding purchased portfolios (2) (6)
Adjusted PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances (2) (6)
118 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
129
307
313
749
(116)
(118)
37
3
15
6
(6)
(3)
2
–
(8)
–
2
11
(17)
(6)
48
(150)
599
(10)
589
359
132
356
387
875
(15)
(87)
(12)
(1)
(16)
2
(5)
23
(1)
–
5
–
6
26
(29)
–
(9)
(113)
762
3
765
471
0.22
0.31
0.49
(0.18)
0.23
0.32
0.14
0.62
(0.15)
0.31
0.42
0.21
109
376
291
776
109
70
20
7
(1)
7
(9)
47
–
1
7
–
4
31
45
–
12
350
1,126
86
1,212
1,108
0.56
0.57
0.45
0.52
0.55
0.54
107
194
329
630
87
91
48
22
9
8
8
9
–
(1)
18
–
(4)
59
66
–
(1)
419
1,049
–
1,049
1,049
0.61
0.66
0.55
0.61
0.61
0.61
104
174
372
650
114
277
31
7
44
10
3
237
–
7
32
–
17
50
62
1
1
893
1,543
60
1,603
1,543
0.88
0.70
1.00
0.85
0.88
0.85
Table 20: European Lending Exposure (1) by Country and Counterparty (Canadian $ in millions)
As at October 31, 2013
Country
GIIPS
Greece
Ireland (5)
Italy
Portugal
Spain
Total – GIIPS
Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
France
Germany
Netherlands
Other (6)
Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
Rest of Europe
Denmark
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Other (6)
Total – Rest of Europe
Total – All of Europe
Lending (2)
Commitments
Funded
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
Total
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
Total
–
–
2
–
77
79
22
17
28
293
360
15
16
23
3
333
450
840
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
310
128
442
–
–
98
543
152
26
819
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
–
77
79
22
21
338
421
802
15
16
121
546
485
476
– 1,659
–
–
2
–
77
79
22
17
28
222
289
15
16
23
3
152
450
659
1,279
1,261
– 2,540
1,027
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
135
34
173
–
–
41
160
70
26
297
470
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
–
77
79
22
21
163
256
462
15
16
64
163
222
476
956
– 1,497
Table 21: European Securities Exposure (1) by Country and Counterparty (Canadian $ in millions)
As at October 31, 2013
Country
GIIPS
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Portugal
Spain
Total – GIIPS
Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
France
Germany
Netherlands
Other (6)
Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
Rest of Europe
Denmark
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Other (6)
Total – Rest of Europe
Total – All of Europe
Securities (3)
Gross
Net
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign (4)
Total
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign (4)
Total
–
–
57
–
42
99
32
135
626
34
827
532
1,250
276
11
60
–
2,129
3,055
–
–
23
–
41
64
108
213
80
29
430
2
–
4
37
223
–
266
760
–
26
116
130
42
–
26
196
130
125
314
477
494
1,312
105
277
634
1,660
811
340
2,188 3,445
592
–
–
–
82
341
1,126
1,250
280
48
365
341
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
626
–
626
532
1,250
276
–
–
–
1,015 3,410
2,058
3,517 7,332
2,684
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
35
6
1
42
–
–
–
–
40
–
40
82
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
494
1,312
105
200
494
1,347
737
201
2,111 2,779
592
–
–
–
82
–
1,124
1,250
276
–
122
–
674 2,772
2,785 5,551
(1) BMO also has exposure to entities in a number of European countries through our credit protection vehicle, U.S. customer securitization vehicle and structured investment vehicle. These exposures are
not included in the tables due to the credit protection incorporated in their structures.
(2) Lending includes loans and trade finance. Amounts are net of write-offs and gross of specific allowances, both of which are not considered material.
(3) Securities include cash products, insurance investments and traded credit. Gross traded credit includes only the long positions and excludes offsetting short positions.
(4) Sovereign includes sovereign-backed bank cash products.
(5) Does not include our Irish subsidiary’s reserves with the Irish Central Bank of $86 million.
(6) Includes countries with less than $500 million in gross exposure. Other Eurozone includes exposures to Austria, Belgium, Finland, Luxembourg, Slovakia and Slovenia. Other Europe includes exposures
to Croatia, Czech Republic, Hungary, Iceland, Poland and Russian Federation.
(7) Repo-style transactions are all with bank counterparties.
(8) Derivatives amounts are marked-to-market, incorporating transaction netting and, for counterparties where a Credit Support Annex is in effect, collateral offsets. Derivative replacement risk net of
collateral for all of Europe is approximately $2.7 billion.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 119
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Table 22: European Repo and Derivatives Exposure (1) by Country and
Counterparty (Canadian $ in millions)
Repo-style transactions (7)
Gross
Net of collateral
Derivatives (8)
Gross
Net of collateral
Total
Total
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
Total
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
Total
As at October 31, 2013
Country
GIIPS
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Portugal
Spain
Total – GIIPS
Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
France
Germany
Netherlands
Other (6)
Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)
Rest of Europe
Denmark
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Other (6)
Total – Rest of Europe
Total – All of Europe
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
I
l
a
t
n
e
m
e
l
p
p
u
S
–
27
54
–
–
81
2,966
1,098
1,112
23
5,199
69
–
111
330
3,534
–
4,044
9,324
–
1
–
–
–
1
9
2
4
2
–
32
5
–
7
44
190
54
51
61
17
356
–
–
–
7
50
–
57
75
7
–
1
3
238
–
249
649
–
1
–
–
–
1
–
–
1
–
1
–
–
–
–
10
–
10
12
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
33
5
–
7
45
190
54
52
62
–
3
1
–
1
5
45
30
14
12
1 358
101
–
–
–
–
3
–
7
–
1
3
251
–
7
–
–
19
79
–
3 262
4 665
105
211
–
1
–
–
–
1
–
–
1
–
1
–
–
–
–
10
–
10
12
Table 23: Basel III Regulatory Capital (All-in basis) ($ millions)
As at October 31, 2013
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
Directly issued qualifying common share capital plus related stock surplus
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)
Goodwill and other intangibles (net of related tax liability)
Other common equity Tier 1 capital deductions
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)
Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments
Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Additional Tier 1
Additional Tier 1 instruments (and CET1 instruments not otherwise included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties
(amount allowed in group AT1)
of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out
Total regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 capital
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions
Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Tier 2
Tier 2 instruments (and CET1 and AT1 instruments not included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties
(amount allowed in group Tier 2)
of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out
Collective allowances
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital
Tier 2 capital (T2)
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)
120 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
4
1
–
1
6
45
30
15
13
1 103
–
–
–
–
–
–
7
–
–
19
89
–
– 115
1 224
12,318
15,224
602
(4,910)
(2,007)
21,227
3,770
11
11
(409)
3,372
24,599
4,444
176
176
331
(50)
4,901
29,500
Table 24: Risk-Weighted Assets ($ millions)
As at October 31
Credit Risk
Wholesale
Corporate, including specialized
lending
Corporate small and
medium-sized enterprises
Sovereign
Bank
Retail
Residential mortgages, excluding
home equity line of credit
Home equity line of credit
Qualifying revolving retail
Other retail, excluding small and
medium-sized enterprises
Retail small and medium-sized
enterprises
Equity
Trading book
Securitization
Other credit risk assets – non
counterparty managed assets
Scaling factor for credit risk assets under
AIRB Approach (1)
Total Credit Risk
Market Risk
Operational Risk
Total Risk-Weighted Assets
Exposure at Default
Risk-weighted assets
Risk-weighted assets
Basel III
Basel II
Standardized
Advanced
Approach Approach (2)
2013
Total
Standardized Advanced
Approach Approach
2013
Exposure
Total at Default
Standardized
Advanced
Approach Approach (2)
2012
Total
15,501
141,345 156,846
16,559 62,112 78,671 145,802
26,563
44,278 70,841
–
67
219
57,406
67,810
29,825
57,406
67,877
30,044
– 26,594 26,594 46,541
904 59,691
–
4,448 53,318
44
904
4,404
–
–
2
22,120 22,120
645
4,853
645
4,851
4,163
1,532
–
84,434
41,291
33,314
88,597
42,823
33,314
2,225
841
–
6,486
5,738
4,580
8,711 78,113
6,579 42,320
4,580 42,204
2,966
1,317
–
5,612
6,408
5,622
8,578
7,725
5,622
3,206
23,962
27,168
2,097 10,313 12,410 24,520
2,372
9,141 11,513
337
–
58
–
–
–
3,220
1,887
72,239
22,407
3,557
1,887
72,297
22,407
266
–
50
–
1,269
1,366
6,087
4,598
1,535
3,159
1,366
1,942
6,137 69,340
4,598 29,454
73,229
73,229
– 14,822 14,822 72,700
–
–
–
7,934
7,934
–
25,083
652,369 677,452
22,082 157,207 179,289 669,104
2,358
26,651
6,796
9,154
– 26,651
79
–
223
–
–
–
1,056
1,359
6,109
6,796
1,135
1,359
6,332
6,796
17,596 17,596
6,840
6,840
33,522
2,263
25,677
138,433 171,955
7,598
– 25,677
5,335
51,091 164,003 215,094
61,462
143,768 205,230
(1) The scaling factor is applied to the risk-weighted assets amounts for credit risk under the AIRB Approach.
(2) The AIRB Approach RWA for BMO Harris Bank is adjusted to a transitional floor based on the Standardized Approach.
Table 25: Average Deposits ($ millions, except as noted)
Deposits Booked in Canada
Demand deposits – interest bearing
Demand deposits – non-interest bearing
Payable after notice
Payable on a fixed date
Total deposits booked in Canada
Deposits Booked in the United States and Other Countries
Banks located in the United States and other countries
Governments and institutions in the United States and other countries
Other demand deposits
Other deposits payable after notice or on a fixed date
Total deposits booked in the United States and other countries
Total average deposits
2013
2012
2011
Average
balance
Average
rate paid (%)
Average
balance
Average
rate paid (%)
Average
balance
Average
rate paid (%)
16,050
24,365
71,820
98,631
0.47
–
0.68
1.56
15,292
23,343
60,116
92,314
0.44
–
0.61
1.65
17,489
21,620
49,282
89,469
210,866
1.00
191,065
1.02
177,860
9,308
9,283
9,305
117,446
145,342
356,208
0.71
0.42
0.03
0.36
9,213
8,381
7,546
105,212
0.37
130,352
0.58
0.35
0.02
0.51
0.48
8,619
9,909
4,497
70,874
93,899
0.74
321,417
0.80
271,759
0.41
–
0.53
1.90
1.14
0.53
0.54
0.03
0.79
0.70
0.99
As at October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: deposits by foreign depositors in our Canadian bank offices amounted to $25,563 million, $24,693 million and $18,237 million, respectively; total deposits payable
after notice included $31,700 million, $24,607 million and $24,995 million, respectively, of chequing accounts that would have been classified as demand deposits under U.S. reporting requirements; and
total deposits payable on a fixed date included $21,953 million, $16,630 million and $17,365 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial paper issued and other deposit liabilities. These
amounts would have been classified as short-term borrowings for U.S. reporting purposes.
Table 26: Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available-for-Sale Securities ($ millions)
S
u
p
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
As at October 31
Canadian governments debt
U.S. governments debt
Mortgage-backed securities – Canada
Mortgage backed securities
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Other governments debt
– United States
Total available-for-sale securities
2010 and prior based on CGAAP.
Unrealized gains (losses) (2)
Amortized cost
Fair value (1)
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
16,696
10,013
2,271
6,535
9,569
1,411
6,165
16,813
10,052
2,277
6,528
9,676
1,558
6,163
52,660
53,067
117
39
6
(7)
107
147
(2)
407
265
165
3
64
151
56
5
709
441
246
18
104
41
70
5
925
322
293
284
31
116
24
29
1,099
146
70
247
28
123
(6)
47
655
(1) Available-for-sale securities are reflected in the balance sheet at fair value. Unrealized gains (losses) are included in other comprehensive income.
(2) Unrealized gains (losses) may be offset by related losses (gains) on liabilities or hedge contracts.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 121
Statement of Management’s Responsibility
for Financial Information
Management of Bank of Montreal (the “bank”) is responsible for
preparation and presentation of the annual consolidated financial
statements, Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and all
other information in the Annual Report.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and
the applicable requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) in the United States. The financial statements also comply with
the provisions of the Bank Act (Canada) and related regulations,
including interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada.
The MD&A has been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of securities regulators, including National Instrument 51-102 of the
Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) as well as Item 303 of
Regulation S-K under the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and their related published requirements.
The consolidated financial statements and information in the MD&A
necessarily include amounts based on informed judgments and
estimates of the expected effects of current events and transactions
with appropriate consideration to materiality. In addition, in preparing
the financial information we must interpret the requirements described
above, make determinations as to the relevancy of information to be
included, and make estimates and assumptions that affect reported
information. The MD&A also includes information regarding the impact
of current transactions and events, sources of liquidity and capital
resources, operating trends, risks and uncertainties. Actual results in the
future may differ materially from our present assessment of this
information because events and circumstances in the future may not
occur as expected.
The financial information presented in the bank’s Annual Report is
consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.
In meeting our responsibility for the reliability and timeliness of
financial information, we maintain and rely on a comprehensive system
of internal controls and internal audit, including organizational and
procedural controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and internal
control over financial reporting. Our system of internal controls includes
written communication of our policies and procedures governing
corporate conduct and risk management; comprehensive business
planning; effective segregation of duties; delegation of authority and
personal accountability; escalation of relevant information for decisions
regarding public disclosure; careful selection and training of personnel;
and accounting policies that we regularly update. This structure ensures
appropriate internal controls over transactions, assets and records. We
also regularly audit internal controls. These controls and audits are
designed to provide us with reasonable assurance that the financial
records are reliable for preparing financial statements and other
financial information, assets are safeguarded against unauthorized use
or disposition, liabilities are recognized, and we are in compliance with
all regulatory requirements.
As at October 31, 2013, we, as the bank’s Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, have determined that the bank’s internal
control over financial reporting is effective. We have certified Bank of
Montreal’s annual filings with the CSA and with the SEC pursuant to
National Instrument 52-109 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
In order to provide their audit opinions on our consolidated financial
statements and on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting,
the Shareholders’ Auditors audit our system of internal controls and
conduct work to the extent that they consider appropriate. Their audit
opinion on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting is set forth
on page 124.
The Board of Directors, based on recommendations from its Audit
and Conduct Review Committee, reviews and approves the financial
information contained in the Annual Report, including the MD&A. The
Board of Directors and its relevant committees oversee management’s
responsibilities for the preparation and presentation of financial
information, maintenance of appropriate internal controls, compliance
with legal and regulatory requirements, management and control of
major risk areas, and assessment of significant and related
party transactions.
The Audit and Conduct Review Committee, which is comprised
entirely of independent directors, is also responsible for selecting the
Shareholders’ Auditors and reviewing the qualifications, independence
and performance of both the Shareholders’ Auditors and internal audit.
The Shareholders’ Auditors and the bank’s Chief Auditor have full and
free access to the Board of Directors, its Audit and Conduct Review
Committee and other relevant committees to discuss audit, financial
reporting and related matters.
The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada
conducts examinations and inquiries into the affairs of the bank as are
deemed necessary to ensure that the provisions of the Bank Act, with
respect to the safety of the depositors, are being duly observed and that
the bank is in sound financial condition.
William A. Downe
Chief Executive Officer
Thomas E. Flynn
Chief Financial Officer
Toronto, Canada
December 3, 2013
122 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
of Bank of Montreal
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of
Bank of Montreal (the “bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance
sheets as at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, the consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
October 31, 2013, and notes, comprising a summary of significant
accounting policies and other explanatory information.
Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated
Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of
these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board, and for such internal control as management
determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in
accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical
requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free
from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence
about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including
the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated
financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk
assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the entity’s
preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of the bank as at
October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, and its consolidated financial
performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended October 31, 2013 in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.
Other Matter
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the bank’s
internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013, based on
the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework
(1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated December 3, 2013
expressed an unmodified (unqualified) opinion on the effectiveness of
the bank’s internal control over financial reporting.
Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants
December 3, 2013
Toronto, Canada
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 123
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
of Bank of Montreal
We have audited Bank of Montreal’s (the “bank”) internal control over
financial reporting as of October 31, 2013, based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”). The bank’s management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included
under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls
and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting” in the
accompanying “Management’s Discussion and Analysis”. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes
those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the bank maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013,
based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework
(1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”).
We also have audited, in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance
sheets of the bank as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, the consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
October 31, 2013, and notes, comprising a summary of significant
accounting policies and other explanatory information, and our report
dated December 3, 2013 expressed an unmodified (unqualified) opinion
on those consolidated financial statements.
Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants
December 3, 2013
Toronto, Canada
124 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Consolidated Statement of Income
For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
2013
2012
2011
Interest, Dividend and Fee Income
Loans
Securities (Note 3)
Deposits with banks
Interest Expense
Deposits
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities (Note 18)
Other liabilities
Net Interest Income
Non-Interest Revenue
Securities commissions and fees
Deposit and payment service charges
Trading revenues
Lending fees
Card fees
Investment management and custodial fees
Mutual fund revenues
Underwriting and advisory fees
Securities gains, other than trading (Note 3)
Foreign exchange, other than trading
Insurance income
Other
Total Revenue
Provision for Credit Losses (Note 4)
Non-Interest Expense
Employee compensation (Notes 22 and 23)
Premises and equipment (Note 11)
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 13)
Travel and business development
Communications
Business and capital taxes
Professional fees
Other
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes (Note 24)
Net Income
Attributable to:
Bank shareholders
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Note 18)
Net Income
Earnings Per Share (Canadian $) (Note 25)
Basic
Diluted
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
$
10,746
2,143
244
13,133
$
$
11,141
2,265
239
13,645
10,203
2,176
145
12,524
2,633
145
47
1,763
4,588
8,545
1,182
916
849
715
724
726
799
488
285
172
445
417
7,718
16,263
589
5,827
1,877
352
514
291
39
527
870
10,297
5,377
1,129
2,578
165
51
2,043
4,837
8,808
1,146
929
1,025
641
708
725
647
442
152
153
335
419
7,322
16,130
765
5,628
1,916
339
491
301
46
593
924
10,238
5,127
938
$
4,248
$
4,189
$
4,183
65
4,248
6.27
6.26
$
$
4,115
74
4,189
6.18
6.15
$
$
$
$
2,693
157
76
2,124
5,050
7,474
1,215
834
549
593
689
496
633
512
189
130
283
346
6,469
13,943
1,212
4,827
1,578
231
382
259
51
624
789
8,741
3,990
876
3,114
3,041
73
3,114
4.90
4.84
C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
William A. Downe
Chief Executive Officer
Philip S. Orsino
Chairman, Audit and Conduct Review Committee
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 125
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)
Net income
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net change in unrealized (losses) on available-for-sale securities
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1)
Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3)
Reclassification to earnings of (gains) on cash flow hedges (4)
Net gain on translation of net foreign operations
Unrealized gain (loss) on translation of net foreign operations
Impact of hedging unrealized gain (loss) on translation of net foreign operations (5)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Total Comprehensive Income
Attributable to:
Bank shareholders
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Note 18)
Total Comprehensive Income
2013
2012
2011
$
4,248
$
4,189
$
3,114
(10)
(50)
(60)
(25)
(125)
(150)
741
(409)
332
122
24
(81)
(57)
(62)
(107)
(169)
75
(35)
40
(186)
18
(104)
(86)
328
(21)
307
(90)
123
33
254
$
4,370
$
4,003
$
3,368
4,305
65
3,929
74
3,295
73
$
4,370
$
4,003
$
3,368
(1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $9 million, $(13) million and $(11) million for the
(4) Net of income tax provision of $45 million, $38 million and $9 million for the years ended,
years ended, respectively.
respectively.
(2) Net of income tax provision of $22 million, $39 million and $51 million for the years ended,
(5) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $146 million, $13 million and $(26) million for the
respectively.
years ended, respectively.
(3) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $12 million, $10 million and $(137) million for the
years ended, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
126 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)
Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Note 2)
Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks (Note 2)
Securities (Note 3)
Trading
Available-for-sale
Held-to-maturity
Other
Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale Agreements (Note 4)
Loans (Notes 4 and 8)
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Customers’ liability under acceptances
Allowance for credit losses (Note 4)
Other Assets
Derivative instruments (Note 10)
Premises and equipment (Note 11)
Goodwill (Note 13)
Intangible assets (Note 13)
Current tax assets
Deferred tax assets (Note 24)
Other (Note 14)
Total Assets
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits (Note 15)
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Other Liabilities
Derivative instruments (Note 10)
Acceptances (Note 16)
Securities sold but not yet purchased (Note 16)
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (Note 16)
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities (Note 24)
Other (Note 16)
Subordinated Debt (Note 17)
Capital Trust Securities (Note 18)
Equity
Share capital (Note 20)
Contributed surplus
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Note 20)
Total Equity
Total Liabilities and Equity
2013
2012
$
26,083
$
19,941
6,518
6,341
75,159
53,067
6,032
723
134,981
39,799
99,328
63,640
7,870
101,450
272,288
8,472
(1,665)
279,095
30,259
2,191
3,893
1,530
1,065
2,914
8,971
50,823
70,109
56,382
875
958
128,324
47,011
87,870
61,436
7,814
90,402
247,522
8,019
(1,706)
253,835
48,071
2,120
3,717
1,552
1,293
2,906
10,338
69,997
$
537,299
$
525,449
$
$
20,591
220,798
125,432
366,821
18,102
186,570
119,030
323,702
31,974
8,472
22,446
28,884
443
107
42,212
48,736
8,019
23,439
39,737
404
171
46,596
134,538
167,102
3,996
463
14,268
315
15,224
602
30,409
1,072
31,481
4,093
462
14,422
213
13,540
480
28,655
1,435
30,090
$
537,299
$
525,449
C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 127
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
2011
Preferred Shares (Note 20)
Balance at beginning of year
Issued during the year
Redeemed during the year
Balance at End of Year
Common Shares (Note 20)
Balance at beginning of year
Issued under the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (Note 20)
Issued under the Stock Option Plan (Note 22)
Repurchased for cancellation (Note 20)
Issued on the exchange of shares of a subsidiary corporation
Issued on the acquisition of a business
Balance at End of Year
Contributed Surplus
Balance at beginning of year
Stock option expense/exercised (Note 22)
Foreign exchange on redemption of preferred shares (Note 20)
Balance at End of Year
Retained Earnings
Balance at beginning of year
Net income attributable to bank shareholders
Dividends – Preferred shares (Note 20)
– Common shares (Note 20)
Common shares repurchased for cancellation
Share issue expense
Balance at End of Year
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Available-for-Sale Securities
Balance at beginning of year
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1)
Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2)
Balance at End of Year
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow Hedges
Balance at beginning of year
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3)
Reclassification to earnings of (gains) on cash flow hedges (4)
Balance at End of Year
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Translation of Net Foreign Operations
Balance at beginning of year
Unrealized gain (loss) on translation of net foreign operations
Impact of hedging unrealized gain (loss) on translation of net foreign operations (5)
Balance at End of Year
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Non-controlling Interest in Subsidiaries
Balance at beginning of year
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Dividends to non-controlling interest
Preferred share redemption (Note 20)
Other
Balance at End of Year
Total Equity
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
$
$
2,465
–
(200)
2,265
$
2,861
–
(396)
2,465
11,957
130
116
(200)
–
–
12,003
213
(5)
107
315
13,540
4,183
(120)
(1,904)
(475)
–
11,332
543
80
–
2
–
11,957
113
4
96
213
11,381
4,115
(136)
(1,820)
–
–
15,224
13,540
265
(10)
(50)
205
142
(25)
(125)
(8)
73
741
(409)
405
602
322
24
(81)
265
311
(62)
(107)
142
33
75
(35)
73
480
2,571
290
–
2,861
6,927
179
122
–
1
4,103
11,332
91
22
–
113
10,181
3,041
(146)
(1,690)
–
(5)
11,381
408
18
(104)
322
4
328
(21)
311
–
(90)
123
33
666
$
30,409
$
28,655
$
26,353
1,435
65
(73)
(359)
4
1,072
1,483
74
(73)
–
(49)
1,435
1,501
73
(71)
–
(20)
1,483
$
31,481
$
30,090
$
27,836
(1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $9 million, $(13) million and $(11) million for the
(4) Net of income tax provision of $45 million, $38 million and $9 million for the year ended,
year ended, respectively.
respectively.
(2) Net of income tax provision of $22 million, $39 million and $51 million for the year ended,
(5) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $146 million, $13 million and $(26) million for the
respectively.
year ended, respectively.
(3) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $12 million, $10 million and $(137) million for the
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
year ended, respectively.
128 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
2011
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income
Adjustments to determine net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
Impairment write-down of securities, other than trading (Note 3)
Net (gain) on securities, other than trading (Note 3)
Net (increase) decrease in trading securities
Provision for credit losses (Note 4)
Change in derivative instruments – (Increase) decrease in derivative asset
– Increase (decrease) in derivative liability
Amortization of premises and equipment (Note 11)
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 13)
Net decrease in deferred income tax asset
Net (decrease) in deferred income tax liability
Net decrease in current income tax asset
Net increase (decrease) in current income tax liability
Change in accrued interest – (Increase) decrease in interest receivable
– Increase (decrease) in interest payable
Changes in other items and accruals, net
Net increase in deposits
Net (increase) in loans
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold but not yet purchased
Net increase (decrease) in securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Net (increase) decrease in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net (decrease) in liabilities of subsidiaries
Proceeds from issuance (maturities) of Covered Bonds
Proceeds from issuance (repayment) of subordinated debt (Note 17)
Redemption of preferred shares
Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares
Redemption of securities of a subsidiary (Note 20)
Redemption of Capital Trust Securities (Note 18)
Share issue expense
Proceeds from issuance of common shares (Note 20)
Common shares repurchased for cancellation (Note 20)
Cash dividends paid
Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interest
Net Cash (Used in) Financing Activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks
Purchases of securities, other than trading
Maturities of securities, other than trading
Proceeds from sales of securities, other than trading
Premises and equipment – net purchases
Purchased and developed software – net purchases
Purchase of Troubled Asset Relief Program preferred shares and warrants
Acquisitions (Note 12)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents
Net increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
Represented by:
Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with Bank of Canada and other banks
Cheques and other items in transit, net
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Net cash provided by operating activities includes:
Amount of interest paid in the year
Amount of income taxes paid in the year
Amount of interest and dividend income received in the year
$ 4,248
$ 4,189
$ 3,114
17
(302)
(4,392)
589
20,240
(19,195)
360
352
96
(65)
389
25
122
(129)
(516)
35,724
(21,479)
(1,221)
(12,090)
8,660
5
(157)
(251)
765
6,651
(1,840)
364
339
486
(143)
37
(182)
10
(109)
(6,240)
19,331
(14,972)
3,243
8,092
(9,360)
4
(193)
1,987
1,212
(6,621)
4,015
307
231
163
(245)
109
27
(19)
62
(270)
15,129
(4,917)
6,143
(8,648)
(9,974)
11,433
10,258
1,616
(397)
(1,354)
–
(200)
–
(359)
–
–
122
(675)
(1,896)
(73)
(637)
2,000
(1,200)
(396)
–
–
(400)
–
88
–
(1,419)
(73)
(3,466)
3,495
1,500
–
290
–
(400)
(5)
129
–
(1,663)
(71)
(4,832)
(2,037)
(191)
43
(32,007)
13,233
17,288
(377)
(259)
–
140
(347)
(37,960)
12,672
18,868
(366)
(313)
–
(21)
967
(27,093)
11,958
15,869
(368)
(271)
(1,642)
677
(1,939)
(7,467)
1,480
(489)
97
694
6,142
19,941
265
19,676
2,216
17,460
$ 26,083
$ 19,941
$ 19,676
$ 24,593
1,490
$ 18,347
1,594
$ 18,320
1,356
$ 26,083
$ 19,941
$ 19,676
$ 4,707
$
577
$ 13,150
$ 4,948
$
654
$ 13,555
$ 4,951
$
787
$ 12,438
C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 129
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Basis of Presentation
Bank of Montreal (“the bank”) is a public company incorporated in
Canada having its registered office in Montreal, Canada. We are a
highly diversified financial services provider and provide a broad range
of retail banking, wealth management and investment banking products
and services. The bank is a chartered bank under the Bank Act (Canada).
We have prepared these financial statements in accordance with
Specific Accounting Policies
To facilitate a better understanding of our consolidated financial
statements, we have disclosed our significant accounting policies
throughout the following notes with the related financial disclosures by
major caption:
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). We also comply with
interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the Superintendent
of Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”).
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a
historic cost basis, except the revaluation of the following items: assets
and liabilities held for trading; financial instruments designated at fair
value through profit or loss; available-for-sale financial assets; financial
assets and financial liabilities designated as hedged items in qualifying
fair value hedge relationships; cash-settled share-based payment
liabilities; defined benefit pension and other employee future benefit
liabilities; and insurance-related liabilities.
These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue
by the Board of Directors on December 3, 2013.
Basis of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements are inclusive of the financial
statements of our subsidiaries as at October 31, 2013. We conduct
business through a variety of corporate structures, including subsidiaries,
joint ventures, associates and special purpose entities (“SPEs”).
Subsidiaries are those entities where we exercise control through our
ownership of the majority of the voting shares. Joint ventures are those
entities where we exercise joint control through an agreement with
other shareholders. We also hold interests in SPEs, which we consolidate
where we control the SPE. These are more fully described in Note 9. All
of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of our subsidiaries, and
consolidated SPEs, and our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses of our joint ventures are included in our
consolidated financial statements. All significant intercompany
transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.
We hold investments in associates, where we exert significant
influence over operating, investing and financing decisions (companies
in which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting shares). These
are recorded at cost and are adjusted for our proportionate share of any
net income or loss, other comprehensive income or loss and dividends.
They are recorded as securities, other in our Consolidated Balance Sheet
and our proportionate share of the net income or loss of these
companies is recorded in interest, dividend and fee income, securities,
in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented in the
Consolidated Balance Sheet as a separate component of equity that is
distinct from our shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to
non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented separately in the
Consolidated Statement of Income.
s
e
t
o
N
130 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note Topic
1
2
Basis of Presentation
Cash Resources and Interest
Page
130
Bearing Deposits with Banks
Securities
Loans, Customers’ Liability under
Acceptances and
Allowance for Credit Losses
Other Credit Instruments
Risk Management
Guarantees
Asset Securitization
Special Purpose Entities
Derivative Instruments
Premises and Equipment
Acquisitions
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Other Assets
Deposits
Other Liabilities
Subordinated Debt
133
134
137
141
142
144
145
145
147
155
155
156
158
158
159
160
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Note Topic
18
19
20
21
22
Capital Trust Securities
Interest Rate Risk
Equity
Capital Management
Employee Compensation –
Page
161
161
163
165
Stock-Based Compensation
165
23
Employee Compensation –
Pension and Other Employee
Future Benefits
24
25
26
27
28
Income Taxes
Earnings Per Share
Operating and Geographic
Segmentation
Related Party Transactions
Provisions and Contingent
Liabilities
29
Fair Value of Financial
Instruments
30
Contractual Maturities of Assets
and Liabilities and Off-Balance
Sheet Commitments
167
171
174
174
177
177
178
185
Translation of Foreign Currencies
We conduct business in a variety of foreign currencies and present our
consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars, which is our
functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities, as well as non-
monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value that are
denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into Canadian dollars
at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary
assets and liabilities not measured at fair value are translated into
Canadian dollars at historical rates. Revenues and expenses
denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the average
exchange rate for the year.
Unrealized gains and losses arising from translating our net
investment in foreign operations into Canadian dollars, net of related
hedging activities and applicable income taxes, are included in our
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income within net gain (loss)
on translation of net foreign operations. When we dispose of a foreign
operation such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost,
the cumulative amount of the translation gain (loss) and any applicable
hedging activity and related income taxes are reclassified to profit or
loss as part of the gain or loss on disposition. All other foreign currency
translation gains and losses are included in foreign exchange, other than
trading, in our Consolidated Statement of Income as they arise.
Foreign currency translation gains and losses on available-for-sale
debt securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are included
in foreign exchange, other than trading, in our Consolidated Statement
of Income.
From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange hedge contracts
to reduce our exposure to changes in the value of foreign currencies.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses that arise on the mark-to
market of foreign exchange contracts related to economic hedges are
included in foreign exchange, other than trading, in our Consolidated
Statement of Income. Changes in fair value on forward contracts that
qualify as accounting hedges are recorded in our Consolidated
Statement of Comprehensive Income, with the spot/forward differential
(the difference between the foreign currency rate at the inception of the
contract and the rate at the end of the contract) being recorded in
interest income (expense) over the term of the hedge.
Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is
reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet when there is a legally
enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an
intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
Dividend and Fee Income
Dividend income
Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is
established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities.
Fee income
Fee income (including commissions) is recognized based on the services
or products for which the fee is paid. See Note 4 for the accounting
treatment for lending fees.
Securities commissions and fees and underwriting and advisory
fees are recorded as revenue when the related services are completed.
Deposit and payment service charges and insurance fees are
recognized over the period that the related services are provided.
Card fees primarily include interchange income, late fees, cash
advance fees and annual fees. Card fees are recorded as billed, except
for annual fees, which are recorded evenly throughout the year.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires
management to use estimates and assumptions that affect the carrying
amounts of certain assets and liabilities, certain amounts reported in net
income and other related disclosures.
The most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make
estimates include: allowance for credit losses; purchased loans; acquired
deposits; pension and other employee future benefits; impairment;
income taxes; goodwill and intangible assets; insurance-related
liabilities; and provisions. We make judgments in assessing whether
substantially all risks and rewards have been transferred in respect of
transfers of financial assets and whether we control SPEs. These
judgments are discussed in Notes 8 and 9, respectively. Note 29
discusses the judgments made in determining the fair value of financial
instruments. If actual results differ from the estimates, the impact would
be recorded in future periods.
We have established detailed policies and control procedures that
are intended to ensure these judgments are well controlled,
independently reviewed and consistently applied from period to period.
We believe that our estimates of the value of our assets and liabilities
are appropriate.
Allowance for credit losses
The allowance for credit losses adjusts the value of loans to reflect their
estimated realizable value. In assessing their estimated realizable value,
we must rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters for
which the ultimate outcome is unknown. These include economic
factors, developments affecting companies in particular industries, and
specific issues with respect to single borrowers. Changes in
circumstances may cause future assessments of credit risk to be
materially different from current assessments, which could require an
increase or decrease in the allowance for credit losses.
discount rate to be applied to the cash flows from the loan portfolio. In
determining the possible discount rates, we considered various factors,
including our cost to raise funds in the current market, the risk premium
associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios. PCI loans
are those where the timely collection of interest and principal was no
longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. Subsequent to
the acquisition date, we regularly re-evaluate what we expect to collect
on PCI loans. Changes in expected cash flows could result in the
recognition of impairment or a recovery in our provision for credit
losses. Assessing the timing and amount of cash flows requires
significant management judgment regarding key assumptions, including
the probability of default, severity of loss and timing of payment
receipts, as well as the valuation of collateral. All of these factors are
inherently subjective and can result in significant changes in cash flow
estimates over the life of a loan.
Subsequent to the determination of the initial fair value, the
purchased performing loans are subject to the credit review processes
applied to loans we originate.
Additional information regarding the accounting for purchased loans
is included in Note 4.
Acquired deposits
M&I deposit liabilities were recorded at fair value at acquisition. The
determination of fair value involved estimating the expected cash flows
to be paid and determining the discount rate applied to the cash flows.
Assessing the timing and amount of cash flows requires significant
management judgment regarding the likelihood of early redemption by
us and the timing of withdrawal by the client. Discount rates were
based on the prevailing rates we were paying on similar deposits at the
date of acquisition.
Additional information on the accounting for deposits is included in
Note 15.
Pension and other employee future benefits
Our pension and other employee future benefits expense is calculated by
our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by
management. If actual experience differs from the assumptions used,
pension and other employee future benefits expense could increase or
decrease in future years. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a
management estimate that significantly affects the calculation of pension
expense. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is determined using
the plan’s target asset allocation and estimated rates of return for each
asset class. Estimated rates of return are based on expected returns from
fixed income securities, which take into consideration bond yields. An
equity risk premium is then applied to estimate equity returns. Expected
returns from other asset classes are established to reflect the risks of
these asset classes relative to fixed income and equity assets. The impact
of changes in expected rates of return on plan assets is not significant for
our other employee future benefits expense since only small amounts of
assets are held in these plans.
Pension and other employee future benefits expense and
obligations are also sensitive to changes in discount rates. We
determine discount rates at each year end for our Canadian and U.S.
plans using high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’
specific cash flows.
Additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses is
Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and
included in Note 4.
other employee future benefits is included in Note 23.
Purchased loans
Significant judgment and assumptions were applied to determine the
fair value of the Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I”) loan portfolio.
Loans are either purchased performing loans or purchased credit
impaired loans (“PCI loans”), both of which were recorded at fair value
at the time of acquisition. Determining the fair value involved
estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the
Impairment
We have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian,
U.S. and other governments, corporate debt and equity securities,
mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations,
which are classified as available-for-sale securities. We review held-to
maturity, available-for-sale and other securities at each quarter-end
reporting period to identify and evaluate investments that show
indications of possible impairment.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 131
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities,
impairment losses are recognized if, there is objective evidence of
impairment, as a result of an event that reduces the estimated future
cash flows from the security and the impact can be reliably estimated.
Objective evidence of impairment includes default or delinquency
by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to us on terms that we
would not consider otherwise, indications that a debtor or issuer will
enter bankruptcy, or the disappearance of an active market for a
security. In addition, for equity securities, a significant or prolonged
decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is objective evidence
of impairment.
The decision to record a write-down, the amount and the period in
which it is recorded could change if management’s assessment of the
factors change. We do not record impairment write-downs on debt
securities when impairment is due to changes in market interest rates, if
future contractual cash flows associated with the debt security are still
expected to be recovered.
Additional information regarding our accounting for held-to
maturity securities, available-for-sale securities and other securities and
the determination of fair value is included in Note 3.
Income taxes
The provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax
treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of
Income or Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income
taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make
assumptions about the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax
assets and liabilities. If our interpretations differ from those of tax
authorities or if the timing of reversals is not as expected, our provision
for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The
amount of any such increase or decrease cannot be reasonably estimated.
Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is
included in Note 24.
Goodwill
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to our cash
generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest level within the
bank at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
Impairment testing is performed at least annually, and whenever there
is an indication that a CGU may be impaired, by comparing the carrying
value and the recoverable amount of the CGU to which goodwill has
been allocated to determine whether the recoverable amount of the
group is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value were to
exceed the recoverable amount of the group, we would recognize an
impairment loss.
Fair value less costs to sell was used to perform the impairment
test in 2013 and 2012. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we
employ a discounted cash flow model consistent with those used when
we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related
to revenue growth, discount rates, synergies achieved on acquisition
and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in each of
these assumptions would affect the determination of fair value for each
of the business units in a different manner. Management must exercise
its judgment and make assumptions in determining fair value less costs
to sell, and differences in judgments and assumptions could affect the
determination of fair value and any resulting impairment write-down.
Additional information regarding goodwill is included in Note 13.
Insurance-related liabilities
Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims
and estimates of future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life
insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability
Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality,
morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy
dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These
132 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual
experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the
valuation of a liability results from a change in the assumption for future
investment yields. Future investment yields may be sensitive to
variations in reinvestment interest rates, which may affect the valuation
of policy benefit liabilities.
Additional information regarding insurance-related liabilities is
included in Note 16.
Provisions
The bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the
ordinary course of business.
Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amounts
required to settle any obligations related to these legal actions as at the
balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties
surrounding the obligation. Management and internal and external
experts are involved in estimating any provisions. The actual costs of
resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the
amounts of the provisions.
Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 28.
Future Changes in IFRS
Employee benefits
In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits
(“IAS 19 revised”). The revised standard is effective for our fiscal year
beginning November 1, 2013. Under the revised standard, actuarial
gains and losses are to be recognized immediately in other
comprehensive income and may no longer be deferred and amortized.
Additionally, the expected return on plan assets will be set equal to the
discount rate used to determine the plan obligation. This will result in a
higher pension obligation and pension expense. Retroactive application
of the amendments would increase our defined benefit liability by
$538 million, reduce accumulated other comprehensive income by
$459 million and reduce retained earnings by $79 million as at
November 1, 2012.
Fair value measurement
In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (“IFRS
13”), which replaces the existing standard for fair value measurement.
The new standard provides a common definition of fair value and
establishes a framework for measuring fair value. The new standard also
requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 is
effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2013. The adoption
of the new standard will result in additional disclosures. We do not
expect this new standard to have a significant impact on how we
determine fair value.
Impairment of assets
In May 2013, the IASB issued narrow-scope amendments to IAS 36
Impairment of Assets. These amendments address the disclosure of
information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets if that
amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. The amendments
are effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2014. We do not
expect the amendments to have a significant impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated financial statements
In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
(“IFRS 10”), which provides a single consolidation model that defines
control and establishes control as the basis for consolidation for all types
of interests. Under IFRS 10, we would control an entity when we have
power over the entity, exposure or rights to variable returns from our
involvement, and the ability to exercise power to affect the amount of
our returns. IFRS 10 is effective for our fiscal year beginning
November 1, 2013. The adoption of IFRS 10 is expected to result in the
deconsolidation of two of our funding vehicles and Canadian
securitization vehicles. This will result in $802 million of subordinated
s
e
t
o
N
debt and $463 million of capital trust securities being reclassified to
deposit liabilities and $640 million of other assets being reclassified as
available-for-sale securities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as at
November 1, 2012. We expect no other significant impacts on our
consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new
standard.
Investments in associates and joint ventures
In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (“IFRS 11”),
which requires that joint ventures be accounted for using the equity
method. IFRS 11 is effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1,
2014. The adoption of IFRS 11 will result in our joint venture being
accounted for using the equity method of accounting. This change will
not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 Offsetting
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“IAS 32”) and to IFRS 7
Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
(“IFRS 7”). The amendments clarify that an entity has a legally
enforceable right to offset if that right is not contingent on a future
event; and that right is enforceable both in the normal course of
business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the
entity and all counterparties. These amendments also contain new
disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities that
are offset in the statement of financial position or subject to master
netting agreements or similar agreements. The disclosure amendments
are effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2013 and the
classification amendments are effective for our fiscal year beginning
November 1, 2014. The amendments will result in additional
disclosures. We do not expect this new standard to have a significant
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Disclosure of interests in other entities
In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other
Entities (“IFRS 12”), which sets out the disclosure requirements for all
forms of interests in other entities, including subsidiaries, joint
arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities. This
new standard requires disclosure of the nature of, and risks associated
with, an entity’s interests in other entities and the effects of these
interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows.
The new standard is effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1,
2013, and will result in additional disclosures.
Financial instruments
In December 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 9 (“IFRS 9”), which sets out
requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets
and financial liabilities. This is the first phase of a three-phase project to
replace the current standard for accounting for financial instruments. The
new standard specifies that financial assets are to be measured at either
amortized cost or fair value on the basis of the reporting entity’s
business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual
cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The classification and
measurement of financial liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss remain generally unchanged; however, fair value changes
attributable to changes in the credit risk for financial liabilities
designated at fair value through profit or loss are to be recorded in other
comprehensive income unless they offset amounts recorded in income.
In November 2013, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 9 which
sets out a new general hedge accounting model. This amendment does
not address portfolio or macro hedging which will be addressed at a
later time. The new model expands the scope of eligible hedged items
and risks eligible for hedge accounting and aligns hedge accounting
more closely with risk management. Under the new IFRS 9 model, it will
be necessary to demonstrate an economic relationship between the
hedged item and hedging instrument, however there will no longer be a
specified quantitative measure and retrospective hedge effectiveness
testing will no longer be required. Increased disclosures will be required
about our risk management strategy, cash flows from hedging activities
and the impact of hedge accounting on financial statements.
The other phase of this project, which is currently under
development, addresses impairment. In July 2013, the IASB tentatively
decided to defer the effective date of IFRS 9 to an unspecified date
pending the finalization of the impairment and hedge accounting phases
of the project. We are currently assessing the impact of this new standard
on our future financial results in conjunction with the completion of the
other phases of the IASB’s financial instruments project.
In June 2013, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. These amendments allow
hedge accounting to continue when derivatives are novated to effect
clearing with a central counterparty as a result of laws or regulations, if
specific conditions are met. The amendments are to be applied
retrospectively and are effective for our fiscal year beginning
November 1, 2014. We do not expect the amendments to have a
significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Investment entities
In October 2012, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and
IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements, which introduce an exception to
the principle that all subsidiaries are to be consolidated. The
amendments require a parent that is an investment entity to measure
its investments in particular subsidiaries at fair value through profit or
loss instead of consolidating all subsidiaries in its consolidated financial
statements. The amendments are effective for our fiscal year beginning
November 1, 2014. We do not expect these amendments to have a
significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 2: Cash Resources and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks
(Canadian $ in millions)
Cash and deposits with banks (1)
Cheques and other items in transit, net
Total cash and cash equivalents
2013
2012
24,593
1,490
18,347
1,594
26,083
19,941
(1) Deposits with banks include deposits with the Bank of Canada, the U.S. Federal Reserve and
other banks.
Cheques and Other Items in Transit, Net
Cheques and other items in transit are recorded at cost and represent
the net position of the uncleared cheques and other items in transit
between us and other banks.
Cash Restrictions
Some of our foreign operations are required to maintain reserves or
minimum balances with central banks in their respective countries of
operation, amounting to $1,211 million as at October 31, 2013
($1,059 million in 2012).
Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks
Deposits with banks are recorded at amortized cost and include
acceptances we have purchased that were issued by other banks.
Interest income earned on these deposits is recorded on an
accrual basis.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 133
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 3: Securities
Securities are divided into four types, each with a different purpose and
accounting treatment. The types of securities we hold are as follows:
Trading securities are securities that we purchase for resale over a
short period of time. We report these securities at their fair value and
record the fair value changes and transaction costs in our Consolidated
Statement of Income in trading revenues.
Securities Designated at Fair Value
Securities designated at fair value through profit or loss are financial
instruments that are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair
value recorded in income provided they meet certain criteria. Securities
designated at fair value through profit or loss must have reliably
measurable fair values and satisfy one of the following criteria:
(1) accounting for them at fair value eliminates or significantly reduces
an inconsistency in measurement or recognition that would otherwise
arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains and
losses on them on a different basis; (2) the securities are part of a group
of financial assets, financial liabilities or both that is managed and has
its performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a
documented risk management or investment strategy, and is reported
to key management personnel on a fair value basis; or (3) the securities
are hybrid financial instruments with one or more embedded derivatives
that would otherwise have to be bifurcated and accounted for
separately from the host contract. Financial instruments must be
designated on initial recognition, and the designation is irrevocable. If
these securities were not designated at fair value, they would be
accounted for as available-for-sale securities with unrealized gains and
losses recorded in other comprehensive income.
We designate certain securities held by our insurance subsidiaries
that support our insurance liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
since the actuarial calculation of insurance liabilities is based on the fair
value of the investments supporting them. This designation aligns the
accounting result with the way the portfolio is managed on a fair value
basis. The fair value of these investments as at October 31, 2013 of
$5,766 million ($5,561 million in 2012) is recorded in securities, trading
in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of recording these
investments at fair value through profit or loss was a decrease of $178
million in non-interest revenue, insurance income for the year ended
October 31, 2013 (increase of $286 million in 2012). Changes in the
insurance liability balances are also recorded in non-interest revenue,
insurance income.
We designate investments held by our credit protection vehicle and
our structured investment vehicle (our “structured credit vehicles”) at
fair value through profit or loss, which aligns the accounting result with
the way the portfolio is managed on a fair value basis. At October 31,
2013, these vehicles held only cash. The fair value of the investments
held in these vehicles at October 31, 2012 was $1,849 million and was
recorded in securities, trading in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The
impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or loss
was a decrease in non-interest revenue, trading revenues of $40 million
for the year ended October 31, 2013 (increase of $183 million in 2012).
We recognized offsetting amounts for derivative contracts that are held
to hedge changes in the fair value of these investments. Additional
information regarding our structured credit vehicles is included in
Note 9.
We designate certain investments held in our merchant banking
business at fair value through profit or loss, which aligns the accounting
result with the way the portfolio is managed. The fair value of these
investments as at October 31, 2013 of $488 million ($654 million in
2012) is recorded in securities, other in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or
134 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
s
e
t
o
N
loss was a decrease in non-interest revenue, securities gains, other than
trading of $18 million in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the
year ended October 31, 2013 (decrease of $41 million in 2012).
Available-for-sale securities consist of debt and equity securities that
may be sold in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates
and resulting prepayment risk, changes in foreign currency risk, changes
in funding sources or terms, or to meet liquidity needs.
Available-for-sale securities are initially recorded at fair value plus
transaction costs. They are subsequently re-measured at fair value with
unrealized gains and losses recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on
available-for-sale securities in our Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income until the security is sold. Gains and losses on
disposal and impairment losses are recorded in our Consolidated
Statement of Income in non-interest revenue, securities gains, other
than trading. Interest income earned and dividends received on
available-for-sale securities are recorded in our Consolidated Statement
of Income in interest, dividend and fee income, securities.
Investments held by our insurance operations are classified as
available-for-sale or other securities, except for those investments that
support the policy benefit liabilities on our insurance contracts, which
are designated at fair value through profit or loss as discussed above.
Interest and other fee income on available-for-sale securities is
recognized when earned in our Consolidated Statement of Income in
non-interest revenue, insurance income.
Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities that we have the
intention and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are initially
recorded at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently re
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains
and losses on disposal and impairment losses are recorded in our
Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains (losses), other
than trading. Interest income earned and amortization of premiums or
discounts on the debt securities are recorded in our Consolidated
Statement of Income in interest, dividend and fee income, securities.
Other securities are investments in companies where we exert
significant influence over operating, investing and financing decisions
(companies in which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting
share) and certain securities held by our merchant banking business.
We account for all of our securities transactions using settlement date
accounting in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in fair value
between the trade date and settlement date are recorded in net income.
For available-for-sale securities, changes in fair value between the trade
date and settlement date are recorded in other comprehensive income.
Impairment Review
For available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and other securities, impairment
losses are recognized if there is objective evidence of impairment as a
result of an event that reduces the estimated future cash flows from the
security and the impact can be reliably estimated.
For equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair
value of a security below its cost is objective evidence of impairment.
The impairment loss on available-for-sale securities is the
difference between the cost/amortized cost and current fair value, less
any previously recognized impairment losses. The impairment loss on
held-to-maturity securities is measured as the difference between a
security’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future
cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate.
If there is objective evidence of impairment, a write-down is
recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains,
other than trading.
For debt securities, a previous impairment loss is reversed through
net income if an event occurs after the impairment was recognized that
can be objectively attributed to an increase in fair value, to a maximum
of the original impairment charge. Reversals of impairment losses on
held-to-maturity securities are recorded to a maximum of the amortized
cost of the investment before the original impairment charge. For equity
securities, previous impairment losses are not reversed through net
income and any subsequent increases in fair value are recorded in other
comprehensive income.
As at October 31, 2013, we had 979 available-for-sale securities
(248 in 2012) with unrealized losses totalling $96 million (unrealized
losses of $86 million in 2012). Of these available-for-sale securities, 44
have been in an unrealized loss position continuously for more than one
year (28 in 2012), amounting to an unrealized loss position of $5 million
(unrealized loss position of $5 million in 2012). Unrealized losses on
these instruments, excluding corporate equities, resulted from changes
in interest rates and not from deterioration in the creditworthiness
of the issuers. We expect full recovery of principal and interest
payments from certain debt securities due to governmental support
and/or overcollateralization provided. The share prices and valuations of
many equity securities that we hold have also appreciated from earlier
levels. Based on these factors, we have determined that there is no
significant impairment.
We did not own any securities issued by a single non-government
entity where the book value, as at October 31, 2013 or 2012, was
greater than 10% of our shareholders’ equity.
Fair Value Measurement
For traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value.
Quoted market value is based on bid prices. For securities where market
quotes are not available, we use estimation techniques to determine
fair value. Discussion of fair value measurement is included in Note 29.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 135
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Trading Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. federal government
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Other governments
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Total trading securities
Available-for-Sale Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
U.S. federal government
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Other governments
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1)
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Corporate debt
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Corporate equity
Amortized cost
Fair value
Yield (%)
Total cost or amortized cost
Total fair value
Yield (%)
Held-to-Maturity Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Amortized cost
Fair value
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
Amortized cost
Fair value
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada
Amortized cost
Fair value
Total cost or amortized cost
Total fair value
Other Securities
Carrying value
Fair value
Total carrying value or amortized cost of securities
Total securities value
Total by Currency (in Canadian $ equivalent)
Canadian dollar
U.S. dollar
Other currencies
Total securities
s
e
t
o
N
Term to maturity
2013
2012
Within
1 year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
5 to 10
years
Over 10
years
Total
Total
2,253
644
905
20
1
23
1,090
–
4,004
758
2,397
412
117
386
2,076
–
1,249
636
1,415
154
14
170
1,586
–
2,023
1,840
717
162
–
35
1,569
–
1,295
1,833
469
11
4
38
4,766
40,087
10,824
5,711
5,903
759
136
652
11,087
40,087
10,907
5,515
7,052
447
521
1,510
14,319
29,838
4,936
10,150
5,224
6,346
48,503
75,159
70,109
5,591
5,652
1.60
191
195
1.46
1,094
1,095
0.28
1,644
1,645
0.45
1,715
1,713
1.80
159
184
1.00
2
2
0.24
861
862
1.32
–
–
–
2,726
2,761
1.39
866
870
1.08
3,400
3,407
0.37
1,164
1,174
1.05
2,511
2,515
1.00
813
775
1.64
7
7
3.90
5,479
5,536
1.20
–
–
–
4,007
4,029
1.38
1,040
1,043
1.70
156
158
1.44
346
358
2.19
1,939
1,935
1.54
1,299
1,318
2.07
16
16
3.31
2,958
2,997
1.60
–
–
–
11,257
16,966
11,761
625
632
2.36
1,483
1,461
2.65
–
–
–
40
41
2.97
127
129
3.82
–
–
–
1,377
1,387
1.02
832
828
0.82
–
–
–
–
–
–
159
159
2.23
240
246
3.76
–
–
–
3,884
–
–
–
–
–
–
6,351
6,344
1.13
31
35
2.83
1,411
1,558
1.90
8,792
12,989
13,115
1.53
3,707
3,698
2.00
4,650
4,660
0.39
5,363
5,392
0.90
6,165
6,163
1.39
2,271
2,277
1.83
6,535
6,528
1.16
9,569
9,676
1.40
17,050
17,277
1.76
2,642
2,680
1.86
10,010
10,099
0.53
4,390
4,462
1.16
6,591
6,596
1.57
432
435
5.64
5,705
5,773
1.36
7,724
7,875
1.46
1,411
1,558
1.90
52,660
1,129
1,185
2.16
55,673
11,348
17,045
11,854
3,885
8,935
53,067
56,382
1.31
1.03
1.61
2.06
1.28
1.33
1.43
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
427
427
461
462
1,074
1,069
1,962
2,005
2,009
1,217
1,220
242
247
3,464
1,958
3,476
18
18
26
26
11
11
–
–
467
466
–
–
467
466
17
17
–
–
139
141
–
–
139
141
651
864
2,432
2,436
2,284
2,289
1,316
1,316
6,032
6,041
600
600
275
275
–
–
875
875
723
936
958
1,126
16,211
29,104
20,460
10,714
58,085
134,574
127,615
16,302
29,183
20,553
10,715
58,228
134,981
128,324
10,201
4,988
1,113
13,457
14,713
1,013
13,020
6,861
672
7,390
3,324
1
45,213
12,804
211
89,281
42,690
3,010
77,829
46,564
3,931
16,302
29,183
20,553
10,715
58,228
134,981
128,324
(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.
Yields in the table above are calculated using the cost of the security and the contractual interest or
stated dividend rates associated with each security adjusted for any amortization of premiums and
discounts. Tax effects are not taken into consideration. The term to maturity included in the table
above is based on the contractual maturity date of the security. The term to maturity of mortgage
backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is based on average expected maturities.
Actual maturities could differ as issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Securities
with no maturity date are included in the over 10 years category.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
136 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Unrealized Gains and Losses
(Canadian $ in millions)
Available-for-sale
securities
2013
Available-for-sale
securities
Gross
Gross
Amortized unrealized unrealized
losses
gains
cost
Gross
Fair Amortized unrealized unrealized
losses
Gross
gains
cost
value
2012
Fair
value
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. federal government
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Other governments
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1)
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Total
(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.
Unrealized Losses
(Canadian $ in millions)
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. federal government
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Other governments
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1)
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
12,989
3,707
4,650
5,363
6,165
2,271
6,535
9,569
1,411
52,660
129
23
10
41
7
6
24
115
148
503
3 13,115
3,698
4,660
5,392
6,163
2,277
6,528
9,676
1,558
32
–
12
9
–
31
8
1
17,050
2,642
10,010
4,390
6,591
432
5,705
7,724
1,129
96 53,067
55,673
265
39
89
83
10
3
78
169
59
795
38 17,277
1
2,680
– 10,099
4,462
6,596
435
5,773
7,875
1,185
11
5
–
10
18
3
86 56,382
Available-for-sale
securities in an unrealized
loss position for
Less than
12 months
12 months
or longer
Available-for-sale
securities in an unrealized
loss position for
Less than
12 months
12 months
or longer
2013
Total
Gross
unrealized
losses
Gross
Fair unrealized
losses
value
Gross
Fair unrealized
losses
value
Gross
Fair unrealized
losses
value
Gross
Fair unrealized
losses
value
Gross
Fair unrealized
losses
value
2012
Total
Fair
value
–
3
721
30 1,662
–
11 1,385
8 1,142
74
–
30 4,005
8 2,753
96
1
–
–
26
2
–
–
1 317
1 1,316
–
–
1 143
37
–
2
–
5 1,841
–
3
721
32 1,688
–
12 1,702
9 2,458
74
–
31 4,148
8 2,790
98
1
11
38
811
107
1
– 1,155
244
1 2,455
41
–
10 1,551
526
17
17
3
96 13,679
81 6,907
Total
91 11,838
(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.
Income from securities has been included in our consolidated financial statements as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Reported in Consolidated Statement of Income:
Interest, Dividend and Fee Income (1)
Trading securities (2)
Available-for-sale securities
Held-to-maturity securities
Other securities
Non-Interest Revenue
Available-for-sale securities
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Unrealized gain on investment reclassified from equity method accounting to available-for-sale
Other securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses)
Impairment write-downs
Securities gains (losses), other than trading (1)
Trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) (1) (2)
Total income from securities
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
–
4 1,059
4
–
–
–
31
1
2
–
5 1,099
11
38
811
107
1
– 1,155
247
5 3,514
45
–
10 1,551
557
18
19
3
86 8,006
2013
2012
2011
1,409
610
47
77
1,621
561
1
82
1,492
626
–
58
2,143
2,265
2,176
90
(3)
191
24
(17)
285
477
153
(24)
–
28
(5)
152
374
223
(85)
–
55
(4)
189
546
2,905
2,791
2,911
(1) The following amounts of income related to our insurance operations were included in non-
(2) The following amounts of trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) are
interest revenue, insurance income in our Consolidated Statement of Income:
Interest, dividend and fee income of $263 million for the year ended October 31, 2013
($253 million in 2012 and $226 million in 2011). Securities gains (losses), other than trading
of $1 million for the year ended October 31, 2013 ($nil in 2012 and $15 million in 2011).
related to our insurance operations:
Trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) of $(190) million for the year
ended October 31, 2013 ($286 million in 2012 and $6.5 million in 2011).
Note 4: Loans, Customers’ Liability under Acceptances
and Allowance for Credit Losses
Loans
Loans are initially measured at fair value plus directly attributable costs,
and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective
interest method. The effective interest method allocates interest income
over the expected term of the loan by applying the effective interest
rate to the carrying amount of the loan. The effective interest rate is
defined as the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts
through the expected term of the loan to the net carrying amount
of the loan. The treatment of interest income for impaired loans is
described below.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 137
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We amortize deferred loan origination costs that are directly
attributable and incremental to the origination of a loan using the
effective interest method. We record the amortization as a reduction in
interest, dividend and fee income, loans, over the term of the resulting
loan. Under the effective interest method, the amount recognized in
interest, dividend and fee income, loans, varies over the term of the
loan based on the principal outstanding.
Interest income on impaired loans of $133 million was recognized
for the year ended October 31, 2013 ($159 million in 2012).
A loan will be reclassified back to performing status when we
determine that there is reasonable assurance of full and timely
repayment of interest and principal in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the loan, and that none of the criteria for classification of
the loan as impaired continue to apply.
Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale
Agreements
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements represent
the amounts we will receive as a result of our commitment to resell
securities that we have purchased, back to the original seller, on a
specified date at a specified price. We account for these instruments as
if they were loans.
Lending Fees
The accounting treatment for lending fees varies depending on the
transaction. Some loan origination, restructuring and renegotiation fees
are recorded as interest income over the term of the loan, while other
lending fees, to a certain threshold are taken into income at the time of
loan origination. Commitment fees are recorded as interest income over
the term of the loan, unless we believe the loan commitment will not
be used. In the latter case, commitment fees are recorded as lending
fees over the commitment period. Loan syndication fees are included in
lending fees as the syndication is completed, unless the yield on any
loans we retain is less than that of other comparable lenders involved in
the financing. In the latter case, an appropriate portion of the
syndication fee is recorded as interest income over the term of the loan.
Customers’ Liability under Acceptances
Acceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is
issued by our customers, which we guarantee for a fee. We have
offsetting claims, equal to the amount of the acceptances, against our
customers in the event of a call on these commitments. The amount due
under acceptances is recorded in other liabilities and our corresponding
claim is recorded as a loan in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Fees earned are recorded in lending fees in our Consolidated
Statement of Income over the term of the acceptance.
Impaired Loans
Generally consumer loans in both Canada and the U.S. are classified as
impaired when payment is contractually 90 days past due, or one year
past due for residential mortgages if guaranteed by the Government of
Canada. Credit card loans are immediately written off when principal or
interest payments are 180 days past due, and are not reported as
impaired. In Canada, consumer installment loans, other personal loans
and some small business loans are normally written off when they are
one year past due. In the US, all consumer loans are written off when
they are 180 days past due, except for non-real estate term loans which
are written off at 120 days. For the purpose of measuring the amount to
be written off, the determination of the recoverable amount includes an
estimate of future recoveries.
Corporate and commercial loans are classified as impaired when we
determine there is no longer reasonable assurance that principal or
interest will be collected in its entirety on a timely basis. Generally,
corporate and commercial loans are considered impaired when
payments are 90 days past due, or for fully secured loans, when
payments are 180 days past due. Corporate and commercial loans are
written off following a review on an individual loan basis that confirms
all recovery attempts have been exhausted.
Our average gross impaired loans and acceptances were $2,800
million for the year ended October 31, 2013 ($2,812 million in 2012).
Our average impaired loans, net of the specific allowance, were $2,354
million for the year ended October 31, 2013 ($2,296 million in 2012).
During the year ended October 31, 2013, we recorded a net gain of
$46 million (net gain of $4 million in 2012) on the sale of impaired loans.
Once a loan is identified as impaired, we continue to recognize
interest income based on the original effective interest rate of the loan.
138 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses recorded in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet is maintained at a level that we consider adequate to absorb
credit-related losses on our loans, customers’ liability under acceptances
and other credit instruments. The portion related to other credit
instruments is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet. As at October 31, 2013, there was $305 million in allowance for
credit losses related to other credit instruments included in other
liabilities ($230 million in 2012).
The allowance is comprised of a specific allowance and a collective
allowance.
Specific Allowance
These allowances are recorded for individually identified impaired loans
to reduce their carrying value to the expected recoverable amount. We
review our loans and acceptances on an ongoing basis to assess
whether any loans should be classified as impaired and whether an
allowance or write-off should be recorded (other than credit card loans,
which are classified as impaired and written off when principal or
interest payments are 180 days past due, as discussed under impaired
loans). The review of problem loans is conducted at least quarterly by
the account managers, each of whom assesses the ultimate
collectability and estimated recoveries for a specific loan based on all
events and conditions that are relevant to the loan. This assessment is
then approved by an independent credit officer.
Individually Significant Impaired Loans
To determine the amount we expect to recover from an individually
significant impaired loan, we use the value of the estimated future cash
flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. The
determination of estimated future cash flows of a collateralized loan
reflects the expected realization of the underlying security net of
expected costs and any amounts legally required to be paid to the
borrower. Security can vary by type of loan and may include cash,
securities, real properties, accounts receivable, guarantees, inventory or
other capital assets.
Individually Insignificant Impaired Loans
Residential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans
are individually insignificant and thus are collectively assessed for
impairment, taking into account historical loss experience. In the periods
following the recognition of impairment, adjustments to the allowance
for these loans reflecting the time value of money are recognized and
presented as interest income.
Collective Allowance
We maintain a collective allowance in order to cover any impairment in
the existing portfolio for loans that have not yet been individually
identified as impaired. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the
collective allowance is based on the guideline issued by OSFI and is
reviewed by management on a quarterly basis.
The collective allowance methodology incorporates both
quantitative and qualitative factors to determine an appropriate level for
the collective allowance. For the purpose of calculating the collective
allowance, we group loans on the basis of similarities in credit risk
characteristics. The loss factors for groups of loans are determined based
on a minimum of five years of historical data and a one-year loss
emergence period except for credit cards, where a seven-month loss
emergence period is used. The loss factors are back-tested and
calibrated on a regular basis to ensure that they continue to reflect our
s
e
t
o
N
Specific allowance at
beginning of year
Specific provisions for credit
losses
Recoveries
Write-offs
Foreign exchange and other
Specific allowance at end of
year
Collective allowance at
beginning of year
Collective provision for credit
losses
Foreign exchange and other
Collective allowance at end
of year
Total allowance
Comprised of: Loans
Other credit
99
47
40
1
88
187
167
76
36
11
–
47
123
113
74
23
13
–
36
110
108
best estimate of losses that have been incurred, but not yet identified,
on an individual basis, within the pools of loans. Historical loss
experience is also reviewed to determine loss factors. Qualitative factors
are based on current observable data such as current macroeconomic
and business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations, model risk
factors, and the level of non-performing loans (impaired loans) for
which a specific allowance has not yet been assessed.
Provision for Credit Losses
Changes in the value of our loan portfolio due to credit-related losses or
recoveries of amounts previously provided for or written off are included in
the provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
Loans, including customers’ liability under acceptances and allowance for credit losses, by category are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Residential mortgages
Credit card, consumer
instalment and other
personal loans
Business and
government loans
Customers’ liability
under acceptances
Total
Gross loan balances at end of
year
99,328 87,870 81,075 71,510 69,250 67,483 101,450 90,402 84,883 8,472 8,019 7,227 280,760 255,541 240,668
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
76
74
52
62
59
47
338
426
481
129
24
(104)
(26)
132
60
(173)
(17)
109
8
(92)
(3)
620
152
(752)
(11)
743
156
(883)
(13)
667
133
(784)
(4)
(150)
596
(443)
(26)
(113)
630
(538)
(67)
360
100
(454)
(61)
71
62
59
315
338
426
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
476
559
590
(10)
–
–
–
599
772
(1,299)
(63)
762
846
(1,594)
(97)
1,126
241
(1,330)
(68)
–
485
476
559
624
565
477
759
817
839
30
34
44
1,460
1,452
1,383
(4)
2
622
693
693
59
–
624
686
686
88
–
565
624
624
(35)
32
(63)
5
(5)
(17)
(11)
–
(4)
–
(10)
–
(10)
35
3
5
86
(17)
756
759
817
1,071
1,097
1,243
786
877
1,017
19
19
19
–
30
30
30
–
34
34
34
–
1,485
1,460
1,452
1,970
1,936
2,011
1,665
1,706
1,783
305
230
228
instruments (1)
20
10
2
–
–
–
285
220
226
Net loan balances at end of
year
99,161 87,757 80,967 70,817 68,564 66,859 100,664 89,525 83,866 8,453 7,989 7,193 279,095 253,835 238,885
(1) The total specific and collective allowances related to other credit instruments are included
in other liabilities.
Included in loans as at October 31, 2013 are $81,069 million ($72,904 million in 2012 and
$72,211 million in 2011) of loans denominated in U.S. dollars and $947 million ($622 million
in 2012 and $723 million in 2011) of loans denominated in other foreign currencies.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
Loans, including customers’ liability under acceptances and allowance for credit losses, by geographic region are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
By geographic region (1):
Canada
United States
Other countries
Total
(1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.
(2) Excludes specific allowance of $41 million for other credit instruments ($29 million in 2012),
which is included in other liabilities.
Impaired loans, including the related allowances, are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal loans
Business and government loans
Total (1)
By geographic region (2):
Canada
United States
Other countries
Total
Gross amount
Specific
allowance (2)
Collective
allowance (3)
Net amount
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
204,706
68,702
7,352
186,830
63,969
4,742
280,760
255,541
244
196
4
444
263
166
18
726
495
–
660 203,736
68,011
599
7,348
–
185,907
63,204
4,724
447 1,221
1,259 279,095
253,835
(3) Excludes collective allowance of $264 million for other credit instruments ($201 million in
2012), which is included in other liabilities.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
Gross impaired amount
Specific allowance (3)
Net of specific allowance
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
595
455
1,494
583
401
1,992
2,544
2,976
754
1,783
7
886
2,047
43
2,544
2,976
79
71
294
444
244
196
4
444
66
62
319
447
263
166
18
447
516
384
1,200
517
339
1,673
2,100
2,529
510
1,587
3
623
1,881
25
2,100
2,529
N
o
t
e
s
(1) Excludes purchased credit impaired loans.
(2) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.
(3) Excludes specific allowance of $41 million for other credit instruments ($29 million in 2012),
which is included in other liabilities.
Fully secured loans with past due amounts between 90 and 180 days that we have not classified as
impaired totalled $256 million and $546 million as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 139
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Specific provisions for credit losses, by geographic region are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
For the year ended October 31
By geographic region (1):
Canada
United States
Other countries
Residential mortgages
Credit card, consumer
instalment and other
personal loans
Business and
government loans (2)
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
4
125
–
129
14
118
–
132
433
187
–
620
476
267
–
743
133
(281)
(2)
(150)
124
(234)
(3)
(113)
570
31
(2)
599
614
151
(3)
762
Total
(1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.
(2) Includes provisions relating to customers’ liability under acceptances in the amount of $nil and $nil as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Foreclosed Assets
Property or other assets that we have received from borrowers to satisfy
their loan commitments are classified as either held for use or held for
sale according to management’s intention and are recorded at the lower
of carrying amount or fair value (less costs to sell). Fair value is
determined based on market prices where available. Otherwise, fair
value is determined using other methods, such as analysis of discounted
cash flows or market prices for similar assets.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, we foreclosed on impaired
loans and received $301 million of real estate properties that we
classified as held for sale ($438 million in 2012).
As at October 31, 2013, real estate properties held for sale totalled
$278 million ($425 million in 2012). These properties are disposed of
when considered appropriate. During the year ended October 31, 2013,
we recorded an impairment loss of $36 million on real estate properties
classified as held for sale ($36 million in 2012).
Renegotiated Loans
From time to time we modify the contractual terms of loans due to the
poor financial condition of the borrower. We assess renegotiated loans
for impairment consistent with our existing policies for impairment.
When renegotiation leads to significant concessionary modifications to
the contractual terms of the loan and the concessions are for economic
or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulty that we
would not otherwise consider, the loan is classified as impaired. We
consider one or a combination of the following to be significant
concessions: (1) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (2) an extension
of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the
current market rate for a new loan with a similar term, or
(3) forgiveness of principal or accrued interest.
Renegotiated loans are permitted to remain in performing status if
the modifications are not considered to be significant concessions or are
returned to performing status when none of the criteria for classification
as impaired continue to apply.
The carrying value of our renegotiated loans was $388 million as at
October 31, 2013 ($367 million in 2012). Renegotiated loans of
$155 million were classified as performing during the year ended
October 31, 2013 ($91 million in 2012). Renegotiated loans of
$59 million and $73 million were written off in the years ended
October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Insured Mortgages
Included in the residential mortgages balance are Canadian government
and corporate-insured mortgages of $52 billion as at October 31, 2013
($49 billion in 2012). Included in the consumer instalment and other
personal loans balance are Canadian government-insured real estate
personal loans of $nil as at October 31, 2013 ($nil in 2012).
Purchased Loans
We record all loans that we purchase at fair value on the day that we
acquire the loans. The fair value of the acquired loan portfolio includes an
estimate of the interest rate premium or discount on the loans calculated
as the difference between the contractual rate of interest on the loans
and prevailing interest rates (the “interest rate mark”). Also included in
fair value is an estimate of expected credit losses (the “credit mark”) as
of the acquisition date. The credit mark consists of two components: an
estimate of the amount of losses that exist in the acquired loan portfolio
on the acquisition date but that haven’t been specifically identified on
that date (the “incurred credit mark”) and an amount that represents
future expected losses (the “future credit mark”). Because we record the
loans at fair value, no allowance for credit losses is recorded in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet on the day we acquire the loans. Fair value is
determined by estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected
to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market
rate of interest. We estimate cash flows expected to be collected based
on specific loan reviews for commercial loans. For retail loans, we use
models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key
assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and the timing of
prepayments, as well as collateral.
Acquired loans are classified into the following categories: those
that on the acquisition date continued to make timely principal and
interest payments (the “purchased performing loans”) and those for
which on the acquisition date the timely collection of interest and
principal was no longer reasonably assured (the “purchased credit
impaired loans” or “PCI loans”). Because purchased credit impaired loans
are recorded at fair value at acquisition based on the amount expected
to be collected, none of the purchased credit impaired loans are
considered to be impaired at acquisition.
Subsequent to the acquisition date, we account for each type of
loan as follows:
Purchased Performing Loans
For performing loans with fixed terms, the future credit mark is fully
amortized to net interest income over the expected life of the loan using
the effective interest method. The impact on net interest income for the
year ended October 31, 2013 was $48 million ($97 million in 2012 and
$52 million in 2011). The incurred credit losses are re-measured at each
reporting period, with any increases recorded as an increase in the
collective allowance and the provision for credit losses. Decreases in
incurred credit losses are recorded as a decrease in the collective
allowance and in the provision for credit losses until the accumulated
collective allowance related to these loans is exhausted. Any additional
decrease is recorded in net interest income.
The impact of the re-measurement of incurred credit losses for
performing loans with fixed terms for the year ended October 31,
2013 was $nil in the provision for credit losses and $143 million in net
interest income ($nil and $104 million, respectively, in 2012 and
$14 million and $nil, respectively, in 2011).
s
e
t
o
N
140 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
For performing loans with revolving terms, the incurred and future
credit marks are amortized into net interest income on a straight-line
basis over the contractual terms of the loans. The impact on net interest
income of such amortization for the year ended October 31, 2013 was
$123 million ($179 million in 2012 and $81 million in 2011).
As performing loans are repaid, the related unamortized credit mark
remaining is recorded as net interest income during the period in which
the cash is received. The impact on net interest income of such
repayments for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $241 million
($301 million in 2012 and $110 million in 2011).
Actual specific provisions for credit losses related to these
performing loans will be recorded as they arise in a manner that is
consistent with our accounting policy for loans we originate. The total
specific provision for credit losses for purchased performing loans for the
year ended October 31, 2013 was $240 million ($291 million in 2012
and $19 million in 2011).
As at October 31, 2013, the amount of purchased performing loans
remaining on the balance sheet was $16.6 billion ($21.1 billion in 2012).
As at October 31, 2013, the credit mark remaining on performing term
loans, revolving loans and other performing loans was $425 million,
$156 million and $6 million, respectively ($849 million, $301 million and
$23 million, respectively, in 2012). Of the total credit mark for
performing loans of $587 million, $329 million represents the credit
mark that will be amortized over the remaining life of the portfolio. The
remaining $258 million represents the incurred credit mark and will be
re-measured each reporting period.
Purchased Credit Impaired Loans
Subsequent to the acquisition date, we regularly re-evaluate what we
expect to collect on the purchased credit impaired loans. Increases in
expected cash flows will result in a recovery in the specific provision for
credit losses and either a reduction in any previously recorded allowance
for credit losses or, if no allowance exists, an increase in the current
carrying value of the purchased credit impaired loans. Decreases in
expected cash flows will result in a charge to the specific provision for
credit losses and an increase in the allowance for credit losses. The
impact of these evaluations for the year ended October 31, 2013 was a
$410 million recovery in the specific provision for credit losses ($509
million recovery in 2012 and $nil in 2011).
As at October 31, 2013, the amount of purchased credit impaired
loans remaining on the balance sheet was $0.7 billion ($1.2 billion
in 2012). As at October 31, 2013, the credit mark remaining related
to purchased credit impaired loans was $128 million ($445 million
in 2012).
Unfunded Commitments and Letters of Credit Acquired
As part of our acquisition of M&I, we recorded a liability related to
unfunded commitments and letters of credit. The total credit mark and
interest rate mark associated with unfunded commitments and letters of
credit are amortized into net interest income on a straight-line basis
over the contractual term of the acquired liabilities. As the credit mark is
amortized, an appropriate collective allowance is recorded, consistent
with our methodology for the collective allowance.
As at October 31, 2013, the credit mark remaining on unfunded
commitments and letters of credit acquired was $15 million ($99 million
in 2012).
FDIC Covered Loans
Certain acquired loans are subject to a loss share agreement with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Under this agreement,
the FDIC reimburses us for 80% of the net losses we incur on the
covered loans.
We recorded net recoveries of $15 million for the year ended
October 31, 2013 ($27 million in 2012). These amounts are net of the
amounts expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC.
Note 5: Other Credit Instruments
We use off-balance sheet credit instruments as a method of meeting the
financial needs of our customers. Summarized below are the types of
instruments that we use:
‰ Standby letters of credit and guarantees represent our obligation to
make payments to third parties on behalf of another party if that
party is unable to make the required payments or meet other
contractual requirements. Standby letters of credit and guarantees
include our guarantee of a subsidiary’s debt to a third party;
‰ Securities lending represents our credit exposure when we lend our
securities, or our customers’ securities, to third parties should a
securities borrower default on its redelivery obligation;
‰ Documentary and commercial letters of credit represent our
agreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon
completion of specific activities; and
‰ Commitments to extend credit represent our commitment to our
customers to grant them credit in the form of loans or other
financings for specific amounts and maturities, subject to their
meeting certain conditions.
The contractual amount of our other credit instruments represents the
maximum undiscounted potential credit risk if the counterparty does not
perform according to the terms of the contract, before possible
recoveries under recourse and collateral provisions. Collateral
requirements for these instruments are consistent with collateral
requirements for loans.
A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn
upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be
representative of the funding likely to be required for these
commitments.
We strive to limit credit risk by dealing only with counterparties that
we believe are creditworthy, and we manage our credit risk for other
credit instruments using the same credit risk process that is applied to
loans and other credit assets.
Summarized information related to various commitments is as
follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Credit Instruments
Standby letters of credit and guarantees
Securities lending
Documentary and commercial letters of credit
Commitments to extend credit (1)
– Original maturity of one year and under
– Original maturity of over one year
Total
2013
2012
Contractual
amount
Contractual
amount
13,470
3,772
1,205
11,851
1,531
999
13,107
58,428
15,429
44,556
89,982
74,366
(1) Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines of credit
that are unconditionally cancellable at our discretion.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 141
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 6: Risk Management
We have an enterprise-wide approach to the identification,
measurement, monitoring and management of risks faced across the
organization. The key risks related to our financial instruments are
classified as credit and counterparty, market, and liquidity and
funding risk.
Credit and Counterparty Risk
We are exposed to credit risk arising from the possibility that
counterparties may default on their financial obligations to us. Credit risk
arises predominantly with respect to loans, over-the-counter derivatives
and other credit instruments. This is the most significant measurable risk
that we face. Our risk management practices and key measures are
disclosed in the text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 83 to 84 of this report.
Additional information on loans and derivative-related credit risk is
disclosed in Notes 4 and 10, respectively.
Concentrations of Credit and Counterparty Risk
Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of clients are engaged in
similar activities, are located in the same geographic region or have
similar economic characteristics such that their ability to meet
contractual obligations could be similarly affected by changes in
economic, political or other conditions. Concentrations of credit risk
indicate a related sensitivity of our performance to developments
affecting a particular counterparty, industry or geographic location. At
year end, our credit assets consisted of a well-diversified portfolio
representing millions of clients, the majority of them consumers and
small to medium-sized businesses.
From an industry viewpoint, our most significant exposure as at
year end was to individual consumers, captured in the “individual”
sector, comprising $181.6 billion ($177.6 billion in 2012). Additional
information on the composition of our loans and derivatives exposure is
disclosed in Notes 4 and 10, respectively.
Basel III Framework
We use the Basel III Framework as our capital management framework.
We use the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (“AIRB”) approach to
determine credit risk-weighted assets in our portfolio except for
acquired loans in our M&I and other select portfolios, for which we use
the Standardized Approach. The framework uses exposure at default to
assess credit and counterparty risk. Exposures are classified as follows:
‰ Drawn loans include loans, acceptances, deposits with regulated
financial institutions, and certain securities. Exposure at default
(“EAD”) represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of a credit
exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balance sheet
amounts and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any
further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.
‰ Undrawn commitments cover all unutilized authorizations, including
those which are unconditionally cancellable. EAD for undrawn
commitments is model generated based on internal empirical data.
‰ Over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives are those in our proprietary
accounts that attract credit risk in addition to market risk. EAD for OTC
derivatives is equal to the net gross replacement cost plus any
potential credit exposure amount.
‰ Other off-balance sheet exposures include items such as guarantees,
standby letters of credit and documentary credits. EAD for other off-
balance sheet items is based on management’s best estimate.
‰ Repo-style transactions include repos, reverse repos and securities
lending transactions, which represent both asset and liability
exposures. EAD for repo-style transactions is the total amount drawn,
adding back any write-offs.
‰ Adjusted EAD represents exposures that have been redistributed to a
more favourable probability of default band or a different Basel asset
class as a result of applying credit risk mitigation.
Total non-trading exposure at default by industry sector, as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, based on the Basel III classifications are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Drawn
Commitments
(undrawn)
OTC derivatives
Other off-balance
sheet items
Repo-style transactions
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
60,448
43,142
11,617
18,532
9,394
22,999
7,465
3,831
139,905
33,028
46,398
44,190
10,053
17,462
8,666
19,483
8,554
3,492
130,385
28,515
12,693
1,581
9,125
4,639
4,675
8,161
3,927
5,807
41,576
13,370
10,887
1,292
5,502
2,094
3,396
5,293
3,738
4,801
47,166
10,274
–
–
14
–
–
6
–
–
–
3
104
–
20
1
1
29
7
–
–
4
2,978
1,333
1,061
1,122
532
3,547
365
401
67
3,270
2,544
1,002
941
762
463
2,558
1,370
189
40
2,980
27,515
9,503
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
55,471
14,537
–
–
–
949
–
–
21
34
103,634
55,559
21,817
24,293
14,601
34,713
11,757
10,039
181,548
49,671
115,404
61,021
16,516
20,319
12,526
28,312
13,669
8,482
177,612
41,807
Financial institutions
Governments
Manufacturing
Real estate
Retail trade
Service industries
Wholesale trade
Oil and gas
Individual
Others (1)
Total exposure at
default
350,361
317,198
105,554
94,443
23
166
14,676
12,849
37,018
71,012
507,632
495,668
(1) Includes industries having a total exposure of less than 2%.
Additional information about our credit risk exposure by geographic region and product category for loans, including customers’ liability under
acceptances, is provided in Note 4.
Credit Quality
We assign risk ratings based on probabilities as to whether
counterparties will default on their financial obligations to us. Our
process for assigning risk ratings is discussed in the text presented in a
blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of
Management’s Discussion and Analysis on page 83 of this report.
s
e
t
o
N
Based on the Basel III classifications, the following tables present
our retail and wholesale credit exposure by risk rating on an adjusted
exposure at default basis as at October 31, 2013 and 2012. Wholesale
includes all loans that are not classified as retail.
142 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Wholesale Credit Exposure by Risk Rating
(Canadian $ in millions)
Drawn
Undrawn (1)
Investment grade
Non-investment grade
Watchlist
Default
Total
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
Bank
Corporate
Sovereign
19,987
3,816
12
39
72,930
32,841
2,001
1,942
23,854
109,714
91,288
122
8
–
91,418
2,252
149
4
–
2,405
42,606
14,717
445
105
57,873
1,595
14
–
–
1,609
2013
Total
exposure
230,658
51,659
2,470
2,086
286,873
2012
Total
exposure
196,679
35,838
2,470
1,600
236,587
(1) Included in the undrawn amounts are uncommitted exposures of $23,662 million in 2013 ($15,374 million in 2012).
Retail Credit Drawn Exposure by Portfolio and Risk Rating
(Canadian $ in millions)
Risk profile (probability of default):
Exceptionally Low (≤ 0.05%)
Very low (> 0.05% to 0.20%)
Low (> 0.20% to 0.75%)
Medium (> 0.75% to 7.00%)
High (> 7.00% to 99.99%)
Default (100%)
Total
Residential mortgages and
home equity lines of credit
Qualifying revolving retail (1)
Other retail and retail small
and medium-sized enterprises
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
983
47,622
11,216
8,925
3,503
829
73,078
997
34,347
14,623
10,896
958
756
62,577
320
1,711
2,578
2,073
293
36
7,011
634
1,822
2,656
2,649
448
32
8,241
71
7,521
7,995
7,255
294
86
60
6,296
7,435
6,031
364
69
23,222
20,255
(1) Qualifying revolving retail includes exposures to individuals that are revolving, unsecured and uncommitted up to a maximum amount of $125,000 to a single individual.
Loans Past Due Not Impaired
Loans that are past due but not classified as impaired are loans where
our customers have failed to make payments when contractually due,
but for which we expect the full amount of principal and interest
payments to be collected. The following table presents the loans that
are past due but not classified as impaired as at October 31, 2013
and 2012:
Loans Past Due Not Impaired
(Canadian $ in millions)
Residential mortgages (1)
Credit card, consumer instalment and other personal loans
Business and government loans
Customers' liability under acceptances
Total
1 to 29 days
30 to 89 days
90 days or more
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
641
1,747
805
–
543
1,535
1,009
–
524
434
294
59
505
407
800
–
3,193
3,087
1,311
1,712
65
95
183
–
343
124
104
511
–
739
1,230
2,276
1,282
59
1,172
2,046
2,320
–
4,847
5,538
(1) The percentage of loans 90 days or more past due but not impaired, that were guaranteed by the Government of Canada is 5% for 2013 and 3% for 2012.
Loan Maturities and Rate Sensitivity
The following table provides gross loans and acceptances by contractual maturity and by country of ultimate risk:
(Canadian $ in millions)
1 year or less
Over 1 year
to 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
Canada
Consumer
Commercial and corporate (excluding real estate)
Commercial real estate
United States
Other countries
Total
46,552
36,744
5,405
19,065
6,758
38,172
36,892
4,685
21,193
4,168
91,653
10,572
4,540
34,998
594
87,924
6,898
3,850
30,595
574
7,106
1,356
778
14,639
–
5,980
1,751
678
12,181
–
145,311
48,672
10,723
68,702
7,352
132,076
45,541
9,213
63,969
4,742
114,524
105,110
142,357
129,841
23,879
20,590
280,760
255,541
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
The following table analyzes net loans and acceptances by interest
rate sensitivity:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Fixed rate
Floating rate
Non-interest sensitive (1)
Total
2013
2012
139,832
130,797
8,466
114,607
131,214
8,014
279,095
253,835
(1) Non-interest sensitive loans and acceptances include customers’ liability under acceptances.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
Market Risk
Market risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of our assets
and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interest
rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their
implied volatilities, and credit spreads, as well as the risk of credit migration
and default. We incur market risk in our trading and underwriting activities
and in the management of structural market risk in our banking and
insurance activities.
Our market risk management practices and key measures are
outlined in the text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion
and Analysis on pages 87 to 91 of this report.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 143
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if we are unable to
meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices as
they fall due. It is our policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and
funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, including
liabilities to depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and
pledging commitments, even in times of stress. Managing liquidity and
funding risk is essential to maintaining both depositor confidence and
stability in earnings.
Our liquidity and funding risk management practices and key
measures are outlined in the text presented in a blue-tinted font in the
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion
and Analysis on pages 92 to 94 of this report.
Note 7: Guarantees
In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of guarantees.
Guarantees include contracts where we may be required to make
payments to a counterparty, based on changes in the value of an asset,
liability or equity security that the counterparty holds, due to changes in
an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable. In
addition, contracts under which we may be required to make payments
to reimburse the counterparty for a loss if a third party does not perform
according to the terms of a contract or does not make payments when
due under the terms of a debt instrument, and contracts under which
we provide indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of another party,
are considered guarantees.
Guarantees that qualify as derivatives are accounted for in
accordance with the policy for derivative instruments (see Note 10). For
guarantees that do not qualify as a derivative, the liability is initially
recorded at fair value, which is generally the fee to be received.
Subsequently, guarantees are recorded at the higher of the initial fair
value, less amortization to recognize any fee income earned over the
period, and the best estimate of the amount required to settle the
obligation. Any increase in the liability is reported in the Consolidated
Statement of Income.
The most significant guarantees are as follows:
Standby Letters of Credit and Guarantees
Standby letters of credit and guarantees represent our obligation to
make payments to third parties on behalf of another party if that party
is unable to make the required payments or meet other contractual
requirements. The maximum amount payable under standby letters of
credit and guarantees totalled $13,470 million as at October 31, 2013
($11,851 million in 2012). The majority have a term of one year or less.
Collateral requirements for standby letters of credit and guarantees are
consistent with our collateral requirements for loans. A large majority of
these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the
total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding
likely to be required for these commitments.
As at October 31, 2013, $41 million ($29 million in 2012) was
included in other liabilities related to guaranteed parties that were
unable to meet their obligations to a third party (see Note 4). No other
amount was included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as at
October 31, 2013 and 2012 related to these standby letters of credit and
guarantees.
Backstop and Other Liquidity Facilities
Backstop liquidity facilities are provided to asset-backed commercial
paper (“ABCP”) programs administered by either us or third parties as an
alternative source of financing in the event that such programs are
unable to access ABCP markets or when predetermined performance
measures of the financial assets owned by these programs are not met.
The terms of the backstop liquidity facilities do not require us to
advance money to these programs in the event of bankruptcy of the
borrower. The facilities’ terms are generally no longer than one year, but
can be several years.
The maximum amount payable under these backstop and other
liquidity facilities totalled $4,512 million as at October 31, 2013
($4,467 million in 2012). As at October 31, 2013, $145 million was
144 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
outstanding from facilities drawn in accordance with the terms of the
backstop liquidity facilities ($107 million in 2012).
Credit Enhancement Facilities
Where warranted, we provide partial credit enhancement facilities to
transactions within ABCP programs administered by either us or third
parties. Credit enhancement facilities are included in backstop liquidity
facilities.
Senior Funding Facility
In addition to our investment in the notes subject to the Montreal
Accord, we have provided a senior loan facility of $232 million as at
October 31, 2013 ($295 million in 2012). No amounts were drawn as at
October 31, 2013 and 2012.
Derivatives
Certain of our derivative instruments meet the accounting definition of a
guarantee when they require the issuer to make payments to reimburse
the holder for a loss incurred because a debtor fails to make payment
when due under the terms of a debt instrument. In order to reduce our
exposure to these derivatives, we enter into contracts that hedge the
related risks.
Written credit default swaps require us to compensate a
counterparty following the occurrence of a credit event in relation to a
specified reference obligation, such as a bond or a loan. The maximum
amount payable under credit default swaps is equal to their notional
amount of $13,288 million as at October 31, 2013 ($24,126 million in
2012). The terms of these contracts range from less than one year to 10
years. The fair value of the related derivative liabilities included in
derivative instruments in our Consolidated Balance Sheet was
$102 million as at October 31, 2013 ($156 million in 2012).
Exchange and Clearinghouse Guarantees
We are a member of several securities and futures exchanges and
clearinghouses. Membership in certain of these organizations may
require us to pay a pro rata share of the losses incurred by the
organization in the event of default of another member. Such
obligations vary with different organizations. These obligations may be
limited to members who dealt with the defaulting member, an amount
related to our contribution to a member’s guarantee fund, or an amount
specified in the membership agreement. It is difficult to estimate our
maximum exposure under these membership agreements, since this
would require an assessment of future claims that may be made against
us that have not yet occurred. Based on historical experience, we expect
the risk of loss to be remote.
Indemnification Agreements
In the normal course of operations, we enter into various agreements
that provide general indemnifications. These indemnifications typically
occur in connection with sales of assets, securities offerings, service
contracts, membership agreements, clearing arrangements, derivatives
contracts and leasing transactions. We also have a securities lending
business that lends securities owned by clients to borrowers who have
been evaluated for credit risk using the same credit risk process that is
applied to loans and other credit assets. In connection with these
s
e
t
o
N
activities, we provide an indemnification to lenders against losses
resulting from the failure of the borrower to return loaned securities
when due. All borrowings are fully collateralized with cash or
marketable securities. As securities are loaned, we require borrowers to
maintain collateral which is equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair
value of the securities borrowed. The collateral is revalued on a daily
basis. The amount of securities loaned subject to indemnification was
$4,778 million as at October 31, 2013 ($4,343 million in 2012). No
amount was included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as at
October 31, 2013 and 2012 related to these indemnifications.
Note 8: Asset Securitization
Periodically, we securitize loans to obtain alternate sources of funding.
Securitization involves selling loans to trusts (“securitization vehicles”),
which buy the loans and then issue either interest bearing or discounted
investor certificates.
We use a bank securitization vehicle to securitize our Canadian
credit card loans. We are required to consolidate this vehicle. See Note 9
for further information. We also sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-
party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canadian Mortgage
Bond program, and directly to third-party investors under the National
Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program.
Under these programs, we are entitled to the payment over time of
the excess of the sum of interest and fees collected from customers, in
connection with the loans that were sold, over the yield paid to
investors in the securitization vehicle or third-party securitization
program, less credit losses and other costs.
We assess whether the loans qualify for off-balance sheet
treatment based on the transfer of the risks and rewards.
The loans sold to third-party securitization programs or directly to
third parties do not qualify for off-balance sheet recognition as we have
determined that the transfer of these loans has not resulted in the
transfer of substantially all the risks and rewards, since we continue to
be exposed to substantially all of the prepayment, interest rate and/or
credit risk associated with the securitized financial assets. We continue
to recognize the loans in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, and we
recognize the instruments issued as a liability representing a secured
financing. The grouped payments received may be held on behalf of the
investors in the securitization vehicles or designated accounts until
principal payments are required to be made on the associated liabilities.
In order to compare all assets supporting the associated liabilities, the
payments held in the securitization vehicles or designated accounts on
behalf of the investors are added to the carrying value of the securitized
assets in the table below. The interest and fees collected, net of the
yield paid to investors is recorded in net interest income using the
effective interest method over the term of the securitization. Credit
losses associated with the loans are recorded in the provision for credit
losses. During the year ended October 31, 2013, we sold $6,704 million
of loans to third-party securitization programs which does not include
amounts that were transferred and repurchased during the year
($6,548 million in 2012).
The following table shows the carrying amounts related to securitization activities with third parties that are recorded on our Consolidated Balance
Sheet, together with the associated liabilities, for each category of asset on the balance sheet:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Available-for-sale securities
Residential mortgages
Other related assets (2)
Total
(1) The fair value of the securitized assets is $18,687 million and the fair value of the associated
liabilities is $18,454 million, for a net position of $233 million. Securitized assets are those
which we have transferred to third parties, including other related assets.
(2) Other related assets represent payments received on account of loans pledged under
securitization that have not been applied against the associated liabilities. The payments
received are held on behalf of the investors in the securitization vehicles until principal
Note 9: Special Purpose Entities
We enter into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business
which involve the establishment of special purpose entities (“SPEs”) to
facilitate or secure customer transactions and to obtain alternative
sources of funding. We are required to consolidate a SPE if we control
the entity. The following circumstances are considered when assessing
whether we, in substance, control the SPE and consequently are
required to consolidate:
‰ the activities of the SPE are being conducted on our behalf according
to our specific business needs so that we obtain benefits from the
SPE’s operations;
‰ we have the decision-making powers necessary to obtain the majority
2013 (1)
2012
Carrying
amount of
assets
Associated
liabilities
–
9,956
9,956
8,660
Associated
liabilities
Carrying
amount of
assets
428
9,020
9,448
11,105
18,616
18,235
20,553
20,312
payments are required to be made on the associated liability. In order to compare all assets
supporting the associated liability, this amount is added to the carrying value of the
securitized assets in the above table.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
“autopilot” mechanism, we have delegated these decision-making
powers;
‰ we have rights to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE and
therefore may be exposed to risks incidental to the activities of the
SPE; or
‰ we retain the majority of the residual or ownership risks related to
the SPE or its assets in order to obtain benefits from its activities.
We consider all aspects of the relationship between us and the SPE to
determine whether we ultimately have the power to govern the
financial and operating policies of the SPE, so as to obtain the majority
of the benefits from the SPE’s activities.
N
o
t
e
s
of the benefits of the activities of the SPE or, by setting up an
We perform a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a
change in the substance of the relationship.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 145
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Total assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to our unconsolidated SPEs and our related exposure to losses are
summarized in the following table:
(Canadian $ in millions)
On-balance sheet assets at carrying value
Trading securities
Available-for-sale securities
Loans
Other
On-balance sheet liabilities at carrying value
Deposits
Derivatives
Other
Exposure to loss
Securities held
Drawn facilities
Undrawn facilities (1)
Derivative assets
Canadian customer
securitization vehicles
–
13
81
–
94
–
–
–
–
94
–
3,866
–
2013
Structured
finance
vehicles
12,120
–
–
119
12,239
6,584
985
4,582
12,151
12,116
–
na
–
Canadian customer
securitization vehicles
2012
Structured
finance
vehicles
20
98
–
–
10,324
–
–
–
118
10,324
–
–
–
–
118
–
3,691
–
5,175
607
4,350
10,132
10,324
–
na
–
(1) These facilities are backstop liquidity facilities provided to our Canadian customer securitization vehicles. None of the backstop liquidity facilities provided to our Canadian customer securitization
vehicles related to credit support as at October 31, 2013 and 2012.
na – not applicable
Total assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to our consolidated SPEs and our exposure to losses are summarized in
the following table, with the exception of our compensation trusts, which are described in further detail below:
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
3,960
12,116
3,809
10,324
Bank
securit-
ization
vehicle
Canadian
customer
securit-
ization
vehicles
U.S.
Capital
customer
and
Credit
securit-
funding
ization protection
vehicle vehicle (1) vehicles (2) vehicles (3)
Structured
investment
Bank
securit-
ization
vehicle
Canadian
customer
securit-
ization
vehicles
U.S.
customer
Credit Structured
securit-
ization protection investment
vehicles
vehicle
vehicle
Capital
and
funding
vehicles (3)
On-balance sheet assets at
carrying value
Cash and cash equivalents
Trading securities
Available-for-sale securities
Loans
Other
On-balance sheet liabilities at
carrying value
Deposits
Subordinated debt
Capital Trust Securities
Other
Exposure to loss
Securities held
Drawn facilities
Undrawn facilities
Derivative assets
–
–
–
7,190
25
7,215
–
–
–
4,328
4,328
1,499
–
–
–
1,499
–
–
–
–
640
640
–
–
–
–
–
640
–
–
–
640
370
–
–
3,537
3
1,430
–
–
–
–
3,910
1,430
3,578
–
–
2
3,580
–
264
4,417
–
4,681
–
–
–
530
530
922
–
–
20
942
7
–
–
–
–
7
–
–
–
7
7
–
–
–
–
–
319
–
–
–
–
–
20,717 7,264
46
40
21,076 7,310
–
802
463
–
–
–
18 5,186
1,283 5,186
842
18,579
7,026
84
26,531
192
–
–
–
192
–
–
–
–
574
574
–
–
–
–
–
574
–
7
–
581
10
–
–
3,364
4
2,069
157
–
–
–
–
1,597
–
–
–
433
–
–
13,230
33
3,378
2,226
1,597
13,696
3,118
–
–
5
3,123
–
58
4,144
2
–
–
–
819
819
–
–
–
184
184
–
802
462
18
1,282
1,385
–
522
104
–
1,440
40
1
842
11,132
2,973
91
4,204
2,011
1,481
15,038
(1) During the year ended October 31, 2013, the senior funding facility provided to our credit
protection vehicle was terminated.
(2) During the year ended October 31, 2013, Links Finance Corporation sold its remaining assets
and fully repaid our liquidity facility.
(3) The loans balance primarily consists of mortgages transferred to our covered bond programs.
Mortgages in excess of the amount of covered bonds outstanding plus minimum required
over-collateralization amounts under these programs are readily available to the bank. The
undrawn facilities also primarily relate to our covered bond programs; the bank retains the
authority to determine whether the facilities are utilized.
s
e
t
o
N
146 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Customer Securitization Vehicles
We sponsor customer securitization vehicles (also referred to as bank-
sponsored multi-seller conduits) that provide our customers with
alternate sources of funding through the securitization of their assets.
These vehicles provide clients with access to financing in the asset-
backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) markets by allowing them to sell
their assets into these vehicles, which then issue ABCP to investors to
fund the purchases. We do not service the transferred assets because
the responsibility is retained by the client. If there are losses on the
assets, the seller is the first to take the loss. We do not sell assets to
these customer securitization vehicles. We earn fees for providing
services related to the securitizations, including liquidity, distribution and
financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the
vehicles. For our Canadian customer securitization vehicles, we
determined that we control and must consolidate certain of these
vehicles, as we have the right to obtain the majority of the benefits
through our ownership of ABCP.
For our U.S. customer securitization vehicle, we determined that we
control and must consolidate this vehicle, as we have key decision-making
powers to obtain the majority of the benefits from the vehicle’s activities.
Bank Securitization Vehicle
We use a bank securitization vehicle to securitize our Canadian credit card
loans in order to obtain alternate sources of funding. The structure of this
vehicle limits the types of activities it can undertake and the types of
assets it can hold, and the vehicle has limited decision-making authority.
This vehicle issues term asset-backed securities to fund its activities. We
control and must consolidate this vehicle, as we have key decision-
making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of its activities.
Credit Protection Vehicle
We sponsor a credit protection vehicle, Apex Trust (“Apex”), that provides
credit protection to investors on investments in corporate debt portfolios
through credit default swaps. In May 2008, upon the restructuring of
Apex, we entered into credit default swaps with swap counterparties and
offsetting swaps with Apex. In 2013, Apex redeemed $742 million of its
outstanding medium-term notes, of which $480 million were held by us.
We continue to hold $934 million of outstanding medium-term notes. As
at October 31, 2013 and 2012, we have hedged our exposure to our
holdings of notes issued by Apex. Since 2008, a third party has held its
exposure to Apex through a total return swap with us on $600 million of
notes. We control and must consolidate this vehicle.
Structured Investment Vehicles
Structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) provide investment
opportunities in customized, diversified debt portfolios in a variety of
asset and rating classes. At October 31, 2013, we held interests in Links
Finance Corporation (“Links”), which we consolidate, as we have key
Note 10: Derivative Instruments
Derivative instruments are financial contracts that derive their value
from underlying changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or
other financial or commodity prices or indices.
Derivative instruments are either regulated exchange-traded
contracts or negotiated over-the-counter contracts. We use these
instruments for trading purposes, as well as to manage our exposures,
mainly to currency and interest rate fluctuations, as part of our asset/
liability management program.
decision-making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of its
activities. During the year ended October 31, 2013, Links sold its
remaining assets and fully repaid our senior liquidity facility. During the
year ended October 31, 2012, Parkland Finance Corporation sold its
remaining assets, fully repaid our liquidity facility and distributed the
remaining proceeds to its capital note holders.
Structured Finance Vehicles
We facilitate development of investment products by third parties,
including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment
funds that are sold to retail investors. We enter into derivatives with
these funds to provide the investors their desired exposure, and we
hedge our exposure related to these derivatives by investing in other
funds through SPEs. We are not required to consolidate these vehicles.
Capital and Funding Vehicles
Capital and Funding vehicles are created to issue notes or capital trust
securities or to guarantee payments due to bondholders on bonds
issued by us. These vehicles purchase notes from us, or we may sell
assets to the vehicles in exchange for promissory notes. We control and
must consolidate these vehicles, as the majority of the activities of
these vehicles are conducted on our behalf. See Note 1 and Note 18 for
further information related to the Capital Trusts.
Compensation Trusts
We have established trusts in order to administer our employee share
ownership plan. Under this plan, employees can direct a portion of their
gross salary towards the purchase of our common shares and we match
50% of employees’ contributions up to 6% of their individual gross
salary. Our matching contributions are paid into trusts, which purchase
our shares on the open market for distribution to employees once
employees are entitled to the shares under the terms of the plan. Total
assets held by our compensation trusts amounted to $1,343 million as
at October 31, 2013 ($1,140 million in 2012). We are not required to
consolidate these compensation trusts.
Other SPEs
We are involved with other entities that may potentially be SPEs. This
involvement can include, for example, acting as a derivatives
counterparty, liquidity provider, investor, fund manager or trustee. These
activities do not cause us to control these SPEs. As a result, we are not
required to consolidate these SPEs. Transactions with these SPEs are
conducted at market rates, and individual creditor investment decisions
are based upon the analysis of the specific SPE, taking into consideration
the quality of the underlying assets. We record and report these
transactions in the same manner as other transactions. For example,
derivative contracts are recorded in accordance with our derivatives
accounting policy as outlined in Note 10. Liquidity facilities and
indemnification agreements are described in Note 7.
Types of Derivatives
Swaps
Swaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange a
series of cash flows. The various swap agreements that we enter into
are as follows:
Interest rate swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed
and floating rate interest payments based on a notional value in a
single currency.
Cross-currency swaps – fixed rate interest payments and principal
amounts are exchanged in different currencies.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 147
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fixed and/or floating rate
interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different
currencies.
Commodity swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and
floating rate payments based on a notional value of a single commodity.
Equity swaps – counterparties exchange the return on an equity
security or a group of equity securities for the return based on a fixed or
floating interest rate or the return on another equity security or group of
equity securities.
Credit default swaps – one counterparty pays the other a fee in
exchange for that other counterparty agreeing to make a payment if a
credit event occurs, such as bankruptcy or failure to pay.
Total return swaps – one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from
the other cash amounts based on changes in the value of a reference
asset or group of assets, including any returns such as interest earned
on these assets, in exchange for amounts that are based on prevailing
market funding rates.
The main risks associated with these instruments are related to
exposure to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit
quality, securities values or commodities prices, as applicable, and the
possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.
Forwards and Futures
Forwards and futures are contractual agreements to either buy or sell a
specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive
financial instrument or security at a specified price and date in the future.
Forwards are customized contracts transacted in the over-the
counter market. Futures are transacted in standardized amounts on
regulated exchanges and are subject to daily cash margining.
The main risks associated with these instruments arise from the
possible inability of over-the-counter counterparties to meet the terms
of the contracts and from movements in commodities prices, securities
values, interest rates and foreign exchange rates, as applicable.
Options
Options are contractual agreements that convey to the purchaser the
right but not the obligation to either buy or sell a specified amount of a
currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or
security at a fixed future date or at any time within a fixed future period.
For options written by us, we receive a premium from the
purchaser for accepting market risk.
For options purchased by us, we pay a premium for the right to
exercise the option. Since we have no obligation to exercise the option,
our primary exposure to risk is the potential credit risk if the writer of an
over-the-counter contract fails to meet the terms of the contract.
Caps, collars and floors are specialized types of written and
purchased options. They are contractual agreements in which the writer
agrees to pay the purchaser, based on a specified notional amount, the
difference between the market rate and the prescribed rate of the cap,
collar or floor. The writer receives a premium for selling this instrument.
A swaption is an option granting its owner the right but not the
obligation to enter into an underlying swap.
A future option is an option contract in which the underlying
instrument is a single futures contract.
Use of Derivatives
Trading Derivatives
Trading derivatives include derivatives entered into with customers to
accommodate their risk management needs, derivatives transacted to
generate trading income from our own proprietary trading positions and
certain derivatives that do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes
(“economic hedges”).
We structure and market derivative products to enable customers to
transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks.
148 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
s
e
t
o
N
Proprietary activities include market-making, positioning and
arbitrage activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices
to other market participants with the intention of generating revenues
based on spread and volume. Positioning activities involve managing
market risk positions with the expectation of profiting from favourable
movements in prices, rates or indices. Arbitrage activities involve
identifying and profiting from price differentials between markets and
products.
We may also take proprietary trading positions in various capital
market instruments and derivatives that, taken together, are designed
to profit from anticipated changes in market conditions.
Trading derivatives are marked to fair value. Realized and
unrealized gains and losses are recorded in trading revenues (losses) in
our Consolidated Statement of Income. Unrealized gains on trading
derivatives are recorded as derivative instrument assets and unrealized
losses are recorded as derivative instrument liabilities in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Hedging Derivatives
In accordance with our risk management strategy, we enter into various
derivative contracts to hedge our interest rate and foreign currency
exposures.
Risks Hedged
Interest Rate Risk
We manage interest rate risk through bonds, interest rate futures,
interest rate swaps and options, which are linked to and adjust the
interest rate sensitivity of a specific asset, liability, forecasted
transaction or firm commitment, or a specific pool of transactions with
similar risk characteristics.
Foreign Currency Risk
We manage foreign currency risk through currency futures, foreign
currency options, cross-currency swaps and forward contracts. These
derivatives are marked to market, with realized and unrealized gains
and losses recorded in non-interest revenue, consistent with the
accounting treatment for gains and losses on the economically hedged
item. Changes in fair value on forward contracts that qualify as
accounting hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income, with
the spot/forward differential (the difference between the foreign
currency exchange rate at inception of the contract and the rate at the
end of the contract) being recorded in interest expense over the term of
the hedge.
We also sometimes economically hedge U.S. dollar earnings through
forward foreign exchange contracts to minimize fluctuations in our
Canadian dollar earnings due to the translation of our U.S. dollar earnings.
These contracts are marked to fair value, with gains and losses recorded
as non-interest revenue in foreign exchange, other than trading.
Accounting Hedges
In order for a derivative to qualify as an accounting hedge, the hedging
relationship must be designated and formally documented at its
inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and
strategy for the hedge and the specific asset, liability or cash flow being
hedged, as well as how its effectiveness is being assessed. Changes in
the fair value of the derivative must be highly effective in offsetting
either changes in the fair value of on-balance sheet items caused by the
risk being hedged or changes in the amount of future cash flows.
Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the inception of the hedging
relationship and on an ongoing basis, retrospectively and prospectively,
primarily using quantitative statistical measures of correlation. Any
ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship is recognized in non-interest
revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income as it arises.
Cash Flow Hedges
Cash flow hedges modify exposure to variability in cash flows for
variable rate interest bearing instruments and assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies. Our cash flow hedges, which have a
maximum remaining term to maturity of eleven years, are hedges of
floating rate loans and deposits as well as assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies.
We record interest that we pay or receive on these derivatives as
an adjustment to net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of
Income over the life of the hedge.
To the extent that changes in the fair value of the derivative offset
changes in the fair value of the hedged item, they are recorded in other
comprehensive income. The excess of the change in fair value of the
derivative that does not offset changes in the fair value of the hedged
item (the “ineffectiveness of the hedge”) is recorded directly in non-
interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
For cash flow hedges that are discontinued before the end of the
original hedge term, the unrealized gain or loss recorded in other
comprehensive income is amortized to net interest income in our
Consolidated Statement of Income as the hedged item affects earnings.
If the hedged item is sold or settled, the entire unrealized gain or loss is
recognized in net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of
Income. The amount of unrealized gain that we expect to reclassify to
our Consolidated Statement of Income over the next 12 months is $107
million ($79 million after tax). This will adjust the interest recorded on
assets and liabilities that were hedged.
Fair Value Hedges
Fair value hedges modify exposure to changes in a fixed rate
instrument’s fair value caused by changes in interest rates. These
hedges convert fixed rate assets and liabilities to floating rate. Our fair
value hedges include hedges of fixed rate securities, deposits and
subordinated debt.
We record interest receivable or payable on these derivatives as an
adjustment to net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of
Income over the life of the hedge.
For fair value hedges, not only is the hedging derivative recorded at
fair value but fixed rate assets and liabilities that are part of a hedging
relationship are adjusted for the changes in value of the risk being
hedged (“quasi fair value”). To the extent that the change in the fair
value of the derivative does not offset changes in the quasi fair value of
the hedged item (the “ineffectiveness of the hedge”), the net amount is
recorded directly in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated
Statement of Income.
For fair value hedges that are discontinued, we cease adjusting the
hedged item to quasi fair value. The quasi fair value adjustment of the
hedged item is then amortized as an adjustment to the net interest
income on the hedged item over its remaining term to maturity. If the
hedged item is sold or settled, any remaining quasi fair value
adjustment is included in the determination of the gain or loss on sale
or settlement. We did not hedge any commitments during the years
ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
Net Investment Hedges
Net investment hedges mitigate our exposure to foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations related to our net investment in foreign
operations. Deposit liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
designated as hedges of this exposure. The foreign currency translation
of our net investment in foreign operations and the corresponding
hedging instrument is recorded in net gain (loss) on translation of net
foreign operations in other comprehensive income. To the extent that
the hedging instrument is not effective, amounts are included in the
Consolidated Statement of Income in foreign exchange, other than
trading. There was no hedge ineffectiveness associated with net
investment hedges for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012. We
use foreign currency deposits with a term to maturity of zero to three
months as hedging instruments in net investment hedges, and the fair
value of such deposits was $7,547 million as at October 31, 2013
($6,867 million in 2012).
Fair Value Hedging Relationships
The following table presents the impact of fair value hedges on our financial results.
(Canadian $ in millions)
Contract type
Interest rate contracts – 2013
2012
2011
Amount of gain/(loss) on
hedging derivatives (1)
Quasi fair value
adjustment (2)
Hedge ineffectiveness recorded
in non-interest revenue – other
Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income
(371)
42
245
360
(44)
(276)
(11)
(2)
(31)
(1) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedging derivatives are recorded in Other Assets – Derivative
instruments or Other Liabilities – Derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(2) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedged items are recorded in Securities – Available for sale,
Subordinated Debt and Deposits.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 149
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
The following table presents the impact of cash flow hedges on our financial results.
(Canadian $ in millions )
Contract type
2013
Interest rate
Foreign exchange
Total
2012
Interest rate
Foreign exchange
Total
2011
Interest rate
Foreign exchange
Total
Fair value change recorded in
other comprehensive income
Fair value change recorded in
non-interest revenue – other
Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income
Reclassification of gains (losses) on
designated hedges from other comprehensive
income to net interest income
Amortization of
spot/forward differential on
foreign exchange contracts
to interest expense
(86)
49
(37)
(44)
(27)
(71)
345
120
465
–
–
–
3
–
3
8
–
8
195
–
195
177
–
177
98
–
98
–
(25)
(25)
–
(32)
(32)
–
(66)
(66)
Embedded Derivatives
From time to time, we purchase or issue financial instruments
containing embedded derivatives. The embedded derivative is separated
from the host contract and carried at fair value if the economic
characteristics of the derivative are not closely related to those of the
host contract, the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as
those of a stand-alone derivative, and the combined contract is not held
for trading or designated at fair value. To the extent that we cannot
reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative, the entire
contract is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in
income. Embedded derivatives in certain of our equity linked notes are
accounted for separately from the host instrument.
Contingent Features
Certain over-the-counter derivative instruments contain provisions that
link the amount of collateral we are required to post or payment
requirements to our credit ratings (as determined by the major credit
rating agencies). If our credit ratings were to be downgraded, certain
counterparties to these derivative instruments could demand immediate
and ongoing collateralization overnight on derivative liability positions
or request immediate payment. The aggregate fair value of all
derivative instruments with collateral posting requirements that were in
a liability position on October 31, 2013 is $4.6 billion, for which we have
posted collateral of $5.2 billion. If our credit rating had been
downgraded to A and A- on October 31, 2013 (per Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Services), we would have been required to post collateral or
meet payment demands of an additional $0.1 billion and $0.4 billion,
respectively.
Fair Value
Fair value represents point-in-time estimates that may change in
subsequent reporting periods due to market conditions or other factors.
Discussion of the fair value measurement of derivatives is included in
Note 29.
s
e
t
o
N
150 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Fair values of our derivative instruments are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Trading
Interest Rate Contracts
Swaps
Forward rate agreements
Futures
Purchased options
Written options
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Cross-currency swaps
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Purchased options
Written options
Commodity Contracts
Swaps
Purchased options
Written options
Equity Contracts
Credit Default Swaps
Purchased
Written
Total fair value – trading derivatives
Average fair value (1)
Hedging
Interest Rate Contracts
Cash flow hedges – swaps
Fair value hedges – swaps
Total swaps
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Cash flow hedges – forward foreign exchange contracts
Total foreign exchange contracts
Total fair value – hedging derivatives (2)
Average fair value (1)
Total fair value – trading and hedging derivatives
Less: impact of master netting agreements
Total
Gross
assets
Gross
liabilities
21,251
5
1
595
–
(20,327)
(5)
(3)
–
(672)
1,156
3,459
1,552
100
–
(897)
(3,641)
(1,549)
–
(88)
2013
Net
924
–
(2)
595
(672)
259
(182)
3
100
(88)
Gross
assets
Gross
liabilities
2012
Net
36,040
98
1
1,180
–
(35,207)
(104)
(3)
–
(1,208)
833
(6)
(2)
1,180
(1,208)
1,159
4,408
1,713
140
–
(1,406)
(4,193)
(1,768)
–
(109)
(247)
215
(55)
140
(109)
501
238
–
536
90
–
(543)
–
(290)
(42)
238
(290)
(3,067) (2,531)
–
(102)
90
(102)
804
428
–
367
237
–
(1,180)
–
(561)
(2,268)
(376)
428
(561)
(1,901)
–
(156)
237
(156)
29,484
(31,184) (1,700)
46,575
(48,163)
(1,588)
38,016
(39,565) (1,549)
49,911
(50,212)
(301)
110
260
370
405
405
775
(169)
(348)
(59)
(88)
(517)
(147)
132
132
(273)
(273)
(790)
134
737
871
625
625
(146)
(396)
(12)
341
(542)
329
(31)
(31)
594
594
923
(15)
1,496
(573)
1,100
(674)
426
2,287
(768)
1,519
30,259
(31,974) (1,715)
48,071
(48,736)
(665)
(27,493) 27,493
–
(35,087)
35,087
–
2,766
(4,481) (1,715)
12,984
(13,649)
(665)
(1) Average fair value amounts are calculated using a five-quarter rolling average.
(2) The fair values of hedging derivatives wholly or partially offset the changes in fair values of
the related on-balance sheet financial instruments or future cash flows.
Assets are shown net of liabilities to customers where we have a legally enforceable right to offset
amounts and we intend to settle contracts on a net basis.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
Derivative instruments recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Fair value of trading derivatives
Fair value of hedging derivatives
Total
Assets
Liabilities
2013
2012
2013
2012
29,484
775
46,575
1,496
31,184
790
48,163
573
30,259
48,071
31,974
48,736
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 151
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notional Amounts
The notional amounts of our derivatives represent the amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the amount of cash that must be
exchanged under the contract. Notional amounts do not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not recorded in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
Interest Rate Contracts
Over-the-counter
Swaps
Forward rate agreements
Purchased options
Written options
Exchange-traded
Futures
Purchased options
Written options
Total interest rate contracts
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Over-the-counter
Cross-currency swaps
Cross-currency interest rate
swaps
Forward foreign exchange
contracts
Purchased options
Written options
Exchange-traded
Futures
Purchased options
Written options
Commodity Contracts
Over-the-counter
Swaps
Purchased options
Written options
Exchange-traded
Futures
Purchased options
Written options
Total commodity contracts
Equity Contracts
Over-the-counter
Exchange-traded
Total equity contracts
Credit Default Swaps
Over-the-counter purchased
Over-the-counter written
Total credit default swaps
Total
s
e
t
o
N
Hedging
Cash
flow
Fair
value
Total
Trading
Hedging
Cash
flow
Fair
value
2012
Total
Trading
2,139,706
399,751
18,283
23,020
41,138 43,942 2,224,786
399,751
18,283
23,020
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,880,368
569,748
24,015
31,364
35,802
–
–
–
49,006
–
–
–
1,965,176
569,748
24,015
31,364
2,580,760
41,138 43,942 2,665,840
2,505,495
35,802
49,006
2,590,303
111,913
16,534
15,429
143,876
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
111,913
16,534
15,429
76,306
16,307
13,818
143,876
106,431
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
76,306
16,307
13,818
106,431
2,724,636
41,138 43,942 2,809,716
2,611,926
35,802
49,006
2,696,734
44,607
227
255,337
–
249,412
10,923
13,530
14,195
–
–
573,809
14,422
621
2,608
616
3,845
–
–
–
–
15,122
8,081
4,285
27,488
24,037
8,044
9,894
41,975
69,463
39,360
5,851
45,211
8,835
13,288
22,123
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
44,834
30,245
240
255,337
238,675
–
263,607
10,923
13,530
209,947
8,682
10,588
588,231
498,137
7,398
–
–
7,638
621
2,608
616
3,845
767
3,505
1,404
5,676
–
–
–
–
592,076
503,813
7,638
15,122
8,081
4,285
15,034
9,002
5,164
27,488
29,200
24,037
8,044
9,894
21,743
9,315
10,762
41,975
41,820
69,463
71,020
39,360
5,851
30,000
9,930
45,211
39,930
8,835
13,288
11,682
24,126
22,123
35,808
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
30,485
238,675
217,345
8,682
10,588
505,775
767
3,505
1,404
5,676
511,451
15,034
9,002
5,164
29,200
21,743
9,315
10,762
41,820
71,020
30,000
9,930
39,930
11,682
24,126
35,808
3,439,087
55,560 43,942 3,538,589
3,262,497
43,440
49,006
3,354,943
Total foreign exchange contracts
577,654
14,422
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
152 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Derivative-Related Market Risk
Derivative instruments are subject to market risk. Market risk arises
from the potential for a negative impact on the balance sheet and/or
income statement resulting from adverse changes in the value of
derivative instruments as a result of changes in certain market variables.
These variables include interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity
and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, as well as credit
spreads, credit migration and default. We strive to limit market risk by
employing comprehensive governance and management processes for
all market risk-taking activities.
Derivative-Related Credit Risk
Over-the-counter derivative instruments are subject to credit risk arising
from the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations.
The credit risk associated with derivatives is normally a small fraction of
the notional amount of the derivative instrument. Derivative contracts
generally expose us to potential credit loss if changes in market rates
affect a counterparty’s position unfavourably and the counterparty
defaults on payment. The credit risk is represented by the positive fair
value of the derivative instrument. We strive to limit credit risk by
dealing with counterparties that we believe are creditworthy, and we
manage our credit risk for derivatives using the same credit risk process
that is applied to loans and other credit assets.
We also pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to credit
losses on derivative instruments, including entering into master netting
agreements with counterparties. The credit risk associated with
favourable contracts is eliminated by master netting agreements to the
extent that unfavourable contracts with the same counterparty cannot
be settled before favourable contracts.
Exchange-traded derivatives have no potential for credit exposure
as they are settled net with each exchange.
Terms used in the credit risk table are as follows:
Replacement cost represents the cost of replacing all contracts that
have a positive fair value, using current market rates. It represents in
effect the unrealized gains on our derivative instruments. Replacement
costs disclosed below represent the net of the asset and liability to a
specific counterparty where we have a legally enforceable right to offset
the amount owed to us with the amount owed by us and we intend
either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
Credit risk equivalent represents the total replacement cost plus an
amount representing the potential future credit exposure, as outlined in
OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Guideline.
Risk-weighted assets represent the credit risk equivalent, weighted
based on the creditworthiness of the counterparty, as prescribed by OSFI.
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
Interest Rate Contracts
Swaps
Forward rate agreements
Purchased options
Total interest rate contracts
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Cross-currency swaps
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Purchased options
Total foreign exchange contracts
Commodity Contracts
Swaps
Purchased options
Total commodity contracts
Equity Contracts
Credit Default Swaps
Total derivatives
Replacement
cost
Risk-
Credit risk weighted
assets
equivalent
Replacement
cost
Risk-
Credit risk weighted
assets
equivalent
21,621
5
589
26,813
40
657
–
–
–
36,911
98
1,174
41,412
68
1,270
–
–
–
22,215
27,510
1,758
38,183
42,750
2,355
1,156
3,459
1,957
90
4,091
15,671
3,854
227
–
–
–
–
1,159
4,408
2,338
105
2,690
15,317
4,423
190
–
–
–
–
6,662
23,843
2,448
8,010
22,620
1,836
501
66
567
520
90
2,289
1,045
3,334
3,054
448
–
–
621
113
310
804
100
904
347
237
2,380
1,248
3,628
2,416
746
–
–
667
102
588
30,054
58,189
5,250
47,681
72,160
5,548
Less: impact of master netting agreements
(27,493)
(38,607)
–
(35,087)
(51,297)
–
Total
2,561
19,582
5,250
12,594
20,863
5,548
The total derivatives and impact of master netting agreements for replacement cost do not include exchange-traded derivatives with a fair value of $205 million as at October 31, 2013 ($390 million in
2012).
Transactions are conducted with counterparties in various geographic locations and industry sectors. Set out below is the replacement cost of
contracts before and after the impact of master netting agreements with customers located in the following countries, based on country of
ultimate risk.
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Before master netting agreements
After master netting agreements
Canada
United States
United Kingdom
Other countries (1)
Total
(1) No other country represented 10% or more of our replacement cost in 2013 or 2012.
2013
12,425
7,193
4,761
5,675
2012
18,283
12,654
8,210
8,534
41
24
16
19
2013
38 1,389
728
27
148
17
296
18
2012
7,309
3,279
636
1,370
58
26
5
11
54
28
6
12
30,054 100% 47,681
100% 2,561 100% 12,594
100%
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 153
N
o
t
e
s
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Transactions are conducted with various counterparties. Set out below is the replacement cost of contracts (before the impact of master netting
agreements) with customers in the following industries:
As at October 31, 2013 (Canadian $ in millions)
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
Total
Financial institutions
Governments
Natural resources
Energy
Other
Total
18,212
2,094
44
126
1,739
22,215
4,045
1,633
38
85
861
6,662
201
20
84
85
177
567
293
–
–
–
227
520
58 22,809
3,747
166
296
3,036
–
–
–
32
90 30,054
As at October 31, 2012 (Canadian $ in millions)
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
Total
Financial institutions
Governments
Natural resources
Energy
Other
Total
32,454
3,263
57
96
2,313
38,183
4,797
2,343
44
7
819
8,010
315
21
178
96
294
904
145
–
–
–
202
347
106
–
–
–
131
37,817
5,627
279
199
3,759
237
47,681
Credit Derivatives
Credit derivatives – protection sold by ratings/maturity profile:
As at October 31, 2013 (Canadian $ in millions)
Within 1 year
1 to 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
Liability
Maximum payout/Notional
Fair value
Credit default swaps
Investment grade (1)
Non-investment grade (1)
Non-rated
Total (2)
2,714
267
7
2,988
9,751
163
241
10,155
–
–
145
145
12,465
430
393
13,288
Maximum payout/Notional
As at October 31, 2012 (Canadian $ in millions)
Within 1 year
1 to 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
Credit default swaps
Investment grade (1)
Non-investment grade (1)
Non-rated
Total (2)
10,463
344
9
10,816
12,414
384
166
12,964
63
223
60
346
22,940
951
235
24,126
80
16
6
102
Fair value
Liability
128
27
1
156
(1) Credit ratings of AAA, AA, A and BBB represent investment grade ratings and ratings of BB or
lower represent non-investment grade ratings. These credit ratings largely reflect those
assigned by external rating agencies and represent the payment or performance risk of the
underlying security or referenced asset.
(2) As at October 31, 2013, the notional value and net carrying value of credit protection sold in
which we held purchased protection with identical underlying assets was $4.3 billion and
$41 million ($0.6 billion and $18 million in 2012).
Term to Maturity
Our derivative contracts have varying maturity dates. The remaining contractual term to maturity for the notional amounts of our derivative contracts
is set out below:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Term to maturity
Within 1
year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
5 to 10
years
Over 10
years
2013
2012
Total
notional
amounts
Total
notional
amounts
Interest Rate Contracts
Swaps
Forward rate agreements, futures and options
720,271 594,450 572,820 277,659 59,586 2,224,786
584,930
512,479
63,823
4,687
3,687
254
1,965,176
731,558
Total interest rate contracts
1,232,750 658,273 577,507 281,346 59,840 2,809,716
2,696,734
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Cross-currency swaps
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts, futures and options
1,463
49,748
283,607
24,149
90,106
7,008
7,645
58,095
1,205
7,463
4,114
44,827 12,561
13
72
44,834
255,337
291,905
30,485
238,675
242,291
Total foreign exchange contracts
334,818 121,263
66,945
52,362 16,688
592,076
511,451
s
e
t
o
N
Commodity Contracts
Swaps
Futures and options
Total commodity contracts
Equity Contracts
Credit Contracts
Total notional amount
9,492
35,418
4,807
15,880
44,910
20,687
496
2,842
3,338
23,240
9,958
11,096
5,127
13,528
2,675
327
201
528
10
793
–
–
–
15,122
54,341
69,463
907
45,211
–
22,123
15,034
55,986
71,020
39,930
35,808
1,640,845 823,709 661,561 335,039 77,435 3,538,589
3,354,943
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
154 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note 11: Premises and Equipment
We record all premises and equipment at cost less accumulated
amortization, except land, which is recorded at cost. Buildings, computer
equipment and operating system software, other equipment and
leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
their estimated useful lives. The maximum estimated useful lives we
use to amortize our assets are as follows:
Buildings
Computer equipment and operating system software
Other equipment
Leasehold improvements
10 to 40 years
15 years
10 years
Lease term to a
maximum of 10 years
Gains and losses on disposal are included in other non-interest
expense in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
Amortization methods, useful lives and the residual values of
premises and equipment are reviewed annually for any change in
circumstances and are adjusted if appropriate. At least annually, we
review whether there are any indications that premises and equipment
need to be tested for impairment. If there is an indication that an asset
may be impaired, we test for impairment by comparing the asset’s
carrying value to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is
calculated as the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs
to sell. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows
expected to be derived from the asset. An impairment charge is
recorded when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value.
When major components of buildings have different useful lives,
they are accounted for separately and amortized over each component’s
useful life.
Amortization expense for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011 amounted to $360 million, $364 million and $307 million,
respectively.
There were no significant write-downs of premises and equipment
due to impairment during the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
Lease Commitments
We have entered into a number of non-cancellable leases for premises
and equipment. Our computer and software leases are typically fixed for
one term and our premises leases have various renewal options and
rights. Our total contractual rental commitments as at October 31, 2013
were $1,798 million. The commitments for each of the next five years
and thereafter are $278 million for 2014, $262 million for 2015, $234
million for 2016, $210 million for 2017, $174 million for 2018 and $640
million thereafter. Included in these amounts are the commitments
related to 794 leased branch locations as at October 31, 2013.
Net rent expense for premises and equipment reported in our
Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended October 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011 was $434 million, $418 million and $380 million,
respectively.
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
Land Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Other
Equipment
Leasehold
Improvements
Total
Land Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Other
Equipment
Leasehold
Improvements
2012
Total
Cost:
Balance at beginning of year
Additions
Disposals (1)
Additions from acquisitions (2)
Foreign exchange and other
291
8
(4)
–
2
1,554
118
(34)
–
43
1,467
237
(82)
–
6
Balance at end of year
297
1,681
1,628
Accumulated Depreciation and
impairment:
Balance at beginning of year
Disposals (1)
Amortization
Foreign exchange and other
Balance at end of year
–
–
–
–
–
Net carrying value
297
815
(5)
33
57
900
781
1,074
(57)
147
16
1,180
448
764
50
(63)
–
19
770
470
(23)
58
2
507
263
961 5,037 304
493
4
(190) (16)
–
81
–
(1)
80
(7)
–
11
1,539
81
(69)
–
3
1,459
257
(228)
–
(21)
1,045 5,421 291
1,554
1,467
558 2,917
(89)
360
42
(4)
122
(33)
643 3,230
–
–
–
–
–
402 2,191 291
768
(19)
65
1
815
739
1,099
(187)
164
(2)
1,074
393
893
86
(228)
1
12
764
634
(221)
57
–
470
294
993 5,188
117
545
(689)
(148)
1
–
(8)
(1)
961 5,037
626 3,127
(573)
(146)
364
78
(1)
–
558 2,917
403 2,120
(1) Includes fully depreciated assets written off.
(2) Premises and equipment are recorded at the fair value on the date of acquisition.
Note 12: Acquisitions
The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the
consideration transferred, including contingent consideration.
Acquisition-related costs are recognized as an expense in the period in
which they are incurred. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities
assumed and contingent consideration are measured at their fair values
at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the
aggregate of the consideration transferred over the net of the amounts
of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of
operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated
financial statements beginning on the date of acquisition.
Aver Media LP (“Aver”)
On April 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of the assets of Aver
Media LP, a private Canadian-based film and TV media lending company,
for cash consideration of $260 million, subject to a post-closing
adjustment based on net assets, plus contingent consideration of
approximately $10 million to be paid over eighteen months after the
acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs of $1 million were expensed
in non-interest expense, other in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
This acquisition is predominantly of the Aver loan portfolio and provides
us with additional opportunities to grow our commercial loan business
by expanding our presence in the film and television production
industry. Goodwill related to this acquisition is deductible for tax
purposes. As part of this acquisition, we acquired a customer
relationship intangible asset which is being amortized on an accelerated
basis over 10 years. Aver is part of our Canadian Personal and
Commercial Banking reporting segment. The acquisition was accounted
for as a business combination.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 155
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Asian Wealth Management Business (“AWMB”)
On January 25, 2013, we completed the acquisition of an Asian-based
wealth management business for cash consideration of $33 million.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, the purchase price increased to
$34 million due to a post-closing adjustment based upon working
capital. Acquisition costs of $4 million were expensed in non-interest
expense, other in our Consolidated Statement of Income. The business
provides private banking services to high net worth individuals in the
Asia-Pacific region and provides an important opportunity for us to
expand our offering to high net worth individuals in this region.
Goodwill related to this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. As
part of this acquisition, we acquired a customer relationship intangible
asset which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 15 years,
and software intangible assets which are being amortized over their
remaining useful lives. AWMB is part of our Wealth Management
reporting segment.
CTC Consulting, LLC (“CTC”)
On June 11, 2012, we completed the acquisition of United States-based
CTC Consulting, LLC for cash consideration of $20 million. During the year
ended October 31, 2012, we increased the purchase price by $1 million
to $21 million based on a revaluation of equity. Acquisition-related costs
of less than $1 million were expensed in non-interest expense, other in
our Consolidated Statement of Income. The acquisition of CTC helped us
to expand and enhance our manager research and advisory capabilities
and investment offering to ultra-high net worth clients and select multi
family offices and wealth advisors. This will allow us to further
strengthen and expand our presence in the United States. As part of this
acquisition, we acquired a customer relationship intangible asset which
is being amortized on an accelerated basis over 15 years. Goodwill
related to this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. CTC is part
of our Wealth Management reporting segment.
The estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Cash resources
Loans
Premises and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets
Deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Purchase price
2013
2012
Aver
–
232
–
20
16
3
271
–
1
1
270
AWMB
434
310
1
17
17
2
781
746
1
747
34
CTC
2
–
1
7
11
2
23
–
2
2
21
The allocation of the purchase price for Aver and AWMB is subject to refinement as we complete the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
COFCO Trust Co. (“COFCO”)
On August 1, 2012, we acquired a 19.99% interest in COFCO Trust Co., a
subsidiary of COFCO Group, one of China’s largest state-owned
enterprises with operations across a variety of sectors, including
agriculture and financial services. We recorded our investment in COFCO
at cost and adjust our investment for our proportionate share of any net
income or loss, other comprehensive income or loss and dividends. The
investment provides an important opportunity for us to expand our
offering to high net worth and institutional clients in China. COFCO is part
of our Wealth Management reporting segment.
Note 13: Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
When we complete an acquisition, we allocate the purchase price paid
to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets and the
liabilities assumed. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the
fair value of those net assets is considered to be goodwill. Goodwill is
not amortized.
Fair value less costs to sell was the measurement we used to
perform the impairment test for goodwill in 2013 and 2012. We
determined the fair value less costs to sell for each cash generating unit
(“CGU”) by discounting cash flow projections. Cash flows were projected
for the first 10 years based on actual operating results, expected future
business performance and past experience. Beyond the first 10 years,
cash flows were assumed to grow at perpetual annual rates of up to
3%, a rate that is consistent with long-term nominal GDP growth. The
s
e
t
o
N
156 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
discount rates we applied in determining the recoverable amounts
range from 7.8% to 18.1% (8.3% to 15.5% in 2012), and are based on
our estimate of the cost of capital for each CGU. The cost of capital for
each CGU was estimated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model, based on
the historical betas of publicly traded peer companies that are
comparable to the CGU.
There were no write-downs of goodwill due to impairment during
the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
The key assumptions described above may change as market and
economic conditions change. However, we estimate that reasonably
possible changes in these assumptions are not expected to cause
recoverable amounts to decline below carrying amounts.
A continuity of our goodwill by CGU for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Goodwill as at
October 31, 2011
Acquisitions during the year
Other (1)
Goodwill as at
October 31, 2012
Acquisitions during the year
Other (1)
Goodwill as at
October 31, 2013
Personal and
Commercial
Banking
Wealth
Management
BMO
Capital
Markets
Canadian
P&C
U.S.
P&C
Total
Client
Investing
Global Asset*
Management
Private
Banking
Insurance
Total
Corporate
Services
Technology
and
Operations
122
–
–
2,545
–
48
122
2,593
20
–
–
110
2,667
–
48
2,715
20
110
68
–
–
68
–
–
377
–
4
344
7
6
381
357
–
7
17
17
2
–
–
2
–
–
791
7
10
191
–
3
808
194
17
24
–
5
142 (2) 2,703 (3)
2,845
68 (4)
388 (5)
391 (6)
2 (7)
849
199 (8)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
3,649
7
61
3,717
37
139
3,893
(1) Other changes in goodwill included the effects of translating goodwill denominated in
foreign currencies into Canadian dollars and purchase accounting adjustments related to
prior-year purchases.
(4) Relates to BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc.
(5) Relates to Guardian Group of Funds Ltd., Pyrford International plc, Integra GRS, LGM and M&I.
(6) Relates primarily to Harris myCFO Inc., Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc., M&I, CTC
(2) Relates primarily to Moneris Solutions Corporation, bcpbank Canada and Diners Club and
Consulting, LLC and AWMB.
Aver Media LP.
(3) Relates primarily to New Lenox State Bank, First National Bank of Joliet, Household Bank
(7) Relates to AIG.
(8) Relates to Gerard Klauer Mattison & Co., Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Griffin, Kubik,
branches, Mercantile Bancorp, Inc., Villa Park Trust Savings Bank, First National Bank & Trust,
Ozaukee Bank, Merchants and Manufacturers Bancorporation, Inc., AMCORE and M&I.
Stephens & Thompson, Inc., Paloma Securities L.L.C. and M&I.
Formerly Investment Products.
*
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets related to our acquisitions are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Software is recorded at cost less accumulated
amortization. The following table presents the change in the balance of the intangible assets:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Intangible assets cost as at October 31, 2011
Additions/disposals/other
Acquisitions
Foreign exchange
Intangible assets cost as at October 31, 2012
Additions/disposals/other
Acquisitions
Foreign exchange
Intangible assets cost as at October 31, 2013
Customer
relationships
Core
deposits
Branch
distribution
networks
Purchased
software –
amortizing
Developed
software –
amortizing
Software
under
development
Other
397
(2)
11
1
407
10
23
15
455
721
–
–
2
723
–
–
31
754
148
2
–
–
150
(3)
–
7
154
549
(11)
–
–
538
2
–
4
544
1,181
316
–
(3)
1,494
104
–
17
1,615
119
37
–
–
156
85
–
2
26
2
–
1
29
–
–
–
Total
3,141
344
11
1
3,497
198
23
76
243
29
3,794
The following table presents the accumulated amortization of the intangible assets:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2011
Disposals/other
Amortization
Foreign exchange
Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2012
Disposals/other
Amortization
Foreign exchange
Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2013
Carrying value at October 31, 2013
Carrying value at October 31, 2012
Customer
relationships
Core
deposits
Branch
distribution
networks
Purchased
software –
amortizing
Developed
software –
amortizing
Software
under
development
Other
Total
98
(2)
35
–
131
1
44
4
180
275
276
207
–
98
–
305
–
76
16
397
357
418
147
–
1
–
148
(5)
3
6
152
480
(29)
32
1
484
(27)
29
3
621
57
173
(2)
849
(40)
198
11
489
1,018
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
26
2
–
–
28
(2)
2
–
28
1,579
28
339
(1)
1,945
(73)
352
40
2,264
2
2
55
54
597
645
243
156
1
1
1,530
1,552
Intangible assets are amortized to income over the period during which
we believe the assets will benefit us on either a straight-line or an
accelerated basis, over a period not to exceed 15 years. We have no
intangible assets with indefinite lives.
value may not be recoverable. If any intangible assets are determined to
be impaired, we write them down to their recoverable amount, the
higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell, when this
is less than the carrying value.
The useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually for any
There were no write-downs of intangible assets due to impairment
changes in circumstances. We test intangible assets for impairment
when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying
during the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 157
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 14: Other Assets
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other
items
Accrued interest receivable
Due from clients, dealers and brokers
Insurance-related assets (1)
Pension asset (Note 23)
Total
6,626
753
503
566
523
8,971
7,813
861
526
630
508
10,338
(1) Includes reinsurance assets related to our life insurance business in the amount of
$383 million as at October 31, 2013 ($472 million in 2012).
Note 15: Deposits
(Canadian $ in millions)
Interest bearing
Non-interest bearing
Payable on demand
Payable
after notice
Payable on
a fixed date
Total
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
2013
2012
Deposits by:
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total (1) (2)
Booked in:
Canada
United States
Other countries
Total
679
13,947
2,579
2,116
12,205
2,545
928
23,479
11,448
611
21,431
10,388
4,076
54,178
69,853
2,653
49,208
63,770
14,908
129,194
41,552
12,722
103,726
42,327
20,591
220,798
125,432
18,102
186,570
119,030
17,205
16,866 35,855
32,430 128,107
115,631 185,654
158,775 366,821
323,702
15,440
1,153
612
16,011 25,545
596 10,211
99
259
24,280
8,007
143
76,414
51,262
431
65,810
48,968
853
108,082
59,800
17,772
97,243
49,614
11,918
225,481
122,426
18,914
203,344
107,185
13,173
17,205
16,866 35,855
32,430 128,107
115,631 185,654
158,775 366,821
323,702
(1) Includes structured notes designated at fair value through profit or loss.
(2) As at October 31, 2013 and 2012, total deposits payable on a fixed date included
$19,496 million and $17,613 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial
paper issued and other deposit liabilities. Included in deposits as at October 31, 2013 and
2012 are
$176,236 million and $146,003 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in U.S. dollars,
and $4,822 million and $4,777 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in other
foreign currencies.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
Deposits
Deposits payable on demand are comprised primarily of our customers’
chequing accounts, some of which we pay interest on. Our customers need
not notify us prior to withdrawing money from their chequing accounts.
Deposits payable after notice are comprised primarily of our
customers’ savings accounts, on which we pay interest.
Deposits payable on a fixed date are comprised of:
‰ Various investment instruments purchased by our customers to earn
interest over a fixed period, such as term deposits and guaranteed
investment certificates. The terms of these deposits can vary from one
day to 10 years.
‰ Federal funds purchased, which are overnight borrowings of other
banks’ excess reserve funds at a United States Federal Reserve Bank.
As at October 31, 2013, we had borrowed $181 million of federal
funds ($1,674 million in 2012).
‰ Commercial paper, which totalled $4,753 million as at October 31,
2013 ($4,513 million in 2012).
‰ Covered bonds, which totalled $7,964 million as at October 31, 2013
($9,053 million in 2012).
During the year ended October 31, 2013, the €1,000,000 4.25% Covered
Bond-Series 1 deposit matured.
During the year ended October 31, 2012, we issued US$2.0 billion
Covered Bond-Series 5. This deposit pays interest of 1.95% and matures
on January 30, 2017.
The following table presents the maturity schedule for our deposits
payable on a fixed date:
Payable on a Fixed Date (2)
(Canadian $ in millions)
Within 1 year
1 to 2 years
2 to 3 years
3 to 4 years
4 to 5 years
Over 5 years (1)
Total
2013
2012
113,924
21,198
20,127
10,989
10,931
8,485
112,062
12,110
15,113
6,978
8,899
3,613
185,654
158,775
(1) The over 5 years category includes deposits with no fixed maturity date.
(2) Includes $161,942 million of deposits, each greater than one hundred thousand dollars,
of which $89,379 million were booked in Canada, $54,791 million were booked in the
United States and $17,772 million were booked in other countries ($134,146 million,
$79,223 million, $43,005 million and $11,918 million, respectively, in 2012). Of the
$89,379 million of deposits booked in Canada, $31,304 million mature in less than three
months, $4,079 million mature in three to six months, $6,861 million mature in six to 12
months and $47,134 million mature after 12 months ($79,223 million, $35,023 million,
$5,250 million, $7,979 million and $30,971 million, respectively, in 2012). We have
unencumbered liquid assets of $152,358 million to support these and other deposit liabilities
($154,606 million in 2012). A portion of these liquid assets have been pledged.
s
e
t
o
N
158 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
The following table presents the average deposit balances and average rates of interest paid during 2013 and 2012:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Deposits Booked in Canada
Demand deposits – interest bearing
Demand deposits – non-interest bearing
Payable after notice
Payable on a fixed date
Total deposits booked in Canada
Deposits Booked in the United States and Other Countries
Banks located in the United States and other countries
Governments and institutions in the United States and other countries
Other demand deposits
Other deposits payable after notice or on a fixed date
Total deposits booked in the United States and other countries
Total average deposits
Average balances
Average rate paid (%)
2013
2012
2013
2012
16,050
24,365
71,820
98,631
15,292
23,343
60,116
92,314
210,866
191,065
9,308
9,283
9,305
117,446
9,213
8,381
7,546
105,212
145,342
130,352
356,208
321,417
0.47
–
0.68
1.56
1.00
0.71
0.42
0.03
0.36
0.37
0.74
0.44
–
0.61
1.65
1.02
0.58
0.35
0.02
0.51
0.48
0.80
As at October 31, 2013 and 2012, deposits by foreign depositors in our Canadian bank offices amounted to $26,561 million and $24,639 million, respectively.
A portion of our structured note liabilities have been designated at fair
value through profit or loss and are accounted for at fair value, which
better aligns the accounting result with the way the portfolio is
managed. The change in fair value of these structured notes was
recorded as an increase in non-interest revenue, trading revenues of $5
million for the year ended October 31, 2013 (increase of $19 million in
2012). This includes a decrease of $53 million attributable to changes in
our credit spread (decrease of $20 million in 2012). We hold derivatives
and other financial instrument contracts to partially hedge changes in
the fair value of these structured notes.
The change in fair value related to changes in our credit spread that
has been recognized since the notes were designated at fair value
through profit or loss to October 31, 2013 was an unrealized loss of
approximately $52 million. We may enter into positions to manage the
exposure to changes in our credit spread.
The fair value and amount due at contractual maturity of these
notes as at October 31, 2013 were $5,928 million and $6,028 million,
respectively ($4,301 million and $4,284 million, respectively, in 2012).
Note 16: Other Liabilities
(Canadian $ in millions)
Acceptances
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
2013
2012
8,472
22,446
28,884
8,019
23,439
39,737
59,802
71,195
Acceptances
Acceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is
issued by our customers and which we guarantee for a fee. We have an
offsetting claim, equal to the amount of the acceptances, against our
customers. The amount due under acceptances is recorded as a liability
and our corresponding claim is recorded as a loan in our Consolidated
Balance Sheet.
Securities Lending and Borrowing
Securities lending and borrowing transactions are generally
collateralized by securities or cash. Cash advanced or received as
collateral is recorded in other assets or other liabilities, respectively. The
transfer of the securities to counterparties is only reflected in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet if the risks and rewards of ownership have
also been transferred. Securities borrowed are not recognized in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet unless they are then sold to third parties, in
which case the obligation to return the securities is recorded in
Securities sold but not yet purchased.
Securities Sold but not yet Purchased
Securities sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to deliver
securities that we did not own at the time of sale. These obligations are
recorded at their market value. Adjustments to the market value as at
the balance sheet date and gains and losses on the settlement of these
obligations are recorded in trading revenues in our Consolidated
Statement of Income.
Securities Lent or Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements represent short-
term funding transactions in which we sell securities that we own and
simultaneously commit to repurchase the same securities at a specified
price on a specified date in the future. The obligation to repurchase
these securities is recorded at the amount owing. The interest expense
related to these liabilities is recorded on the accrual basis.
Other Liabilities
The components of the other liabilities balance as at October 31, 2013
and 2012 were as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Securitization and SPE liabilities
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
items
Accrued interest payable
Liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits
Insurance-related liabilities
Pension liability (Note 23)
Other employee future benefits liability (Note 23)
Total
2013
2012
22,362
25,481
7,915
857
3,857
6,115
52
1,054
8,924
977
4,116
6,040
43
1,015
42,212
46,596
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
Liabilities related to the notes issued by our credit protection vehicle and
our structured investment vehicles have been designated at fair value
through profit or loss and are accounted for at fair value. This eliminates
a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise from
measuring these note liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value
of the related investments and derivatives on a different basis. The fair
value of these note liabilities as at October 31, 2013 of $511 million
($946 million in 2012) is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated
Balance Sheet. The change in fair value of these note liabilities resulted
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 159
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
in a decrease of $24 million in non-interest revenue, trading revenues
for the year ended October 31, 2013 (decrease of $228 million in 2012).
We designate the obligations related to certain annuity contracts at
fair value through profit or loss, which eliminates a measurement
inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring the annuity
liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value of the investments
supporting them on a different basis. The fair value of these annuity
liabilities as at October 31, 2013 of $329 million ($317 million in 2012)
is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The
change in fair value of these annuity liabilities resulted in an increase of
$7 million in non-interest revenue, insurance income for the year ended
October 31, 2013 (decrease of $23 million in 2012). Changes in the fair
value of investments backing these annuity liabilities are also recorded
in non-interest revenue, insurance income.
Insurance-Related Liabilities
We are engaged in insurance businesses related to life and health
insurance, annuities and reinsurance.
Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current
claims and estimates of future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for
life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset
Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for
mortality, morbidity, policy lapses, surrenders, investment yields, policy
dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These
assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual
experience and market conditions. Insurance claims and policy benefit
liabilities are included in Other liabilities – Insurance-related liabilities.
The effect of changes in actuarial assumptions on policy benefit
liabilities was not material during the years ended October 31, 2013
or 2012.
A reconciliation of the change in the Insurance-related liabilities is
as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Insurance-related liabilities, beginning of year
Increase (decrease) in life insurance policy benefit
liabilities from:
New business
In-force policies
Changes in actuarial assumptions
Foreign currency
Net increase in life insurance policy benefit
liabilities
Change in other insurance-related liabilities
Insurance-related liabilities, end of year
2013
2012
6,040
5,380
324
(55)
(201)
1
245
260
92
(1)
69
6
596
64
6,115
6,040
Reinsurance
In the ordinary course of business, our insurance subsidiaries reinsure
risks to other insurance and reinsurance companies in order to provide
greater diversification, limit loss exposure to large risks and provide
additional capacity for future growth. These ceding reinsurance
arrangements do not relieve our insurance subsidiaries from their direct
obligation to the insureds. We evaluate the financial condition of the
reinsurers and monitor their credit ratings to minimize our exposure to
losses from reinsurer insolvency.
Reinsurance assets related to our life insurance business are
included in other assets, insurance-related assets. Reinsurance amounts
included in non-interest revenue, insurance income in our Consolidated
Statement of Income for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 are shown in the table below.
(Canadian $ in millions)
Direct premium income
Ceded premiums
2013
2012
1,567
(434)
1,133
1,357
(410)
947
2011
1,348
(392)
956
Note 17: Subordinated Debt
Subordinated debt represents our direct unsecured obligations, in the
form of notes and debentures, to our debt holders and forms part of our
Basel III regulatory capital. Subordinated debt is recorded at amortized
cost using the effective interest rate method. The rights of the holders of
our notes and debentures are subordinate to the claims of depositors
and certain other creditors. We require approval from the Office of the
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”) before we can
redeem any part of our subordinated debt. Where appropriate, we enter
into fair value hedges to hedge the risks caused by changes in interest
rates (see Note 10).
During the year ended October 31, 2013, we did not issue or
redeem any of our subordinated debt. During the year ended
October 31, 2012, we redeemed all of our Series D Medium-Term Notes,
Tranche 2 at a redemption amount equal to $1,000, representing an
aggregate redemption price of $1.2 billion, plus unpaid accrued interest
up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.
The term to maturity and repayments of our subordinated debt required over the next four years and thereafter are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Face value Maturity date
Interest rate (%)
Redeemable at our
option beginning in
2013
Total (7)
Debentures Series 16
Debentures Series 20
Series C Medium-Term Notes
Tranche 2
Series D Medium-Term Notes
Tranche 1
Series F Medium-Term Notes
Tranche 1
Series G Medium-Term Notes
s
e
t
o
N
Tranche 1
Total (6)
2012
Total
100
150
February 2017
100
150 December 2025 to 2040
10.00
February 2012 (1)
8.25 Not redeemable
100
150
500 April 2020
700 April 2021
4.87 April 2015 (2)
500
500
5.10 April 2016 (3)
700
700
900 March 2023
6.17 March 2018 (4)
900
900
1,500
July 2021
3.98
July 2016 (5)
1,500
1,500
3,850
3,850
(1) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price after their redemption date of
February 20, 2012 until their maturity date of February 20, 2017.
(2) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to April 22, 2015, and
redeemable at par commencing April 22, 2015.
(3) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to April 21, 2016, and
redeemable at par commencing April 21, 2016.
and at a floating rate equal to the three-month Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“CDOR”) plus
1.09%, paid quarterly, thereafter to maturity. This issue is redeemable at par commencing
July 8, 2016.
(6) Certain subordinated debt amounts include fair value hedge adjustments that increased their
carrying value as at October 31, 2013 by $146 million ($243 million in 2012); see Note 10
for further details.
(4) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to March 28, 2018, and
(7) All of our subordinated debt has a term to maturity of four years or more.
redeemable at par commencing March 28, 2018.
(5) Interest on this issue is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 3.979% until July 8, 2016,
Please refer to the offering circular related to each of the above issues for further details on
Canada Yield Price calculations and the definition of CDOR.
160 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note 18: Capital Trust Securities
We issue BMO Capital Trust Securities (“BMO BOaTS”) and BMO Tier 1
Notes – Series A (“BMO T1Ns – Series A”) through our consolidated
subsidiaries BMO Capital Trust and BMO Capital Trust II, respectively
(the “Trusts”). The proceeds of BMO BOaTS and BMO T1Ns – Series A are
used for general corporate purposes. We consolidate the Trusts, and the
BMO BOaTS are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet either as
non-controlling interest in subsidiaries or as capital trust securities,
depending on the terms of the BMO BOaTS. The BMO T1Ns – Series A are
reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as capital trust securities.
Holders of the BMO BOaTS and BMO T1Ns – Series A are entitled to
receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions as long as
we declare dividends on our preferred shares or, if no shares are
outstanding, on our common shares in accordance with our ordinary
dividend practice.
(Canadian $ in millions, except Distribution)
Distribution dates
Distribution
per BOaTS (1) /
BMO T1Ns
Redemption date
Principal amount
At the option of the Trust
2013
2012
Capital Trust Securities
BMO T1Ns – Series A (2)
Non-Controlling Interest
BMO BOaTS
Series D
Series E
Total Capital Trust Securities
June 30, December 31
51.11 (3)
December 31, 2013
June 30, December 31
June 30, December 31
27.37 (4)
23.17 (5)
December 31, 2009
December 31, 2010
450
450
450
450
600
450
600
450
1,050
1,050
1,500
1,500
(1) Distribution paid on each trust security that has a par value of $1,000.
(2) The carrying value includes issuance costs and accrued interest of $13 million as at
October 31, 2013 ($12 million in 2012).
Redemption by the Trust
On or after the redemption dates indicated above, and subject to the
prior approval of OSFI, the Trusts may redeem the securities in whole
without the consent of the holders.
During the year ended October 31, 2012, we redeemed all of our
BMO Capital Trust Securities – Series C (“BMO BOaTS – Series C”) at a
redemption amount equal to $1,000, for an aggregate redemption of
$400 million, plus unpaid distributions which had been declared.
(3) Starting on December 31, 2018 and on every fifth anniversary of such date thereafter until
December 31, 2103, the interest rate on the BMO T1Ns – Series A will be reset to an interest
rate per annum equal to the Government of Canada Yield plus 10.50%.
(4) After December 31, 2014, the distribution will be at the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate plus 1.5%.
(5) After December 31, 2015, the distribution will be at the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate plus 1.5%.
Conversion by the Holders
BMO BOaTS Series D and E and BMO T1Ns – Series A cannot be converted
at the option of the holder.
Automatic Exchange
The BMO BOaTS Series D and E and BMO T1Ns – Series A will each be
automatically exchanged for 40 Class B non-cumulative preferred shares
of the bank, Series 11, 12 and 20, respectively, without the consent of
the holders on the occurrence of specific events, such as a wind-up of
the bank, a regulatory requirement to increase capital or violations of
regulatory capital requirements.
Note 19: Interest Rate Risk
We earn interest on interest bearing assets and we pay interest on
interest bearing liabilities. We also have derivative instruments, such as
interest rate swaps and interest rate options, whose values are sensitive
to changes in interest rates. To the extent that we have assets, liabilities
and derivative instruments maturing or repricing at different points in
time, we are exposed to interest rate risk.
Interest Rate Gap Position
The determination of the interest rate sensitivity or gap position by
necessity encompasses numerous assumptions. It is based on the earlier
of the repricing date or maturity date of assets, liabilities and derivatives
used to manage interest rate risk.
The gap position presented is as at October 31, 2013 and 2012.
It represents the position outstanding at the close of the business
day and may change significantly in subsequent periods based on
customer behaviour and the application of our asset and liability
management strategies.
The assumptions for the year ended October 31, 2013 were as follows:
Assets
Fixed rate, fixed term assets, such as residential mortgage loans and
consumer loans, are reported based upon the scheduled repayments
and estimated prepayments that reflect expected borrower behaviour.
Trading and underwriting (mark-to-market) assets and interest
bearing assets on which the customer interest rate changes with the
prime rate or other short-term market rates are reported in the zero to
three months category.
Goodwill and intangible and fixed assets are reported as non-
interest sensitive. Other fixed rate and non-interest bearing assets with
no defined maturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity
profile that considers historical and forecasted trends in balances.
Liabilities
Fixed rate, fixed term liabilities, such as investment certificates, are
reported at scheduled maturity with estimated redemptions that reflect
expected depositor behaviour.
Interest bearing deposits on which the customer interest rate
changes with the prime rate or other short-term market rates are
reported in the zero to three months category.
Fixed rate and non-interest bearing liabilities with no defined
maturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity profile that
considers historical and forecasted trends in balances.
Capital
Common shareholders’ equity is reported as non-interest sensitive.
Yields
Yields are based upon the effective interest rates for the assets or
liabilities on October 31, 2013.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 161
N
o
t
e
s
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Interest Rate Gap Position
($ in millions, except as noted)
As at October 31
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased
under resale agreements
Loans
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under
repurchase agreements
Other liabilities
Subordinated debt, Capital trust
securities and preferred share liability
Total equity
0 to 3
months
4 to 6
months
7 to 12
months
Total
within
1 year
Effective
interest
rate (%)
Effective
interest
rate (%)
1 to 5
years
Over 5
years
Effective
interest
rate (%)
Non
interest
sensitive
Total
23,784
6,518
95,833
810
–
2,791
(71) 24,523
6,518
4,628 103,252
–
1,789
37,208
39,799
151,499 12,214 20,865 184,578
34,557
33,226
1,096
235
802
1.21
0.78
1.45
1.72
3.31
na
965
–
23,511
–
80,873
9,089
1.02
–
2.23
–
4.06
na
(17)
–
7,330
–
5,178
327
–
–
3.94
–
4.56
na
612
–
26,083
6,518
888 134,981
–
39,799
8,466 279,095
50,823
6,850
348,068 17,839 27,320 393,227
114,438
12,818
–
16,816 537,299
213,373 16,408 16,910 246,691
22,446
22,446
–
–
0.73 109,619
–
1.48
1.10 10,511
–
–
2.23
–
– 366,821
22,446
–
28,831
46,988
53
1,382
157
377
–
150
–
919
–
275
28,884
49,289
0.68
na
–
15,760
157
802
na
na
3,700
2,747
–
na
–
na
–
8,908
602
–
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
312,172 17,993 18,104 348,269
Asset/liability gap position
35,896
(154) 9,216
44,958
Notional amounts of derivatives
(34,914) (2,612) (3,833) (41,359)
131,826
(17,388)
33,039
Total interest rate gap position - 2013
Canadian dollar
Foreign currency
Total Gap
Total interest rate gap position - 2012
Canadian dollar
Foreign currency
Total Gap
3,171
(2,189)
(3,706) 4,876
507
940
4,341
(742)
15,636
15
982
(2,766) 5,383
3,599
–
15,651
–
1,117
–
(20,367)
3,615
(4,589)
(2,801) 1,765
4,258
4,027
2,579
3,696
14,782
(4,268)
2,707
(463)
(20,068)
1,035
(974) 1,226
6,023
6,275
–
10,514
–
2,244
–
(19,033)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
na
–
–
–
9,251
28,884
83,208
–
27,932
4,459
31,481
37,183 537,299
20,021
(7,203)
8,320
1,442
(325)
(20,367)
–
(21,419)
1,052
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
s
e
t
o
N
162 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note 20: Equity
Share Capital
Outstanding
As at October 31
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Preferred Shares – Classified as Equity
Class B – Series 5
Class B – Series 10 (1)
Class B – Series 13
Class B – Series 14
Class B – Series 15
Class B – Series 16
Class B – Series 17
Class B – Series 18
Class B – Series 21
Class B – Series 23
Class B – Series 25
Number
of shares
Amount
2013
Dividends
declared
per share
Number
of shares
Amount
2012
Dividends
declared
per share
Number
of shares
Amount
2011
Dividends
declared per
share
–
–
14,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
6,267,391
5,732,609
6,000,000
11,000,000
16,000,000
11,600,000
–
–
350
250
250
157
143
150
275
400
290
2,265
–
–
1.13
1.31
1.45
1.19
0.17
1.63
1.63
1.35
0.98
8,000,000
–
14,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
–
6,000,000
11,000,000
16,000,000
11,600,000
200
–
350
250
250
300
–
150
275
400
290
2,465
1.33
–
1.13
1.31
1.45
1.30
–
1.63
1.63
1.35
0.98
8,000,000
12,000,000
14,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
–
6,000,000
11,000,000
16,000,000
11,600,000
200
396
350
250
250
300
–
150
275
400
290
2,861
1.33
1.49
1.13
1.31
1.45
1.30
–
1.63
1.63
1.35
0.69
Common Shares
Balance at beginning of year
Issued under the Shareholder Dividend
Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan
Issued under the Stock Option Plan and other
stock-based compensation plans (Note 22)
Issued on the exchange of shares of a
subsidiary corporation
Repurchased for cancellation (Note 20)
Issued on the acquisition of a business
650,729,644 11,957
638,999,563
11,332
566,468,440
6,927
2,069,269
130
9,738,842
543
2,947,748
179
2,068,132
116
1,763,389
80
3,039,597
122
–
(10,737,100)
–
–
(200)
–
227,850
–
–
2
–
–
24,105
–
66,519,673
1
–
4,103
Balance at End of Year
644,129,945 12,003
2.94
650,729,644
11,957
2.82
638,999,563
11,332
2.80
Share Capital
14,268
14,422
14,193
(1) Dividend amounts are in U.S. dollars. During the year ended October 31, 2012, we redeemed all of our Class B – Series 10 Preferred shares. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2012
were $0.37 per share and 12,000,000 shares were outstanding at the time of dividend declaration.
Preferred Shares
We are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of
Class A Preferred shares and Class B Preferred shares without par value,
in series, for unlimited consideration. Class B Preferred shares may be
issued in a foreign currency.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, we redeemed all of our
Non-cumulative Class B Preferred shares, Series 5, at a redemption price
of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but
excluding the date fixed for redemption. We also redeemed all of the
outstanding 7 3⁄ 8% Non-cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
Series A, issued by one of our subsidiaries at a redemption price of
US$25.00 per share, plus unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption
for an aggregate redemption of US$250 million. Prior to the redemption,
these preferred shares were reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet
as non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. We recognized a gain of
$107 million in contributed surplus related to foreign exchange upon
redemption of these preferred shares.
During the year ended October 31, 2012, we redeemed all of our
U.S. dollar-denominated Non-cumulative Class B Preferred shares,
Series 10, at a price of US$25.00 per share plus all declared and unpaid
dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. We
recognized a gain of $96 million in contributed surplus related to foreign
exchange rate upon redemption of these preferred shares.
Preferred Share Rights and Privileges
Class B – Series 5 shares were redeemed for $25 cash per share on
February 25, 2013. The shares carried a non-cumulative quarterly
dividend of $0.33125 per share.
Class B – Series 13 shares have been redeemable at our option since
February 25, 2012 for $25.00 cash per share, plus a premium if we
redeem the shares before February 25, 2016. The shares carry a non
cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.28125 per share.
Class B – Series 14 shares have been redeemable at our option since
November 25, 2012 for $25.00 cash per share, plus a premium if we
redeem the shares before November 25, 2016. The shares carry a non
cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.328125 per share.
Class B – Series 15 shares have been redeemable at our option since
May 25, 2013 for $25.00 cash per share, plus a premium if we redeem
the shares before May 25, 2017. The shares carry a non-cumulative
quarterly dividend of $0.3625 per share.
Class B – Series 16 shares have been redeemable at our option since
August 25, 2013. On July 22, 2013, we announced that we did not
intend to exercise our right to redeem the Non-cumulative 5-Year Rate
Reset Class B Preferred shares, Series 16 (Series 16 Preferred shares). As
a result, subject to certain conditions, the holders of the Series 16
Preferred shares had the right, at their option, to elect by August 12,
2013 to convert all or part of their Series 16 Preferred shares on a one-
for-one basis into Non-cumulative Floating Rate Class B Preferred shares,
Series 17 (Series 17 Preferred shares), effective August 26, 2013. As at
October 31, 2013, 6.3 million Series 16 and 5.7 million Series 17
Preferred shares were outstanding for the five-year period commencing
on August 26, 2013 and ending on August 25, 2018. Holders of the
Series 17 Preferred shares have the option to convert back to Series 16
Preferred shares, and holders of Series 16 Preferred shares have the
option to convert to Series 17 Preferred shares, on subsequent
redemption dates. The Series 16 Preferred shares carry a non-cumulative
quarterly dividend based on prevailing 5-year market rates plus a
predetermined spread, established at each redemption date. The Series
17 Preferred shares carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend based on
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 163
N
o
t
e
s
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
the prevailing 3-month market rates plus a pre-determined spread,
established prior to each dividend declaration date.
Class B – Series 18 shares are redeemable at our option on February 25,
2014 and every five years thereafter for $25.00 cash per share. If the
shares are not redeemed on the redemption dates, investors have the
option to convert the shares into Class B – Series 19 Preferred shares
and, if converted, have the option to convert back to Series 18 Preferred
shares on subsequent redemption dates. The Series 18 Preferred shares
carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.40625 per share until
February 25, 2014. Dividends payable after February 25, 2014 on the
Series 18 and Series 19 Preferred shares will be set based on prevailing
market rates plus a predetermined spread.
Class B – Series 21 shares are redeemable at our option on May 25, 2014
and every five years thereafter for $25.00 cash per share. If the shares
are not redeemed on the redemption dates, investors have the option
to convert the shares into Class B – Series 22 Preferred shares and, if
converted, have the option to convert back to Series 21 Preferred shares
on subsequent redemption dates. The Series 21 Preferred shares carry a
non-cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.40625 per share until May 25,
2014. Dividends payable after May 25, 2014 on the Series 21 and
Series 22 Preferred shares will be set based on prevailing market rates
plus a predetermined spread.
Class B – Series 23 shares are redeemable at our option on February 25,
2015 and every five years thereafter for $25.00 cash per share. If the
shares are not redeemed on the redemption dates, investors have the
option to convert the shares into Class B – Series 24 Preferred shares
and, if converted, have the option to convert back to Series 23 Preferred
shares on subsequent redemption dates. The Series 23 Preferred shares
carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.3375 per share until
February 25, 2015. Dividends payable after February 25, 2015 on the
Series 23 and Series 24 Preferred shares will be set based on prevailing
market rates plus a predetermined spread.
Class B – Series 25 shares are redeemable at our option on August 25,
2016 and every five years thereafter for $25.00 cash per share. If the
shares are not redeemed on the redemption dates, investors have the
option to convert the shares into Class B – Series 26 Preferred shares
and, if converted, have the option to convert back to Series 25 Preferred
shares on subsequent redemption dates. The Series 25 Preferred shares
carry a non-cumulative quarterly dividend of $0.24375 per share until
August 25, 2016. Dividends payable after August 25, 2016 on the
Series 25 and Series 26 Preferred shares will be set based on prevailing
market rates plus a predetermined spread.
Common Shares
We are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of
our common shares, without par value, for unlimited consideration. Our
common shares are not redeemable or convertible. Dividends are
declared by our Board of Directors on a quarterly basis and the amount
can vary from quarter to quarter.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, we issued 4,137,401
common shares primarily through our dividend reinvestment and share
purchase plan and the exercise of stock options (11,730,081 in 2012).
Normal Course Issuer Bid
On February 1, 2013, we commenced our normal course issuer bid,
effective for one year, to repurchase for cancellation up to 15,000,000 of
our common shares. During the year, we repurchased 10,737,100 of our
common shares at an average cost of $62.89 per share.
Our previous normal course issuer bid, which allowed us to
repurchase for cancellation up to 15,000,000 of our common shares,
expired on December 15, 2011. During the year ended October 31, 2012,
we did not repurchase any common shares.
164 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Issuances Exchangeable into Common Shares
One of our subsidiaries, Bank of Montreal Securities Canada Limited
(“BMSCL”), had issued various classes of non-voting shares that could be
exchanged at the option of the holder for our common shares, based on
a formula. During the year ended October 31, 2012, all of these BMSCL
shares were converted into 227,850 of our common shares.
Share Redemption and Dividend Restrictions
OSFI must approve any plan to redeem any of our preferred share issues
for cash.
We are prohibited from declaring dividends on our preferred or
common shares when we would be, as a result of paying such a
dividend, in contravention of the capital adequacy, liquidity or any other
regulatory directives issued under the Bank Act. In addition, common
share dividends cannot be paid unless all dividends declared and
payable on our preferred shares have been paid or sufficient funds have
been set aside to do so.
In addition, we have agreed that if either BMO Capital Trust or BMO
Capital Trust II (the “Trusts”), two of our subsidiaries, fail to pay any
required distribution on their capital trust securities, we will not declare
dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares for a
period of time following the Trusts’ failure to pay the required
distribution (as defined in the applicable prospectuses) unless the Trusts
first pay such distribution to the holders of their capital trust securities
(see Note 18).
Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment
and Share Purchase Plan
We offer a dividend reinvestment and share purchase plan (“DRIP”) for
our shareholders. Participation in the plan is optional. Under the terms
of the plan, cash dividends on common shares are reinvested to
purchase additional common shares. Shareholders also have the
opportunity to make optional cash payments to acquire additional
common shares. Commencing with the dividend paid in the fourth
quarter of 2013, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on
the open market.
We may issue these common shares at an average of the closing
price of our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange based on
the five trading days prior to the last business day of the month or we
may purchase them on the open market at market prices. During the
year ended October 31, 2013, we issued a total of 2,069,269 common
shares from treasury (9,738,842 in 2012) and purchased 700,362
common shares (Nil in 2012) in the open market under the plan.
Potential Share Issuances
As at October 31, 2013, we had reserved 9,320,400 common shares
(11,389,669 in 2012) for potential issuance in respect of our Shareholder
Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan. We also have reserved
15,801,966 common shares (15,801,966 in 2012) for the potential
exercise of stock options, as further described in Note 22.
Treasury Shares
When we purchase our common shares as part of our trading business,
we record the cost of those shares as a reduction in shareholders’ equity.
If those shares are resold at a price higher than their cost, the premium is
recorded as an increase in contributed surplus. If those shares are resold
at a price below their cost, the discount is recorded as a reduction first to
contributed surplus and then to retained earnings for any amounts in
excess of total contributed surplus related to treasury shares.
Non-Controlling Interest
Included in non-controlling interest in subsidiaries as at October 31,
2013 were capital trust securities including accrued interest totalling
$1,068 million ($1,068 million in 2012) related to non-controlling
interest in subsidiaries and formed part of our Tier 1 regulatory capital.
During 2013, we redeemed the U.S. $250 million, 7.375% preferred
shares issued by Harris Preferred Capital Corporation, a U.S. subsidiary.
s
e
t
o
N
Note 21: Capital Management
Our objective is to maintain a strong capital position in a cost-effective
structure that: considers our target regulatory capital ratios and internal
assessment of required economic capital; is consistent with our targeted
credit ratings; underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; and
builds depositor confidence and long-term shareholder value.
Our approach includes establishing limits, targets and performance
measures for the management of balance sheet positions, risk levels
and minimum capital amounts, as well as issuing and redeeming capital
instruments to obtain a cost-effective capital structure.
Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets for the
consolidated entity are determined on a Basel III basis.
Adjusted common shareholders’ equity, known as Common Equity
Tier 1 capital under Basel III, is the most permanent form of capital. It is
comprised of common shareholders’ equity less a deduction for
goodwill, excess intangible assets and deductions for certain other items
under Basel III. Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of regulatory
common equity, preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments net
of Tier 1 capital deductions. Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2
capital, net of certain deductions. Tier 2 capital is primarily comprised of
subordinated debentures and the eligible portion of the collective
allowance for credit losses, net of certain Tier 2 capital deductions.
Details of components of our capital position are presented in Notes 13,
16, 17, 18 and 20.
Our Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Total
Capital Ratio and Assets-to-Capital Multiple are the primary regulatory
capital measures.
‰ The Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as common
shareholders’ equity net of capital adjustments divided by risk-
weighted assets.
‰ The Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by risk-
weighted assets.
‰ The Total Capital Ratio is defined as Total capital divided by risk-
weighted assets.
‰ The Assets-to-Capital Multiple is calculated by dividing total assets,
including specified off-balance sheet items net of other specified
deductions, by total capital calculated on a Basel III transitional basis.
Regulatory Capital and Risk-Weighted Assets
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Tier 1 Capital
Tier 2 Capital
Total Capital
Risk-Weighted Assets
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
Total Capital Ratio
Assets-to-Capital Multiple
Basel III
2013
21,227
24,599
4,901
29,500
215,094
9.9%
11.4%
13.7%
15.6
Basel II
2012
21,635
25,896
4,773
30,669
205,230
10.5%
12.6%
14.9%
15.2
All 2013 balances above are on a Basel III “all-in” basis. In 2012, we presented Basel II balances.
Basel II amounts and ratios may not be comparable to Basel III amounts and ratios.
We have met OSFI’s stated minimum capital ratio requirements as at
October 31, 2013.
Note 22: Employee Compensation – Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Option Plan
We maintain a Stock Option Plan for designated officers and employees.
Options are granted at an exercise price equal to the closing price of our
common shares on the day before the grant date. Options vest in
tranches over a four-year period starting from their grant date. Each
tranche (i.e. the 25% portion that vests each year) is treated as a
separate award with a different vesting period. A portion of the options
can only be exercised once certain performance targets are met. All
options expire 10 years from their grant date.
and record this amount as compensation expense over the period that
the stock options vest, with a corresponding increase to contributed
surplus. When these stock options are exercised, we issue shares and
record the amount of proceeds, together with the amount recorded in
contributed surplus, in share capital. Stock options granted to employees
eligible to retire are expensed at the date of grant.
We determine the fair value of stock options on their grant date
The following table summarizes information about our Stock Option Plan:
(Canadian $, except as noted)
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Granted as part of the M&I acquisition
Exercised
Forfeited/cancelled
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Available for grant
Outstanding stock options as a percentage of
outstanding shares
2013
Weighted-
average
exercise price
79.96
60.11
–
47.95
56.35
150.78
78.17
98.79
2012
Weighted-
average
exercise price
84.28
56.00
–
40.17
40.77
126.62
79.96
103.87
Number of
stock options
16,989,499
2,526,345
–
1,766,318
54,565
1,892,995
15,801,966
7,900,710
6,897,964
2.43%
Number of
stock options
15,801,966
2,003,446
–
2,069,588
5,558
761,555
14,968,711
7,283,321
5,201,062
2.32%
2011
Weighted-
average
exercise price
48.74
57.78
193.12
37.34
48.20
52.92
84.28
108.54
Number of
stock options
15,232,139
1,798,913
3,676,632
3,040,825
34,758
642,602
16,989,499
9,311,241
8,728,782
2.66%
Employee compensation expense related to this plan for the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $14 million, $17 million and
$17 million before tax, respectively ($13 million, $16 million and
$16 million after tax, respectively).
The intrinsic value of a stock option grant is the difference between
the current market price of our common shares and the strike price of
the option. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $215 million, $79 million and
$107 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options
exercisable at October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $107 million,
$47 million and $66 million, respectively.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 165
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Options outstanding and exercisable at October 31, 2013 and 2012 by range of exercise price were as follows:
(Canadian $, except as noted)
2013
2012
Options outstanding
Options exercisable
Options outstanding
Options exercisable
Range of exercise
prices
Weighted-
average Weighted-
average
exercise
price
remaining
contractual
life (years)
Number
of stock
options
Weighted-
average Weighted-
average
exercise
price
remaining
contractual
life (years)
Weighted-
average Weighted-
average
exercise
price
remaining
contractual
life (years)
Weighted
average Weighted-
average
exercise
price
remaining
contractual
life (years)
Number
of stock
options
Number
of stock
options
Number
of stock
options
$30.01 to $40.00 1,044,175
262,959
$40.01 to $50.00
$50.01 to $60.00 6,934,041
$60.01 to $70.00 4,886,738
$70.01 and over (1) 1,840,798
5.1
5.6
6.0
5.6
3.1
34.12 1,044,175
42.44
262,959
55.78 2,845,945
62.28 1,289,444
234.78 1,840,798
5.1
5.6
6.1
3.2
3.1
34.12 1,660,235
42.44
632,548
55.57 7,906,485
63.94 3,303,883
234.78 2,298,815
6.1
4.0
6.6
4.2
3.7
34.12 1,174,327
42.07
554,261
55.67 2,247,120
63.71 1,626,187
230.42 2,298,815
34.12
6.1
42.22
4.5
55.09
5.0
4.2
63.77
3.7 230.42
(1) Issued as part of the acquisition of M&I.
The following table summarizes non-vested stock option activity for the
years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012:
(Canadian $, except as noted)
Non-vested at
beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited/cancelled
Non-vested at end of
2013
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
2012
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
stock
options
7.81
5.29
7.59
9.46
7,678,258
2,526,345
2,299,347
4,000
8.70
5.53
8.28
9.46
Number of
stock
options
7,901,256
2,003,446
2,218,762
550
year
7,685,390
7.18
7,901,256
7.81
The following table summarizes further information about our Stock
Option Plan:
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
2013
2012
2011
Unrecognized compensation cost for non-
vested stock option awards
Weighted-average period over which it will be
recognized (in years)
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised
Actual tax benefits realized on stock options
exercised
Weighted-average share price for stock
6
2.1
35
99
–
9
12
2.3
31
71
4
2.5
72
114
4
options exercised
64.8
57.8
60.9
The fair value of options granted was estimated using a binomial option
pricing model. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during
the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $5.29, $5.54 and
$3.87, respectively, of which the weighted-average fair value of options
granted as part of the M&I acquisition was $2.22 for a total of 3,676,632
stock options. To determine the fair value of the stock option tranches
(i.e. the 25% portion that vests each year) on the grant date, the
following ranges of values were used for each option pricing assumption:
Expected dividend yield
Expected share price
volatility
Risk-free rate of return
Expected period until
exercise (in years)
2013
2012
2011
6.0% – 6.2%
6.8% – 7.2%
5.5% – 6.4%
18.1% – 18.6% 21.3% – 22.3%
1.5% – 1.8%
1.7% – 1.9%
18.7% – 22.8%
1.8% – 3.0%
5.5 – 7.0
5.5 – 7.0
4.6 – 7.0
Changes to the input assumptions can result in different fair value estimates.
Expected dividend yield is based on market expectations of future
dividends on our common shares. Expected volatility is determined
based on the market consensus implied volatility for traded options on
our common shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of a
Canadian swap curve with maturities similar to the expected period until
exercise of the options. The weighted-average exercise price on the
166 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
grant date for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was
$60.11, $56.00 and $57.78, respectively. The weighted-average exercise
price on the grant date for the options granted as part of the M&I
acquisition was $193.12 for the year ended October 31, 2011.
Stock-Based Compensation
Share Purchase Plan
We offer our employees the option of directing a portion of their gross
salary toward the purchase of our common shares. We match 50% of
employee contributions up to 6% of their individual gross salary. The
shares held in the employee share purchase plan are purchased on the
open market and are considered outstanding for purposes of computing
earnings per share. The dividends earned on our common shares held by
the plan are used to purchase additional common shares on the
open market.
We account for our contribution as employee compensation
expense when it is contributed to the plan.
Employee compensation expense related to this plan for the years
ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $50 million, $48 million
and $45 million, respectively. There were 19,272,978, 19,311,585 and
18,288,382 common shares held in this plan for the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Mid-Term Incentive Plans
We offer mid-term incentive plans for executives and certain senior
employees. Depending on the plan, the recipient receives either a single
cash payment at the end of the three-year period of the plan, or cash
payments over the three years of the plan. The amount of the payment
is adjusted to reflect reinvested dividends and changes in the market
value of our common shares.
Mid-term incentive plan units granted during the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totalled 5,823,533, 6,379,562 and
5,154,479, respectively. We entered into agreements with third parties
to assume most of our obligations related to these plans in exchange for
cash payments of $292 million, $310 million and $267 million in the
years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts
paid under these agreements were recorded in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet in other assets and are recorded as employee compensation
expense evenly over the period prior to payment to employees.
Amounts related to units granted to employees who are eligible to
retire are expensed at the time of grant. We no longer have any liability
for the obligations transferred to third parties because any future
payments required will be the responsibility of the third parties. The
amount deferred and recorded in other assets in our Consolidated
Balance Sheet totalled $172 million and $152 million as at October 31,
2013 and 2012, respectively. The deferred amount as at October 31,
2013 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
1.8 years (1.8 years in 2012). Employee compensation expense related
to these plans for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
was $279 million, $280 million and $245 million before tax, respectively
($206 million, $204 million and $176 million after tax, respectively).
s
e
t
o
N
For the remaining obligations related to plans for which we have
not entered into agreements with third parties, the fair value of the
amount of compensation expense is recognized as an expense and a
liability over the period from the grant date to payment date to
employees. This liability is re-measured to fair value each reporting
period. Amounts related to employees who are eligible to retire are
expensed at the time of grant. Mid-term incentive plan units granted
under these plans during the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 totalled 981,242, 1,133,980 and 769,933, respectively. The
weighted-average grant date fair value of the units granted during the
years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $50 million,
$65 million and $46 million, respectively. Payments made under these
plans for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were
$37 million, $44 million and $22 million, respectively. The intrinsic value
of the vested plan units recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated
Balance Sheet as at October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $126 million,
$85 million and $71 million, respectively.
Employee compensation expense related to plans for which we
have not entered into agreements with third parties for the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $63 million, $48 million and
$40 million before tax, respectively ($47 million, $35 million and
$29 million after tax, respectively). We economically hedge the impact
of the change in the market value of our common shares by entering
into total return swaps. Hedging gains recognized for the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $32 million, $3 million and $1
million, respectively, resulting in net employee compensation expense
of $31 million, $45 million and $39 million before tax, respectively ($23
million, $33 million and $28 million after tax, respectively).
A total of 15,278,975, 14,695,481 and 14,586,051 mid-term
incentive plan units were outstanding for the years ended October 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Deferred Incentive Plans
We offer deferred incentive plans for members of our Board of Directors,
executives and key employees in BMO Capital Markets and Wealth
Management. Under these plans, fees, annual incentive payments and/or
commissions can be deferred as stock units of our common shares. These
stock units are either fully vested on the grant date or vest at the end of
three years. The value of these stock units is adjusted to reflect reinvested
dividends and changes in the market value of our common shares.
Deferred incentive payments are paid upon the participant’s
departure from the bank. As a result of changes to the deferred share
unit plan terms effective September 30, 2013, the deferred incentive
payments can now only be made in cash.
Employee compensation expense for these plans is recorded in the
year the fees, incentive payments and/or commissions are earned.
Changes in the amount of the incentive payments as a result of
dividends and share price movements are recorded as employee
compensation expense in the period of the change.
Deferred incentive plan units granted during the years ended
October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totalled 364,193, 360,596 and
298,256, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the
units granted during the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
was $22 million, $21 million and $18 million, respectively.
Liabilities related to these plans are recorded in other liabilities in
our Consolidated Balance Sheet and totalled $349 million and
$262 million as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Payments
made under these plans for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 were $16 million, $19 million and $13 million, respectively.
Employee compensation expense related to these plans for the
years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $85 million,
$22 million and $7 million before tax, respectively ($63 million,
$16 million and $5 million after tax, respectively). We have entered into
derivative instruments to hedge our exposure related to these plans.
Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded as employee
compensation expense in the period in which they arise. Hedging gains
(losses) for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of
$75 million, $9 million and $(2) million before tax, respectively, were
also recognized, resulting in net employee compensation expense of
$10 million, $13 million and $9 million before tax, respectively
($7 million, $9 million and $6 million after tax, respectively).
A total of 4,339,207, 4,026,338 and 3,930,175 deferred incentive
plan units were outstanding for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011, respectively.
Note 23: Employee Compensation – Pension and
Other Employee Future Benefits
Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Plans
We have a number of arrangements in Canada, the United States and
the United Kingdom that provide pension and other employee future
benefits to our retired and current employees.
Pension arrangements include defined benefit pension plans, as well
as supplemental arrangements that provide pension benefits in excess of
statutory limits. Generally, under these plans we provide retirement
benefits based on an employee’s years of service and average annual
earnings over a period of time prior to retirement. We are responsible for
meeting our statutory obligations for funding of the pension plans. Some
groups of employees are eligible to make voluntary contributions in order
to receive enhanced benefits. Our pension and other employee future
benefit expenses, recorded in employee compensation expense, mainly
comprise the current service cost plus the interest cost on plan liabilities
less the expected return on plan assets.
We also provide defined contribution pension plans to employees in
some of our subsidiaries. Under these plans, we are responsible for
contributing a predetermined amount to a participant’s retirement
savings, based on a percentage of that employee’s salary. The costs of
these plans, recorded in employee compensation expense, are equal to
our contributions to the plans.
We also provide other employee future benefits, including health
and dental care benefits and life insurance, for current and retired
employees.
Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries, paid absences,
bonuses and other benefits, are accounted for on an accrual basis over
the period in which the employees provide the related services.
Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Liabilities
We have the following types of benefit liabilities: defined benefit and
other employee future benefit liabilities. These benefit liabilities
represent the amount of pension and other employee future benefits
that our employees and retirees have earned as at year end.
Our actuaries perform valuations of our benefit liabilities for
pension and other employee future benefits as at October 31 of each
year using the projected unit credit method based on management’s
assumptions about discount rates, rate of compensation increase,
retirement age, mortality and health care cost trend rates.
The discount rates for the main Canadian and U.S. pension and
other employee future benefit plans were selected using high-quality
corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ cash flows.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 167
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Components of the change in our benefit liabilities year over
year and our pension and other employee future benefit expense are
as follows:
Benefits earned by employees represent benefits earned in the
current year. They are determined with reference to the current
workforce and the amount of benefits to which employees will be
entitled upon retirement, based on the provisions of our benefit plans.
Interest cost on benefit liabilities represents the increase in the
liabilities that results from the passage of time.
Actuarial gains or losses may arise in two ways. First, each year
our actuaries recalculate the benefit liabilities and compare them to
those estimated as at the previous year end. Any differences that result
from changes in assumptions or from plan experience being different
from management’s expectations at the previous year end are
considered actuarial gains or losses. Secondly, actuarial gains and losses
arise when there are differences between expected and actual returns
on plan assets.
At the beginning of each year, we determine whether the
unrecognized actuarial gain or loss is more than 10% of the greater of
our plan asset or benefit liability balances. Any unrecognized actuarial
gain or loss in excess of this 10% threshold is recognized in employee
compensation expense over the expected remaining service period of
active employees. Amounts below the 10% threshold are not
recognized in income.
Plan amendments are changes in our benefit liabilities that result
from changes to provisions of the plans. The effects of plan
amendments are recognized immediately to the extent that benefits are
vested and are otherwise recognized over the average period until
benefits are vested on a straight-line basis.
Expected return on assets represents management’s best
estimate of the long-term rate of return on plan assets applied to the
fair value of plan assets. We establish our estimate of the expected rate
of return on plan assets based on the plan’s target asset allocation and
estimated rates of return for each asset class. Estimated rates of return
are based on expected returns from fixed income securities, which take
into consideration bond yields. Long-term returns are then estimated for
Summarized information for the past three years is as follows:
global equity markets. Returns from other asset classes are set to reflect
the relative risks of these classes as compared to fixed income and
equity assets. Differences between expected and actual returns on
plan assets are included in our actuarial gain or loss balance, as
described above.
Settlements occur when benefit liabilities for plan participants are
settled, usually through lump sum cash payments, and as a result we no
longer have any obligation to provide such participants with benefit
payments in the future.
For pension benefit plans that are in a net benefit asset position,
the recognized asset is limited to the total of any unrecognized actuarial
losses and past service costs plus the present value of economic
benefits available in the form of future refunds from the plan or
reductions in future contributions to the plan (the “asset ceiling”).
Funding of Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit
Plans
Our defined benefit pension plans in Canada and the United States are
funded by us in accordance with statutory requirements and the assets
in these plans are used to pay benefits to retirees.
Our supplementary pension plans in Canada are funded, while in
the United States the supplementary plan is unfunded.
Our other employee future benefit plans in the United States and
Canada are either partially funded or unfunded. Pension and benefit
payments related to these plans are either paid through the respective
plan or paid directly by us.
We measure the fair value of plan assets for our plans in Canada
and the United States as at October 31. In addition to actuarial
valuations for accounting purposes, we are required to prepare
valuations for determining our pension contributions (our “funding
valuation”). The most recent funding valuation for our main Canadian
plan was performed as at October 31, 2013. The next funding valuation
for this plan will be performed as at October 31, 2014. An annual
funding valuation is also required for our plan in the United States. The
most recent valuation was performed as at January 1, 2013.
(Canadian $ in millions)
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Defined benefit liability
Fair value of plan assets
Surplus (deficit)
(Gain) loss in the benefit liability arising from changes in
assumptions
Excess (shortfall) of actual returns over expected returns on plan
assets
2013
6,181
6,267
86
(93)
188
2012
6,012
5,802
(210)
693
177
2011
5,124
5,338
214
73
(87)
2013
1,174
95
2012
1,175
81
2011
977
72
(1,079)
(1,094)
(905)
(53)
5
152
4
(66)
1
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
Asset Allocations
The investment policy for plan assets is to have a diversified mix of
quality investments that are expected to provide a superior rate of
return over the long term, while limiting performance volatility. Plan
assets are rebalanced within ranges around target allocations.
Risk Management
The plans are exposed to various risks, including market risk (interest
rate, equity and foreign currency risks), credit risk, operational risk,
surplus risk and longevity risk. We follow a number of approaches to
monitor and actively manage these risks, including:
s
e
t
o
N
‰ Monitoring surplus-at-risk, which measures a plan’s risk in an asset-
liability framework.
‰ Stress testing and scenario analyses to evaluate the volatility of the
plans’ financial positions and their impact on the bank.
‰ Hedging of currency exposures and interest rate risk within
policy limits.
‰ Controls related to asset mix allocations, geographic allocations,
portfolio duration, credit quality, liquidity, sector guidelines, issuer/
counterparty limits, and others.
‰ Ongoing monitoring of exposures, performance and risk levels.
168 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
The weighted-average actual and target asset allocations of the plans, based on the fair market values at October 31, are as follows:
Equities
Fixed income investments
Other
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Target
2013
40%
45%
15%
Actual
2013
43%
42%
15%
Actual
2012
39%
47%
14%
Actual
2011
47%
44%
9%
Target
2013
50%
50%
–
Actual
2013
50%
49%
1%
Actual
2012
50%
49%
1%
Actual
2011
50%
49%
1%
Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit Expenses
Pension and other employee future benefit expenses are determined as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Annual Benefits Expense
Benefits earned by employees
Interest cost on accrued benefit liability
Actuarial loss recognized in expense
Plan amendment costs recognized in expense
Expected return on plan assets (1)
Benefits expense
Canada and Quebec pension plan expense
Defined contribution expense
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
225
260
17
–
(328)
174
69
8
186
266
1
–
(313)
140
67
7
163
253
–
25
(323)
118
64
7
26
52
–
(4)
(6)
68
–
–
18
54
–
(3)
(5)
64
–
–
21
53
–
(3)
(5)
66
–
–
Total annual pension and other employee future benefit expenses recognized in the
Consolidated Statement of Income
251
214
189
68
64
66
(1) The actual return on plan assets for the pension benefit plans and other employee future
benefit plans was $516 million and $11 million in 2013, respectively ($490 million and
$9 million in 2012, respectively).
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit expenses
Estimated average service period of active employees (in years)
Average period until benefits are vested (in years)
Discount rate at beginning of year
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase
Assumed overall health care cost trend rate
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
10
na
4.2%
5.7%
2.9%
na
10
na
5.1%
5.9%
3.3%
na
11
na
5.2%
6.3%
3.2%
na
15
12
4.4%
7.0%
3.2%
5.4% (1)
14
11
5.6%
7.0%
3.2%
5.4% (1) 5.6% (2)
14
11
5.4%
7.0%
3.0%
(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.
(2) Trending to 4.4% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.
na – not applicable
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 169
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Changes in the estimated financial positions of our pension benefit plans and other employee future benefit plans are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Benefit liability
Benefit liability at beginning of year
Opening adjustment for acquisitions
Benefits earned by employees
Interest cost on benefit liability
Benefits paid to pensioners and employees
Voluntary employee contributions
(Gain) loss on the benefit liability arising from changes in assumptions
Plan settlement
Plan amendments
Other, primarily foreign exchange
Benefit liability at end of year
Wholly or partially funded benefit liability
Unfunded benefit liability
Total benefit liability
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit liability
Discount rate at end of year
Rate of compensation increase
Assumed overall health care cost trend rate
Fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Expected return on plan assets
Excess (shortfall) of actual returns over expected returns on plan assets
Employer contributions
Voluntary employee contributions
Benefits paid to pensioners and employees
Settlement payments
Other, primarily foreign exchange
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Plan funded status
Unrecognized actuarial loss (a)
Unrecognized (benefit) of plan amendments (b)
Net benefit asset (liability) at end of year
Recorded in:
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net benefit asset (liability) at end of year
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
The plans paid $3 million for the year ended October 31, 2013 ($4 million in 2012) to us and
certain of our subsidiaries for investment management, record-keeping, custodial and
administrative services rendered on the same terms that we offer to our customers for these
services. The plans did not hold any of our shares directly as at October 31, 2013 and 2012.
(a) A continuity of our actuarial (gains) losses is as follows:
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
6,012
–
225
260
(286)
11
(93)
–
–
52
6,181
6,075
106
6,181
4.6%
2.9%
na
5,802
328
188
178
11
(286)
–
46
5,124
–
186
266
(264)
10
693
–
–
(3)
6,012
5,938
74
6,012
4.2%
2.9%
na
5,338
313
177
223
10
(264)
–
5
4,839
17
163
253
(243)
9
73
1
25
(13)
5,124
5,066
58
5,124
5.1%
3.3%
na
5,185
323
(87)
171
9
(239)
(3)
(21)
6,267
5,802
5,338
1,175
–
26
52
(30)
–
(53)
–
–
4
1,174
104
1,070
1,174
977
–
18
54
(29)
–
152
–
–
3
1,175
102
1,073
1,175
992
8
21
53
(30)
–
(66)
–
–
(1)
977
102
875
977
4.7%
2.7%
5.4% (1)
4.4%
3.2%
5.4% (1) 5.5% (1)
5.6%
3.2%
81
6
5
30
–
(30)
–
3
95
72
5
4
29
–
(29)
–
–
81
67
5
1
30
–
(30)
–
(1)
72
86
385
–
471
523
(52)
471
(210)
675
–
465
508
(43)
465
214
160
–
374
411
(37)
374
(1,079)
25
–
(1,094)
83
(4)
(905)
(63)
(7)
(1,054)
(1,015)
(975)
–
(1,054)
–
(1,015)
–
(975)
(1,054)
(1,015)
(975)
(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.
na – not applicable
(Canadian $ in millions)
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss at beginning of year
(Gain) loss on the benefit liability arising from changes in assumptions
Shortfall (excess) of actual returns over expected returns on plan assets
Recognition in expense of a portion of the unrecognized actuarial loss
Impact of foreign exchange and other
Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss at end of year
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
2013
675
(93)
(188)
(17)
8
385
2012
160
693
(177)
(1)
–
675
2011
2013
2012
2011
–
73
87
–
–
160
83
(53)
(5)
–
–
25
(63)
152
(4)
–
(2)
83
–
(66)
(1)
–
4
(63)
s
e
t
o
N
170 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
(b) A continuity of the unrecognized benefit of plan amendments is as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
Unrecognized (benefit) of plan amendments at beginning of year
Cost of plan amendments initiated during the year
Recognition in expense of a portion of the unrecognized cost (benefit) of
plan amendments
Impact of foreign exchange and other
Unrecognized (benefit) of plan amendments at end of year
Sensitivity of Assumptions
Key weighted-average economic assumptions used in measuring the
pension benefit liability, the other employee future benefit liability and
related expenses are outlined in the adjacent table. The sensitivity
analysis provided in the table should be used with caution as it is
hypothetical and the impact of changes in each key assumption may not
be linear. The sensitivities to changes in each key variable have been
calculated independently of the impact of changes in other key
variables. Actual experience may result in simultaneous changes in a
number of key assumptions. Changes in one factor may result in
changes in another, which would amplify or reduce certain sensitivities.
2013
2012
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2011
–
25
(25)
–
–
2013
2012
2011
(4)
–
4
–
–
(7)
–
3
–
(4)
(10)
–
3
–
(7)
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Discount rate (%)
Impact of: 1% increase ($)
1% decrease ($)
Rate of compensation increase (%)
Impact of: 0.25% increase ($)
0.25% decrease ($)
Expected rate of return on assets (%)
Impact of: 1% increase ($)
1% decrease ($)
Assumed overall health care cost trend
rate (%)
Impact of: 1% increase ($)
1% decrease ($)
Pension
benefit plans
Other employee
future benefit plans
Benefit
liability
Benefit
expense
Benefit
liability
Benefit
expense
4.6
(743)
930
2.9
43
(42)
na
na
na
na
na
na
4.2
(39)
105
2.9
11
(9)
5.7
(57)
57
4.7
(113)
176
2.7
1
(1)
na
na
na
4.4
–
4
3.2
–
–
7.0
(1)
1
na
na
na
5.4 (1)
96
(94)
5.4 (1)
7
(7)
(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.
na – not applicable
Cash Flows
Cash payments we made during the year in connection with our employee future benefit plans are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Contributions to defined benefit plans
Contributions to defined contribution plans
Benefits paid directly to pensioners
Total
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future benefit plans
2013
154
7
24
185
2012
198
7
25
230
2011
150
7
21
178
2013
2012
2011
–
–
30
30
–
–
29
29
–
–
30
30
Our best estimate of the amounts we expect to contribute for the year ending October 31, 2014 is approximately $257 million to our pension benefit plans and $41 million to our other employee future
benefit plans.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
Estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019-2023
Pension benefit plans
Other employee future
benefit plans
308
338
341
351
363
2,006
41
43
46
48
51
294
Note 24: Income Taxes
We report our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statement
of Income based upon transactions recorded in our consolidated
financial statements regardless of when they are recognized for income
tax purposes, with the exception of repatriation of retained earnings
from our foreign subsidiaries, as noted below.
hedging gains (losses) related to our net investment in foreign
operations is recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income as part of net gain (loss) on translation of net foreign
operations.
Current tax is the amount of income tax recoverable (payable) in
N
o
t
e
s
In addition, we record an income tax expense or benefit directly in
respect of the taxable loss (profit) for a period.
shareholders’ equity when the taxes relate to amounts recorded in
shareholders’ equity. For example, income tax expense (recovery) on
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax
rates expected to apply when temporary differences reverse. Changes in
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 171
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
deferred income tax assets and liabilities related to a change in tax rates
are recorded in income in the period the tax rate is substantively
enacted, except to the extent that the tax arises from a transaction or
event which is recognized in either other comprehensive income or
directly in equity.
Included in deferred income tax assets is $178 million related to
Canadian tax loss carryforwards that will expire in 2030 to 2033 and
$1,307 million related to U.S. operations that will expire in various
amounts in U.S. taxation years from 2028 through 2032. On the
evidence available, including management projections of income,
management believes that there will be sufficient taxable income
generated by our business operations to support these deferred
tax assets.
The amount of tax on temporary differences, unused tax losses and
unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognized in the
statement of financial position is $205 million. Deferred tax assets have
not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable
that realization of these assets will occur.
Income that we earn in foreign countries through our branches or
subsidiaries is generally subject to tax in those countries. We are also
subject to Canadian taxation on the income earned in our foreign
branches. Canada allows a credit for foreign taxes paid on this income.
Upon repatriation of earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries, we
would be required to pay tax on certain of these earnings. As
repatriation of such earnings is not planned in the foreseeable future,
we have not recorded the related deferred income tax liability.
The amount of temporary differences associated with investments
in subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures for
which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized is $20 billion as
at October 31, 2013 ($18 billion in 2012).
Components of Deferred Income Tax Balances
(Canadian $ in millions)
Deferred Income Tax Assets (1)
As at October 31, 2011
Benefit (expense) to income statement
Benefit to equity
Translation and other
As at October 31, 2012
Benefit (expense) to income statement
Benefit to equity
Translation and other
As at October 31, 2013
(Canadian $ in millions)
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities (2)
As at October 31, 2011
Benefit (expense) to income statement
Translation and other
As at October 31, 2012
Acquisitions
Benefit (expense) to income statement
Translation and other
As at October 31, 2013
Allowance
for credit losses
Employee
future benefits
Deferred
compensation
benefits
Other
comprehensive
income
Tax loss
carry
forwards
Other
Total
1,809
(718)
–
6
1,097
(216)
–
33
914
252
21
–
–
273
45
–
–
318
291
18
–
1
310
30
–
4
344
(43)
–
10
(14)
(47)
–
16
2
1,122
355
–
–
1,477
(35)
–
43
485
(9)
–
1
477
(14)
–
1
3,916
(333)
10
(6)
3,587
(190)
16
83
(29)
1,485
464 3,496
Premises and
equipment
Pension
benefits
Goodwill and
intangible assets
Securities
Other
Total
(259)
(60)
(1)
(320)
–
6
(6)
(121)
(3)
–
(124)
–
(13)
1
(267)
36
(1)
(232)
(2)
(35)
(6)
(197)
48
1
(148)
–
113
–
(31)
18
(15)
(28)
–
108
(3)
(875)
39
(16)
(852)
(2)
179
(14)
(320)
(136)
(275)
(35)
77
(689)
(1) Deferred tax assets of $2,914 million and $2,906 million as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.
(2) Deferred tax liabilities of $107 million and $171 million as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.
s
e
t
o
N
172 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Provision for Income Taxes
(Canadian $ in millions)
Consolidated Statement of Income
Current
Provision for income taxes for the current period
Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods
Deferred
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Effect of changes in tax rates
Shareholders' Equity
Income tax expense (recovery) related to:
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of hedging activities
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
Hedging of unrealized (gains) losses on translation of net foreign operations
Total
Components of Total Provision for Income Taxes
(Canadian $ in millions)
Canada: Current income taxes
Federal
Provincial
Canada: Deferred income taxes
Federal
Provincial
Total Canadian
Foreign: Current income taxes
Deferred income taxes
Total foreign
Total
2013
2012
2011
1,147
(29)
12
(1)
1,129
(31)
(57)
(146)
895
756
(112)
301
(7)
938
(26)
(48)
(13)
851
1,034
(39)
(121)
2
876
(40)
128
26
990
2013
2012
2011
484
319
803
(137)
(96)
(233)
570
96
229
325
895
316
201
517
30
17
47
564
50
237
287
851
608
333
941
(29)
(14)
(43)
898
140
(48)
92
990
Set out below is a reconciliation of our statutory tax rates and income tax that would be payable at these rates to the effective income tax rates and
provision for income taxes that we have recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income:
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
2013
2012
2011
Combined Canadian federal and provincial income taxes at the statutory tax rate
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
1,420
26.4% (1)
1,364
26.6% (1)
1,125
28.2% (1)
Tax-exempt income from securities
Foreign operations subject to different tax rates
Change in tax rate for deferred income taxes
Run-off of structured credit activities
Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods
Other
(250)
(8)
(1)
(6)
(29)
3
(4.7)
(0.2)
–
(0.1)
(0.5)
0.1
(188)
(30)
(7)
(67)
(112)
(22)
(3.7)
(0.6)
(0.1)
(1.3)
(2.2)
(0.4)
(161)
(80)
2
14
(39)
15
(4.0)
(2.0)
0.1
0.3
(1.0)
0.4
Provision for income taxes and effective tax rate
1,129
21.0%
938
18.3%
876
22.0%
(1) The combined statutory tax rate changed during the year as a result of legislation that became substantively enacted with respect to the year.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 173
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 25: Earnings Per Share
Basic Earnings per Share
Our basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing our net income,
after deducting total preferred share dividends, by the daily average
number of fully paid common shares outstanding throughout the year.
Basic Earnings per Share
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Net income attributable to bank
shareholders
Dividends on preferred shares
Net income available to common
shareholders
Average number of common shares
2013
2012
2011
4,183
(120)
4,115
(136)
3,041
(146)
4,063
3,979
2,895
outstanding (in thousands)
648,476
644,407
591,403
Basic earnings per share (Canadian $)
6.27
6.18
4.90
Diluted Earnings per Share
Diluted earnings per share represents what our earnings per share
would have been if instruments convertible into common shares that
would have had the impact of reducing our earnings per share had been
converted, either at the beginning of the year for instruments that were
outstanding at the beginning of the year or from the date of issue for
instruments issued during the year.
Diluted Earnings per Share
(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)
Net income available to common shareholders adjusted for dilution effect
Average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)
Convertible shares
Stock options potentially exercisable (1)
Common shares potentially repurchased
Average diluted number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)
Diluted earnings per share (Canadian $)
Convertible Shares
In determining diluted earnings per share, we increase net income
available to common shareholders by the aggregate amount of
dividends paid on convertible preferred shares and interest on capital
trust securities, as these distributions would not have been paid if the
instruments had been converted at the beginning of the year. Similarly,
we increase the average number of common shares outstanding by the
number of shares that would have been issued had the conversion
taken place at the beginning of the year or on the date of issue, if later.
Employee Stock Options
In determining diluted earnings per share, we increase the average
number of common shares outstanding by the number of shares that
would have been issued if all stock options with a strike price below the
average share price for the year had been exercised. When performance
targets have not been met, affected options are excluded from the
calculation. We also decrease the average number of common shares
outstanding by the number of our common shares that we could have
repurchased if we had used the proceeds from the exercise of stock
options to repurchase them on the open market at the average share
price for the year. We do not adjust for stock options with a strike price
above the average share price for the year because including them
would increase our earnings per share, not dilute it.
2013
2012
2011
4,063
3,989
2,935
648,476
644,407
591,403
–
10,656
(9,326)
3,040
6,353
(5,185)
13,536
7,928
(5,799)
649,806
648,615
607,068
6.26
6.15
4.84
(1) In computing diluted earnings per share, we excluded average stock options outstanding of 2,677,737, 6,226,858 and 4,549,499 with weighted-average exercise prices of $201.93, $132.63 and
$100.73 for the years ended October 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as the average share price for the period did not exceed the exercise price.
Note 26: Operating and Geographic Segmentation
Operating Groups
We conduct our business through three operating groups, each of which
has a distinct mandate. We determine our operating groups based on
our management structure and therefore these groups, and results
attributed to them, may not be comparable with those of other financial
services companies. We evaluate the performance of our groups using
measures such as net income, revenue growth, return on equity, net
economic profit and non-interest expense-to-revenue (productivity)
ratio, as well as cash operating leverage.
Personal and Commercial Banking
Personal and Commercial Banking (“P&C”) is comprised of two operating
segments: Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking and U.S. Personal
and Commercial Banking.
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking (“Canadian P&C”) serves
personal and commercial banking customers through an integrated
national network of BMO Bank of Montreal branches, automated
banking machines (“ABMs”), telephone, mobile and online banking,
along with the expertise of our mortgage specialists and financial
planners. Personal banking provides financial solutions for everyday
banking, financing, investing, credit cards and creditor insurance needs.
Commercial banking provides our small business, medium-sized
s
e
t
o
N
174 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
enterprise and mid-market banking customers with a broad suite of
integrated commercial and capital markets products, as well as financial
advisory services.
U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking
U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (“U.S. P&C”) offers a broad range
of products and services to individuals and small and mid-sized business
customers. Our retail and small and mid-sized business banking
customers are served through our network of BMO Harris Bank branches,
call centre, online and mobile banking platforms, and ABMs across
eight states.
Wealth Management
BMO’s group of wealth management businesses serves a full range of
client segments from mainstream to ultra-high net worth and
institutional, with a broad offering of wealth management products and
solutions including insurance products. Wealth Management (“WM”)
operates in both Canada and the United States, as well as in select
global markets including Asia and Europe.
BMO Capital Markets
BMO Capital Markets (“BMO CM”) provides capital-raising, strategic
advisory and risk management, and integrated sales, trading and
research services to corporate, institutional, and government clients in
Canada, the United States and select international locations.
Corporate Services
Corporate Services consists of Corporate Units and Technology and
Operations (“T&O”).
Corporate Units provide enterprise-wide expertise and governance
support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk
management, finance, legal and compliance, marketing,
communications and human resources.
T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information
technology, operations services, real estate and sourcing for BMO
Financial Group.
The costs of Corporate Units and T&O services are largely transferred
to the three client operating groups (P&C, WM and BMO CM), and only
relatively minor amounts are retained in Corporate Services results. As
such, Corporate Services operating results largely reflect the impact of
certain asset-liability management activities, the elimination of taxable
equivalent adjustments, the results from certain impaired asset
portfolios, the recovery of credit losses on the M&I purchased credit
impaired loan portfolio, credit-related items on the M&I purchased
performing loan portfolio, run-off structured credit activities, M&I
integration costs, adjustments to the collective allowance for credit
losses and restructuring costs.
Basis of Presentation
The results of these operating groups are based on our internal financial
reporting systems. The accounting policies used in these segments are
generally consistent with those followed in the preparation of our
consolidated financial statements as disclosed in Note 1 and throughout
the consolidated financial statements. A notable accounting
measurement difference is the taxable equivalent basis adjustment as
described below.
Taxable Equivalent Basis
We analyze net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis (“teb”) at
the operating group level. This basis includes an adjustment which
increases reported revenues and the reported provision for income taxes
by an amount that would raise revenues on certain tax-exempt
securities to a level that incurs tax at the statutory rate. The operating
groups’ teb adjustments are eliminated in Corporate Services.
Inter-Group Allocations
Various estimates and allocation methodologies are used in the
preparation of the operating groups’ financial information. We allocate
expenses directly related to earning revenue to the groups that earned
the related revenue. Expenses not directly related to earning revenue,
such as overhead expenses, are allocated to operating groups using
allocation formulas applied on a consistent basis. Operating group net
interest income reflects internal funding charges and credits on the
groups’ assets, liabilities and capital, at market rates, taking into account
relevant terms and currency considerations. The offset of the net impact
of these charges and credits is reflected in Corporate Services.
Effective 2013, we changed the way we evaluate our operating
groups to reflect the provision for credit losses on an actual loss basis.
The change in allocation methodology enhances the assessment of
performance against our peer group. Previously, provisions for credit
losses were allocated to each group based on an expected losses basis
for that group, with the difference between expected losses and actual
losses reported in Corporate Services. Prior year results have been
restated to reflect this change.
Geographic Information
We operate primarily in Canada and the United States but we also have
operations in the United Kingdom, Europe, the Caribbean and Asia,
which are grouped in Other countries. We allocate our results by
geographic region based on the location of the unit responsible for
managing the related assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, except
for the consolidated provision for credit losses, which is allocated based
upon the country of ultimate risk.
Effective 2013, we refined our methodology for the allocation of
revenue in Corporate Services by geographic region. As a consequence,
we have reallocated certain revenues reported in prior years from
Canada to the United States.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 175
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our results and average assets, grouped by operating segment and geographic region, are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013 (2)
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total Revenue
Provision for credit losses
Amortization
Non-interest expense
Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in
subsidiaries
Provision for income taxes
Reported net income
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries
Canadian
P&C
U.S.
Wealth
P&C Management
Corporate
BMO CM
Services (1)
Total
Canada
United
States
Other
countries
4,429
1,912
6,341
574
164
3,086
2,517
663
1,854
–
2,378
559
2,937
223
172
1,668
874
278
596
–
564
2,890
3,454
3
81
2,259
1,111
277
834
–
1,238
2,190
3,428
(36)
45
2,004
1,415
321
1,094
–
(64)
167
103
(175)
250
568
(540)
(410)
(130)
65
8,545
7,718
16,263
589
712
9,585
5,377
1,129
4,248
65
5,247
5,233
10,480
656
425
5,784
3,615
690
2,925
54
3,222
2,093
5,315
(65)
274
3,527
1,579
443
1,136
11
76
392
468
(2)
13
274
183
(4)
187
–
Net Income attributable to bank shareholders
1,854
596
834
1,094
(195)
4,183
2,871
1,125
187
Average Assets
Goodwill (As at)
2012 (2) (3)
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total Revenue
Provision for credit losses
Amortization
Non-interest expense
Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in
subsidiaries
Provision for income taxes
Reported net income
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries
Net Income attributable to bank shareholders
Average Assets
Goodwill (As at)
2011 (2) (3)
Net interest income
Non-interest revenue
Total Revenue
Provision for credit losses
Amortization
Non-interest expense
Income before taxes and non-controlling interest in
subsidiaries
Provision for income taxes
Reported net income
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries
Net Income attributable to bank shareholders
177,749 64,277
22,143 247,578
43,935 555,682 345,737 189,693 20,252
142
2,703
849
199
–
3,893
466
3,312
115
4,365
1,847
6,212
615
153
3,030
2,414
639
1,775
–
1,775
2,456
568
3,024
274
191
1,710
849
269
580
–
580
561
2,344
2,905
22
67
2,152
664
140
524
1
523
1,191
2,085
3,276
6
39
1,917
1,314
293
1,021
–
1,021
235
478
713
(152)
253
726
(114)
(403)
289
73
216
8,808
7,322
16,130
765
703
9,535
5,127
938
4,189
74
5,259
4,909
10,168
634
403
5,690
3,441
578
2,863
55
3,495
1,961
5,456
134
292
3,617
1,413
367
1,046
19
54
452
506
(3)
8
228
273
(7)
280
–
4,115
2,808
1,027
280
162,019
61,534
20,354
251,562
48,795
544,264
332,882
190,801
20,581
122
2,593
808
194
–
3,717
447
3,177
93
4,381
1,807
6,188
664
143
2,990
2,391
676
1,715
–
1,715
1,653
348
2,001
359
113
1,119
410
151
259
–
259
462
2,130
2,592
10
43
1,913
626
146
480
–
480
1,229
2,086
3,315
32
28
1,868
1,387
412
975
–
(251)
98
(153)
147
211
313
(824)
(509)
(315)
73
7,474
6,469
13,943
1,212
538
8,203
3,990
876
3,114
73
5,304
4,779
10,083
669
364
5,469
3,581
810
2,771
54
975
(388)
3,041
2,717
2,120
1,445
3,565
534
169
2,531
331
64
267
19
248
50
245
295
9
5
203
78
2
76
–
76
Average Assets
Goodwill (As at)
153,782
40,166
17,483
216,306
42,197
469,934
302,745
145,630
21,559
122
2,545
791
191
–
3,649
448
3,108
93
(1) Corporate Services includes Technology and Operations.
(2) Operating groups report on a taxable equivalent basis – see Basis of Presentation section.
(3) Comparative periods have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
s
e
t
o
N
176 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note 27: Related Party Transactions
Related parties include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key
management personnel and employee future benefit plans. Key
management personnel are defined as those persons having authority
and responsibility for planning, directing and/or controlling the activities
of an entity, being the directors and nine most senior executives in 2013
(nine in 2012).
Key Management Personnel Compensation
The following table presents the compensation of key management
personnel.
(Canadian $ in millions)
Base salary and incentives
Share-based payments (1)
Total key management personnel compensation
2013
2012
15
22
37
14
23
37
Excluded from the table above are post-employment benefits of $2 million in 2013 and 2012.
Termination benefits and other long-term benefits were $nil in 2013 and 2012.
(1) Amounts included in share-based payments are the fair values of awards granted in the year.
We provide certain banking services and loans to our key
management personnel at market terms and conditions. Loans to key
management personnel totalled $3 million and $2 million as at
October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Interest on these loans was
less than $1 million in the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012.
None of the loans or mortgages to key management personnel are at
preferred rates.
Deferred Share Units
Members of our Board of Directors are required to take 100% of their
annual retainers and other fees in the form of either our common shares
(purchased on the open market) or deferred share units until such time
as the directors’ shareholdings are greater than eight times their annual
retainers as directors. Directors receive a specified amount of their
annual retainer fee in either common shares or deferred share units.
They may elect to take all or part of the remainder of the retainer fee in
cash, or in additional common shares or deferred share units.
Deferred share units granted under these deferred share unit plans
are adjusted to reflect dividends and changes in the market value of our
common shares. The value of these deferred share units is paid upon
termination of service as a director.
Liabilities related to these plans are recorded in other liabilities in
our Consolidated Balance Sheet and totalled $37 million and $31 million
as at October 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Members of the Board of Directors of our wholly owned subsidiary,
BMO Financial Corp., are required to take a specified minimum amount
of their annual retainers and other fees in the form of deferred
share units.
Joint Ventures and Associates
We provide banking services to our joint ventures and associates on the
same terms that we offer to our customers for these services.
Our common share investment in a joint venture of which we own
50% totalled $125 million as at October 31, 2013 ($442 million in 2012).
Our investments in associates over which we exert significant
influence totalled $225 million as at October 31, 2013 ($291 million
in 2012).
Employees
A select suite of customer loan and mortgage products is offered to
employees at rates normally accorded to preferred customers. We also
offer employees a fee-based subsidy on annual credit card fees.
Note 28: Provisions and Contingent Liabilities
(a) Provisions
Provisions are recognized when we have an obligation as a result of past
events, such as contractual commitments, legal or other obligations. We
recognized as a provision the best estimate of the amount required to
settle the obligation as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the
risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligations.
Contingent liabilities are potential obligations that may arise from
past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence
or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within our
control. Contingent liabilities are disclosed in our consolidated financial
statements.
Changes in the provision balance during the year are as follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Balance at beginning of year
Additional provisions/increase in provisions
Provisions utilized
Amounts reversed
Exchange differences and other movements
Balance at end of year
2013
2012
237
138
(150)
(15)
(1)
142
263
(136)
(32)
–
209
237
(b) Legal Proceedings
BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the bank, has been
named as a defendant in several individual actions and proposed class
actions in Canada and the United States brought on behalf of
shareholders of Bre-X Minerals Ltd. Many of the actions have been
resolved as to BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., including two during the year
ended October 31, 2010. Management believes that there are strong
defenses to the remaining claims and will vigorously defend them.
The bank and its subsidiaries are party to other legal proceedings,
including regulatory investigations, in the ordinary course of business.
While there is inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of these
proceedings, management does not expect the outcome of any of these
other proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material
adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or the results of
operations of the bank.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 177
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(c) Collateral
When entering into trading activities such as purchases under resale
agreements, securities borrowing and lending activities or financing and
derivative transactions, we require our counterparties to provide us with
collateral that will protect us from losses in the event of the
counterparty’s default. The fair value of collateral that we are permitted
to sell or repledge (in the absence of default by the owner of the
collateral) was $38,606 million as at October 31, 2013 ($31,972 million
in 2012).
The fair value of collateral that we have sold or repledged was
$24,795 million as at October 31, 2013 ($26,228 million in 2012).
Collateral transactions (received or pledged) are typically conducted
under terms that are usual and customary in standard trading activities.
If there is no default, the securities or their equivalents must be
returned to or returned by the counterparty at the end of the contract.
(d) Pledged Assets
In the normal course of our business, we pledge assets as security for
various liabilities that we incur. The following tables summarize our
pledged assets, to whom they are pledged and in relation to what
activity:
(Canadian $ in millions)
Cash and Securities
Issued or guaranteed by Canada
Issued or guaranteed by a Canadian province,
municipality or school corporation
Other
Mortgages, securities borrowed or purchased under
resale agreements and other
Total assets pledged (1) (2)
Excludes restricted cash resources disclosed in Note 2.
2013
2012
8,917
8,813
4,749
28,421
4,000
30,512
54,630
64,264
96,717 107,589
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
Assets pledged to:
Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories
Bank of Canada
Foreign governments and central banks
Assets pledged in relation to:
Obligations related to securities lent or sold under
repurchase agreements
Securities borrowing and lending
Derivatives transactions
Securitization
Covered bonds
Other
Total assets pledged (1) (2)
1,449
2,303
2
1,150
2,415
2
17,121
23,819
9,676
26,435
7,604
8,308
28,155
19,215
9,089
28,676
11,302
7,585
96,717
107,589
Excludes cash pledged with central banks disclosed as restricted cash in Note 2.
Excludes collateral received that has been sold or repledged as disclosed in the collateral section
of this note.
(1) Excludes rehypothecated assets of $4,500 million ($7,370 million in 2012) pledged in
relation to securities borrowing transactions.
(2) Includes assets pledged in order to participate in clearing and payment systems and
depositories or to have access to the facilities of central banks in foreign jurisdictions.
(e) Other Commitments
As a participant in merchant banking activities, we enter into
commitments to fund external private equity funds and investments in
equity and debt securities at market value at the time the commitments
are drawn. In addition, we act as underwriter for certain new issuances
under which we alone or together with a syndicate of financial
institutions purchase the new issue for resale to investors. In connection
with these activities, our related commitments were $4,280 million as
at October 31, 2013 ($3,280 million in 2012).
Note 29: Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We record trading assets and liabilities, derivatives, available-for-sale
securities and securities sold but not yet purchased at fair value, and
other non-trading assets and liabilities at amortized cost less allowances
or write-downs for impairment. The fair values in this note are based
upon the estimated amounts for individual assets and liabilities and do
not include an estimate of the fair value of any of the legal entities or
underlying operations that comprise our business.
Fair value amounts disclosed represent point-in-time estimates that
may change in subsequent reporting periods due to market conditions
or other factors. Fair value represents our estimate of the amounts for
which we could exchange our financial instruments with willing third
parties who were interested in acquiring the instruments. Some financial
instruments are not typically exchangeable or exchanged and therefore
it is difficult to determine their fair value. Where there is no quoted
market price, we determine fair value using management’s best
estimates based on a range of valuation techniques and assumptions;
since they involve uncertainties, the fair values may not be realized in
an actual sale or immediate settlement of the instruments.
Financial Instruments Whose Book Value
Approximates Fair Value
Fair value is assumed to equal book value for acceptance-related assets
and liabilities, due to the short-term nature of these assets and
liabilities. Fair value is also assumed to equal book value for our cash
resources, certain other assets and certain other liabilities.
s
e
t
o
N
Securities
For traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value.
Quoted market value is based on bid prices. Securities for which no
active market exists are valued using all reasonably available market
information. Our fair value methodologies are described below.
178 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Government Securities
The fair value of government issued or guaranteed debt securities in
active markets is determined by reference to recent transaction prices,
broker quotes or third-party vendor prices. The fair value of securities
that are not traded in an active market are modelled using implied
yields derived from the prices of actively traded similar government
securities and observable spreads. Market inputs to the model include
coupon, maturity and duration.
Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
The fair value of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations is determined by obtaining independent prices from third-
party vendors, broker quotes and relevant market indices, as applicable.
If such prices are not available, fair value is determined using cash flow
models that make maximum use of observable market inputs or
benchmark prices to similar instruments. Mortgage-backed security and
collateralized mortgage obligation valuation assumptions include the
discount rates, expected prepayments, credit spreads and recoveries.
Corporate Debt Securities
The fair value of corporate debt securities is determined using the most
recently executed transaction prices. When observable price quotations
are not available, fair value is determined based on discounted cash
flow models using discounting curves and spreads observed through
independent dealers, brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources.
Corporate Equity Securities
The fair value of equity securities is based on quoted prices in active
markets, where available. Where quoted prices in active markets are
not readily available, fair value is determined based on quoted market
prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including
discounted cash flow analysis and multiples of earnings.
Privately Issued Securities
Privately issued debt and equity securities are valued using recent
market transactions, where available. Otherwise, fair value is derived
from valuation models using a market or income approach. These
models consider various factors, including projected cash flows,
earnings, revenue and other third-party evidence as available. The fair
value of limited partnership investments is based upon net asset values
published by third-party fund managers.
Prices from brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources are
corroborated as part of our independent review process, which may
include using valuation techniques or obtaining consensus or composite
prices from other pricing services. We validate the estimates of fair
value by independently obtaining multiple quotes of external market
prices and input values. We review the approach taken by third-party
vendors to ensure that the vendor employs a valuation model which
maximizes the use of observable inputs such as benchmark yields, bid-
ask spreads, underlying collateral, weighted-average terms to maturity
and prepayment rate assumptions. Fair value estimates from internal
valuation techniques are verified, where possible, by reference to prices
obtained from third-party vendors.
Loans
In determining the fair value of our fixed rate and floating rate
performing loans and customers’ liability under acceptances, we
discount the remaining contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated
prepayment, at market interest rates currently offered for loans with
similar terms.
The value of our loan balances determined using this approach is
further adjusted by a credit mark that represents an estimate of the
expected credit losses in our loan portfolio.
Derivative Instruments
A number of well-established valuation techniques are employed to
estimate fair value, including discounted cash flow analysis, the Black-
Scholes model, Monte Carlo simulation and other accepted market
models. These vetted models incorporate current market measures for
interest rates, currency exchange rates, equity and commodity prices
and indices, credit spreads, recovery rates, corresponding market
volatility levels, spot prices, correlation levels and other market-based
pricing factors. Option implied volatilities, an input into many valuation
models, are either obtained directly from market sources or calculated
from market prices. Multi-contributor pricing sources are used
wherever possible.
In determining the fair value of complex and customized
derivatives, we consider all reasonably available information, including
dealer and broker quotations, multi-contributor pricing sources and any
relevant observable market inputs. Our model calculates fair value based
on inputs specific to the type of contract, which may include stock
prices, correlation for multiple assets, interest rates, foreign exchange
rates, yield curves and volatilities.
We calculate a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) to recognize the
risk that any given derivative counterparty may not ultimately be able to
fulfill its obligations. The CVA is derived from market-observed credit
spreads or proxy credit spreads and our assessment of the net
counterparty credit risk exposure, taking into account credit mitigants
such as collateral, master netting arrangements and settlements
through clearing houses.
Deposits
In determining the fair value of our deposits, we incorporate the
following assumptions:
‰ For fixed rate, fixed maturity deposits, we discount the remaining
contractual cash flows for these deposits, adjusted for expected
redemptions, at market interest rates currently offered for deposits
with similar terms and risks.
‰ For fixed rate deposits with no defined maturities, we consider fair
value to equal book value, based on book value being equivalent to
the amount payable on the reporting date.
‰ For floating rate deposits, changes in interest rates have minimal
impact on fair value since deposits reprice to market frequently. On
that basis, fair value is assumed to equal book value.
A portion of our structured note liabilities that have coupons or
repayment terms linked to the performance of interest rates, foreign
currencies, commodities or equity securities have been designated at
fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of these structured notes
is estimated using internally vetted valuation models and incorporates
observable market prices for identical or comparable securities, and
other inputs such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and
foreign exchange rates, where appropriate. Where observable prices or
inputs are not available, management judgment is required to
determine the fair value by assessing other relevant sources of
information such as historical data and proxy information from similar
transactions.
Securities Sold But Not Yet Purchased
The fair value of these obligations is based on the fair value of the
underlying securities, which can include equity or debt securities. As
these obligations are fully collateralized, the method used to determine
fair value would be the same as that used for the relevant underlying
equity or debt securities.
Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under
Resale Agreements and Securities Lent
or Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
The fair value of these agreements is determined using a standard
discounted cash flow model. Inputs to the model include contractual
cash flows and collateral funding spreads.
Securitization Liabilities
The determination of the fair value of securitization liabilities, recorded
in other liabilities, is based on quoted market prices or quoted market
prices for similar financial instruments, where available. Where quoted
prices are not available, fair value is determined using valuation
techniques, which maximize the use of observable inputs and
assumptions such as discounted cash flows.
Subordinated Debt and Capital Trust Securities
The fair value of our subordinated debt and capital trust securities is
determined by referring to current market prices for similar instruments.
Set out in the following table are the amounts that would be reported if
all of our financial instrument assets and liabilities were reported at
their fair values. Certain assets and liabilities, including goodwill,
intangible assets and total equity, are not considered financial
instruments and are therefore not fair valued in the following table.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 179
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Canadian $ in millions)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements
Loans
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Customers’ liability under acceptances
Allowance for credit losses (1)
Total loans and customers’ liability under acceptances, net of allowance for
credit losses
Derivative instruments
Premises and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Current tax assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Liabilities
Deposits
Derivative instruments
Acceptances
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
Shareholders’ equity
Book
value
Fair
value
2013
Fair value
over (under)
book value
26,083
6,518
134,981
39,799
99,328
63,640
7,870
101,450
272,288
8,472
(1,665)
279,095
30,259
2,191
3,893
1,530
1,065
2,914
8,971
26,083
6,518
135,204
39,799
98,910
62,770
7,619
100,176
269,475
8,437
–
277,912
30,259
2,191
3,893
1,530
1,065
2,914
8,971
–
–
223
–
(418)
(870)
(251)
(1,274)
(2,813)
(35)
1,665
(1,183)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Book
value
Fair
value
19,941
6,341
128,324
47,011
87,870
61,436
7,814
90,402
19,941
6,341
128,492
47,011
88,417
61,014
7,573
89,076
247,522
8,019
(1,706)
246,080
7,966
–
253,835
48,071
2,120
3,717
1,552
1,293
2,906
10,338
254,046
48,071
2,120
3,717
1,552
1,293
2,906
10,338
537,299
536,339
(960)
525,449
525,828
366,821
31,974
8,472
22,446
28,884
443
107
42,212
3,996
463
31,481
366,973
31,974
8,472
22,446
28,884
443
107
42,490
4,217
616
31,481
537,299
538,103
152
–
–
–
–
–
–
278
221
153
–
804
323,702
48,736
8,019
23,439
39,737
404
171
46,596
4,093
462
30,090
323,949
48,736
8,019
23,439
39,737
404
171
47,111
4,297
636
30,090
525,449
526,589
2012
Fair value
over (under)
book value
–
–
168
–
547
(422)
(241)
(1,326)
(1,442)
(53)
1,706
211
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
379
247
–
–
–
–
–
–
515
204
174
–
1,140
(761)
Total fair value adjustment
(1,764)
(1) The allowance for credit losses is excluded from the calculation of the fair value of loans
since the fair value already includes an adjustment for expected future losses on the loans.
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s
presentation.
s
e
t
o
N
180 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Fair Value Hierarchy
We use a fair value hierarchy to categorize the inputs we use in
valuation techniques to measure fair value. The extent of our use of
quoted market prices (Level 1), internal models using observable market
information as inputs (Level 2) and internal models without observable
market information as inputs (Level 3) in the valuation of securities, fair
value liabilities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities was as
follows:
(Canadian $ in millions)
2013
2012
Valued using
Valued using
Valued using models (with models (without
observable
observable
inputs)
inputs)
quoted market
prices
Valued using
Valued using
Valued using models (with models (without
observable
observable
inputs)
inputs)
quoted market
prices
Trading Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. federal government
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Other governments
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Available-for-Sale Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian federal government
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. federal government
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Other governments
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Other Securities
Fair Value Liabilities
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Structured note liabilities and other note liabilities
Annuity liabilities
Derivative Assets
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
Derivative Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
9,913
1,988
5,903
–
132
165
2,800
28,073
911
3,723
–
681
4
487
7,465
12,014
48,974
25,285
13,111
1,941
4,660
3
3,992
1,901
5,340
460
4
1,757
–
5,388
2,171
6,904
4,306
149
31,408
20,679
–
–
20,024
–
–
20,024
7
9
673
16
–
705
8
5
695
70
–
778
2,422
6,439
329
9,190
22,215
6,663
66
520
62
29,526
21,516
6,443
138
2,997
83
31,177
–
–
–
78
–
–
822
–
900
–
–
–
1
–
–
30
949
980
488
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28
28
–
–
–
–
19
19
9,675
2,615
7,052
204
521
361
3,871
19,822
1,232
2,827
–
165
–
777
9,117
10,016
44,121
24,134
17,277
2,080
10,099
85
5,388
3,140
5,214
106
–
600
–
4,368
1,208
3,068
2,619
137
43,389
12,000
128
–
22,729
–
–
22,729
7
35
1,132
20
–
710
5,896
317
6,923
38,180
8,010
100
342
200
1,194
46,832
7
9
1,463
78
–
37,037
7,496
278
2,146
154
1,557
47,111
–
73
–
78
–
372
1,331
–
1,854
–
–
–
9
–
–
42
942
993
526
–
–
–
–
3
–
–
5
37
45
20
2
–
44
2
68
Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
We determine the fair value of publicly traded fixed maturity and equity
securities using quoted market prices in active markets (Level 1) when
these are available. When quoted prices in active markets are not
available, we determine the fair value of financial instruments using
models such as discounted cash flows, with observable market data for
inputs such as yields and prepayment rates or broker quotes and other
third-party vendor quotes (Level 2). Fair value may also be determined
using models where significant market inputs are not observable due to
inactive or minimal market activity (Level 3). We maximize the use of
market inputs to the extent possible.
Our Level 2 trading securities are primarily valued using discounted
cash flow models with observable spreads or based on broker quotes.
The fair value of Level 2 available-for-sale securities is determined using
discounted cash flow models with observable spreads or third-party
vendor quotes. Level 2 structured note liabilities are valued using
models with observable market information. Level 2 derivative assets
and liabilities are valued using industry-standard models and observable
market information.
Sensitivity analysis at October 31, 2013 for the most significant
Level 3 instruments, that is securities which represent greater than 10%
of Level 3 instruments, is provided below.
We have no mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage
obligations within Level 3 trading securities at October 31, 2013. The fair
value of these securities is determined by using benchmarking to similar
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 181
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
instruments and by obtaining independent prices from third-party
vendors, broker quotes and relevant market indices, as applicable.
Where external price data is not available, we assess the collateral
performance in assessing the fair value of the securities.
Within Level 3 trading securities is corporate debt of $800 million
related to securities which are hedged with total return swaps and credit
default swaps that are also considered a Level 3 instrument. The
sensitivity analysis for these structured products is performed on an
aggregate basis and is described in the discussion of derivatives below.
Within Level 3 available-for-sale securities is corporate equity of
$557 million related to U.S. Federal Reserve Banks and U.S. Federal
Home Loan Banks that we hold to meet regulatory requirements in the
United States and $392 million related to private equity investments.
The valuation of these investments requires management judgment due
to the absence of quoted market prices, the potential lack of liquidity
and the long-term nature of such assets. Each quarter, the valuation of
these investments is reviewed using relevant company-specific and
industry data, including historical and projected net income, credit and
liquidity conditions and recent transactions, if any. Since the valuation of
these investments does not involve models, a sensitivity analysis for the
category is not performed.
Within derivative assets and derivative liabilities as at October 31,
2013 was $28 million and $19 million related to the mark-to-market of
credit default swaps, on structured products. We have determined the
valuation of these derivatives and the related securities based on
external price data obtained from brokers and dealers for similar
structured products. Where external price information is not available,
we use market-standard models to model the specific collateral
composition and cash flow structure of the deal. Key inputs to the
models are market spread data for each credit rating, collateral type and
other relevant contractual features. The impact of assuming a 10 basis
point increase or decrease in the market spread would result in a
change in fair value of $(1) million and $1 million, respectively.
Significant Transfers
Transfers are made between the various fair value hierarchy levels due
to changes in the availability of quoted market prices or observable
market inputs that result from changing market conditions. The
following is a discussion of the significant transfers between Level 1,
Level 2 and Level 3 balances for the years ended October 31, 2013
and 2012.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, $28 million of trading
Canadian provincial and municipal securities, $29 million of available-
for-sale corporate debt securities, and $4 million of available-for-sale
corporate equity securities were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 as
observable inputs became available. In addition, $17 million of trading
mortgage-backed securities were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 as
a result of fewer available prices for these securities during the year.
During the year ended October 31, 2013, derivative liabilities
of $62 million were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2, as
market information became available for certain over-the-counter
equity contracts.
During the year ended October 31, 2012, $24 million of available-
for-sale corporate debt securities, $12 million of trading corporate debt
securities and $14 million of trading mortgage-backed securities were
transferred from Level 3 to Level 2, as values for these securities are
now obtained through a third-party vendor and are based on market
prices. In addition, $105 million of trading mortgage-backed securities
and $18 million of trading corporate debt securities were transferred
from Level 2 to Level 3 as a result of fewer available prices for these
securities during the year.
During the year ended October 31, 2012, derivative liabilities of
$9 million were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2, as market
information became available for certain over-the-counter equity
contracts.
s
e
t
o
N
182 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
The table below presents a reconciliation of all changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the year ended October 31, 2013, including realized
and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and other comprehensive income.
Change in fair value
Balance,
October 31,
2012
Included in
earnings
Included
in other
compre
hensive
income
Purchases
Sales Maturities (1)
Transfers
into
Level 3
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Fair value
as at
October 31,
2013
Unrealized
gains
(losses) (2)
For the year ended October 31, 2013
(Canadian $ in millions)
Trading Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian provincial and municipal
governments
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities and
collateralized mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Total trading securities
Available-for-Sale Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Total available-for-sale securities
Other Securities
Derivative Assets
Interest rate contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
Total derivative assets
Derivative Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
Equity contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Credit default swaps
Total derivative liabilities
73
78
372
1,331
1,854
9
42
942
993
526
3
5
37
45
20
44
2
2
68
(1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.
1
–
28
42
71
–
–
(19)
(19)
14
(3)
–
(9)
(12)
(20)
15
–
17
12
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
46
48
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3
(46)
–
(378)
(227)
3
(651)
–
27
119
(8)
(10)
(135)
146
(153)
86
(138)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1)
–
(1)
–
(3)
–
–
(3)
–
–
(39)
(327)
(366)
–
(2)
–
(2)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
17
–
17
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
–
–
6
(28)
–
–
–
(28)
–
(29)
(4)
(33)
–
–
(4)
–
(4)
–
(62)
(2)
–
(64)
–
78
–
822
900
1
30
949
980
488
–
–
28
28
–
–
–
19
19
–
–
–
39
39
–
1
44
45
9
(3)
–
(9)
(12)
20
–
–
(17)
3
(2) Unrealized gains or losses on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities
held on October 31, 2013 are included in earnings in the year. For available-for-sale
securities, the unrealized gains or losses on securities held on October 31, 2013 are included
in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 183
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The table below presents a reconciliation of all changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the year ended October 31, 2012, including realized
and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and other comprehensive income.
For the year ended October 31, 2012
(Canadian $ in millions)
Trading Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
Canadian provincial and municipal governments
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Total trading securities
Available-for-Sale Securities
Issued or guaranteed by:
U.S. states, municipalities and agencies
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations
Corporate debt
Corporate equity
Total available-for-sale securities
Other Securities
Derivative Assets
Interest rate contracts
Equity contracts
Credit default swaps
Total derivative assets
Derivative Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
Equity contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Credit default swaps
Total derivative liabilities
Change in fair value
Balance,
October 31,
2011
Included in
earnings
Included
in other
compre-
hensive
income
Purchases
Sales Maturities (1)
Transfers
into
Level 3
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Fair value
as at
October 31,
2012
Unrealized
gains
(losses) (2)
–
–
494
1,485
1,979
5
3
12
35
55
–
–
–
–
–
68
75
–
20
–
–
(167)
(214)
163
(381)
25
–
(1)
–
–
–
62
1,011
1,098
493
167
6
67
240
38
65
–
2
105
–
–
(3)
(3)
10
(6)
(1)
(35)
(42)
(23)
27
2
–
6
–
5
15
19
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
25
148
–
(8)
(217)
173
(225)
102
(79)
–
1
5
6
5
1
–
–
6
–
–
–
–
–
(35)
–
–
(35)
–
–
(58)
(1)
(59)
(16)
–
(18)
(12)
(46)
–
(158)
(1)
–
(159)
–
(5)
–
–
(5)
–
–
105
18
123
1
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(14)
(12)
(26)
–
–
(24)
–
(24)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(9)
–
–
(9)
73
78
372
1,331
1,854
5
3
11
38
57
9
(3)
–
42
942
993
526
3
5
37
45
20
44
2
2
68
–
6
15
18
10
(6)
(1)
(35)
(42)
23
(7)
(2)
–
14
(1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.
(2) Unrealized gains or losses on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities
held on October 31, 2012 are included in earnings in the year. For available-for-sale
securities, the unrealized gains or losses on securities held on October 31, 2012 are included
in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
s
e
t
o
N
184 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Note 30: Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and Off-Balance
Sheet Commitments
The tables below show the remaining contractual maturity of on-balance
sheet assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments. The
contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities is an input to, but
is not necessarily consistent with the expected maturity of assets and
liabilities that is used in the management of liquidity and funding risk.
We forecast asset and liability cash flows under both normal market
conditions and under a number of stress scenarios to manage liquidity
and funding risk. Stress scenarios include assumptions for loan
repayments, deposit withdrawals, and credit commitment and liquidity
facility drawdowns by counterparty and product type. Stress scenarios
also consider the time horizon over which liquid assets can be monetized
and the related haircuts and potential collateral requirements that may
occur due to both market volatility and credit rating downgrades amongst
other assumptions. For further details, see the Liquidity and Funding Risk
section on page 92 to 94 of our 2013 Annual Report.
(Canadian $ in millions)
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2013
Total
On-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
25,317
–
–
Interest bearing deposits with banks
4,592
1,295
471
–
84
–
76
–
–
–
–
–
–
766
26,083
–
6,518
Securities
Trading securities
Available-for-sale securities
Held-to-maturity securities
Other securities
1,209
1,385
–
–
1,284
3,628
–
–
480
1,439
–
18
1,521
2,076
–
–
442
2,820
–
–
4,781
6,729
562
3
10,593 14,762
22,170 11,262
606
17
4,864
34
40,087
1,558
–
651
75,159
53,067
6,032
723
Total securities
2,594
4,912
1,937
3,597
3,262 12,075
37,661 26,647
42,296 134,981
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale
agreements
Loans
26,421
9,627
2,949
597
205
–
–
–
–
39,799
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Customers’ liability under acceptances
Allowance for credit losses
1,026
323
–
5,824
4,883
–
1,362
294
–
8,264
3,037
–
2,866
643
–
4,940
552
–
4,769
890
–
3,834
–
–
4,082 17,922
4,730
–
9,215
–
–
834
–
8,684
–
–
58,035
23,285
–
29,170
–
–
9,266
9,636
–
4,977
–
–
–
23,005
7,870
99,328
63,640
7,870
26,542 101,450
8,472
(1,665)
–
(1,665)
Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance
12,056 12,957
9,001
9,493 13,600 31,867 110,490 23,879
55,752 279,095
Other Assets
Derivative instruments
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit contracts
Total derivative assets
Premises and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Current tax assets
Deferred tax assets
Other
Total other assets
Total Assets
39
685
50
100
–
874
–
–
–
–
–
2,202
98
665
79
82
1
925
–
–
–
–
–
148
193
605
119
50
2
969
–
–
–
–
–
137
319
244
96
61
4
724
–
–
–
–
–
–
260
149
75
69
2
555
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,423
1,608
179
66
5
8,598 10,292
1,201
1,515
42
99
2
106
20
56
4,281
10,374 11,557
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
14
–
–
–
–
–
3,624
2,191
3,893
1,530
1,065
2,914
2,846
22,222
6,672
739
536
90
30,259
2,191
3,893
1,530
1,065
2,914
8,971
3,076
1,073
1,106
724
555
4,281
10,388 15,181
14,439
50,823
74,056 29,864 15,464 14,495 17,698 48,223 158,539 65,707 113,253 537,299
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 185
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Canadian $ in millions)
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits (1)
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Other Liabilities
Derivative instruments
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit contracts
Total derivative liabilities
Acceptances
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase
agreements
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Securitization and SPE liabilities
Other
Total other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
Total Equity
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2013
Total
10,241
140
3,733
26,265 29,217 10,490
5,203
3,761
2,253
231
6,149
4,618
–
563
–
5,547 13,970 30,597
7,228 11,450
5,513
–
6,959
1,526
5,683
20,591
91,604 220,798
83,880 125,432
38,759 36,711 15,833 10,998 11,623 21,198 42,047
8,485 181,167 366,821
56
472
56
119
–
703
112
931
91
173
1
246
658
98
241
1
1,308
1,244
4,883
22,446
3,037
–
552
–
24,483
–
–
1,222
7,130
2,953
–
–
1,481
140
1,448
–
–
998
18
365
251
92
91
2
801
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
314
156
93
143
5
711
–
–
–
–
–
318
26
2,370
1,462
241
841
14
8,174
1,619
124
851
60
9,887
899
38
608
19
4,928 10,828 11,451
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,295 10,395
3,205
427
–
–
–
4,653
1,946
–
443
107
–
6,952
21,524
6,448
833
3,067
102
31,974
8,472
22,446
28,884
443
107
22,362
19,850
60,867
8,919
4,260
807
1,055
8,650 24,428 18,050
7,502 134,538
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
100
3,896
463
–
–
–
–
3,996
463
–
31,481
31,481
Total Liabilities and Equity
99,626 45,630 20,093 11,805 12,678 29,848 66,575 30,894 220,150 537,299
(1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.
(Canadian $ in millions)
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2013
Total
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
Commitments to extend credit (2)
Operating leases
Financial guarantee contracts (2)
Purchase obligations
1,169
25
4,778
71
907
46
–
141
3,246
69
–
211
3,935
69
–
216
3,850 13,381 42,477
618
262
–
–
1,115
729
69
–
207
2,570
640
–
275
–
–
–
–
71,535
1,798
4,778
2,965
(2) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required
for these commitments.
s
e
t
o
N
186 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
(Canadian $ in millions)
On-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing deposits with banks
Securities
Trading securities
Available-for-sale securities
Held-to-maturity securities
Other securities
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2012
Total
19,162
–
–
5,146
902
293
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
779
19,941
–
6,341
1,122
1,555
–
–
2,550
2,200
–
45
1,995
2,851
–
–
837
5,782
–
–
2,138
1,600
–
–
5,103
12,790
–
22
10,647
19,718
376
56
15,879
8,701
499
17
29,838
1,185
–
818
70,109
56,382
875
958
Total securities
2,677
4,795
4,846
6,619
3,738
17,915
30,797
25,096
31,841
128,324
Securities borrowed or purchased under resale
agreements
Loans
Residential mortgages
Consumer instalment and other personal
Credit cards
Businesses and governments
Customers’ liability under acceptances
Allowance for credit losses
41,229
2,878
2,282
622
–
–
–
–
–
47,011
843
419
–
4,344
5,227
–
863
160
–
5,234
2,792
–
1,617
287
–
3,973
–
–
2,135
464
–
2,656
–
–
2,081
2,079
–
10,541
–
–
15,966
3,377
–
8,679
–
–
56,143
23,936
–
21,740
–
–
8,222
7,775
–
4,593
–
–
–
22,939
7,814
28,642
–
(1,706)
87,870
61,436
7,814
90,402
8,019
(1,706)
Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance
10,833
9,049
5,877
5,255
14,701
28,022
101,819
20,590
57,689
253,835
Other Assets
Derivative instruments
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit contracts
Total derivative assets
Premises and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Current tax assets
Deferred tax assets
Other
Total other assets
Total Assets
178
1,730
469
70
1
338
912
91
70
2
2,448
1,413
–
–
–
–
–
2,045
–
–
–
–
–
155
354
435
91
17
3
900
–
–
–
–
–
34
582
305
66
44
4
1,001
–
–
–
–
–
–
527
138
187
11
4
867
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,152
635
163
36
24
12,929
2,417
135
119
157
21,130
1,473
30
–
42
3,010
15,757
22,675
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
180
–
–
–
–
–
58
–
–
–
–
–
3,191
2,120
3,717
1,552
1,293
2,906
4,675
38,190
8,045
1,232
367
237
48,071
2,120
3,717
1,552
1,293
2,906
10,338
4,493
1,568
934
1,001
867
3,190
15,815
25,866
16,263
69,997
83,540
19,192
14,232
13,497
19,306
49,127
148,431
71,552
106,572
525,449
N
o
t
e
s
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 187
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
404
171
–
7,153
37,064
7,507
1,741
2,268
156
48,736
8,019
23,439
39,737
404
171
25,482
21,114
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Canadian $ in millions)
Liabilities and Equity
Deposits (1)
Banks
Businesses and governments
Individuals
Total deposits
Other Liabilities
Derivative instruments
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Commodity contracts
Equity contracts
Credit contracts
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2012
Total
10,935
21,736
4,977
1,655
24,843
5,043
62
9,666
5,835
29
5,920
6,369
14
9,477
5,501
13
5,517
6,580
14
23,251
7,725
–
3,316
297
5,380
82,844
76,703
18,102
186,570
119,030
37,648
31,541
15,563
12,318
14,992
12,110
30,990
3,613
164,927
323,702
38
1,003
391
244
50
268
1,026
180
256
2
441
546
194
60
4
652
362
182
72
3
530
211
281
88
2
2,418
802
306
98
18
12,861
2,351
160
722
71
19,856
1,206
47
728
6
Total derivative liabilities
1,726
1,732
1,245
1,271
1,112
3,642
16,165
21,843
Acceptances
Securities sold but not yet purchased
Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Securitization and SPE liabilities
Other
5,227
23,439
38,218
–
–
1,053
8,124
2,792
–
1,519
–
–
1,287
99
–
–
–
–
–
11
28
–
–
–
–
–
1,712
11
–
–
–
–
–
3,424
200
–
–
–
–
–
3,925
23
–
–
–
–
–
10,042
2,197
–
–
–
–
–
4,028
3,279
Total other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Capital trust securities
Total Equity
77,787
7,429
1,284
2,994
4,736
7,590
28,404
29,150
7,728
167,102
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
100
3,993
462
–
–
–
–
4,093
462
–
30,090
30,090
Total Liabilities and Equity
115,435
38,970
16,847
15,312
19,728
19,700
59,494
37,218
202,745
525,449
(1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.
(Canadian $ in millions)
0 to 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 6
months
6 to 9
months
9 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
Over 5
years
No
maturity
2012
Total
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
Commitments to extend credit (2)
Operating leases
Financial guarantee contracts (2)
Purchase obligations
770
25
4,343
59
1,076
48
–
118
1,910
69
–
177
1,939
67
–
101
9,734
68
–
63
9,418
262
–
264
33,240
563
–
539
1,898
700
–
207
–
–
–
–
59,985
1,802
4,343
1,528
(2) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required
for these commitments.
s
e
t
o
N
188 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Principal Subsidiaries
Entities in which the bank owns more than 50%
of the issued and outstanding voting shares
Bank of Montreal Assessoria e Serviços Ltda.
Bank of Montreal Capital Markets (Holdings) Limited
BMO Capital Markets Limited
Pyrford International Limited
Bank of Montreal (China) Co. Ltd.
Bank of Montreal Finance Ltd.
Bank of Montreal Holding Inc.
BMO Nesbitt Burns Holding Corporation
BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc.
BMO Finance Company II
BMO Group Retirement Services Inc.
BMO Holding Finance, LLC
BMO Investments Inc. and subsidiary
BMO Investments Limited
Bank of Montreal (Barbados) Limited
BMO Reinsurance Limited
BMO InvestorLine Inc.
BMO Service Inc.
Bank of Montreal Ireland plc
Bank of Montreal Mortgage Corporation
BMO Mortgage Corp.
BMRI Realty Investments
Bay Street Holdings, LLC
BMO Finance Company I
BMO Financial Corp.
BMO Asset Management Corp. and subsidiaries
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
BMO Capital Markets GKST Inc.
BMO Delaware Trust Company
BMO Global Capital Solutions, Inc.
BMO Harris Bank National Association and subsidiaries
BMO Harris Central National Association
BMO Harris Financial Advisors, Inc.
BMO Harris Financing, Inc. and subsidiaries
BMO Investment Financing, Inc.
BMO Investment Partners Management, LLC and subsidiaries
BMO Private Equity (U.S.), Inc. and subsidiaries
Harris Life Insurance Company
Harris Trade Services Limited
M&I Distributors, LLC
psps Holdings, LLC and subsidiary
Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc.
BMO GP Inc.
BMO Ireland Finance Company
BMO Life Insurance Company
BMO Life Holdings (Canada), ULC
BMO Life Assurance Company
BMO Private Equity (Canada) Inc.
BMO Nesbitt Burns Employee Co-Investment Fund I Management (Canada) Inc. and
subsidiaries
BMO Trust Company
BMO (US) Lending, LLC
LGM (Bermuda) Limited
Lloyd George Investment Management (Bermuda) Limited and subsidiary
Lloyd George Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited
Lloyd George Management (Europe) Limited
Lloyd George Management (Singapore) Pte Ltd. and subsidiary
Book value of
shares owned by the bank
(Canadian $ in millions)
–
171
272
30
23,296
695
2,371
2
624
14,047
1
16
734
–
918
339
106
Head or principal office
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
London, England
London, England
London, England
Beijing, China
Toronto, Canada
Calgary, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Luxembourg, Luxembourg
Toronto, Canada
Wilmington, United States
Toronto, Canada
Hamilton, Bermuda
St. Michael, Barbados
St. Michael, Barbados
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Dublin, Ireland
Calgary, Canada
Vancouver, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Chicago, United States
Schuttrange, Luxembourg
Chicago, United States
Chicago, United States
New York, United States
Chicago, United States
Greenville, United States
Chicago, United States
Chicago, United States
Roselle, United States
Chicago, United States
Chicago, United States
Wilmington, United States
Milwaukee, United States
Chicago, United States
Scottsdale, United States
Hong Kong, China
Milwaukee, United States
Chicago, United States
Scottsdale, United States
Toronto, Canada
Dublin, Ireland
Toronto, Canada
Halifax, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Toronto, Canada
Chicago, United States
Hamilton, Bermuda
Hamilton, Bermuda
Hong Kong, China
London, England
Singapore
The book value of the subsidiaries represents the total common and
preferred equity value of our holdings or our partnership interest where
appropriate.
We directly or indirectly own 100% of the outstanding voting shares of
the above subsidiaries.
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 189
GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL TERMS
Glossary of Financial Terms
Adjusted Earnings and Measures
present results adjusted to exclude
the impact of certain items as set out
in the Non-GAAP Measures section.
Management considers both
reported and adjusted results to be
useful in assessing underlying
ongoing business performance.
Allowance for Credit Losses repre
sents an amount deemed adequate
by management to absorb credit-
related losses on loans and accept
ances and other credit instruments.
Allowances for credit losses can be
specific or collective and are
recorded on the balance sheet as a
deduction from loans and accept
ances or, as they relate to credit
instruments, as other liabilities.
Pages 70, 85, 137
Assets under Administration and
under Management refers to assets
administered or managed by a finan
cial institution that are beneficially
owned by clients and therefore not
reported on the balance sheet of the
administering or managing financial
institution.
Asset-Backed Commercial Paper
(ABCP) is a short-term investment
with a maturity that is typically less
than 180 days. The commercial paper
is backed by physical assets such as
trade receivables, and is generally
used for short-term financing needs.
Assets-to-Capital Multiple reflects
total assets, including specified
off-balance sheet items net of other
specified deductions, divided by
total capital.
Pages 63, 165
Average Earning Assets represents
the daily or monthly average balance
of deposits with other banks and
loans and securities, over a
one-year period.
Bankers’ Acceptances (BAs) are
bills of exchange or negotiable
instruments drawn by a borrower for
payment at maturity and accepted
by a bank. BAs constitute a
guarantee of payment by the bank
and can be traded in the money
market. The bank earns a “stamping
fee” for providing this guarantee.
Basis Point is one one-hundredth of
a percentage point.
Business Risk arises from the
specific business activities of a
company and the effects these could
have on its earnings.
Page 96
Collective Allowance is maintained
to cover impairment in the existing
credit portfolio that cannot yet be
associated with specific credit assets.
Our approach to establishing and
maintaining the collective allowance
is based on the guideline issued by
our regulator, OSFI. The collective
allowance is assessed on a quarterly
basis and a number of factors are
considered when determining its
level, including the long-run
expected loss amount and manage
ment’s credit judgment with respect
to current macroeconomic and
portfolio conditions.
Pages 42, 85, 137
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) is
comprised of common shareholders’
equity less deductions for goodwill,
intangible assets, pension assets,
certain deferred tax assets and cer
tain other items.
Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflects
CET1, divided by risk-weighted assets.
Pages 62, 165
Common Shareholders’ Equity is
the most permanent form of capital.
For regulatory capital purposes,
common shareholders’ equity is
comprised of common shareholders’
equity, net of capital deductions.
Credit and Counterparty Risk is the
potential for loss due to the failure of
a borrower, endorser, guarantor or
counterparty to repay a loan or
honour another predetermined
financial obligation.
Page 82
Derivatives are contracts whose
value is “derived” from movements
in interest or foreign exchange rates,
equity or commodity prices or other
indices. Derivatives allow for the
transfer, modification or reduction of
current or expected risks from
changes in rates and prices.
Dividend Payout Ratio represents
common share dividends as a per
centage of net income available to
common shareholders. It is com
puted by dividing dividends per
share by basic earnings per share.
Earnings Per Share (EPS) is calcu
lated by dividing net income
attributable to bank shareholders,
after deduction of preferred share
dividends, by the average daily
number of fully paid common shares
outstanding throughout the year.
Diluted EPS, which is our basis for
measuring performance, adjusts for
possible conversions of financial
instruments into common shares if
those conversions would reduce EPS.
Adjusted EPS is calculated in the
same manner, using adjusted
net income.
Pages 35, 174
Earnings Sensitivity is a measure of
the impact of potential changes in
interest rates on the projected
12-month after-tax net income of a
portfolio of assets, liabilities and/or
off-balance sheet positions in
response to prescribed parallel
interest rate movements.
Page 87
Economic Capital is our internal
assessment of the risks underlying
BMO’s business activities. It repre
sents management’s estimate of the
likely magnitude of economic losses
that could occur if adverse situations
arise, and allows returns to be
measured on a basis that considers
the risks taken. Economic Capital is
calculated for various types of risk –
credit, market (trading and
non-trading), operational and busi
ness – where measures are based on
a time horizon of one year. Economic
Capital is a key element of our risk-
based capital management and
ICAAP framework.
Pages 64, 82
Economic Value Sensitivity is a
measure of the impact of potential
changes in interest rates on the
market value of a portfolio of assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet posi
tions in response to prescribed
parallel interest rate movements.
Page 87
Efficiency Ratio (or Expense-to-
Revenue Ratio) is a key measure of
efficiency. It is calculated as
non-interest expense divided by total
revenues, expressed as a percent
age. The adjusted efficiency ratio is
calculated in the same manner,
utilizing adjusted revenues and
non-interest expense.
Page 43
Environmental and Social Risk is
the risk of loss or damage to BMO’s
reputation resulting from environ
mental and social concerns related to
BMO or its customers. Environmental
and social risk is often associated
with credit, operational and reputa
tion risk.
Page 99
Fair Value is the amount of consid
eration that would be agreed upon in
an arm’s length transaction between
knowledgeable, willing parties who
are under no compulsion to act.
Forwards and Futures are con
tractual agreements to either buy or
sell a specified amount of a currency,
commodity, interest-rate-sensitive
financial instrument or security at a
specific price and date in the future.
Forwards are customized contracts
transacted in the over-the-counter
market. Futures are transacted in
standardized amounts on regulated
exchanges and are subject to daily
cash margining.
Page 148
Hedging is a risk management
technique used to neutralize,
manage or offset interest rate, for
eign currency, equity, commodity or
credit exposures arising from normal
banking activities.
Impaired Loans are loans for which
there is no longer reasonable assur
ance of the timely collection of
principal or interest.
Innovative Tier 1 Capital is a form
of Tier 1 capital issued by special
purpose entities that can be included
in calculating a bank’s Tier 1 Capital
Ratio, Total Capital Ratio and
Assets-to-Capital Multiple. Under
Basel III, Innovative Tier 1 Capital is
non-qualifying and is part of the
grandfathered capital being phased-
out between 2013 and 2022.
Insurance Risk is the risk of loss due
to actual experience being different
from that assumed when an
insurance product was designed and
priced. It generally entails inherent
unpredictability that can arise from
assuming long-term policy liabilities
or from the uncertainty of future
events. Insurance risk exists in all our
insurance businesses, including
annuities and life, accident and
sickness, and creditor insurance, as
well as our reinsurance business.
Page 95
Legal and Regulatory Risk is the
risk of not complying with laws,
contractual agreements or other
legal requirements, as well as regu
latory requirements and regulators’
expectations. Failure to properly
manage legal and regulatory risk
may result in litigation claims, finan
cial losses, regulatory sanctions, an
inability to execute our business
strategies and potential harm to
our reputation.
Page 96
Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1
capital divided by the sum of
on-balance sheet items and specified
off-balance sheet items net of speci
fied deductions.
Page 63
Liquidity and Funding Risk is the
potential for loss if BMO is unable to
meet financial commitments in a
timely manner at reasonable prices
as they fall due. Financial commit
ments include liabilities to depositors
and suppliers, and lending, invest
ment and pledging commitments.
Pages 92, 144
Mark-to-Market represents the
valuation of financial instruments
at market rates as of the balance
sheet date, where required by
accounting rules.
Market Risk is the potential for
adverse changes in the value of
BMO’s assets and liabilities resulting
from changes in market variables
such as interest rates, foreign
exchange rates, equity and
commodity prices and their implied
volatilities, and credit spreads, as
well as the risk of credit migration
and default.
Pages 87, 143
190 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Model Risk is the potential for loss
due to the risk of a model not per
forming or capturing risk as
designed. It also arises from the
possibility of the use of an
inappropriate model or the
inappropriate use of a model.
Page 96
Net Economic Profit (NEP) repre
sents net income available to
common shareholders, before
deduction for the after-tax impact of
the amortization of acquisition-
related intangible assets, less a
charge for capital. Adjusted NEP is
computed using adjusted net income.
NEP is considered a reasonable
measure of added economic
value. NEP and adjusted NEP are
non-GAAP measures.
Page 36
Net Interest Income is comprised of
earnings on assets, such as loans and
securities, including interest and
dividend income and BMO’s share of
income from investments accounted
for using the equity method of
accounting, less interest expense
paid on liabilities, such as deposits.
Page 39
Net Interest Margin is the ratio of
net interest income to average
earning assets, expressed as a per
centage or in basis points. Net
interest margin is sometimes com
puted using total assets.
Page 39
Notional Amount refers to the
principal used to calculate interest
and other payments under derivative
contracts. The principal amount does
not change hands under the terms of
a derivative contract, except in the
case of cross-currency swaps.
Off-Balance Sheet Financial
Instruments include a variety of
financial arrangements offered to
clients, which include credit
derivatives, written put options,
backstop liquidity facilities, standby
letters of credit, performance
guarantees, credit enhancements,
commitments to extend credit, secu
rities lending, documentary and
commercial letters of credit, and
other indemnifications.
Office of the Superintendent of
Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI)
is the government agency respon
sible for regulating banks, insurance
companies, trust companies, loan
companies and pension plans
in Canada.
Operating Leverage is the differ
ence between revenue and expense
growth rates. Adjusted operating
leverage is the difference between
adjusted revenue and adjusted
expense growth rates.
Page 27
Operational Risk is the potential for
loss resulting from inadequate or
failed internal processes or systems,
human interactions or external
events, but excludes business risk.
Page 94
Options are contractual agreements
that convey to the buyer the right
but not the obligation to either buy
or sell a specified amount of a
currency, commodity, interest-rate
sensitive financial instrument or
security at a fixed future date or
at any time within a fixed
future period.
Page 148
Provision for Credit Losses is a
charge to income that represents an
amount deemed adequate by
management to fully provide for
impairment in a portfolio of loans
and acceptances and other credit
instruments, given the composition
of the portfolio, the probability of
default, the economic environment
and the allowance for credit losses
already established.
Pages 42, 84, 137
Reputation Risk is the risk of a
negative impact on BMO that results
from the deterioration of BMO’s
reputation. Potential negative
impacts include revenue loss,
decline in client loyalty, litigation,
regulatory sanction or additional
oversight or declines in BMO’s
share price.
Page 98
Return on Equity or Return on
Common Shareholders’ Equity
(ROE) is calculated as net income,
less non-controlling interest in
subsidiaries and preferred dividends,
as a percentage of average common
shareholders’ equity. Common
shareholders’ equity is comprised of
common share capital, contributed
surplus, accumulated other compre
hensive income (loss) and retained
earnings. Adjusted ROE is calculated
using adjusted net income.
Page 36
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) are
defined as on- and off-balance
sheet exposures, which are risk-
weighted based on counterparty,
collateral, guarantee arrangements
and possibly product and term for
capital management and regulatory
reporting purposes.
Page 61
Securities Borrowed or Purchased
under Resale Agreements are
low-cost, low-risk instruments,
often supported by the pledge
of cash collateral, which arise
from transactions that involve
the borrowing or purchasing
of securities.
Securities Lent or Sold under
Repurchase Agreements are
low-cost, low-risk liabilities, often
supported by cash collateral, which
arise from transactions that involve
the lending or selling of securities.
Securitization is the practice of
selling pools of contractual debts,
such as residential mortgages,
commercial mortgages, auto loans
and credit card debt obligations, to
third parties.
Page 145
Special Purpose Entities (SPEs)
include entities created to accom
plish a narrow and well-defined
objective. We are required to con
solidate an SPE if we control the SPE
by having the power to govern the
financial and operating policies of
the SPE so as to obtain benefits from
the SPE’s activities.
Pages 70, 71, 145
Specific Allowances reduce the
carrying value of specific credit
assets to the amount we expect to
recover if there is evidence of
deterioration in credit quality.
Pages 42, 85, 137
Strategic Risk is the potential for
loss due to fluctuations in the
external business environment and/
or failure to properly respond to
these fluctuations due to inaction,
ineffective strategies or poor
implementation of strategies.
Page 98
Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) is
measured for specific classes of risk
in BMO’s trading and underwriting
activities: interest rate, foreign
exchange rate, credit spreads, equity
and commodity prices and their
implied volatilities, where model
inputs are calibrated to historical
data from a period of significant
financial stress. This measure calcu
lates the maximum loss likely to be
experienced in the portfolios, meas
ured at a 99% confidence level over
a specified holding period.
Page 87
Swaps are contractual agreements
between two parties to exchange a
series of cash flows. The various
swap agreements that we enter into
are as follows:
• Commodity swaps – counterparties
generally exchange fixed-rate and
floating-rate payments based on
a notional value of a single
commodity.
• Credit default swaps – one counter-
party pays the other a fee in
exchange for that other counter-
party agreeing to make a payment
if a credit event occurs, such as
bankruptcy or failure to pay.
• Cross-currency interest rate
swaps – fixed-rate and floating-rate
interest payments and principal
amounts are exchanged in
different currencies.
• Cross-currency swaps – fixed-rate
interest payments and principal
amounts are exchanged in
different currencies.
• Equity swaps – counterparties
exchange the return on an equity
security or a group of equity secu
rities for the return based on a
fixed or floating interest rate or the
return on another equity security or
group of equity securities.
• Interest rate swaps – counter-
parties generally exchange fixed-
rate and floating-rate interest
payments based on a notional
value in a single currency.
Page 147
Taxable Equivalent Basis (teb):
Revenues of operating groups
reflected in our MD&A are presented
on a taxable equivalent basis (teb).
To facilitate comparisons, the teb
adjustment increases reported
revenues and the provision for
income taxes by an amount that
would increase revenues on certain
tax-exempt securities to a level that
would incur tax at the statutory rate.
Page 175
Tier 1 Capital is primarily comprised
of CET1, preferred shares and other
qualifying or grandfathered non-
common equity capital, net of cer
tain deductions.
Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Tier 1
capital divided by risk-weighted
assets.
Pages 62, 165
Total Capital includes Tier 1 and
Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is
primarily comprised of subordinated
debentures and a portion of the
collective allowance for credit
losses, net of certain deductions.
Total Capital Ratio reflects total
capital divided by risk-weighted
assets.
Pages 62, 165
Total Shareholder Return: The
three-year and five-year average
annual total shareholder return
(TSR) represents the average annual
total return earned on an invest
ment in BMO common shares made
at the beginning of a three-year and
five-year period, respectively. The
return includes the change in share
price and assumes that dividends
received were reinvested in addi
tional common shares. The one-year
TSR also assumes that dividends
were reinvested in shares.
Page 33
Trading-Related Revenues include
net interest income and
non-interest revenue earned from
on- and off-balance sheet positions
undertaken for trading purposes.
The management of these positions
typically includes marking them to
market on a daily basis. Trading-
related revenues include income
(expense) and gains (losses) from
both on-balance sheet instruments
and interest rate, foreign exchange
(including spot positions), equity,
commodity and credit contracts.
Page 41
Value at Risk (VaR) is measured for
specific classes of risk in BMO’s
trading and underwriting activities:
interest rate, foreign exchange rate,
credit spreads, equity and
commodity prices and their implied
volatilities. This measure calculates
the maximum loss likely to be
experienced in the portfolios,
measured at a 99% confidence level
over a specified holding period.
Page 87
BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013 191
Where to Find More Information
Corporate Governance
Our website provides information on our
corporate governance practices, including our
code of conduct, FirstPrinciples, our Director
Independence Standards and our board
mandate and committee charters.
www.bmo.com/corporategovernance
Management Proxy Circular
Our management proxy circular contains
information on our directors, board committee
reports and a detailed discussion of our corporate
governance practices. It will be published in
March 2014 and will be available on our website.
www.bmo.com/corporategovernance
New York Stock Exchange
Governance Requirements
A summary of the significant ways in which
our corporate governance practices differ
from the corporate governance practices
required to be followed by U.S. domestic
companies under New York Stock Exchange
Listing Standards is posted on our website.
www.bmo.com/corporategovernance
Sustainability Performance
BMO’s Environmental, Social and Governance
Report and Public Accountability Statement
(ESG Report/PAS) outlines how we manage the
environmental, social and governance impacts
of our business while creating value for our
many stakeholders. We use the Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) as a framework for reporting
on our sustainability performance. This report
is available on our website.
www.bmo.com/esg-pas-report
Corporate Responsibility
BMO’s Corporate Responsibility Report, a
companion piece to the ESG Report/PAS,
illustrates the way we conduct our business,
what we stand for and the commitments we’ve
made to our customers and the communities
where we operate. This report and additional
information are available on our website.
www.bmo.com/corporateresponsibility
Have Your Say
If you have a question you would like to ask
at our annual meeting of shareholders, you
can submit your question in person or during
the webcast. You can also submit a question to
the board by writing to the Corporate Secretary
at Corporate Secretary’s Office, 21st Floor,
1 First Canadian Place, Toronto, ON M5X 1A1,
or emailing corp.secretary@bmo.com.
192 BMO Financial Group 196th Annual Report 2013
Shareholders
Contact our Transfer Agent and Registrar for:
• Dividend information
• Change in share registration or address
• Lost certificates
• Estate transfers
• Duplicate mailings
• Direct registration
Computershare Trust Company of Canada
100 University Avenue, 9th Floor, Toronto, ON M5J 2Y1
Email: service@computershare.com
www.computershare.com/investor
Canada and the United States
Call: 1-800-340-5021 Fax: 1-888-453-0330
International
Call: 514-982-7800 Fax: 416-263-9394
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Co-Transfer Agent (U.S.)
Employees
For information on BMO’s Employee Share
Ownership Plan:
Call: 1-877-266-6789
General
To obtain printed copies of the annual report
or make inquiries about company news
and initiatives:
Corporate Communications Department
BMO Financial Group
28th Floor, 1 First Canadian Place
Toronto, ON M5X 1A1
On peut obtenir sur demande
un exemplaire en français.
www.bmo.com
Customers
For assistance with your investment portfolio
or other financial needs:
BMO Bank of Montreal
English and French: 1-877-225-5266
Cantonese and Mandarin: 1-800-665-8800
Outside Canada and the continental United States:
416-286-9992
TTY service for hearing impaired customers:
1-866-889-0889
www.bmo.com
BMO InvestorLine: 1-888-776-6886
www.bmoinvestorline.com
BMO Harris Bank
United States: 1-888-340-2265
Outside the United States: 1-847-238-2265
www.harrisbank.com
BMO Nesbitt Burns: 416-359-4000
www.bmonesbittburns.com
Online filing information:
BMO filings in Canada
Canadian Securities Administrators
www.sedar.com
BMO filings in the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml
For all other shareholder inquiries:
Shareholder Services
BMO Financial Group
Corporate Secretary’s Office
21st Floor, 1 First Canadian Place
Toronto, ON M5X 1A1
Email: corp.secretary@bmo.com
Call: 416-867-6785 Fax: 416-867-6793
Institutional Investors
and Research Analysts
To obtain additional financial information:
Head, Investor Relations
BMO Financial Group
18th Floor, 1 First Canadian Place
Toronto, ON M5X 1A1
Email: investor.relations@bmo.com
Call: 416-867-6656 Fax: 416-867-3367
The following are trademarks of Bank of Montreal or its subsidiaries:
BMO, BMO and the M-bar roundel symbol, BMO Financial Group, BMO Capital Markets, BMO Global Asset
Management, BMO Harris Bank, BMO Harris Financial Advisors, AdviceDirect, InvestorLine, Making Money
Make Sense, Nesbitt Burns, M&I
The following are trademarks of other parties:
MasterCard is a registered trademark of MasterCard International Incorporated
iPhone and iPad are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc.
Shareholder Information
Market for Shares of Bank of Montreal
The common shares of Bank of Montreal are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The preferred shares of Bank of Montreal are listed on the TSX.
Common Share Trading in Fiscal 2013
Primary stock
exchanges
Closing price
October 31, 2013
Ticker
High
Low
TSX
NYSE
BMO
BMO
$72.62
US$69.70
$73.90
US$70.91
$56.74
US$55.61
Total volume of
shares traded
348.2 million
111.4 million
Common Share History
Date
Action
March 14, 2001
March 20, 1993
June 23, 1967
100% stock dividend
100% stock dividend
Stock split
Common share effect
Equivalent to a 2-for-1 stock split
Equivalent to a 2-for-1 stock split
5-for-1 stock split
Dividends Paid per Share in 2013 and Prior Years
Bank of Montreal has paid dividends for 185 years – the longest-running dividend payout
record of any company in Canada.
Issue/Class
Common
Ticker
BMO
Shares outstanding
at October 31, 2013
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
644,129,945
$ 2.92 (a) $ 2.80
$ 2.80
$ 2.80
$ 2.80
Preferred Class B
Series 5 (b)
Series 10 (c)
Series 13 (d)
Series 14 (e)
Series 15 (f)
Series 16 (g)
Series 17 (h)
Series 18 (i)
Series 21 (j)
Series 23 (k)
Series 25 (l)
BMO.PR.H
BMO.PR.V
BMO.PR.J
BMO.PR.K
BMO.PR.L
BMO.PR.M
BMO.PR.R
BMO.PR.N
BMO.PR.O
BMO.PR.P
BMO.PR.Q
–
–
14,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
6,267,391
5,732,609
6,000,000
11,000,000
16,000,000
11,600,000
$ 0.66
$ 1.33
– US$ 0.37
$ 1.13
$ 1.31
$ 1.45
$ 1.30
–
$ 1.63
$ 1.63
$ 1.35
$ 0.98
$ 1.13
$ 1.31
$ 1.45
$ 1.30
–
$ 1.63
$ 1.63
$ 1.35
$ 0.98
$ 1.33
$ 1.33
$ 1.33
US$ 1.49 US$ 1.49 US$ 1.49
$ 1.13
$ 1.13
$ 1.31
$ 1.31
$ 1.45
$ 1.45
$ 1.30
$ 1.30
–
–
$ 1.55
$ 1.63
$ 1.11
$ 1.63
$ 0.59
$ 1.35
–
–
$ 1.13
$ 1.31
$ 1.45
$ 1.30
–
$ 1.63
$ 1.63
$ 1.35
$ 0.69
(a) Dividend amount paid in 2013 was $2.92. Dividend amount declared in
2013 was $2.94.
(b) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 5 were issued in February 1998 and
were redeemed in February 2013. Dividend amount declared in 2013 of
$0.33 was included in the redemption price.
(c) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 10 were issued in December 2001 and
were redeemed in February 2012.
(d) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 13 were issued in January 2007.
(e) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 14 were issued in September 2007.
(f) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 15 were issued in March 2008.
(g) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 16 were issued in June 2008.
(h) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 17 were issued in August 2013.
(i) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 18 were issued in December 2008.
(j) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 21 were issued in March 2009.
(k) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 23 were issued in June 2009.
(l) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 25 were issued in March 2011.
Credit Ratings
Credit rating information appears on pages 25 and 94 of this annual report and on our website.
www.bmo.com/creditratings
✔
Your vote matters.
Look out for your proxy circular in
March and remember to vote.
Important Dates
Fiscal Year End
Annual Meeting April 1, 2014,
October 31
9:30 a.m. (local time)
The annual meeting of shareholders will
be held in Toronto, Ontario, at the BMO
Institute for Learning, 3550 Pharmacy
Avenue. The meeting will be webcast.
Details are available on our website.
www.bmo.com/investorrelations
2014 Dividend Payment Dates*
Common and preferred shares record dates
February 3
August 1
May 1
November 3
Common shares payment dates
February 26
August 26
May 27
November 26
Preferred shares payment dates
February 25
August 25
May 26
November 25
*Subject to approval by the Board of Directors.
The Bank Act prohibits a bank from
declaring or paying a dividend if it is or
would thereby be in contravention of
regulations or an order from the Super
intendent of Financial Institutions Canada
dealing with adequacy of capital or liquidity.
Currently, this limitation does not restrict
the payment of dividends on Bank of
Montreal’s common or preferred shares.
Employee Ownership*
83.5% of Canadian employees participate
in the BMO Employee Share Ownership
Plan – a clear indication of their commit
ment to the company.
*As of October 31, 2013.
Auditors KPMG LLP
m
o
c
.
n
g
i
s
e
d
e
v
o
w
w
w
.
|
n
g
i
s
e
D
d
n
a
r
B
e
v
O
:
n
g
i
s
e
d
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
Managing Your Shares
Our Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Trust Company of Canada serves
as Transfer Agent and Registrar for common
and preferred shares, with transfer facilities in
Halifax, Montreal, Toronto, Winnipeg, Calgary
and Vancouver. Computershare Investor Services
PLC and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
serve as Transfer Agents and Registrars for
common shares in London, England and Golden,
Colorado, respectively. See previous page for
contact information.
Reinvesting Your Dividends and
Purchasing Additional Common Shares
Through the Shareholder Dividend
Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan,
you can reinvest cash dividends from your
BMO common shares to purchase additional
BMO common shares without paying a
commission or service charge. You can also
purchase additional common shares in
amounts up to $40,000 per fiscal year. Contact
Computershare Trust Company of Canada
or Shareholder Services for details.
Direct Deposit
You can choose to have your dividends
deposited directly to an account in any
financial institution in Canada or the
United States that provides electronic
funds transfer.
Personal Information Security
We advise our shareholders to be diligent
in protecting their personal information.
Details are available on our website.
www.bmo.com/security
The BMO Harris Bank Community Art Project was commissioned for this
year’s BMO Harris Bank Magnificent Mile Lights Festival as a way to
celebrate the Chicago community. Focused on youth and families, the
colourful mosaic mural was a city-wide, collaborative effort from more
than 25 organizations and 400 BMO Harris employees. Local sports teams,
festival attendees and Chicago’s police and fire departments pulled out
their paintbrushes to complete the mural, which showcases the people
and places that make the city great.
Part of defining great customer experience is making a positive impact on our
communities every day, everywhere we do business.
For more information visit bmoharris.com/chicagomural
This annual report is carbon neutral.
Carbon offsets
provided by: